SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION

Transcription

1

2 AC IN AC IN ETHERNET USB TO HOST TO DEVICE LCD CONTRAST ETHERNET AC IN USB TO HOST TO DEVICE LCD CONTRAST SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION PRODUCT SAFETY MARKINGS: Yamaha electroic products may have either labels similar to the graphics show below or molded/stamped facsimiles of these graphics o the eclosure. The explaatio of these graphics appears o this page. Please observe all cautios idicated o this page ad those idicated i the safety istructio sectio. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. The exclamatio poit withi the equilateral triagle is iteded to alert the user to the presece of importat operatig ad maiteace (servicig) istructios i the literature accompayig the product. Battery Notice: This product MAY cotai a small orechargable battery which (if applicable) is soldered i place. The average life spa of this type of battery is approximately five years. Whe replacemet becomes ecessary, cotact a qualified service represetative to perform the replacemet. Warig: Do ot attempt to recharge, disassemble, or icierate this type of battery. Keep all batteries away from childre. Dispose of used batteries promptly ad as regulated by applicable laws. Note: I some areas, the servicer is required by law to retur the defective parts. However, you do have the optio of havig the servicer dispose of these parts for you. Disposal Notice: Should this product become damaged beyod repair, or for some reaso its useful life is cosidered to be at a ed, please observe all local, state, ad federal regulatios that relate to the disposal of products that cotai lead, batteries, plastics, etc. NOTICE: Service charges icurred due to lack of kowledge relatig to how a fuctio or effect works (whe the uit is operatig as desiged) are ot covered by the maufacturer s warraty, ad are therefore the owers resposibility. Please study this maual carefully ad cosult your dealer before requestig service. NAME PLATE LOCATION: The graphic below idicates the locatio of the ame plate. The l umber, serial umber, power requiremets, etc., are located o this plate. You should record the l umber, serial umber, ad the date of purchase i the spaces provided below ad retai this maual as a permaet record of your purchase. MOTIF XS6 The lightig flash with arrowhead symbol, withi the equilateral triagle, is iteded to alert the user to the presece of uisulated dagerous voltage withi the product s eclosure that may be of sufficiet magitude to costitute a risk of electrical shock. POWER ON/ OFF MOTIF XS7 IMPORTANT NOTICE: All Yamaha electroic products are tested ad approved by a idepedet safety testig laboratory i order that you may be sure that whe it is properly istalled ad used i its ormal ad customary maer, all foreseeable risks have bee elimiated. DO NOT modify this uit or commissio others to do so uless specifically authorized by Yamaha. Product performace ad/or safety stadards may be dimiished. Claims filed uder the expressed warraty may be deied if the uit is/has bee modified. Implied warraties may also be affected. MOTIF XS8 POWER ON/ OFF SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE: The iformatio cotaied i this maual is believed to be correct at the time of pritig. However, Yamaha reserves the right to chage or modify ay of the specificatios without otice or obligatio to update existig uits. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe ad evirometally friedly. We sicerely believe that our products ad the productio methods used to produce them, meet these goals. I keepig with both the letter ad the spirit of the law, we wat you to be aware of the followig: Model Serial No. Purchase Date POWER ON/ OFF ➀ (rear) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

3 CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. Explaatio of Graphical Symbols The lightig flash with arrowhead symbol withi a equilateral triagle is iteded to alert the user to the presece of uisulated dagerous voltage withi the product s eclosure that may be of sufficiet magitude to costitute a risk of electric shock to persos. The exclamatio poit withi a equilateral triagle is iteded to alert the user to the presece of importat operatig ad maiteace (servicig) istructios i the literature accompayig the product. The above warig is located o the rear of the uit. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Read these istructios. Keep these istructios. 3 Heed all warigs. 4 Follow all istructios. 5 Do ot use this apparatus ear water. 6 Clea oly with dry cloth. 7 Do ot block ay vetilatio opeigs. Istall i accordace with the maufacturer s istructios. 8 Do ot istall ear ay heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other apparatus (icludig amplifiers) that produce heat. 9 Do ot defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or groudig-type plug. A polarized plug has two blades with oe wider tha the other. A groudig type plug has two blades ad a third groudig prog. The wide blade or the third prog are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does ot fit ito your outlet, cosult a electricia for replacemet of the obsolete outlet. 0 Protect the power cord from beig walked o or piched particularly at plugs, coveiece receptacles, ad the poit where they exit from the apparatus. Oly use attachmets/accessories specified by the maufacturer. Use oly with the cart, stad, tripod, bracket, or table specified by the maufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. Whe a cart is used, use cautio whe movig the cart/apparatus combiatio to avoid ijury from tip-over. 3 Uplug this apparatus durig lightig storms or whe uused for log periods of time. 4 Refer all servicig to qualified service persoel. Servicig is required whe the apparatus has bee damaged i ay way, such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has bee spilled or objects have falle ito the apparatus, the apparatus has bee exposed to rai or moisture, does ot operate ormally, or has bee dropped. WARNING TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPARATUS TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. ( ) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

4 PRECAUTIONS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING * Please keep this maual i a safe place for future referece. WARNING Always follow the basic precautios listed below to avoid the possibility of serious ijury or eve death from electrical shock, short-circuitig, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautios iclude, but are ot limited to, the followig: Power supply/power cord Oly use the voltage specified as correct for the istrumet. The required voltage is prited o the ame plate of the istrumet. Check the electric plug periodically ad remove ay dirt or dust which may have accumulated o it. Use oly the supplied power cord/plug. Do ot place the power cord ear heat sources such as heaters or radiators, ad do ot excessively bed or otherwise damage the cord, place heavy objects o it, or place it i a positio where ayoe could walk o, trip over, or roll aythig over it. Be sure to coect to a appropriate outlet with a protective groudig coectio. Improper groudig ca result i electrical shock. Do ot ope This istrumet cotais o user-serviceable parts. Do ot attempt to disassemble or modify the iteral compoets i ay way. Water warig Do ot expose the istrumet to rai, use it ear water or i damp or wet coditios, or place cotaiers o it cotaiig liquids which might spill ito ay opeigs. Never isert or remove a electric plug with wet hads. Fire warig Do ot put burig items, such as cadles, o the uit. A burig item may fall over ad cause a fire. If you otice ay abormality If the power cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if there is a sudde loss of soud durig use of the istrumet, or if ay uusual smells or smoke should appear to be caused by it, immediately tur off the power switch, discoect the electric plug from the outlet, ad have the istrumet ispected by qualified Yamaha service persoel. CAUTION Always follow the basic precautios listed below to avoid the possibility of physical ijury to you or others, or damage to the istrumet or other property. These precautios iclude, but are ot limited to, the followig: Power supply/power cord Always coect the three-pi attachmet plug to a properly grouded power source. (For more iformatio about the mai power supply, see page 9.) Whe removig the electric plug from the istrumet or a outlet, always hold the plug itself ad ot the cord. Pullig by the cord ca damage it. Remove the electric plug from the outlet whe the istrumet is ot to be used for exteded periods of time, or durig electrical storms. Do ot coect the istrumet to a electrical outlet usig a multiple-coector. Doig so ca result i lower soud quality, or possibly cause overheatig i the outlet. Locatio Do ot expose the istrumet to excessive dust or vibratios, or extreme cold or heat (such as i direct sulight, ear a heater, or i a car durig the day) to prevet the possibility of pael disfiguratio or damage to the iteral compoets. Do ot use the istrumet i the viciity of a TV, radio, stereo equipmet, mobile phoe, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the istrumet, TV, or radio may geerate oise. Do ot place the istrumet i a ustable positio where it might accidetally fall over. Before movig the istrumet, remove all coected cables. Whe settig up the product, make sure that the AC outlet you are usig is easily accessible. If some trouble or malfuctio occurs, immediately tur off the power switch ad discoect the plug from the outlet. Eve whe the power switch is tured off, electricity is still flowig to the product at the miimum level. Whe you are ot usig the product for a log time, make sure to uplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet. ()- / 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

5 Coectios Before coectig the istrumet to other electroic compoets, tur off the power for all compoets. Before turig the power o or off for all compoets, set all volume levels to miimum. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all compoets at their miimum levels ad gradually raise the volume cotrols while playig the istrumet to set the desired listeig level. Maiteace Whe cleaig the istrumet, use a soft, dry cloth. Do ot use pait thiers, solvets, cleaig fluids, or chemical-impregated wipig cloths. Hadlig cautio Do ot isert a figer or had i ay gaps o the istrumet. Never isert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects ito the gaps o the pael or keyboard. If this happes, tur off the power immediately ad uplug the power cord from the AC outlet. The have the istrumet ispected by qualified Yamaha service persoel. Do ot place viyl, plastic or rubber objects o the istrumet, sice this might discolor the pael or keyboard. Do ot rest your weight o, or place heavy objects o the istrumet, ad do ot use excessive force o the buttos, switches or coectors. Do ot use the istrumet/device or headphoes for a log period of time at a high or ucomfortable volume level, sice this ca cause permaet hearig loss. If you experiece ay hearig loss or rigig i the ears, cosult a physicia. Savig data Savig ad backig up your data DRAM data (see page 79) is lost whe you tur off the power to the istrumet. Save the data to the flash ROM/a USB storage device/exteral device such as a computer. Data stored to the flash ROM may be lost due to malfuctio or icorrect operatio. Save importat data to a USB storage device/exteral device such as a computer. Never attempt to tur off the power while data is beig writte to Flash ROM (while a Executig... or Please keep power o message is show). Turig the power off i this state results i loss of all user data ad may cause the system to freeze (due to corruptio of data i the Flash ROM). This meas that this sythesizer may ot be able to start up properly, eve whe turig the power o ext time. Backig up the USB storage device/exteral media To protect agaist data loss through media damage, we recommed that you save your importat data oto two USB storage devices/exteral media. Yamaha caot be held resposible for damage caused by improper use or modificatios to the istrumet, or data that is lost or destroyed. Always tur the power off whe the istrumet is ot i use. About the latest Firmware Versio Yamaha may from time to time update firmware of the product ad the accessory applicatio software without otice for improvemet. We recommed that you check our web site for later releases ad upgrade your firmware of the MOTIF XS or the accessory applicatio software. Note that the explaatios i this Ower s Maual apply to the versio of firmware whe this Ower s Maual was produced. For details about the additioal fuctios due to later releases, refer to the above website. ()- / MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

6 Itroductio Cogratulatios ad thak you for your purchase of the Yamaha MOTIF XS6/MOTIF XS7/MOTIF XS8 Music Productio Sythesizer! You ow ow what is perhaps the best-soudig, most versatile, ad certaily most powerful sythesizer ad total music productio istrumet o the plaet. We strove to put virtually all our sythesizer techology ad music makig kow-how ito oe istrumet ad we succeeded. The ew MOTIF XS ot oly gives you the latest ad greatest souds ad rhythms (as well as the ability to create ad sample your ow), it gives you powerful, easy-to-use tools for playig, combiig ad cotrollig these dyamic souds/rhythms i real time, as you perform! Take time to look through this maual carefully. It s packed with importat iformatio o how to get the most from this amazig istrumet. Dive i ow ad ejoy! How to use the maual The documetatio for MOTIF XS cosists of the followig booklets. Ower s Maual (this book) Start Guide (page 9) This tutorial sectio gives you a guided tour through the various fuctios of this istrumet, ad provides importat hads-o experiece i playig ad usig it. Usig a Computer (page 43) I this sectio, we ll show you how set up the istrumet with a computer (via USB ad mlan) ad how to use it with software programs such as the MOTIF XS Editor ad Cubase. Basic Sectio Basic Structure (page 54) This sectio provides a detailed overview of all of the mai fuctios ad features of this istrumet, ad shows how they fit together. Basic Operatio (page 8) This sectio itroduces you to the basic operatig covetios of this istrumet, such as editig values ad chagig settigs. Coectios (page 83) This sectio covers how to coect the MOTIF XS to various exteral devices such as MIDI istrumets, computers ad USB storage devices. Referece (page 88) This is the MOTIF XS ecyclopedia. Here, all parameters, settigs, fuctios, features, s ad operatios are explaied i full detail. Appedix (page 86) This sectio cotais detailed iformatio about this istrumet, icludig Specificatios ad Alert Messages, as well as istructios for istallig optioal equipmet (e.g., DIMM modules ad the mlan6e iterface). Troubleshootig (page 88) If this istrumet does ot fuctio as expected or you have some problem with the soud or operatio, refer to this sectio before callig your Yamaha dealer or service ceter. Most commo problems ad their solutios are covered here i a very simple ad easy-to-uderstad way. Data List (separate booklet) This cotais various importat lists such as the Voice List, Waveform List, Effect List, MIDI Data Format, ad MIDI Implemetatio Chart. Data List (separate olie documetatio) This cotais various lists such as the Performace List, Master Program List, Mixig Template List, Arpeggio Type List ad Remote Cotrol Fuctio List. This special olie documetatio ca be dowloaded from the Maual Library site. Accessories AC Power cord Ower's maual (this book) Data List Disc x (cotaiig DAW software)* * For details, see page 305. SPECIAL NOTICE The cotets of this Ower s Maual ad the copyrights thereof are uder exclusive owership by Yamaha Corporatio. The illustratios ad LCD screes as show i this ower s maual are for istructioal purposes oly, ad may appear somewhat differet from those o your istrumet. This product icorporates ad budles computer programs ad cotets i which Yamaha ows copyrights or with respect to which it has licese to use others' copyrights. Such copyrighted materials iclude, without limitatio, all computer software, style files, MIDI files, WAVE data, musical scores ad soud recordigs. Ay uauthorized use of such programs ad cotets outside of persoal use is ot permitted uder relevat laws. Ay violatio of copyright has legal cosequeces. DON'T MAKE, DISTRIBUTE OR USE ILLEGAL COPIES. This device is capable of usig various types/formats of music data by optimizig them to the proper format music data for use with the device i advace. As a result, this device may ot play them back precisely as their producers or composers origially iteded. Copyig of the commercially available musical data icludig but ot limited to MIDI data ad/or audio data is strictly prohibited except for your persoal use. Widows is the registered trademark of Microsoft Corporatio. Apple ad Macitosh are trademarks of Apple Computer, Ic., registered i the U.S. ad other coutries. Steiberg ad Cubase are the registered trademarks of Steiberg Media Techologies GmbH. ETHERNET is the registered trademark of Xerox Corporatio. The compay ames ad product ames i this Ower s Maual are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective compaies. 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

7 Mai Features Resposive, expressive keyboard (page ) The MOTIF XS6 features a 6-key keyboard, while the MOTIF XS7 has 76 keys with the high-quality FSX keyboard ad the MOTIF XS8 has 88 keys with the high-quality BH (Balaced Hammer) keyboard. All are equipped with a touch respose feature (both iitial touch ad aftertouch). These allow you to expressively chage the soud i various ways iitial touch by the stregth with which you play the keys, ad aftertouch by how strogly you press the keys whe holdig them dow. Wide Variety of Voices ad Category Search Fuctio (page 4) The MOTIF XS features a huge umber ad wide rage of dyamic, authetic Voices. Use the Category Search fuctio to quickly call up the Voices you wat, based o their istrumet type. Eight Elemets for each Voice (page 56) Each Normal Voice ca cotai up to eight separate soud Elemets, eablig Voices of great complexity ad rich texture. These Elemets ca also be cotrolled i real time by usig the pael sliders, the [ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION] buttos, or by the way you play the keyboard. Special Mega Voices are also available, lettig you recreate the uique performace souds of acoustic istrumets. Powerful Arpeggio feature with four differet types (pages 4 ad 6) Arpeggio automatically plays a variety of sequeced phrases i respose to the keys you play. This fuctio is especially powerful with Drum Voices lettig you easily call up various rhythm patters at the touch of a key, ad providig istat ispiratio for sog creatio ad performace. With Normal Voices, Arpeggio chages harmoically accordig to the chords you play, helpig you as you compose or perform. Up to four Arpeggios ca be ruig simultaeously, ad of course, i perfect syc. Velocity cotrol, Accet Phrase ad Radom SFX features as well as the eight pael Kobs give you eve greater expressive, realtime cotrol over Arpeggio playback. Performace cosistig of up to four Voices (page 8) Performace lets you use four differet Voices together i layers or i a keyboard split. Moreover, the MOTIF XS gives you comprehesive cotrol over the Performace i real time, as you play lettig quickly select Parts, tur Parts o/off, tur Arpeggio playback o/off, ad more. You ca also record your Performace i this directly to the Sog or Patter tracks by pressig the [REC] butto. Itegrated Samplig Sequecer seamlessly combies audio ad MIDI recordig (pages 39, 6 ad 4) The MOTIF XS provides full Sample recordig ad editig features, plus sample memory (with optioal DIMM modules). Wide data compatibility lets you load AIFF ad WAV files, as well as samples ad program/voice data from other popular samplers, such as the Yamaha A-series. Addig to the flexibility is a powerful Slice feature that automatically chops up your rhythms ad riffs ito their idividual beats ad otes. This lets you maipulate the compoet parts of your sample loops as MIDI data, ad gives you the power to easily chage tempo ad eve the rhythmic feel, without disturbig the pitch or soud quality. Loop Remix (page 75) This feature divides the data (Audio sample as well as MIDI sequece data) i a specified track to a variety of ote legths, ad radomly rearrages a portio of the data to create totally ew variatios. Extesive Effect Processig (page 68) The MOTIF XS gives you a wide array of sigal processig optios, icludig separate Reverb ad Chorus, a overall Master Effect, icludig multi-bad compressio, five-bad master EQ, ad a total of eight idepedet Isertio Effects. The latter iclude a huge variety of effects, plus a special Vocoder feature. Eight Kobs ad Sliders (pages 6, 34, 90 ad 36) Comprehesive real-time cotrol with eight kobs ad eight sliders let you chage the Voice i real time, adjust Mixig of the Sog/ Patter, ad cotrol DAW software (such as Cubase) o your computer. Patter for creatig a Sog (page 08) Patter fuctios let you craft differet rhythmic sectios ad riffs as idividual elemets which you ca easily ad ituitively combie i real time to create full rhythm tracks. The Sectios you create ca be combied together i Patter Chais, ad these Chais ca be coveietly coverted to Sog data. Sog Scee ad Mixig Voice for creatig a Sog (pages 79 ad 30) Sog Scee is aother powerful tool that lets you take sapshots of the sequecer track settigs (such as pa, volume, track mute ad so o). The, durig playback or recordig, simply switch amog the Scees for istat, dyamic chages. I additio to beig able to create User Voices i the Voice, you ca create special Mixig Voices for Sogs ad Patters, lettig you customize Voices specifically for your Sog/Patter recordigs. Master for live performace (page 5) The Master lets you use the MOTIF XS as a master keyboard cotroller (with idepedet Zoes), ad easily recofigure the istrumet betwee Voice/Performace play ad Sog/Patter play i live applicatios. Equipped with a variety of coectors (pages 6, 7 ad 8) A full rear pael of iput/output coectios provides maximum iterfacig flexibility. These iclude Assigable Outputs, A/D Iputs, Digital Output, MIDI, Etheret, mlan (stadard o the MOTIF XS8 ad optioally available for the MOTIF XS6/7) ad two USB coectors. Computer coectivity (page 43) The comprehesive set of coectors Etheret, mlan ad USB TO HOST make iterfacig with computers ad your favorite software exceptioally easy. I particular, the ew Etheret coectio gives you fast trasfer of your MOTIF XS files to ad from a computer o the same etwork. Quick Setup for usig a computer (page 70) This fuctio lets you istatly recofigure the MOTIF XS for differet computer/sequecer related applicatios by callig up specially programmed presets. Editor software for the MOTIF XS (page 50) The istrumet is also compatible with the MOTIF XS Editor a comprehesive, easy-to-use editig software program that lets you edit (via USB coectio) the Mixig setups ad Mixig Voices to be used for Sog/Patter playback. The MOTIF XS Editor is free ad ca be dowloaded from the Yamaha website. Itegratio with Cubase (page 49) The MOTIF XS is specially desiged to work seamlessly with Cubase, Steiberg s full-featured DAW software givig you a comprehesive, all-i-oe music productio system, i which hardware ad software are fully itegrated. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

8 Cotets Itroductio...6 How to use the maual...6 Accessories...6 Mai Features...7 The Cotrols & Coectors...0 Frot Pael...0 Rear Pael...6 Start Guide 9 Step : Settig Up...9 Power Supply...9 Coectig speakers or headphoes...9 Turig the power o...9 Adjustig the soud ad the display cotrast...0 Playig the souds...0 Selectig ad playig the souds...0 Modes...0 Listeig to the Demo Sog... Resettig the User Memory to the Iitial Factory Settigs... Step : Selectig ad Playig a Voice...3 Selectig a Voice...3 Voice Play idicatios...3 Selectig a Drum Voice...3 Usig the Category Search fuctio...4 Playig the Arpeggio...4 Chagig the Arpeggio type...5 Usig the Cotrollers...5 Usig the Kobs...6 Adjustig the tuig to other istrumets...7 Traspose...7 Step 3: Selectig ad Playig a Performace...8 Selectig a Performace...8 Performace Play idicatios...8 How Voices are assiged to Parts of a Performace...8 Creatig a Performace by combiig Voices...9 Chagig the Arpeggio settigs for each Part...30 Usig the Cotrollers ad Kobs...3 Recordig your Performace...3 Step 4: Creatig Your Origial Sog...33 Termiology...33 Sog Playback...33 Preparig for Realtime Recordig...34 Start Recordig!...35 Correctig wrog otes...35 Creatig a swig feel Play Effect...36 Storig the created Sog...36 Savig Sog data to a USB storage device...36 Step 5: Creatig a Patter...37 Patter Structure...37 Listeig to the Demo Patters...37 Viewig the Demo Patter s Patch display...38 Viewig the Demo Patter s Mixig display...38 Creatig a Patter by usig Arpeggio...39 Creatig a Patter with audio Samplig...39 Storig the Patter ad Savig the Sample MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

9 Usig a Computer 43 Coectig to a Computer...43 Creatig a Sog by Usig a Computer...47 Itegratio Betwee Yamaha Editors ad Cubase...49 Cotrollig a DAW o Your Computer from the MOTIF XS...5 Basic Sectio 54 Basic Structure...54 Mode Structure...54 The Seve Fuctioal Blocks...55 Toe Geerator Block...56 Samplig Block...59 Audio Iput block...59 Sequecer Block...59 Arpeggio Block...6 Cotroller Block...67 Effect Block...68 About MIDI...76 Iteral Memory...79 Basic Operatio...8 Coectios...83 Coectig Exteral MIDI Istrumets...83 Coectig to a MTR (Multi-track Recorder)...84 Usig USB storage devices...85 Network coectio...86 Referece 88 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode...88 Editig a Normal Voice...96 Editig a Drum Voice...7 Voice Job Coveiet Fuctios...33 Playig i the Performace Mode...35 Editig a Performace...4 Performace Job Coveiet Fuctios...59 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio...6 Sog Playback...78 Sog Recordig...86 Editig MIDI Evets (Sog Edit)...9 Sog Job...95 Patter Playback...08 Patter Recordig...8 Editig MIDI Evets (Patter Edit)...0 Patter Jobs... Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig )...9 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig )...4 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master )...5 System Settigs (Utility, etc.)...59 File Maagemet (File )...7 Appedix 86 Display Messages...86 Troubleshootig...88 Istallig Optioal Hardware...93 Specificatios...97 Idex...99 About the accessory disk MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

10 The Cotrols & Coectors Frot Pael MOTIF XS SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE AT TACK DECAY EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH GATE TIME SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE ASSIGN ASSIGN PAN REVERB CHORUS OCT RANGE UNITMULTIPLY $ # % REMOTE ARPEGGIO ON/OFF ON/OFF EFFECT BYPASS INSERTION DOWN OCTAVE SYSTEM UP MASTER EFFECT & 5 SEQ TRANSPORT SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF6 LOCATE F F F3 F4 F5 F ) ^ MASTER VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME 3 VOLUME 4 VOLUME 5 VOLUME 6 VOLUME 7 VOLUME 8 * ( 4 C D E F G A B C C3 MOTIF $ SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE ATTACK DECAY EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH GATE TIME SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE ASSIGN ASSIGN PAN REVERB CHORUS OCT RANGE UNITMULTIPLY TEMPO # % REMOTE ON/OFF ARPEGGIO ON/OFF EFFECT BYPASS INSERTION DOWN OCTAVE SYSTEM UP MASTER EFFECT SEQ TRANSPORT SF LOCATE F F 6 ) ^ MASTER VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME 3 VOLUME 4 VOLUME 5 VOLUME 6 VOLUME 7 VOLUME 8 4 E0 F0 G0 A0 B0 C D E F G A B C 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

11 The Cotrols & Coectors º MODE DEC/NO EXIT INC/YES ENTER EXECUTE VOICE PERFORM MASTER SEQUENCER SONG PATTERN MULTI PART INTEGRATED MIXING SAMPLING FILE COMPARE UTILITY SEQ SETUP EDIT JOB STORE SCENE STORE SET LOCATE SECTION I-P SECTION A-H COMMON EDIT PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PROGRAM PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM DR GM PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS PART SELECT PART MUTE SYN COMP CHROMATIC DRUM/ PERCUSSION PERCUSSION SUB CATEGORY SOUND EFX ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD MUSICAL EFX SAX/ WOODWIND A B C D E F G H ETHNIC CATEGORY SEARCH PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO fl ª fi C4 C5 C6 º & F SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF6 F3 F4 F5 F F DEC/NO EXIT INC/YES ENTER EXECUTE SEQUENCER SONG PATTERN FILE COMPARE MODE VOICE PERFORM MASTER MULTI PART INTEGRATED MIXING SAMPLING UTILITY SEQ SETUP EDIT JOB STORE SCENE STORE SET LOCATE SECTION I-P SECTION A-H COMMON EDIT PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM DR GM PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS A B C D E F G H SUB CATEGORY PART SELECT PART MUTE SYN COMP CHROMATIC DRUM/ PERCUSSION PERCUSSION SOUND EFX ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD MUSICAL EFX SAX/ WOODWIND ETHNIC PROGRAM CATEGORY SEARCH PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO fl * ( ª fi C3 C4 C5 C6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

12 6 7 The Cotrols & Coectors MOTIF $ SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE ATTACK DECAY EQ MID F EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE QUANTIZE VALUE STRENGTH GATE TIME SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE ASSIGN ASSIGN PAN REVERB CHORUS OCT RANGE UNITMULTIPLY TEMPO # % REMOTE ON/OFF ARPEGGIO ON/OFF EFFECT BYPASS INSERTION DOWN OCTAVE SYSTEM UP MASTER EFFECT 5 SEQ TRANSPORT SF LOCATE F F 6 ) ^ MASTER VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME 3 VOLUME 4 VOLUME 5 VOLUME 6 VOLUME 7 VOLUME A- B- C0 D0 E0 F0 G0 A0 B0 C C C Keyboard The MOTIF XS6 features a 6-key keyboard, while the MOTIF XS7 has 76 keys ad the MOTIF XS8 has 88 keys. All are equipped with a touch respose feature (both iitial touch ad aftertouch). With iitial touch, the istrumet seses how strogly or softly you play the keys, ad uses that playig stregth to affect the soud i various ways, depedig o the selected Voice. With aftertouch, the istrumet seses how much pressure you apply to the keys while playig, ad uses that pressure to affect the soud i various ways, depedig o the selected Voice. Moreover, ay of a variety of fuctios ca be assiged to aftertouch for each Voice (page 04). Pitch Bed wheel (page 67) Cotrols the pitch bed effect. You ca also assig other fuctios to this cotroller. 3 Modulatio wheel (page 67) Cotrols the modulatio effect. You ca also assig other fuctios to this cotroller. 4 Ribbo Cotroller (page 67) This cotroller is touch sesitive, ad is cotrolled by ruig your figer lightly across its surface laterally. You ca also assig other fuctios to this cotroller. 5 ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos (page 67) Accordig to the XA Mode (Expaded Articulatio Mode) settigs i the Voice Elemet Edit, you ca call up the specific Elemet of the selected Voice by pressig each of these buttos durig your keyboard performace. I additio, you ca assig other fuctios to these buttos. 6 MASTER VOLUME (page 0) Move the slider upwards to raise the output level from the OUTPUT L/R jacks ad the PHONES jack. 7 Kobs (pages 6, 3, 89, 36, 8 ad 5) These eight highly versatile kobs let you adjust various aspects or parameters of the curret Voice. Use the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto or [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto to chage the fuctios assiged to the kobs. 8 [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto (pages 6, 64, 89, 36, 8 ad 5) Pressig this butto chages the fuctios assiged to the eight kobs. The lamp ext to the curretly active parameters will light. A fuctio of each kob is applied to the curret Voice i the Voice while a fuctio of each kob is applied oly to the curretly selected Part (or to all Parts depedig o the settig) i the Performace/ Sog/Patter. Note that the fuctios assiged to the Kobs prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN with the TONE lamp tured o are always applied to all Parts i the Performace ad the specified Part i the Sog/Patter. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

13 EXECUTE MULTI PART PADS/ CHOIRS CHROMATIC DRUM/ PERCUSSION PERCUSSION SOUND EFX MUSICAL EFX SAX/ WOODWIND The Cotrols & Coectors º & SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF6 F F3 F4 F5 F6 - DEC/NO EXIT INC/YES ENTER SEQUENCER FILE COMPARE MODE VOICE PERFORM MASTER SONG INTEGRATED SAMPLING PATTERN MIXING UTILITY SEQ SETUP EDIT JOB STORE SCENE STORE SET LOCATE SECTION I-P SECTION A-H COMMON EDIT PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM GM DR PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD A B C D E F G H SUB CATEGORY PART SELECT PART MUTE SYN COMP ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD ETHNIC PROGRAM CATEGORY SEARCH PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO fl * ( ª fi C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 9 [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto (pages 36 ad 80) Pressig this butto chages the fuctios assiged to the eight kobs i the Performace /Sog/Patter. The lamp ext to the curretly active parameters will light. I the Performace, the four kobs at the left ed correspod to Parts 4. I the Sog/Patter, all kobs correspod to Parts 8 or 9 6 (depedig o the curretly selected Part). ) Cotrol Sliders These sliders cotrol the volume of the soud i differet ways depedig o the selected: Voice volume of the eight Elemets (page 9) Performace volume of the four Parts (page 37) Sog/Patter s volume of the eight Parts, icludig the curret Part (page 80) Master volume (page 5) or specified Cotrol Chage umber (page 57) of the eight Zoes If all of the Cotrol Sliders are set to the miimum, you may ot hear ay soud from the istrumet, eve whe playig the keyboard or a Sog/Patter. If this is the case, raise all the sliders to a suitable level. The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the audio output level from this istrumet. O the other had, the Cotrol Slider adjusts the volume for the Elemet of the Voice or the Part of the Performace/Sog/Patter as a parameter. Accordigly, the values set via the Cotrol Sliders ca be stored as the Voice, Performace, Sog, or Patter data.! [REMOTE ON/OFF] butto (page 5) The Remote lets you cotrol sequecer software o your computer from the pael cotrols of the istrumet. Tur the [ON/OFF] butto o to eter the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto (pages 65, 0 ad 35) Press this butto to eable or disable playback of the Arpeggio for each Voice, Performace, Sog, or Patter. If the Arpeggio Switch of the selected Part is set to off i the Performace/Sog/Patter, however, pressig this butto has o effect. # EFFECT BYPASS buttos (page 60) The extesive effect block of the istrumet provides Isertio effects (eight sets, with two effect uits per set), System Effects (Reverb ad Chorus), ad Master Effects. The effects ca be applied to the keyboard-played Voices ad to Sog/Patter playback. Whe the lamp of the [INSERTION] or [SYSTEM] butto is tured o, the correspodig Effect is off (or bypassed). Whe the checkbox of the Reverb/Chorus is set to off i the [UTILITY] [F] Geeral [SF] FXBypass display, the Reverb/Chorus is maitaied (ot bypassed) eve if you tur the [SYSTEM] butto o. $ [MASTER EFFECT] butto (pages 46 ad 64) Whe this butto is pressed (the lamp lights), the Master Effect is applied to the overall soud of this istrumet. Also, to access the Master Effect settig display, press ad hold the [MASTER EFFECT] butto for a secod or two. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

14 The Cotrols & Coectors % OCTAVE [UP] ad [DOWN] buttos (pages 9, 9, 38, 5 ad 60) Use these buttos to chage the ote rage of the keyboard. To restore the ormal octave settig, press both buttos simultaeously. ^ SEQ TRANSPORT buttos (pages, 78 ad 08) These buttos cotrol recordig ad playback of the Sog/ Patter sequece data. [P] (Top) butto Istatly returs to the begiig of the curret Sog or Patter (i.e., the first beat of the first measure). [G] (Reverse) butto Press briefly to move back oe measure at a time, or hold to cotiuously rewid. [H] (Forward) butto Press briefly to move forward oe measure at a time, or hold to cotiuously fast-forward. [I] (Record) butto Press this to eable recordig (Sog or Patter phrase). (The idicator lights.) [J] (Stop) butto Press to stop recordig or playback. [F] (Play) butto Press to start playback from the curret poit i the Sog or Patter. Durig recordig ad playback, the idicator flashes at the curret tempo. & LCD Display The large backlit LCD displays the parameters ad values related to the curretly selected operatio or. * [F] [F6] (Fuctio) buttos (page 8) These buttos located directly below the LCD display call up the correspodig fuctios idicated i the display. ( [SF] [SF5] (Sub Fuctio) buttos (page 8) These buttos located directly below the LCD display call up the correspodig sub fuctios idicated i the display. These buttos ca be also used to call the Arpeggio type i some displays of the Play, Edit ad Record. These buttos ca be also used as Scee buttos (pages 79, 8, 09 ad ) i the Sog Play/Sog Record/Patter Play/Patter Record s. º Data dial (page 8) For editig the curretly selected parameter. To icrease the value, tur the dial right (clockwise); to decrease the value, tur the dial left (couter-clockwise). If a parameter with a wide value rage is selected, you ca chage the value i broader strokes by quickly turig the dial. [INC/YES] butto (page 8) For icreasig the value of the curretly selected parameter. Also use it to actually execute a Job or a Store operatio. [DEC/NO] butto (page 8) For decreasig the value of the curretly selected parameter. Also use it to cacel a Job or a Store operatio. You ca also use the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos to quickly move through parameter values i 0-uit jumps, especially those with large rages. Simply hold dow oe of the buttos (of the directio you wat to jump), ad simultaeously press the other. For example, to jump i the positive directio, hold dow the [INC/YES] butto ad press [DEC/NO]. Cursor buttos (page 8) The cursor buttos move the cursor aroud the LCD display scree, highlightig ad selectig the various parameters. [EXIT] butto (page 55) The meus ad displays of the MOTIF XS are orgaized accordig to a hierarchical structure. Press this butto to exit from the curret display ad retur to the previous level i the hierarchy. [ENTER] butto Use this butto to actually eter a umber whe selectig a Memory or Bak for Voice or Performace. Also use this butto to execute a Job or a Store operatio. MODE buttos (page 55) These buttos select the MOTIF XS operatig s (e.g., Voice ). Bak buttos (pages 3 ad 88) Each butto selects a Voice or Performace Bak. Whe the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto is tured o, these buttos ca be used to select the Mai category (prited below each butto). Whe the [TRACK] butto is tured o i the Patter, these lower buttos are used to select the desired Sectio from I P. Group [A] [H] buttos (pages 3 ad 88) Each butto selects a Voice or Performace Group. Whe the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto is tured o, these buttos ca be used to select the Sub category. Whe the [TRACK] butto is tured o i the Patter, these buttos are used to select the desired Sectio from A H. ª Number [] [6] buttos (pages 3 ad 88) Use of these buttos differs depedig o the o/off status of the [TRACK], [MUTE], [SOLO] ad [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] buttos. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

15 The Cotrols & Coectors Fuctios of the Number [] [6] buttos Mode [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto [TRACK] butto [MUTE] butto [SOLO] butto Voice Play Keyboard trasmit chael settig Normal Voice Edit Chages the Edit from Commo Edit to Elemet Edit ad Elemet selectio ( 8) Elemet Mute settig ( 8) Solo Elemet selectio ( 8) Drum Voice Edit Chages the Edit from Commo Edit to Drum Key Edit Performace Play Performace Cotrol ( ) Keyboard trasmit chael settig Part Mute settig ( 4) Solo Part selectio ( 4) Performace Edit Performace Cotrol ( ) Part selectio ( 4) Part Mute settig ( 4) Solo Part selectio ( 4) Master Play Keyboard trasmit chael settig (whe memorizig the Voice or Performace to the curret Master) or Sog/Patter track selectio (whe memorizig the Sog or Patter to the curret Master) Master Edit Chages the Edit from Commo Edit to Zoe Edit ad Zoe selectio ( 8) Sog Play/ Patter Play Sog Mixig/ Patter Mixig Sog/Patter track selectio Sog/Patter track Mute settig Sog/Patter Part selectio Sog/Patter Part Mute settig Solo track selectio Solo Part selectio Mixig Voice Edit Elemet selectio ( 8) Elemet selectio ( 8) Elemet Mute settig ( 8) Solo Elemet selectio ( 8) [COMMON EDIT] butto Turig this butto o eters the Commo Edit, which lets you edit the parameters commoly applied to all Elemets, Parts or Zoes i the Voice Edit, Performace Edit, Sog Mixig Edit, Patter Mixig Edit, ad Mixig Voice Edit. [PROGRAM] butto Whe this butto is tured o, usig the Bak/Group/ Number buttos selects a Voice, Performace, Sog, Patter, ad Master i the correspodig. [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto (page 4) Whe this butto is tured o i the Voice Play /Sog Mixig /Patter Mixig, the Bak buttos ca be used to select a mai category ad the Group buttos [A] [E] ca be used to select a sub category of the Voice. Whe this butto is tured o i the Performace, the Bak buttos ca be used to select the Performace category ad the Group buttos [A] [E] ca be used to select the Performace sub category. [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto (page 35) This butto is available oly i the Performace Mode. Whe this butto is tured o, the followig fuctios are assiged to the Number buttos [] [6]. Number buttos [TRACK] butto (page 34) Fuctio [] [4] Selectig Parts 4. [5] [8] Settig the Arpeggio Switch to o/off for Parts 4. [9] [] Settig the mute status for Parts 4. [3] [6] Settig the Arpeggio Hold for Parts 4. Turig this butto o i the Sog/Patter eables the Number [] [6] buttos for selectig correspodig Sog/Patter tracks. Whe this butto is tured o i the Patter, the Group buttos [A] [H] ca be used to select the desired Sectio from A H ad the lower buttos of the Bak buttos ca be used to select the desired Sectio from I P. The o/off status of this butto affects the Number [] [6] buttos i differet ways, depedig o the curretly selected. (Refer to Number [] [6] buttos above.) fi [MUTE] butto (pages 33 ad 79) Turig this butto o i the Normal Voice Edit ad Mixig Voice Edit eables the Number buttos [] [8] for mutig Voice Elemets ( 8). Turig this butto o i the other s eables the Number buttos [] [6] for mutig Performace Parts ( 4), Sog Tracks/Parts ( 6), ad Patter Tracks/Parts ( 6). Refer to Number [] [6] buttos above. fl [SOLO] butto (pages 33 ad 79) Turig this butto o i the Normal Voice Edit ad Mixig Voice Edit eables the Number buttos [] [8] for soloig a Voice Elemet ( 8). Turig this butto o i the other s eables the Number buttos [] [6] for soloig a Performace Part ( 4), a Sog Track/ Part ( 6), ad a Patter Track/Part ( 6). Refer to Number [] [6] buttos above. Studio Coectios logo Studio Coectios is a joit project begu by Steiberg ad Yamaha. Music productio systems ow icreasigly rely o both software ad hardware, ad there is a pressig eed for closer itegratio betwee the two. Studio Coectios provides a comprehesive ad seamless music productio eviromet makig the use of hardware ad software both easier ad much more efficiet. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

16 The Cotrols & Coectors Rear Pael MOTIF XS USB ETHERNET TO HOST TO DEVICE LCD CONTRAST POWER ON/ OFF AC IN 7 MOTIF XS USB ETHERNET TO HOST TO DEVICE LCD CONTRAST POWER ON/ OFF AC IN 7 MOTIF XS USB ETHERNET TO HOST TO DEVICE LCD CONTRAST POWER ON/ OFF AC IN 6 POWER switch (page 9) Press to tur power ON or OFF. AC IN (AC Power Cord Socket) (page 9) Be sure to plug the AC power cord ito this socket before pluggig the power cord ito a AC outlet. Use oly the AC power cord supplied with this istrumet. If the supplied cord is lost or damaged ad eeds to be replaced, cotact your Yamaha dealer. The use of a iappropriate replacemet ca pose a fire ad shock hazard! 3 ETHERNET coector (page 86) You ca coect the MOTIF XS to a LAN etwork by usig this coector ad a LAN cable. Whe coected to a etwork, the MOTIF XS is capable of moutig ad accessig drives of computers o the same etwork. 4 USB coectors (pages 43 ad 85) There are two differet types of USB coectors, ad the rear pael of the istrumet features both. The USB TO HOST coector is used to coect this istrumet to the computer via the USB cable ad allows you to trasfer MIDI data betwee the devices. Ulike MIDI, USB ca hadle multiple ports via a sigle cable. The USB coectio betwee the istrumet ad the computer ca oly be used for trasfer of MIDI data. No audio data ca be trasferred via USB. The USB TO DEVICE coector is used to coect this istrumet to a USB storage device (hard disk drive, CD- ROM drive, flash disk, etc.) via the USB cable. This lets you save data created o this istrumet to a exteral USB storage device ad load data from a USB device to the istrumet. Save/Load operatios ca be performed i the File. For details about USB, see pages 43 ad 85. USB USB is a abbreviatio for Uiversal Serial Bus. It is a serial iterface for coectig a computer with peripheral devices, ad eables much faster data trasfer compared to covetioal serial port coectios. 5 LCD Cotrast Cotrol (page 0) Use this cotrol to set the LCD display for optimum legibility. 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

17 The Cotrols & Coectors DIGITAL OUT THRU MIDI FOOT SWITCH FOOT CONTROLLER ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT OUTPUT OUT IN ASSIGNABLE SUSTAIN R L R L/MONO PH ONES A/D INPUT R L GAIN 8 9 # $ % ^ DIGITAL OUT THRU MIDI FOOT SWITCH FOOT CONTROLLER ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT OUTPUT OUT IN ASSIGNABLE SUSTAIN R L R L/MONO PH ONES A/D INPUT R L GAIN 8 9 # $ % ^ DIGITAL OUT THRU MIDI FOOT SWITCH FOOT CONTROLLER ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT OUTPUT OUT IN ASSIGNABLE SUSTAIN R L R L/MONO PHONES A/D INPUT R L GAIN 8 9 # $ % ^ 6 mlan (IEEE394) coector, (oly MOTIF XS8) (page 44) The MOTIF XS is equipped with two mlan coectors to which a IEEE394 (6-pi) cable ca be plugged i. These coectors eable you to coect the MOTIF XS to IEEE394-compatible (FireWire/i.LINK) computers. If the coectig device features a 6-pi IEEE394 jack, use a stadard 6-pi to 6-pi IEEE394 cable. If it features a 4- pi IEEE394 jack, use a stadard 6-pi to 4-pi IEEE394 cable. 7 mlan expasio board (mlan6e) cover (MOTIF XS6, MOTIF XS7) (page 94) The optioal mlan6e ca be istalled by removig this cover of the MOTIF XS6/MOTIF XS7. By istallig a mlan6e board, you ca upgrade your MOTIF XS6 or MOTIF XS7 for coveiet ad easy coectio to a IEEE394-compatible computer. About mlan mlan is a digital etwork desiged for musical applicatios. It uses ad exteds the idustry stadard IEEE394 high performace serial bus. By coectig a mlanequipped MOTIF XS (a MOTIF XS6/7 to which the optioal mlan6e is istalled or a MOTIF XS8) to a computer i a peer-to-peer coectio via a IEEE394 cable, you ca trasfer audio data for all chaels ad MIDI data for all ports simultaeously betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer. This kid of coectio, its capabilities ad uses are referred to as mlan i this Ower s Maual ad the MOTIF XS istrumet. For details ad the latest iformatio o mlan, refer to the followig URL: *The ame mlan ad its logo (above) are trademarks. Yamaha recommeds that you use a IEEE394 cable with a legth of 4.5 meters or less. The digital audio output via the mlan coector is fixed to a resolutio of 4 bit/44. khz. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

18 The Cotrols & Coectors 8 DIGITAL OUT coector Use this coector to output digital sigals over coaxial (RCA-pi) cable. The digital sigal format is CD/DAT (S/P DIF). This coector outputs a digital sigal of 44. khz/4 bit. By usig this jack, you ca record the keyboard performace or Sog/Patter playback of this sythesizer to exteral media (e.g., a CD recorder) with exceptioally high-quality soud thaks to the direct digital coectio. 9 MIDI IN/OUT/THRU coectors (page 83) MIDI IN is for receivig cotrol or performace data from aother MIDI device, such as a exteral sequecer. MIDI THRU is simply for redirectig ay received MIDI data (via MIDI IN) to coected devices, allowig coveiet chaiig of additioal MIDI istrumets. MIDI OUT is for trasmittig all cotrol, performace ad playback data from the MOTIF XS to aother MIDI device, such as a exteral sequecer. ) FOOT SWITCH jacks (pages 04, 3, 47 ad 60) For coectio of a optioal FC3/FC4/FC5 Footswitch to the SUSTAIN jack ad a FC4/FC5 Footswitch to the ASSIGNABLE jack. Whe coected to the SUSTAIN jack, the Footswitch cotrols sustai. Whe coected to ASSIGNABLE, it ca cotrol oe of various differet assigable fuctios. % A/D INPUT jacks (pages 40, 47, 3 ad 65) Exteral audio sigals ca be iput via these phoe jacks (/4" moo phoe plug). Various devices such as microphoe, guitar, bass, CD player, sythesizer ca be coected to these jacks ad their audio iput sigal ca be souded as the Audio Part of the Voice, Performace, Sog, or Patter. I the Samplig (page 4), these jacks are used for capturig audio data as samples. I additio, you ca use the special Vocoder feature by coectig a microphoe to this L jack ad iputtig your Voice to the microphoe. Use /4" moo phoe plugs. For stereo sigals (such as from audio equipmet), use both jacks. For moo sigals (such as from a microphoe or guitar), use oly the L jack. ^ GAIN kob (page 40) For adjustig the iput gai of the audio at the A/D INPUT jacks (above). Depedig o the coected device (microphoe, CD player, etc.), you may eed to adjust this for optimum level.! FOOT CONTROLLER jacks (pages 04 ad 47) For coectio of optioal foot cotrollers (FC7 ad FC9). Each jack lets you cotiuously cotrol oe of various differet assigable fuctios such as volume, toe, pitch, or other aspects of the ASSIGNABLE OUT L ad R jacks Lie level audio sigals are output from this istrumet via these phoe jacks (/4" moo phoe plug). These outputs are idepedet of the mai output (at the L/MONO ad R jacks below), ad ca be freely assiged to ay of the Drum Voice keys or the Parts. This lets you route specific Voices or souds for processig with a favorite outboard effect uit. The Parts which ca be assiged to these jacks are as follows: Audio Part i the Voice (page 65) Drum Voice key to which the drum/percussio istrumet is assiged (page 30) Ay Part of a Performace* (pages 48 ad 53) Ay Part of a Sog* (pages 34 ad 35) Ay Part of a Patter* (pages 34 ad 35) * Icludig the Audio Iput Part # OUTPUT L/MONO ad R jacks (page 9) Lie level audio sigals are output via these phoe jacks. For moophoic output, use just the L/MONO jack. $ PHONES (Headphoe) jack (page 9) This stadard stereo phoes jack is for coectio to a set of stereo headphoes. 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

19 Start Guide Step : Settig Up Power Supply Rear pael Coectig speakers or headphoes Start Guide Sice the MOTIF XS has o built-i speakers, you will eed to moitor the soud of the istrumet by usig exteral equipmet. Coect a set of headphoes, powered speakers, or other playback equipmet as required. AC IN Powered speaker (Left) Powered speaker (Right) Headphoes Power cord (icluded) OUTPUT L/MONO OUTPUT R Make sure the POWER switch o the MOTIF XS is set to OFF. PHONES Coect the supplied power cord to the AC IN o the istrumet s rear pael. MOTIF XS 3 Coect the other ed of the power cord to a AC outlet. Make sure your MOTIF XS meets the voltage requiremet for the coutry or regio i which it is beig used. WARNING Make sure your MOTIF XS is rated for the AC voltage supplied i the area i which it is to be used (as listed o the rear pael). Coectig the uit to the wrog AC supply ca cause serious damage to the iteral circuitry ad may eve pose a shock hazard! WARNING Use oly the AC power cord supplied with the MOTIF XS. If the supplied cord is lost or damaged ad eeds to be replaced, cotact your Yamaha dealer. The use of a iappropriate replacemet ca pose a fire ad shock hazard! WARNING The type of AC power cord provided with the MOTIF XS may be differet depedig o the coutry i which it is purchased (a third prog may be provided for groudig purposes). Improper coectio of the groudig coductor ca create the risk of electrical shock. Do NOT modify the plug provided with the MOTIF XS. If the plug will ot fit the outlet, have a proper outlet istalled by a qualified electricia. Do ot use a plug adapter which defeats the groudig coductor. Turig the power o Make sure the volume settigs of the MOTIF XS ad exteral devices such as powered speakers are tured dow to the miimum before turig the power o. Whe coectig the MOTIF XS to the powered speakers, tur o the power switch of each device i the followig order. Whe turig the power o: First, the MOTIF XS, the the coected powered speakers. Whe turig the power off: First, the coected powered speakers, the the MOTIF XS. Please keep i mid that the POWER switch is located at the right side (from the view of the keyboard) of the AC IN socket o the rear pael of the MOTIF XS. CAUTION MOTIF XS AC IN POWER switch Eve whe the POWER switch is tured off, electricity is still flowig to the istrumet at the miimum level. Whe you are ot usig the istrumet for a log time, make sure you uplug the power cord from the wall AC outlet. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

20 Step : Settig Up Start Guide Adjustig the soud ad the display cotrast Adjust the volume levels of the MOTIF XS ad the coected amplifier/speaker system. If the display is ot easily visible, use the Cotrast cotrol to adjust for optimum visibility. Adjust the volume with the MASTER VOLUME slider. Max. Mi. Adjust the display cotrast with the Cotrast cotrol. Light Dark ame) registered to the curret Master program. Let s try playig the keyboard. For details about Baks, see pages 88 ad 35. Selectig ad playig the souds I the default settig, the Master provides a total of 8 programs each of which icludes the (Voice, Performace, Sog ad Patter) ad its program umber. Try out the differet Master programs to play various Voices ad Performaces. You ca chage the Master program umber by usig the [INC/YES] butto, [DEC/NO] butto, or the data dial. Decreases umber Icreases umber MOTIF XS CAUTION Do ot liste with the headphoes at high volume for log periods of time. Doig so may cause hearig loss. Keep i mid that the LCD display is ot a touch scree type. Do ot touch ad press the display directly or forcefully. Decreases umber DEC/NO INC/YES Icreases umber Playig the souds Try playig some of the realistic ad dyamic MOTIF XS souds from the keyboard ow. Whe you tur the power o, the display below appears. Idicates that the Master is selected. Idicates the type of selected program. Idicates the ame ad umber of selected program. Modes I order to make operatio of the MOTIF XS as comprehesive ad as smooth as possible, all fuctios ad operatios have bee grouped i s, may of which also have a umber of sub s. The MOTIF XS provides the ie mai s which are divided ito several sub s. You ca master the MOTIF XS by uderstadig the structure. To eter the desired, press the correspodig Mode butto. For more details about s ad sub s, see page 54. MODE VOICE PERFORM MASTER SEQUENCER SONG PATTERN SEQ SETUP MULTI PART INTEGRATED SAMPLING MIXING I the default settigs, the Master is selected. For details about the s, refer to the sectio Modes. Keep i mid that the example displays show i this maual are for istructio purposes oly, ad the cotets (for example, the Demo Sog/Patter ames) may differ slightly from those o your istrumet. I this coditio you ca play the keyboard ad hear the souds of the selected program. The top of the Master Play display (page 5) idicates the Master program umber ad the status (Mode, Bak, Program Number ad its FILE UTILITY EDIT JOB STORE COMPARE SCENE STORE SET LOCATE 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

21 Step : Settig Up Listeig to the Demo Sog Try listeig to the preset Demo Sogs, ejoy the highquality soud, ad get a taste for how you ca use the MOTIF XS to create your ow music. DEC/NO EXIT INC/YES ENTER Playig the Demo Sog Press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog Play. The Track View display of the Sog Play appears. Press the SEQ TRANSPORT [F] (Play) butto to start the Demo Sog. The Sog curretly show o the display starts. Keep i mid that the example displays show i this maual are for istructio purposes oly, ad may appear somewhat differet from those o your istrumet. Press the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos or rotate the data dial to chage the Demo Sog umber. Decreases umber EXECUTE Icreases umber Start Guide SEQ TRANSPORT LOCATE Decreases umber DEC/NO INC/YES Icreases umber Stop butto Play butto To adjust the volume level of the Demo Sogs, use the MASTER VOLUME slider. 3 Press the SEQ TRANSPORT [J] (Stop) butto to stop the Demo Sog. You ca chage the value of various parameters as well as the Sog umber by usig the [DEC/NO]/[INC/YES] butto or data dial after movig the cursor to the desired locatio. This basic operatio is used for all of the selectio ad adjustmet operatios o the istrumet. Selectig aother Sog Make sure that the cursor is located o the Sog Number i the Track View display. The highlighted frame withi the display is called the cursor. You ca move the cursor up, dow, left ad right by usig the Cursor buttos. If the cursor is located o aother parameter, move the cursor to the Sog Number. Sog umber Sog ame Loadig the Demo data I the default settigs (whe shipped from the factory), several Demo Sogs ad Patters are stored to the istrumet, startig at Sog 0 ad Patter 0. However, you may delete them by recordig your origial data or loadig a differet Sog/Patter from a exteral USB storage device. To restore the origial Demo data, follow the istructios below. CAUTION Loadig the Demo data overwrites all the Sogs or Patters. Before loadig the Demo data, please check whether or ot there is importat data i the Sogs or Patters. If there is importat data i the Sogs or Patters, save it to the exteral USB storage device or a computer o the etwork before loadig the Demo data. For iformatio about how to save, see page 78. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

22 Resettig the User Memory to the Iitial Factory Settigs Press the [FILE] butto ad [UTILITY] butto simultaeously. The Demo Load display appears. FILE UTILITY Resettig the User Memory to the Iitial Factory Settigs The origial factory settigs of this sythesizer s User Memory ca be restored as follows. Start Guide CAUTION Whe the factory settigs are restored, all the Voice, Performace, Sog, Patter, ad system settigs i the Utility you created will be erased. Make sure you are ot overwritig ay importat data. Be sure to save all importat data to your USB storage device or a computer o the etwork before executig this procedure (page 78). Press the [UTILITY] butto the the [JOB] butto to call up the Factory Set display (page 69). Make sure that the Load Type is set to all, the press the [ENTER] butto to load the Demo data. A display prompt appears to cofirm whether or ot the destiatio data (Sog/Patter) should be deleted. DEC/NO INC/YES Press the [ENTER] butto. The display prompts you for cofirmatio. Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 3 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Factory Set. After the Factory Set has bee completed, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. EXIT ENTER EXECUTE CAUTION For Factory Set operatios that take loger to process, you will see the message Now executig Factory Set durig processig. While such a message is show o the display, ever attempt to tur off the power while data is beig writte to Flash ROM. Turig the power off i this state results i loss of all user data ad may cause the system to freeze (due to corruptio of data i the Flash ROM). This meas that this sythesizer may ot be able to start up properly, eve whe turig the power o ext time. If you wat to load oly the Demo Sog data, set the Load Type to sog. If you wat to load oly the Demo Patter data, set the Load Type to patter. 3 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Demo Load operatio. The Demo data is loaded to the Sog ad Patter memory locatio, the the Sog Play Track View display appears. CAUTION Whe eterig the checkmark to the box of the Power O Auto Factory Set ad executig the Factory Set, the Factory Set will automatically be executed each time turig the power o. Keep i mid that this also meas that your origial data i Flash ROM will be erased each time you tur o the power. Therefore, the checkmark of this box should ormally be removed. If you remove the checkmark of this box ad execute the Factory Set, the Factory Set will ot be executed whe turig the power o ext time. If you set the Load Type to patter i step above, the Patter Play display (page 0) appears after loadig. For more iformatio about the Track View display of the Sog, see page 8. For more iformatio about the Patter Play display, see page 0. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

23 Step : Selectig ad Playig a Voice Try playig some of the realistic ad dyamic Voices from the keyboard ow. Press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice Play, the ejoy the powerful, authetic souds of the MOTIF XS Voices, as well as the eormous rage ad wealth of souds available. Selectig a Voice Here, try selectig the Grad Piao for example. Press the [PROGRAM] butto () so that its lamp lights, press the Bak butto [PRE ] () to select the Preset Bak, press the Group butto [A] (3) the Number butto [] (4) to select a Voice PRE: 00 (A0). Bak Voice Play idicatios The top of the display i the Voice Play idicates the Voice related iformatio, such as Bak, Voice umber (Group ad Number), Category, Category, ad Voice ame. See below. Bak Voice umber Group Number Category Category Start Guide PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PROGRAM PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM GM DR PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS A B C D E F G H 3 SUB CATEGORY PART SELECT PART MUTE SYN COMP CHROMATIC DRUM/ PERCUSSION PERCUSSION SOUND EFX ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD MUSICAL EFX SAX/ WOODWIND ETHNIC CATEGORY SEARCH Group PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE Number Below is a list of the Categories ad their pael abbreviatios. Abbreviatio Piao Keys Orga Guitr Bass Strg Brass SaxWW SyLd Pads SyCmp CPerc Dr/Pc S.EFX M.EFX Ethc Voice ame Category Piao Keyboard istrumets (Harpsichord, Clav, etc.) Orga Guitar Bass Strigs Brass Saxophoe ad other woodwid istrumets Syth Lead Syth Pad Syth Comp Chromatic Percussio (Marimba, Glockespiel, etc.) Drum/Percussio Soud Effect Musical Effect Ethic Next, press the Number butto [] to select the Voice PRE: 00 (A0), the d Voice withi the same Bak ad Group. Select other Voices (003, 004, etc.) i the same way by pressig the appropriate Number butto ([3], [4], etc.). To select a specific Voice from the 8 Voices available i Preset Bak, first press the appropriate Bak butto [A] [H], the press the desired Number butto [] [6]. You ca also use the [DEC/NO] butto, [INC/YES] butto, ad data dial to select a Voice withi a certai Bak. You ca scroll through the Voices withi the same Bak across the differet Groups by rotatig the data dial or pressig the [DEC/NO]/[INC/YES] butto. Now, ejoy various Voices by followig the above operatios. 8 Voices are available for each Bak. Press the [PRE ] to [PRE 8] ad [GM] buttos to select Voices i other Baks. Selectig a Drum Voice Next, try out the Drum Voice. For example, select the Drum Voice of the Preset Drum Bak. Press the [PROGRAM] butto so that its lamp lights, press the Bak butto [PRE DR] to select the Preset Drum Bak, press the Group butto [A], ad fially press Number butto [] to select the Voice PDR: 00 (A0). Now the Drum Voice has bee selected. Now play the Drum Voice. You ll otice that with the Drum Voice, ulike the Normal Voice you tried i the previous page, each key of the keyboard has a differet drum istrumet assiged to it. This allows you to easily create ad play rhythm patters made up of various drum/ percussio istrumets. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

24 Step : Selectig ad Playig a Voice Start Guide Usig the Category Search fuctio Sice the MOTIF XS has such a huge variety of Voices ad so may to choose from, it may be difficult or time cosumig to fid the Voice you wat. This is where the coveiet Category Search fuctio comes i hady. It lets you select desired Voices easily, based o geeral istrumet categories. Here for example, we ll try selectig a Guitar Voice. I the Voice Play, press the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto so that its idicator lights. The Category Search widow appears o the display, idicatig that you ca use the Cursor buttos ad data dial to select the desired Category, Sub Category ad Voice. I this state, you ca also use the Bak/Group/Number buttos o the pael to select a Voice. Browse the Category ames prited below the Bak buttos as illustrated below the press the desired butto. I this example, press the [GUITAR] butto. Category PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PROGRAM Playig the Arpeggio This fuctio lets you trigger rhythm patters, riffs ad phrases usig the curret Voice by simply playig otes o the keyboard. Sice the preset Voices already have their ow Arpeggio types pre-assiged, all you eed to do is select the desired Voice ad tur o the Arpeggio fuctio. For certai Voices, simply selectig the Voice will tur Arpeggio o. Try selectig differet Voices ad check out the various Arpeggio types. REMOTE ARPEGGIO ON/OFF ON/OFF For example, select the Voice umbered A0 of the Preset Drum Bak, tur the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto o, the hold dow a key (ay key) o the keyboard, ad liste as a rhythm is played automatically. The rhythm stops whe you release the key. Other preset Voices also have their ow appropriate Arpeggio types for automatic playig of arpeggio/rhythm patters. PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM GM DR PRE DR USER DR SAX/ WOODWIND Up to five Arpeggio types ca be assiged to the [SF] [SF5] buttos for each Voice. SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS SYN COMP CHROMATIC DRUM/ PERCUSSION PERCUSSION A B C D E F G H SUB CATEGORY CATEGORY SEARCH The Voice list of the selected Category appears i the display. You ca select the desired Voice by movig the cursor upward or dowward. SOUND EFX MUSICAL EFX ETHNIC Whe a certai Voice is selected, the same sequece is played back both regardless of the pressed ote or otes. Whe a certai Voice is selected, o the other had, the differet sequece is played back depedig o which otes are played or how they are played. Check out how Arpeggios are played back for differet Voices by selectig various Voices ad playig otes i various ways. Mai Category Sub Category Voice list Sub Category At the bottom of the display, the Sub Categories are show at the tabs correspodig to the [SF] [SF5] buttos respectively. Whe the Guitar Category is selected, guitar types such as Acoustic Guitar, Electric Guitar, ad Electric Distortio Guitar are show as Sub Categories. From this display for example, you ca istatly call up the Clea Guitar Sub Category by pressig [SF], which correspods to E.Cl i the display. This feature lets you quickly ad easily get at the specific kids of Voices you wat to use. Press ay of the [CATEGORY SEARCH], [EXIT] ad [ENTER] buttos to retur to the origial display. From this display, you ca register your favorite Voices to the Favorite Category. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

25 SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN MASTER VOLUME CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE ATTACK EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH DECAY GATE TIME SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE PAN OCT RANGE ASSIGN ASSIGN REVERB UNITMULTIPLY CHORUS TEMPO REMOTE ARPEGGIO ON/OFF ON/OFF EFFECT BYPASS INSERTION DOWN OCTAVE SYSTEM UP MASTER EFFECT LOCATE Step : Selectig ad Playig a Voice Chagig the Arpeggio type The Arpeggio type assiged to each of the [SF] [SF5] buttos ca be chaged as desired. From the Voice Play display, press the [F4] butto to call up the Arpeggio display. These global parameters apply to all the [SF] [SF5] buttos as a group. Usig the Cotrollers The MOTIF XS gives you a amazig amout of cotrol optios. Not oly is it equipped with covetioal Pitch Bed ad Modulatio Wheels, it also features special Kobs, Sliders, Ribbo Cotroller, ad Assigable Fuctio buttos. ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION []/[] buttos Sliders Kobs Start Guide SEQ TRANSPORT VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME 3 VOLUME 4 VOLUME 5 VOLUME 6 VOLUME 7 VOLUME 8 These parameters ca be set for each of the [SF] [SF5] buttos. Press oe of the [SF] [SF5] buttos. The lower half of the display will be chaged for the pressed butto. The upper half of the display is commo to all the [SF] [SF5] buttos. 3 I the lower half of the display, select the Category, Sub Category ad Type of the Arpeggio. The Category determies the istrumet type, the Sub Category determies the rhythm type, ad the Type determies the Arpeggio type itself. Press ay ote to trigger the Arpeggio playback to fid your favorite oe. Ribbo Cotroller Pitch Bed wheel Modulatio wheel The Voice Play display idicates the fuctios assiged to the cotrollers. Keep i mid that the ame of the Voice may iclude a abbreviatio of the cotroller most suitable for use whe playig the Voice. Usig the cotrollers such as Kobs, Sliders, ad the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos chage various aspects of the Voice s soud i real time while you play. Go o ad assig Arpeggio types i the same way to the other [SF] buttos as desired. For details about the Arpeggio, see page 6. Idicates the cotroller assigmet Display AS, AS AF, AF MW RB Fuctios Idicates the fuctios assiged to the respective Kobs (prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN ) with the TONE lamp tured o. Idicates the fuctios assiged to the two ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos. Idicates the fuctios assiged to the Modulatio Wheel. Idicates the fuctios assiged to the Ribbo Cotroller. For more iformatio about cotrollers, see page 67. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

26 Step : Selectig ad Playig a Voice Usig the Kobs Try usig the Kobs with your left had while playig the keyboard with your right with the Voice A0 Full Cocert Grad. [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto 4 Start Guide SELECTED PART CONTROL TONE TONE ARP FX 3 5 REVERB CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE AT TACK EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH DECAY GATE TIME 7 SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE PAN OCT RANGE ASSIGN ASSIGN REVERB CHORUS UNITMULTIPLY TEMPO 3 6 MULTI PART CONTROL CHORUS PAN Kob Kob Kob 3 Kob 4 Kob 5 Kob 6 Kob 7 Kob 8 Press the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto a few times so that the TONE lamp lights. The Cotrol Fuctio widow appears whe a display other tha the Voice Play display is show. Holdig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto for a while will light the lamp of the TONE lamp. Rotate the Kob (at the far left) while playig keyboard. Turig the kob clockwise results i a brighter soud, while turig it couterclockwise results i a softer, muffled soud. The soud chages i this way because Kob is assiged to the Cutoff Frequecy parameter (labeled CUTOFF i the matrix above Kob ad ext to TONE ). The fuctios assiged to each of Kobs ad curret values are show i the display. Fuctios assiged to Kobs 3 Press the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto a few times so that the TONE lamp lights, the rotate the Kob (at the far right). The CHORUS (as prited above the Kob) is applied to the curret Voice. 4 Tur Kob, Kob 3, ad Kob 5 with the TONE lamp tured o. You ca chage the soud by boostig or atteuatig the LOW, MID ad HIGH bad (as prited above the Kobs respectively) of the EQ (equalizer). 5 Press the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto a few times so that the ARP FX lamp lights, tur [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] o, the tur the Kobs with your left had while playig the otes with your right had. I this status, all the Kobs ca be used to chage how the Arpeggio is played back. 6 Rotate Kob 8 (at the far left) while playig keyboard to chage the tempo of the Arpeggio. 7 Rotate Kob 4 to chage the gate time of the Arpeggio otes, for example, from staccato to legato playback. Try out other Kobs as well. For more iformatio about the fuctios assiged to the Kobs i the Voice, see page 90. By usig the Kobs i this way, you ca chage the soud of the Preset Voice to create your origial Voice. Cotrollig the kobs does ot affect some voices. A red poit o the Kob or Slider graphic idicates the curret value to which the Kob or Slider is set. Movig the Kob or Slider has o effect o the soud util this poit is reached. Oce you move the Kob or Slider past this poit, the red poit disappears ad movig the Kob or Cotrol Slider affects the soud. Storig the Voice The MOTIF XS has space for three Baks of your ow User Voices. Store the Voice by pressig the [STORE] butto. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

27 Step : Selectig ad Playig a Voice Adjustig the tuig to other istrumets Whe you play the MOTIF XS with other istrumets, you may eed to tue the overall soud of the MOTIF XS to match that of the other istrumets i the group. Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, press the [F] butto, the press the [SF] butto to call up the Play display as below. Traspose This fuctio allows the overall pitch of the MOTIF XS to be trasposed up or dow i semitoe icremets/ decremets. You ca play the same otes o the keyboard eve whe the pitch of the sog is shifted up or dow i semitoes. Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, press the [F] butto, the press the [SF] butto to call up the Play display as show. Start Guide Move the cursor to Tue, the set the value. I this example, we ll chage the value from 440 Hz to 44 Hz. Sice the Tue parameter is actually adjusted i cets ( cet = /00th of a semitoe), the correspodig value i Hertz is show at right. Sice Hz is roughly equivalet to 4 cets, set this value to Press the [STORE] butto to store the Utility settig. Move the cursor to Traspose, the set the value. Set the value to + to traspose the pitch up by a semitoe, or set it to - to traspose it dow by a semitoe. To traspose it up or dow by a whole toe, set this to +/- ; to traspose by a octave, set it to +/ -. CAUTION To traspose by octaves, use the Octave parameter (above Traspose). 3 Press the [STORE] butto to store the Utility settig. Make sure to press the [STORE] butto to store the Utility settigs. Please keep i mid that the Utility settigs will be lost if you tur off the power without executig the Store operatio. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

28 Step 3: Selectig ad Playig a Performace Start Guide As i the Voice Play, the Performace Play is where you select ad play the istrumet souds of this sythesizer. However, i the Performace, you ca mix several differet Voices together i a layer, or split them across the keyboard, or eve set up a combiatio layer/split. Each Performace ca cotai up to four differet Parts. Press the [PERFORM] butto to eter the Performace Play. Selectig a Performace Selectig a Performace is doe i basically the same way as selectig a Voice. The Category Search fuctio is available also i the Performace Play. Note that the MOTIF XS has o Preset Performaces ad provides oly three User Baks. Cosequetly, press ay of the [USR] [USR3] buttos to select a Performace after pressig the [PROGRAM] butto. Performace Play idicatios The Performace Play display idicates the Voice ames for each of four parts makig up the Performace at the bottom right corer. Except for this, the display is almost same as i the Voice Play. Bak Performace umber Category Performace ame Fuctios assiged to kobs Performace Structure This method lets you play multiple (two or more) Voices simultaeously by pressig ay otes. I the Performace, you ca create a thicker soud by combiig two similar Voices for example, two differet Strigs Voices, each with a differet attack speed. Strigs havig a fast attack speed Strigs havig a slow attack speed Layer C C C3 C4 C5 C6 Performace Structure Split by Note rage This method lets you play differet Voices with your left had ad right had. By assigig the Strigs to the lower rage ad assigig the Flute to the higher rage separately as illustrated below, you ca play the Strigs as accompaimet with your left had ad play the Flute as melody with your right had, Part Strigs Part Flute Part Part C C C3 C4 C5 C6 Status of four Sliders adjustig the volume for each part Chagig the Arpeggio type Four Voices makig up the Performace How Voices are assiged to Parts of a Performace By default (whe shipped from the factory), various types of Performaces are provided i the User Baks. For some of these Performaces, it may ot be immediately obvious how to play them or use them, sice they are more complicated tha ormal Voices. I this sectio, you ll lear the typical ways i which Performaces are created, ad thus better uderstad how to play ad use them. Each Performace ca cotai up to four differet Parts. Here covers the typical four types of the Voice assigmet to these four parts. Performace Structure Split by Velocity rage This method lets you trigger differet Voices depedig o your playig stregth (velocity). I this example below, playig the ote with low velocities triggers the Strigs havig the slow attack speed. Playig the ote with middle velocities triggers the Strigs havig the fast attack speed. Playig the ote with high velocities triggers the Orchestra Hit. Velocity Orchestra Hit Strigs havig the fast attack speed Strigs havig the slow attack speed C C C3 C4 C5 C6 Part 3 Part Part 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

29 Step 3: Selectig ad Playig a Performace Performace Structure Usig the Arpeggio With this method, you ca play all the parts of a bad by yourself. This type of Performace also uses differet Arpeggio types assiged to the idividual Parts, makig it eve easier to soud like a full bad. I the example below, the Drum patter (by Arpeggio) will be played back idefiitely eve whe you release the otes, the Bass lie (by Arpeggio) will be played back by your left had performace, ad the Guitar backig (by Arpeggio) or Piao Arpeggio will be played back by your right had performace. I additio, you ca chage the Arpeggio Type assigmet for each Part by pressig ay of the [SF] [SF5] buttos. 4 Press the [PERFORM] butto. The curret Performace ame will chage to Iitialized Perform i the display. Whe you iitialize a Performace, the Voice at Preset Bak, Voice umber is assiged to each of all Parts ad all the Parts are tured o by default. Playig several Voices together (Layer) Try combiig two Voices by assigig your favorite Voice to Part. Start Guide Bass with the Arpeggio Guitar with the Arpeggio Part Piao with the Arpeggio Drum with the Arpeggio Hold = ON C C C3 C4 C5 C6 Usig or combiig the four methods described above gives you the ability to create a rich variety of Performaces. By default, may Performaces stored i the User Baks may be created via the above methods. Try out various Performaces ad see which method is used for each. Creatig a Performace by combiig Voices After checkig out the pre-programmed Performaces i the User Baks, try creatig your ow origial Performace. I this sectio, we ll create a Performace by combiig two Voices. Preparig to create a Performace (Iitializig the Performace) I the Performace Play, press the [JOB] butto, ad the the [F] butto. The Iitialize display is show. Make sure that the check box of All Parameters is checked. For details about the Iitialize fuctio, refer to page 59. Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) 3 Press the [INC/YES] butto to iitialize the Performace. CAUTION Part 4 Part 3 Part Keep i mid that whe you execute the Store operatio by pressig the [STORE] butto here, the Performace at the destiatio will be replaced with the Iitialized Performace above. For details about the Store operatio, refer to page 4. I the Performace Play display, press the [F] butto to call up the Voice display. From this display, you ca cofirm what Voices are assiged to the Parts. You ca also cofirm that all the Parts are tured o after executig the Iitialize fuctio above. Move the cursor to the Part, the select the desired Voice by settig a Bak ad Voice umber. From this display, you ca use the Category Search fuctio to select a Voice. Like i the Voice (page 4), use the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto. Please ote that the category ames prited below the Bak buttos correspod ot to the Performace Category but to the Voice Category. 3 Move the cursor to the PART SW check box for Parts 3 ad 4, the remove the checkmark by pressig the [DEC/NO] butto. Whe the check mark is removed from the check box, the correspodig part is tured off. Here, tur the Part ad o. Voice settigs for Part Voice settigs for Part 4 Play the keyboard. The Part (Piao Voice) ad Part (the Voice you have selected above) are souded simultaeously i a layer. Next, let s play differet Voices with the left ad right hads. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

30 Step 3: Selectig ad Playig a Performace Start Guide Split You ca play differet Voices with the left ad right hads by assigig oe Voice to Part, with a ote rage i the lower sectio of the keyboard, ad a differet Voice to Part, with a ote rage i the higher sectio of the keyboard. Move the cursor to the NOTE LIMIT HI of the Part. CAUTION The preset data of the Performaces is stored i the User Bak memory. Storig the Performace data you created erases the preset Performace data. If you wish to restore the preset data of the Performace, execute the Factory Set Job i the Utility, resultig that your origial data will be erased. Cosequetly, make sure to save ay importat data to a exteral USB storage device to avoid losig your importat data. Set the highest ote of the Part by pressig the correspodig key while holdig the [SF6] KBD butto. The illustratio of the keyboard idicates the specified ote rage i color. 3 Move the cursor to the NOTE LIMIT LO of the Part. 4 Set the lowest ote of the Part by pressig the correspodig key while holdig the [SF6] KBD butto. The illustratio of the keyboard idicates the specified ote rage i color. 5 Play the keyboard. The otes you play with your left had soud the Piao Voice (Part ), while the otes you play with your right had soud the differet Voice (Part ) you have selected. Chagig the Arpeggio settigs for each Part Try chagig the Arpeggio settigs for each Part. You ca assig the rhythm or backig patter that best matches the desired style of music to the Performace. From the Voice Play display, press the [F4] butto to call up the Arpeggio display. Press the desired oe from the [SF] [SF5] buttos. The lower half of the display will be chaged depedig o the pressed butto. The top of the display (Commo Switch, Syc Quatize Value ad Tempo) is commo to all the Sub Fuctio buttos. Settigs for Part Settigs commo to the [SF] [SF5] buttos Part : Piao Voice Part : Other Voice Settigs for Part Settigs for Part 3 Settigs for Part 4 Step Adjustig the Part levels ad storig the Performace Adjust the Volume settigs of Parts ad by usig the Cotrol sliders. Store the settigs as a User Performace by pressig the [STORE] butto. For details, see page 4. CAUTION If you are editig a Performace ad you select a differet Performace without storig your edited oe, all the edits you ve made will be erased. 3 Select the Category, Sub Category ad Type of the Arpeggio for each of the Parts 4. The Category determies the istrumet type, the Sub Category determies the rhythm type, ad the Type determies the Arpeggio type itself. Set the BANK to PRE whe usig a Preset Arpeggio type. Arpeggio Hold parameter Note that the Arpeggio Hold parameter is useful as well as the Arpeggio type selectio. Whe this parameter is set to o, the Arpeggio playback cotiues eve if the ote is released. This parameter should be set to o whe the Drum Voice is assiged to the Part ad you 30 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

31 Step 3: Selectig ad Playig a Performace wish to have playback of the Arpeggio (rhythm patter) cotiue regardless of whether you hold the ote or ot. Categories ad Sub Categories ca easily be selected by callig up their respective lists o the display. Whe movig the cursor, for example, to the Category ad pressig the [SF6] butto, the Category List appears at the cursor locatio. You ca select the desired oe by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. After selectig, pressig the [ENTER] butto actually calls up the selected Arpeggio type. This operatio is very useful ad coveiet i selectig from the huge variety of available Arpeggios. Go o ad assig Arpeggio types i the same way to the other [SF] buttos as desired. After settig the Arpeggio related parameters, store the settigs to iteral memory as a User Performace. For details, see page 4. Recordig the Melody ad Arpeggio playback to the Sog Whe the Sog is selected as destiatio of the Performace recordig, you ca record your keyboard playig with the Arpeggio without havig to worry about measure limits or ruig out of recordig space. It is a good idea, for example, to record your keyboard playig, freely callig up various Arpeggio types, the editig the Sog later as ecessary. You may eve wat to keep the recorder ruig as you improvise, the liste back later ad pick out the best parts to create your fial Sog. Try recordig as show i the istructios below. I the Performace Play, select a Performace for recordig. Start Guide Usig the Cotrollers ad Kobs Like i the Voice, you ca use the cotrollers ad kobs i the Performace. Try selectig differet Performaces ad usig the cotrollers ad kobs. Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Performace Record display. SEQ TRANSPORT LOCATE Recordig your Performace While experimetig ad playig aroud with Arpeggios i the Performace, you may fid some rhythm patters ad phrases that you like, ad you may wat to store them for future recall. The best ad easiest way to capture these is to record your keyboard playig to a Sog or Patter. 3 Set the followig parameters as required i the Performace Record display. Performace Record Structure By usig the Performace Record fuctio, your keyboard performace for Parts 4 will be recorded to tracks 4 of the Sog/Patter respectively. Cotroller/Kob operatios ad Arpeggio playback as well as your keyboard playig i the Performace ca be recorded to the specified track as MIDI evets. Playig i the Performace Part Part Part 3 Part 4 Record Sog/Patter Track Track Track 3 Track 4 For details about the track structure of the Sog/Patter, see Basic Structure o page Sequecer Mode = sog By settig this parameter to sog, you ca record your keyboard performace to the Sog. Sog umber Select a destiatio sog. Executig Performace recordig overwrites ad erases all the previously recorded data of the specified Sog. Make sure to select a Sog which cotais o data. 3 Time Sigature = 4/4 Set the same value here as that of the Arpeggio type. Normally, set this to 4/4. 4 Tempo Set the desired tempo of the metroome ad Arpeggio for recordig. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

32 Step 3: Selectig ad Playig a Performace Start Guide 5 Key O Start Switch = (o) Whe set to o, recordig starts immediately whe you press ay ote o the keyboard. Set this parameter to o whe usig the Arpeggio. Idicates the off status, whereas idicates the o status. 6 Copy Performace Parameters = o Eter the checkmark whe you wish to copy the parameter settigs for Parts 4 of the Performace to Parts 4 of the Sog Mixig. 7 Click O (o) Press the [F5] butto to tur the metroome o if you wish to use the metroome. 4 Press ay ote to start recordig. Play the keyboard i time with the metroome. You ca chage the Arpeggio type ad settigs by pressig ay of the [SF] [SF5] buttos while recordig. 5 Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig ad retur to the Performace Play display. After recordig, press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog Play the play the recorded Sog. As desired, record the keyboard performace to aother track i the Sog Record ad edit the recorded data i the Sog Edit or Sog Job to fialize the Sog data. Recordig Arpeggio playback to a Patter If you record your keyboard playig alog with Arpeggio playback i the Performace to a Patter, you ca quickly create full ad complete rhythm patters lastig just a few measures. These short Patters of MIDI sequece data ca be played back repeatedly i a loop ad the coveietly used as buildig blocks for your origial Sogs. Follow the istructios below, playig with your favorite Arpeggios i the Performace, ad record your improvisatios to a Patter. Oce you ve recorded three or four good Patters, you ll have eough buildig blocks to create a complete Sog! I the Performace Play, select a Performace for recordig. Fid the Performace which triggers your favorite rhythm patter or phrases via the Arpeggio. Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Performace Record display. 3 Set the followig parameters as required i the Performace Record display Sequecer Mode = patter By settig this parameter to patter, you ca record your keyboard performace to the Patter. Patter umber Select a destiatio Patter umber. Executig the Performace Recordig overwrites ad erases all the previously recorded data of the specified Patter. Make sure to select a Patter which cotais o data. 3 Sectio Select a Sectio to be recorded, from A P. If you create several Sectios, you ca use them as rhythm variatios withi a sigle Sog. 4 Sectio Legth Set the legth of the Sectio to be recorded. Set the value to 4 accordig to the legth of the curret Arpeggio types. 5 Time Sigature = 4/4 Set the same value here as that of the Arpeggio type. Normally, set this to 4/4. 6 Tempo Set the desired tempo of the metroome ad Arpeggio for recordig. 7 Key O Start Switch = (o) Whe set to o, recordig starts immediately whe you press ay ote o the keyboard. Set this parameter to o whe usig the Arpeggio. 8 Copy Performace Parameters = o Eter the checkmark whe you wish to copy the parameter settigs for Parts 4 of the Performace to Parts 4 of the Patter Mixig. 9 Click O (o) Press the [F5] butto to tur the metroome o if you wish to use the metroome. 4 Press ay ote to start recordig. The recordig stops whe the ed of the Patter legth is reached. Recordig stops returs to the Performace Play display. Please ote that loop recordig is ot available i the Performace Record, although it is available i the Patter Record. Create several Sectios i the Performace Record, the create a Patter Chai by coectig the Sectios together to create a etire Sog. For details, see page 3. 3 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

33 Step 4: Creatig Your Origial Sog Now that you ve leared some of the basic features of the MOTIF XS icludig how to select Voices ad Performaces, play with the Arpeggios, ad record your playig ad Arpeggio playback to a Sog or Patter you re ready to create your ow origial Sog. The MOTIF XS features a built-i multitrack sequecer for recordig your keyboard performace as MIDI data. This fuctio by itself is eough to create full, complex multi-istrumet arragemets ad complete Sogs. However, the MOTIF XS (with optioal DIMMs istalled) allows you to also record ad edit audio tracks such as vocal ad guitar parts. Start Guide Termiology Sog Sogs ad Patters are MIDI sequece data cosistig of up to 6 tracks. A Sog o this sythesizer is effectively the same as a Sog o a MIDI sequecer, ad playback automatically stops at the ed of the recorded data. Track mute You ca mute a specific track or tracks of the Sog. Press the [MUTE] butto so that its lamp lights. The lamps of the Number buttos light. Track This is a memory locatio o the sequecer where your musical performaces (made up of MIDI evets) are stored. The MOTIF XS provides 6 tracks, which correspod to the 6 Parts of the Mixig PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE Number buttos [] [6] ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO [MUTE] butto Mixig This is a program i which multiple Voices are assiged to Parts for multi-timbral play i the Sog ad Patter s. Each Mixig ca cotai up to 6 parts ad a separate Mixig ca be created for each Sog. For more iformatio about the Sog structure icludig the Track ad Mixig, see page 59. Realtime Recordig With realtime recordig, the istrumet fuctios i the same way as a MD recorder, recordig the performace data as it is played. This allows you to capture all the uaces of a actual performace. Realtime Record features three available methods: Replace, Overdub ad Puch I/Out. Replace lets you overwrite a already recorded track with ew data. Overdub lets you add more data to a track that already cotais data. Puch I/Out lets you re-record oly over a specific area of the track. Press ay of the Number buttos [] [6] so that its lamp will be tured off ad the correspodig track will be muted. Multiple tracks ca be muted simultaeously. 3 Press the butto which is tured off so that its lamp lights ad the correspodig track will be souded. Track solo You ca solo a specific track of the Sog. Press the [SOLO] butto so that its lamp lights PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PERFORMANCE CONTROL TRACK MUTE SOLO Sog Playback Before you lear how to create a Sog, you should kow somethig about the mute/solo fuctios ad how to use the sliders durig Sog playback. Call up a Demo Sog (page ) the try out the followig operatios while playig back the Demo Sog. PART MUTE Number buttos [] [6] ARP HOLD [SOLO] butto Press ay of the umber buttos [] [6] so that its lamp flashes to solo the correspodig track. Press aother umber butto to chage the soloed track. 3 Press the [TRACK] or [MUTE] butto to retur to the origial status. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 33

34 Step 4: Creatig Your Origial Sog Adjustig the volume of each Part You ca adjust the volume for each of eight Parts, usig the pael sliders. Track umber Recordig track Time Sigature (Meter) Tempo Record Type Start Guide Quatize Voice [F5] Click VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME 3 VOLUME 4 VOLUME 5 VOLUME 6 VOLUME 7 VOLUME 8 Whe oe of Tracks 8 is curretly selected, the eight sliders are used to adjust the volume for Parts 8. Whe oe of Tracks 9 6 is selected, the sliders are used to adjust the volume for Parts 9 6. The track ca be selected by turig the [TRACK] butto o ad pressig the desired Number butto. 3 Set the followig parameters o the Record Setup display. 3- With the [TRACK] lamp tured o, press the Number butto [] to set the recordig track to. The red circle symbol is show at the REC TR colum of Track. The Record Part is automatically set to. [TRACK] butto TRACK TRACK PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PERFORMANCE CONTROL PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE SOLO MUTE SOLO PART MUTE ARP HOLD PART MUTE Number buttos [9] [6] ARP HOLD I additio to sliders, Kobs 8 ca be used to affect the soud of the Sog playback i real time. For details, see page 80. Preparig for Realtime Recordig Soo you ll record your keyboard performace, recordig a melody to Track. First though, you ll eed to set up the MOTIF XS for realtime recordig. Press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog Play the select a Sog cotaiig o data. 3- Move the cursor to Time Sigature (Meter) the set the value. Here, set this to 4/ Move the cursor to Tempo the set the desired value. Here, set this to Move the cursor to Record Type the select replace. This method overwrites the previous recorded data. 3-5 Set Quatize to 40. This coveiet feature lets you automatically quatize the otes i real time, as you record. Quatize aligs the timig of ote evets to the earest beat. Normally, the smallest ote value i the otatio sheet (you will play) should be set. 3-6 Select the Voice for recordig by specifyig the Bak ad Number. The value set here is applied to Part of the Mixig. 3-7 Press the [F5] butto to tur the Metroome o O. Pressig the [F5] butto toggles the Metroome o ad off. Press the [I] (Record) butto to eter the Sog Record. The Record Setup display appears. 34 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

35 Step 4: Creatig Your Origial Sog Start Recordig! After completig recordig setup above, press the [F] (Play) butto to start recordig. Press the [F] (Play) butto so that its idicator flashes, the actually start recordig after the cout-i. Whe you reach the ed of the above otatio, press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig. If you ve played ay wrog otes, press the [J] (Stop) butto, the try recordig agai. After recordig the above melody to Track, set the REC TR to i the Recordig Setup display, the record the bass lie below to Track. Start Guide Correctig wrog otes If you ve played ay wrog otes while recordig ad wish to correct them, press the [EDIT] butto from the Sog Play to go to the Sog Edit. Sog Edit lets you clea up ad edit data of already recorded Sogs or isert ew data to the Sogs. Check for ay mistakely recorded or wrog evets o the Evet List display of the Sog Edit, the correct them as eeded. Select the recorded Sog the press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Sog Edit. The Evet List display appears. Select the track to be edited. Press the Number butto [] or []. The list of the MIDI evets recorded i the previous sectio appears o the display. Various MIDI evets as well as ote o/off data are show o the display if you operate cotrollers such as Pitch Bed wheel, kobs ad sliders while recordig. Locatio Notes Gate time Selected track Velocity 3 Use the Cursor buttos to move the cursor to the locatio to be edited. After cofirmig the locatio at which the wrog data is recorded, use the Up/Dow Cursor butto to move the cursor to the locatio, the use the Left/Right Cursor butto to move the cursor to the data type to be corrected. If you recorded a wrog ote data at the d ote of the 3rd beat ( F o the otatio), move the cursor to the locatio idicated MEAS (measure) = 00, BEAT = 03 ad CLOCK = 40. The, move the cursor to NOTE if you wish to correct the ote data ad move the cursor to GATE if you wish to correct the gate time (ote legth). Each key has a ote ame; for example, the lowest (farthest left) key o the keyboard correspods to C ad the highest (farthest right) key to C6. See page 0. The Sog locatio at which you edit or iput the evet is idicated by MEAS (measure), BEAT ad CLOCK. A quarter-ote (oe beat whe the time sigature is set to 4/4 ) cosists of 480 divisios. The legth of each ote (gate time) is idicated by Beat ad Clock. For example, 00:000 is equivalet to the 4th ote ad 000:40 is equivalet to 8th ote. Measure Beat Clock 4 Tur the data dial to edit the value. The etire lie of the edited evet will start flashig. You ca also set the ote directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired ote. 5 Press the [ENTER] butto to actually eter the edited data (the etire lie of the edited evet will stop flashig). MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 35

36 Step 4: Creatig Your Origial Sog Start Guide Repeat steps 3 ad 5 to correct other wrog evets. 6 After completig editig, press the [EXIT] butto to retur back to the Sog Play. If you wish to delete a uecessary ote, move the cursor to the correspodig locatio, the press the [F6] butto. For details about the Evet List, see page 9. Creatig a swig feel Play Effect The Play Effect feature lets you alter the rhythm i a variety of musically useful ways for example, to take somethig that was recorded straight ad give it a swig feel. Let s chage the melody you recorded above, ad apply a swig feel to it here. From the Sog Play display, press the [F] butto to call up the Play FX display. Quatize Value of Track Swig Rate of Track Applyig the Play Effect settig to the actual MIDI data The Play Effect settig temporarily chages how the Sog data is played back, but does ot actually chage the Sog MIDI itself. If you wat to save the Play Effect chages as part of the Sog data (for example, as a Stadard MIDI file), you ca use the Job operatio to permaetly apply the Play Effect settigs. To execute this Job, press the [JOB] butto, the [F5] butto, the select 05: Normalize Play Effect. For details, see page 05. Storig the created Sog After recordig, make sure to store the created Sog to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto to call up the Sog Store widow. CAUTION Whe you execute the Store operatio, the settigs for the destiatio memory will be overwritte. Importat data should always be backed up to a separate storage device. Move the cursor to the Quatize Value of Track, the select the 8th ote ico. Savig Sog data to a USB storage device Storig differet Sog data to the same destiatio memory, loadig the Demo data, ad executig the Iitialize Job overwrites ad erases the previously stored Sog data. Be sure to save importat data to a separate USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector o the rear pael i the File. For details, see page 78. Whe you wat to load a Sog to DAW software o your computer, save the Sog to a separate USB storage device as a Stadard MIDI file. For details, see page Move the cursor to the Swig Rate of Track, the select 66%. This parameter determies the stregth or amout of swig applied. Selectig 66% delays each of the up beat otes to triplet values. The words save ad store here refer to two differet operatios. The Save operatio saves the created data as a file to a exteral device (i the File ), whereas the Store operatio stores the data to iteral memory i each. If you ve recorded a bass part to track, make sure to apply the same settigs to this track as well. After completig the settigs, press the [P] (Top) butto, the press the [F] (Play) butto to start the Sog. You ca hear the swig feel playback. 36 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

37 Step 5: Creatig a Patter The Patters of the MOTIF XS feature short but fully realized istrumetal parts that you ca repeat (loop), combie, ad arrage i ay order you wat givig you the basic material for creatig a Sog. This sectio covers what you ca do i the Patter. Patter Structure The MOTIF XS provides two s for creatig a Sog: Sog ad Patter. I the Sog, you ca record the Sog from the begiig to the ed by playig the keyboard. I the Patter, o the other had, you ca create the accompaimet of the Sog by creatig several sectios, such as itro, melody A, mai theme ad edig by recordig your rhythm patter to the differet Sectios, the combiig them as a Patter Chai. The Patter also lets you record your rhythm patters or riffs to the differet Sectios as you wish ad as the ispiratio hits the combie the Sectios ito a Patter Chai to create a complete Sog. Alog with the Arpeggio feature ad Performace recordig, you have a wide rage of easy-to-use tools to quickly create fully arraged, professioal soudig Sogs. Track 6 Sectio Patter umber, Patter ame Sectio A P As idicated i the Patter Play display, a Patter cosists of 6 separate tracks. Accordigly, a Patter is played back via the various istrumet Voices such as bass, guitar ad keyboard. Start Guide st measure... 0th measure Itro Melody A Mai theme Melody B Edig Sectio A Sectio B Sectio C You ca create a Patter Chai (page 3) by programmig the order of Sectios. The created Patter Chai ca be coverted to Sog data by usig the Patter Chai Edit (page 5). Listeig to the Demo Patters Before creatig your ow origial patter, you should give a liste to some of the preset Demo Patters. These specially recorded Patters cover a wide rage of musical geres ad are full of great hits ad ideas o how you ca create ad use Patters i your ow music. Load the Demo Patters followig the procedure o page. Press the [PATTERN] butto to eter the Patter. The Patter Play display will appear. Sectio D Sectio E 3 Select a Patter by turig the data dial. 4 Press the [F] (Play) butto to start playback of the Patter. The Patter will be played back repeatedly util you press the [J] (Stop) butto. 5 Chage the Sectio from A P. Pressig the [A] [H] buttos calls up Sectios A H ad pressig the [USER ] [USER DR] ad [ETHNIC] buttos calls up the Sectios I P. SECTION I-P SECTION A-H PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM GM DR PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS SYN COMP A B C D E F G H SUB CATEGORY By chagig the Sectios, you ca create rhythmic variatios, ad easily improvise arragemets (such as itro, verse, chorus, verse, chorus, edig) i real time. Now, try other Patters. CHROMATIC PERCUSSION DRUM/ PERCUSSION SOUND EFX MUSICAL EFX SAX/ WOODWIND ETHNIC MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 37

38 Step 5: Creatig a Patter Start Guide Viewig the Demo Patter s Patch display From the Patch display called up via the [F4] butto, you ca cofirm what Phrase is assiged to each track of the Patter Sectio. A Phrase is a short musical/rhythmic passage cosistig of a sigle track for a sigle istrumet, such as drum, bass, ad guitar. This MIDI sequece data ca be used as small buildig blocks for a Sog, ad ca be assiged to ay track ad ay Sectio. A sigle Patter provides memory space for 56 of your ow origial User Phrases. Viewig the Demo Patter s Mixig display A Mixig refers to the multi-timbral toe geerator settigs for the Patter playback. A Mixig cosists of 6 Parts, which correspod to the tracks, ad i this display you ca adjust the various mixig related parameters for each Part. From the Patter Play display, press the [MIXING] butto to call up the Mixig display, lettig you cofirm the Mixig settigs for each Part: Voice, volume, pa, etc. Now, let s adjust the Mixig parameters i the Mixig display. Phrase umber Phrase ame Part umber Voice Pa Volume As idicated i this display, the performace data is recorded to the Phrase the the Phrase is assiged to the recordig track. Note that the created Phrase ca be assiged to a differet track of the same/differet Sectio. Sectio A Track Track : Track 6 Sectio B Track Track : Track 6 Try chagig the Phrase for each track ad assig each Phrase to a empty track. Phrase 00 Phrase 00 : Phrase 003 Phrase 00 Phrase 003 : Phrase 004 Phrase 00 Phrase 00 Phrase 003 Phrase 004 : MIDI data MIDI data MIDI data MIDI data : Please keep i mid that Phrases are provided oly for the Demo Patters ad the umber of provided Phrases differs depedig o the Demo Patter. Whe you wat to use a Phrase assiged to a differet Patter, execute the Copy Phrase fuctio by usig the [SF5] Copy butto. For details, see page. From the Patter Play display, press the [MIXING] butto to eter the Mixig. The Mixig display will appear. To select the desired Part, press the [TRACK] butto (the lamp lights), the press the appropriate Number butto [] [6]. Here, select the Part correspodig to the track to which the Phrase is assiged. If you wat to cofirm to which track the Phrase is assiged, press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the Patter Play display. 3 Move the cursor to the Bak ad Number, the chage the Voice by specifyig the Bak ad Number. If you press the [PROGRAM] butto (the lamp lights), you ca select the desired Voice by usig the appropriate Bak buttos, Group buttos ad the Number buttos. 4 Move the cursor to the desired parameter, such as pa or volume, the rotate the data dial to chage the value. If you wish to edit more detailed Mixig parameters, eter the Mixig Edit by pressig the [EDIT] butto. For more iformatio about the Mixig Edit, see page 33. The Mixig settigs are icluded i each Patter ad ca be stored as a etire Patter. For istructios o storig a Patter, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

39 Step 5: Creatig a Patter Creatig a Patter by usig Arpeggio I additio to creatig a Patter by recordig your keyboard performace covetioally, you ca also use the powerful Arpeggio playback features of the MOTIF XS (described below) ad eve record audio data from commercially available sample CDs. This sectio explais how to create a Patter by usig Arpeggio. Press the [PATTERN] butto to eter the Patter Play. 6 Set the followig parameters i the Record Setup display. 6- To select the desired track, press the [TRACK] butto (the lamp lights), the press the appropriate Number butto [] [6]. 6- Set the Time Sigature to 4/ Set the Patter legth to a value equivalet to the Arpeggio legth. 6-4 Tur the Keyboard Start ico o. 6-5 Set the Loop parameter to off. 6-6 Set the Quatize parameter to off. Start Guide Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display. 3 Press the [F] butto to call up the Record Arpeggio display. 7 After completig setup, press a ote o the keyboard to start recordig. Recordig will stop automatically whe the last measure (specified by the Legth) is reached. Arpeggio Switch Voice with Arpeggio Arpeggio type selectio 4 Set the followig parameters as required i the Arpeggio Record display. 4- Set the Switch parameter to o. 4- Set the Voice with Arpeggio (ARP) parameter to o. Whe this is set to o, the Voice matchig the selected Arpeggio type is automatically called up each time the Arpeggio type is chaged. 4-3 Select the Arpeggio type by specifyig the Category, Sub Category ad Type. 5 Press the [F] butto to call up the Record Setup display. Recordig Track Time Sigature Legth Keyboard start Loop Creatig a Patter with audio Samplig I this sectio, you ll lear how to record audio data (from commercially available sample CDs, for example) to the Patter track, usig the versatile Samplig feature. After recordig the audio, you ca slice it ito idividual Samples, which ca the be played back at ay desired tempo without compromisig the soud or itroducig pitch chages. These step-by-step istructios assume that the recorded audio data is a oe-measure drum patter i 4/4 time. Importat I order to use the Samplig fuctio, DIMM modules must be istalled to the istrumet. For details o istallig DIMMs, see page 95. The recorded (edited) sample data residig temporarily i DIMM is lost whe the power is tured off. Make sure to prepare a USB storage device or a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS before usig the Samplig fuctio. Samplig Setup Tur the power off ad set the GAIN kob o the rear pael to the miimum. Quatize Mi. Max. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 39

40 Step 5: Creatig a Patter Start Guide Coect a audio device (CD player, etc.) to the A/D INPUT coector o the rear pael. A/D INPUT L Stereo audio equipmet (CD player, etc.) L R A/D INPUT R Set the Recordig Type to slice+seq. Set the Iput Source to A/D Iput. 3 Set the Stereo/Moo parameter to stereo. 4 Set the Record Next to off. 5 Set the Frequecy to 44. khz. 6 Select the destiatio track. 5 Press the [F6] butto to call up the Stadby display. MOTIF XS 3 Tur the power of the MOTIF XS o. 4 Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, the press the [F] butto to call up the I/O display. Trigger Level Trigger Mode Level Meter 5 Set the Mic/Lie parameter to lie. Samplig Setup is completed. 6 Set the Trigger Mode to level, the set the Trigger Level to. Samplig Press the [PATTERN] butto to eter the Patter Play, the select a Patter ad Sectio to be recorded. The Trigger Mode parameter lets you determie how the Samplig actually starts. Whe Trigger Mode is set to level, samplig will begi automatically as soo as the iput sigal exceeds the specified Trigger Level. Sice Trigger Level is set to here, samplig will begi automatically as soo as the audio sigal is iput from the CD player. Whe the Trigger is set to maual, actual Samplig starts by pressig the [F5] Start butto. Press the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto to eter the Samplig. 3 Press the [F6] butto to call up the Setup display. 4 Set the followig parameters as required i the Setup display. 7 Play back the audio source (CD player) ad adjust the audio iput level with the GAIN kob o the rear pael to get the appropriate level. Adjust the GAIN so that the level is high eough for a clea recordig but ot so high as to cause clippig or distortio. A/D INPUT R L GAIN Max L R Mi. Please ote that the iput soud may be clipped or distorted if the meter reaches maximum level. 8 Stop playback of the audio source (CD player). 9 Press the [F5] butto to call up the WAITING idicator (Trigger Stadby status). 40 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

41 Step 5: Creatig a Patter 0 Start the CD player. Sice the Trigger Level is set to here, samplig will begi automatically as soo as the audio sigal is iput from the CD player. I this example, record a oe-measure drum patter from the CD. Press the [F6] butto to stop samplig, the stop the CD player. The wave of the recorded audio sigal will be show o the display. Press the [SF] butto to hear your ewly recorded soud. Sample Edit loops. If this iformatio is available, eter the appropriate values to the parameters above. Slice Next, let s use the Slice fuctio to match the recorded sample with the tempo. This Slice feature lets you automatically divide the recorded sample ito separate slices. These slices are the assiged to successive otes ad arraged as MIDI data. This lets you maipulate the compoet parts of your sample loops as MIDI data, ad gives you the power to easily chage tempo ad eve the rhythmic feel, without disturbig the pitch or soud quality. Start Guide Sample Edit Settig the Ed Poit of the Recorded Sample Sample The start poit of the recorded Sample will probably be at the correct place the first beat of the measure sice Samplig start was set to begi automatically with the Trigger Level settig. However, the ed poit may ot be at the ed of the measure as desired, sice Samplig was stopped maually. Accordigly, you may eed to edit the Ed Poit of the recorded sample so that playback of the recorded sample properly matches the beat timig. Slice the Sample ad assig the sliced Samples to specified keys (otes) to create a Sample Voice. MIDI data Before executig the Slice operatio, you ll eed to accurately adjust the legth of the sample by adjustig the Ed Poit. Press the [F6] butto to call up the Slice display. Ed Poit Tempo Measure Press the [SF] butto oce or twice so that the LP=ST is show. Move the cursor to the Ed Poit the adjust the value by usig the data dial. Press the [SF] butto to hear the sample. Adjust the Ed Poit so that the Sample plays back smoothly ad cotiuously without stutters, glitches or problems i timig. 3 After settig the Edig Poit, press the [ENTER] butto to delete uecessary data (located after the Ed poit). After the display prompts you for cofirmatio, the press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Extract operatio. Set the followig parameters o the Slice display. Sice the recorded sample is a oe-measure drum patter i 4/4 time, set the parameters below as show. - Set the Slice Type to beat. - Set the Measure to. -3 Set the Sesitivity to 4. 3 Press the [SF4] butto to execute the Slice operatio. May commercially available sample/loop CDs iclude iformatio o the tempo, measure ad meter of specific MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 4

42 Step 5: Creatig a Patter Start Guide 4 Press the keys to which the sliced sample are assiged i order (from C for the MOTIF XS6, E0 for the MOTIF XS7, ad A- for the MOTIF XS8) to cofirm whether or ot the Sample has bee sliced properly. Liste carefully to the results. If you re ot satisfied, press the [SF4] Apply butto agai to abort the Slice operatio ad retur the sample to the origial status, the try the operatio agai. Repeat steps 4 by tryig aother Slice Type ad adjustig the value of the Sesitivity util you are satisfied with the soud. 5 Press the [ENTER] butto to fix the Slice result as Sample data. 6 Press the [PATTERN] butto to call up the Patter Play display the press the [F] (Play) butto to hear the sliced Sample. You ca chage the tempo of the sliced rhythm patter. Try chagig the tempo i the Patter Play. Tempo Storig the Patter ad Savig the Sample After the Samplig operatio, store the created Patter to iteral memory the save the Sample to a separate USB storage device. For istructios o storig a Patter, see page 8. For istructios o savig a Sample, see page 79. CAUTION Sample data will be lost whe the power is tured off. Make sure to save the Sample data to a USB storage device or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS i the File after the Samplig operatio. After creatig several Patters (Sectios), use the Patter Chai feature (page 3) to strig them together. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

43 Usig a Computer Coectig to a Computer Although the MOTIF XS is exceptioally powerful ad versatile all by itself, coectig it to a computer via USB or IEEE394 cable provides eve greater power ad versatility. This feature lets you trasfer audio data (via a IEEE394 cable oly) ad MIDI data (via both USB ad IEEE394 cable) betwee the MOTIF XS ad your computer. I this sectio you ll lear how to make the coectios. This sectio shows how to coect the MOTIF XS to a computer directly. Other MIDI devices ca be coected betwee MOTIF XS ad the computer. For details about coectio betwee the MOTIF XS ad aother MIDI device, see page 83. For details about coectio betwee the MIDI device ad the computer, refer to the ower s maual of the particular MIDI device. Usig a USB TO HOST coector to call up the MIDI display (page 67). Set the MIDI I/ Out parameter to USB. Coectig to a Computer This sectio shows you how to coect the MOTIF XS to a computer via a USB cable. Note that the MIDI data ca be trasmitted through a USB cable. Sice the MOTIF XS has o built-i speakers, you ll eed a exteral audio system or a set of stereo headphoes to properly moitor it. For details, refer to Start Guide o page 9. Dowload the USB-MIDI driver from our website: Iformatio o system requiremets is also available at the above web site. The USB-MIDI driver may be revised ad updated without prior otice. Make sure to check ad dowload the latest versio from the above site. Istall the dowloaded USB-MIDI driver to the computer. For istructios o istallig, refer to the olie Istallatio Guide icluded i the dowloaded file package. Whe coectig the MOTIF XS to a computer i the Istallatio procedure, coect the USB cable to the USB TO HOST of the MOTIF XS ad the USB coector of the computer as show below. USB coector USB TO HOST coector TO HOST USB TO DEVICE 4 Press the [STORE] butto to store this settig. Precautios whe usig the USB TO HOST coector Whe coectig the computer to the USB TO HOST coector, make sure to observe the followig poits. Failig to do so risks freezig the computer ad corruptig or eve losig the data. If the computer or the istrumet freezes, tur the power to the istrumet off or restart the computer. CAUTION Before coectig the computer to the USB TO HOST coector, exit from ay power-savig (such as suspeded, sleep, stadby) of the computer. Before turig o the power to the istrumet, coect the computer to the USB TO HOST coector. Execute the followig before turig the power to the istrumet o/off or pluggig/upluggig the USB cable to/from the USB TO HOST coector. - Quit ay ope applicatios (such as MOTIF XS Editor ad sequecer software). - Make sure that data is ot beig trasmitted from the istrumet. (Data is trasmitted oly by playig otes o the keyboard or playig back a Sog.) While a USB device is coected to the istrumet, you should wait for six secods or more betwee these operatios: () whe turig the power of the istrumet off the o agai, or () whe alterately coectig/discoectig the USB cable. USB cable Rear pael of the MOTIF XS 3 Make sure that the USB TO HOST coector of the MOTIF XS is eabled. Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, the press the [F5] butto followed by the [SF] butto MIDI chaels ad MIDI ports MIDI sog data ca be set idepedetly over sixtee separate chaels, ad this istrumet is capable of simultaeously playig sixtee separate parts via these chaels. While a sigle MIDI cable is equipped to hadle data over up to sixtee chaels simultaeously, a USB coectio or a IEEE394 coectio is capable of hadlig far more thaks to the use of MIDI ports. Each MIDI port ca hadle sixtee chaels, ad the USB coectio or IEEE394 coectio allows up to eight ports, lettig you use up to 8 chaels (8 ports x 6 chaels) o your computer. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 43

44 Coectig to a Computer Whe coectig the MOTIF XS to a computer usig a USB cable or a IEEE394 cable, the MIDI ports are defied as follows: Dowload the proper AI Driver from our website: Coectig to a Computer Port The toe geerator block i the MOTIF XS ca recogize ad use oly this port. Whe playig the MOTIF XS as a toe geerator from the exteral MIDI istrumet or computer, you should set the MIDI Port to o the coected MIDI device or computer. Port This port is used to cotrol the DAW software o the computer from the MOTIF XS by usig the Remote Cotrol feature. Port 3 This port is used as the MIDI Thru Port. The MIDI data received over Port 3 via the USB TO HOST or mlan coector will be re-trasmitted to a exteral MIDI device via the MIDI OUT coector. The MIDI data received over Port 3 via the MIDI IN coector will be retrasmitted to a exteral device (computer, etc.) via the USB TO HOST or mlan coector. Iformatio o system requiremets is also available at the above web site. The AI Driver may be revised ad updated without prior otice. Make sure to check ad dowload the latest versio from the above site. Istall the dowloaded AI Driver to the computer. For istructios o istallig, refer to the olie Istallatio Guide icluded i the dowloaded file package. Whe coectig the MOTIF XS to a computer i the Istallatio procedure, coect the IEEE394 cable to the mlan coector of the MOTIF XS ad the IEEE394 coector of the computer as show below. IEEE394 coector mlan coector Whe usig a USB coectio or IEEE394 coectio betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer, make sure to match the MIDI trasmit port ad the MIDI receive port as well as the MIDI trasmit chael ad the MIDI receive chael followig the above descriptio. CAUTION IEEE394 cable Rear pael of the MOTIF XS Be sure to coect the IEEE394 (mlan) cable plug to the mlan jack with the correct orietatio. Usig a MIDI iterface Use stadard MIDI cables to coect the MOTIF XS to a computer, coectig the MIDI IN ad MIDI OUT termials o the MOTIF XS to the appropriate termials o a MIDI iterface, such as the Yamaha UX96. Plug i the jack with the correct orietatio. For optimum results, use a IEEE394 cable shorter tha 4.5 meters. Usig a mlan coector This sectio shows you how to coect the MOTIF XS to a computer via a IEEE394 (FireWire) cable. Note that the audio data as well as MIDI data ca be trasmitted through a IEEE394 cable. 3 Make sure that the mlan coector of the MOTIF XS is eabled for MIDI commuicatio. Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, the press the [F6] butto followed by the [SF] butto to call up the MIDI display (page 67). Set the MIDI I/ Out parameter to mlan. The MOTIF XS6/7 ca be coected to the mlan compatible device or a computer equipped with the IEEE394 coector oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled to the MOTIF XS6/7. For istructios o istallig the mlan6e, see page 94. The mlan-equipped MOTIF XS ca provide up to 6 Moo I (3 Stereo I), 6 Moo Out (8 Stereo Out) audio chaels ad 3 MIDI I/3 MIDI Out chaels. 4 Make sure that the mlan coector of the MOTIF XS is eabled for audio commuicatio. Whe trasmittig audio sigals via the mlan coector, set the Output Select parameter of the MOTIF XS. Whe receivig audio sigals via the mlan coector, set the mlan audio iput part parameters of the MOTIF XS. For details, see page Press the [STORE] butto to store this settig. 44 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

45 Coectig to a Computer What you ca do with the IEEE394 coectio Sigal flow of audio ad MIDI data via a IEEE394 cable You ca itegrate the MOTIF XS with DAW software o a computer by coectig the mlan equipped MOTIF XS (MOTIF XS6/7 to which the optioal mlan6e is istalled or MOTIF XS8) to a computer i a peer-to-peer arragemet. For details, see below. Trasfer data of multiple audio chaels betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer (up to 6 chaels from the MOTIF XS to the computer ad up to 6 chaels from the computer to the MOTIF XS) Simultaeously record to the sequece software (a) your performace o the MOTIF XS ad (b) the performace of the computer sequece software that uses the MOTIF XS as a MIDI toe geerator Moitor via the MOTIF XS the audio output from the computer ad the audio output from the MOTIF XS Use Cubase 4 together with the MOTIF XS with a variety of coveiet fuctios (page 49) The illustratio below shows the flow of audio sigals ad MIDI messages whe coectig the MOTIF XS ad a computer via a IEEE394 cable. IEEE394-compatible computer IEEE394 cable mlan IN -3 Ports MIDI MIDI mlan OUT -3 Ports AUDIO mlan OUT -4ch AUDIO mlan OUT L/R AUDIO mlan IN L/R, etc. Powered speakers (such as the HS80M) Coectig to a Computer If you select a Normal Voice i the Voice o the MOTIF XS, audio sigals are output oly from OUTPUT L/R. MIDI (*) mlan -4 (*) OUTPUT L/R (*3) AUDIO IN (*4) The capabilities ad uses of coectig the MOTIF XS to a computer via a IEEE394 cable i a peer-to-peer arragemet is referred to as mlan i this Ower s Maual ad the MOTIF XS istrumet. For details ad the latest iformatio o mlan, refer to the followig URL: mlan coectors of the MOTIF XS8 or the mlan6e istalled to the MOTIF XS6/7 MOTIF XS MIDI trasmissio/receptio (*) Settig the port o the MOTIF XS is ot ecessary sice the MIDI Port of the MOTIF XS is automatically fixed accordig to the applicatio. For iformatio o which port should be selected o your computer, refer to page 43. Audio sigal trasmissio mlan OUT 4 (*) Audio sigals are output via mlan OUT 4 whe the MOTIF XS Output Select parameter is set to ay of the settigs m& m3&4 ad m m4 i oe of the followig displays. [VOICE] (Whe a Drum Voice is selected) [EDIT] Key selectio [F] Oscillator (page 30) [VOICE] [UTILITY] [F4] VoiceAudio [SF] Output (page 66) [PERFORM] [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] [F4] Audio I [SF] Output (page 48) [PERFORM] [EDIT] Part selectio [F] Voice [SF] Output (page 53) [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] [F4] Audio I [SF] Output (page 34) [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [EDIT] Part selectio [F] Voice [SF] Output (page 35) OUTPUT L/R (*3) The audio sigal is output via both the OUTPUT L/R ad mlan OUT L/R chaels whe the Output Select parameter described above is set to L&R. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 45

46 Coectig to a Computer Coectig to a Computer Audio sigal receptio (*4) The mlan IN Mai Out Moitor L/R ad mlan IN Assigable Out Moitor L/R are available as well as the mlan IN L/R as the mlan audio iput chael of the MOTIF XS. These chaels ca be used for moitorig the soud whe usig the DAW software o the computer. The audio sigal received via the mlan IN Mai Out Moitor L/ R will be output via the OUTPUT L/R jacks while the audio sigal received via the mlan IN Assigable Out Moitor L/ R will be output via the ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L/R jacks. Settig the audio output chael o the computer determies which chael is used. As for audio sigals received via the mlan coector, parameters such as volume ad output chael ca be applied as the mlan audio iput part of the MOTIF XS. The display of these parameter settigs differs depedig o the, as listed below. [VOICE] [UTILITY] [F4] VoiceAudio [SF] Output mlan settig (page 66) [PERFORM] [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] [F4] Audio I [SF] Output mlan settig (page 48) [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] [F4] Audio I [SF] Output mlan settig (page 34) mlan Audio Chaels of the MOTIF XS ad the computer Whe coectig the MOTIF XS to a computer via a IEEE394 cable, set the audio chael of the computer referrig to the table below. Iput Chael of the MOTIF XS Output Chael of the computer mlan IN Mai Out Moitor L, R, mlan IN L, R 3, 4 mlan IN Assigable Out Moitor L, R 5, 6 Output Chael of the MOTIF XS Iput Chael of the computer mlan OUT L, R (L&R)*, mlan OUT 4 (m m4)* MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

47 Creatig a Sog by Usig a Computer By coectig the MOTIF XS to your computer via USB or mlan, you ca use a DAW or sequece software o the computer to create your ow origial sogs. This sectio cotais a overview o how to use a DAW or sequece software o the computer with the MOTIF XS after coectig. The acroym DAW (digital audio workstatio) refers to music software for recordig, editig ad mixig audio ad MIDI data. The mai DAW applicatios are Cubase, Logic, SONAR ad Digital Performer. Though all of these ca be effectively used with the MOTIF XS, we recommed usig Cubase whe creatig sogs together with the istrumet. Sog playback from a computer usig the MOTIF XS as a toe geerator The istructios below show how to use the Sog or Patter of the MOTIF XS as a MIDI toe geerator. I this case, actual MIDI sequece data is to be trasmitted from a DAW or sequecer o the computer. Settig up the MOTIF XS Press the [SONG] or [PATTERN] butto to eter the Sog or Patter. Select a Sog or Patter which cotais o data. 3 Press the [MIXING] butto to eter the Mixig. 4 Set up the Mixig for parts 6 as ecessary. For details about Mixig, see page 9. Settig up the DAW o the computer Set the MIDI output port of the tracks to Port of USB or mlan. Whe coectig via a USB cable, set this to Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or YAMAHA MOTIF XS6(7, 8) Port. Whe coectig via a IEEE394 cable, set this to mlan MIDI Out or MOTIF XS. Recordig your performace o the MOTIF XS to computer The istructios below show how to use the MOTIF XS as a Master Keyboard. The ote evets you play o the MOTIF XS are trasmitted ad recorded to a track of a DAW/ sequecer software o your computer, the retured back to the toe geerator block of the MOTIF XS. Settig up the MOTIF XS Set Local Cotrol to off. Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, the press the [F5] followed by the [SF] butto to call up the MIDI display (page 67). Move the cursor to the Local Cotrol the set this parameter to off. Whe MIDI Thru is set to o i a DAW/sequecer software o your computer, the ote evets you play o the MOTIF XS are trasmitted to the computer the retured back to the MOTIF XS, producig a double soud, sice the toe geerator block is receivig performace data (MIDI data) from both the keyboard directly ad the computer. To prevet such a situatio, you eed to separate the keyboard block from the toe geerator block of the MOTIF XS. This is why Local Cotrol should be set to off. Press the [STORE] butto to store this settig. 3 Press the [SONG] or [PATTERN] butto to eter the Sog or Patter whe you wat to usig the MOTIF XS as a multitimbral toe geerator. Coectig to a Computer Eter the MIDI data to each track of the DAW/ sequecer o the computer. The toe geerator settigs of the part correspodig to the MIDI track will be set i the Mixig o the MOTIF XS. By usig the MOTIF XS Editor, you ca create your origial Mixig setup of the MOTIF XS from your computer. The created Mixig setup ca be saved as a file for future recall. By usig the Studio Maager V, you ca use the MOTIF XS Editor as a plug-i software withi Cubase ad save the edited Mixig setup of the MOTIF XS as a project file of Cubase. Settig up the DAW o the computer Set MIDI Thru to o o the DAW. By settig MIDI Thru to o, the MIDI data geerated by playig the keyboard ad trasmitted to the computer will be retured back to the MOTIF XS. As show i the example below, the MIDI data trasmitted from the MOTIF XS the recorded to the computer via MIDI chael will be retured back from the computer to the MOTIF XS via MIDI chael 3 accordig to the settig of the recordig track. As a result, the toe geerator of the MOTIF XS will soud the MIDI data geerated by playig the keyboard as the MIDI data of chael 3. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 47

48 Creatig a Sog by Usig a Computer USB TO HOST coector Set the MIDI output port of the tracks (for playig the MOTIF-RACK ES) to Port 3 of USB or mlan. Whe coectig via a USB cable, set this to Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)-3 or YAMAHA MOTIF XS6(7, 8) Port3. Whe coectig via a IEEE394 cable, set this to mlan MIDI Out (3) or MOTIF XS MIDI OUT. Toe geerator block (recogizig MIDI Chael 3 data) Local Cotrol = off Keyboard (output via MIDI Chael ) MOTIF XS IN CH OUT CH3 Please keep i mid that the MIDI Thru Port of the MOTIF XS (i other words, the port with which the received MIDI data is to be trasmitted to aother exteral device via the MIDI OUT coector) is fixed to 3. Coectig to a Computer The above explaatio ca be applied to the case whe coectig the MOTIF XS to the computer via a IEEE394 cable as well as via a USB cable. Usig aother toe geerator together with the MOTIF XS By usig aother toe geerator (such as the MOTIF-RACK ES) together with the MOTIF XS as illustrated below, you ca play up to 3 Parts simultaeously. Settig up the MOTIF XS Coect the MIDI OUT coector to the MIDI IN coector of the exteral toe geerator module such as MOTIF-RACK ES, as illustrated below. Make sure to set the MOTIF XS to the multitimbral toe geerator by eterig the Sog or Patter. MIDI IN coector Computer (Cubase, etc.) MOTIF-RACK ES, etc. MIDI Through = o Usig the MOTIF XS as a audio iterface By usig the A/D INPUT coector ad mlan coector, the MOTIF XS ca coveietly be used as a audio iterface for your computer. Note that you eed istall the optioal mlan6e whe usig the MOTIF XS6/7 for this applicatio. Settig up the MOTIF XS Set the parameters as below so that the audio sigal iput via the A/D INPUT coector is output via the mlan coector to the computer. I the Voice, press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, press the [F4] butto followed by the [SF] butto to call up the Output display (page 65). From this display, move the cursor to the Output Select of the A/D Iput, the select oe of the followig settigs: m& m9&0, m& ad m3&4. Set the parameters as below so that the audio sigal output from the computer ad iput to the MOTIF XS via the mlan coector is output from the OUTPUT L/R or ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L/R coectors. From the Output display called i step, move the cursor to the Output Select of the mlan, the select L&R or asl&r. MIDI OUT coector USB TO HOST coector The settig here applies to the audio sigals output from mlan ports 3 ad 4 of a computer. 3 Press the [STORE] butto to store this settig. Settig up the DAW o the computer MOTIF XS Computer Settig up the DAW o the computer Istall the AI Driver ad make the proper settigs. Select ASIO mlan (whe usig a ASIO driver) or mlan Audio Out (whe usig a WDM driver) as Audio driver. Set the MIDI output port of the tracks (for playig the MOTIF XS) to Port of USB or mlan. Whe coectig via a USB cable, set this to Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or YAMAHA MOTIF XS6(7, 8) Port. Whe coectig via a IEEE394 cable, set this to mlan MIDI Out or MOTIF XS. Cofirmig the Audio Ports is much easier whe usig Cubase ad istallig the Extesios for Steiberg DAW. For details, see below. 48 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

49 Itegratio Betwee Yamaha Editors ad Cubase Yamaha ad Steiberg have formed a partership to develop a useful ad coveiet eviromet for effectively usig Yamaha hardware (icludig the MOTIF XS) together with Steiberg software. This sectio explais how you ca use Cubase 4 ad the special joit Yamaha/Steiberg Studio Coectios software. For more details, icludig the latest iformatio ad software dowloads, refer to the followig URL. What you ca do by usig Cubase 4 together with the MOTIF XS IMPORTANT To use the followig features ad operatios, you ll first eed to istall the AI driver ad Extesios for Steiberg DAW. Automatic settig of the IEEE394 coectio Usig the Project Template for multichael audio recordig via a IEEE394 cable Whe creatig a ew project file withi Cubase, you ca select the template for multi-chael audio recordig usig the MOTIF XS. By selectig a template, you ca easily perform the recordig i Cubase without havig to make complicated or detailed settigs. Coectig to a Computer Whe usig a hardware sythesizer such as the MOTIF XS with computer software, a variety of settigs such as audio coectio, driver setup ad port setup must be made. Those complicated settigs will be made automatically for you as soo as you coect the MOTIF XS to a computer via a IEEE394 cable. Idicatig the Audio/MIDI port icludig the l ame whe coectig via a IEEE394 cable The Device Setup widow of the Cubase idicates the Audio Port or MIDI Port icludig the l ame such as MOTIF XS Mai L ad MOTIF XS MIDI IN, makig it easy to cofirm the curret coectio or chage the coectio. For details, see the illustratio below. For details refer to the followig page: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 49

50 Itegratio Betwee Yamaha Editors ad Cubase Coectig to a Computer Studio Coectios What is Studio Coectios? Studio Coectios is a sophisticated software/hardware solutio that lets you seamlessly itegrate hardware sythesizers such as MOTIF XS ad MO ito your computer music system. If you are usig sequecer software that is compatible with Studio Coectios (such as Cubase 4) ad the MOTIF XS Editor, you ca use the MOTIF XS withi your sequecer, just as if it were a plug-i software sythesizer without the eed for ay complicated coectios or complex setup procedures. Furthermore, you ca save all MOTIF XS settigs alog with the project (sog) file of the sequecer. The, whe you ope the project agai, all your MOTIF XS settigs for the sog are istatly recalled. This elimiates the repetitive work of recreatig all your hardware settigs whe you reope a sog file. For details about Studio Coectios, visit our web site at: MOTIF XS Editor What is MOTIF XS Editor? The MOTIF XS Editor lets you edit the Mixig setup ad Mixig Voice i the Sog/Patter of the MOTIF XS from your computer, givig you eve greater editig coveiece. The data created o the MOTIF XS Editor is trasferred betwee the computer ad the MOTIF XS via a USB or IEEE394 cable as bulk data. You ca load files created o the MOTIF XS Editor to the MOTIF XS i the File via the LAN coectio or by usig a USB storage device. Furthermore, the data edited o the MOTIF XS is always sychroized with the data o the computer (MOTIF XS Editor) ad vice versa. This provides a smooth, seamless iterface, ad makes it very easy to create ad edit your data. Bulk trasmissio/receptio Parameter trasmissio/receptio Tools compatible with Studio Coectios Studio Maager Studio Maager V is a cross-platform applicatio that eables you to start multiple Editors that cotrol Yamaha hardware products remotely, ad to save multiple Editor settigs. You ca ru Studio Maager as a stad-aloe applicatio, or as a plug-i withi DAW applicatios such as Cubase SX 3.0 or later. I either case, the basic fuctioality is the same. Start Studio Maager as a plug-i withi Cubase Start Studio Maager as a stadaloe applicatio Usig the MOTIF XS Editor. Usig as a stad aloe editor. The MOTIF XS Editor is a cliet applicatio usig Studio Maager as host. To use the MOTIF XS Editor, start Studio Maager the start the MOTIF XS Editor as a plug-i software withi the Studio Maager.. Usig withi Cubase To use the MOTIF XS Editor withi Cubase, you ll eed register Studio Maager to Cubase. Istallig Studio Maager automatically registers it to Cubase. After registerig, start the MOTIF XS Editor as a plug-i of the Studio Maager. MOTIF XS For Macitosh computers, the MOTIF XS Editor ca be used with Cubase 4 or later. The Studio Maager ad MOTIF XS Editor ca be dowloaded from the followig URL: For istructios o usig the Studio Maager ad MOTIF XS Editor, refer to the respective PDF mauals icluded with the software. MOTIF XS Editor MOTIF-RACK ES Editor 50 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

51 Cotrollig a DAW o Your Computer from the MOTIF XS The MOTIF XS features a highly coveiet Remote Cotrol which lets you cotrol the DAW software o your computer the MOTIF XS pael (whe the istrumet is coected to the computer via USB). For example, you ca start/stop playback of the DAW software o the computer by usig the SEQ TRANSPORT buttos ad cotrol the sog positio o the DAW software by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos istead of usig the mouse or keyboard of the computer. The DAW applicatios Cubase, Logic, SONAR ad Digital Performer ca be cotrolled by the Remote Cotrol of the MOTIF XS. Remote Fuctio The Remote Cotrol lets you cotrol the followig operatios. You ca use the sliders, kobs ad buttos of the MOTIF XS to cotrol the sequecer tracks ad mixer chaels of the DAW o the computer. Computer Software that ca be cotrolled from the MOTIF XS Widows Cubase 4, Cubase Studio 4, Cubase AI 4 Macitosh Cubase 4, Cubase Studio 4, Cubase AI 4 Soar 5 Versio 5. Logic Pro 7 Versio 7.. Digital Performer 5. Coectig to a Computer Settig up for Remote Cotrol Display iformatio Remote Cotrol Settig up o the MOTIF XS Coect the MOTIF XS to the computer via a USB or IEEE394 cable (pages 43 ad 44). MOTIF XS You ca view the parameter values o the LCD display of the MOTIF XS as well as o the computer display, sice the values of the cotrolled parameters are retured back to the MOTIF XS from the computer. Computer DAW Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility the press the [F6] butto ad the [SF] butto to call up the Remote Settig display (page 67). 3 Set the DAW type to the desired DAW. 4 Press the [STORE] butto to store this settig. Parameter value Volume Remote Cotrol 5 Start the DAW software o the computer coected to the MOTIF XS. Settig up the DAW of the computer This sectio explais how to set up after startig each applicatio. MOTIF XS Whe the cable betwee the MOTIF XS ad the Widows computer is discoected or the MOTIF XS is tured off accidetally, the DAW will ot recogize the MOTIF XS agai eve if you coect the cable agai or tur the MOTIF XS o. If this occurs, exit the DAW software, the restart it after settig up the MOTIF XS ad makig sure the coectio is secure. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

52 Cotrollig a DAW o Your Computer from the MOTIF XS Coectig to a Computer Cubase Pull dow the [Devices] meu ad select [Device Setup] to call up the Device Setup widow. Click the [+] butto ad add the Mackie Cotrol or Yamaha MOTIF XS. 3 Select the device of Mackie Cotrol or Yamaha MOTIF XS added to the list. 4 Set the MIDI Iput Port to Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or YAMAHA MOTIF XS6(7, 8) Port or mlan MIDI I () or MOTIF XS Remote, the set the MIDI Output Port to Yamaha MOTIF XS6 (7, 8)- or YAMAHA MOTIF XS6(7, 8) Port or mlan MIDI Out () or MOTIF XS Remote. Ulike with the Mackie Cotrol, the MOTIF XS does ot support UserA ad UserB (FootSw). Whe coectig the MOTIF XS to a computer via a IEEE394 cable, startig Cubase (with the Extesio Module istalled) executes the above settigs automatically. The Extesio Module ca be dowloaded from the followig URL: * Mackie Cotrol is the trademark of Mackie Desigs, Ic. Logic Set the software to be cotrolled to Logic i the Utility, the press the [REMOTE ON/OFF] butto so that its lamp lights to eter the Remote Cotrol. Start Logic o the computer. Logic automatically recogizes the MOTIF XS as Logic Cotrol ad performs the required settigs. 3 Set both the Iput Port ad the Output Port to Yamaha MOTIF XS6 (7, 8) Port. Remote Cotrol To eter the Remote Cotrol, press the REMOTE [ON/OFF] butto (the lamp flashes). The REMOTE display appears (like those show below), ad the pael cotrols (such as buttos, kobs, sliders, ad data dial) are eabled for Remote operatio of the computer software (their ormal fuctios are disabled). Press this butto agai to exit from the Remote Cotrol. SONAR Pull dow the [Optios] meu ad select [MIDI Devices] to call up the MIDI Devices widow. Add Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or mlan MIDI I () to the Iput Device, the add Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or mlan MIDI Out () to the Output Device. 3 Pull dow the [Optios] meu ad select [Cotrol Surfaces] to call up the Cotrol Surface widow Click the [+] butto, select Mackie Cotrol, the set the Iput Port to Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or mlan MIDI I () ad set the Output Port to Yamaha MOTIF XS6(7, 8)- or mlan MIDI Out (). Digital Performer I the Audio/MIDI setup of a Macitosh computer, coect Port of the iterface to Port of the toe geerator. Whe there is oly oe Port for the toe geerator, add the ew Port, the coect it to the iterface. Pull dow the [Setup] meu ad select [Cotrol Surfaces] to call up the Cotrol Surface widow. 3 Click the [+] butto. 4 Select Mackie Cotrol i the Driver sectio. 5 I the box for settig Uit ad MIDI, select Mackie Cotrol i the Uit sectio ad select MOTIF XS New Port i the MIDI sectio. Kob Fuctios/Values Idicates the fuctio assiged to the kob ad the curret value. Whe the same fuctio is assiged to all eight kobs, the fuctio is idicated oly at the colum of kob. The kob fuctio ca be specified by pressig oe of the [F] [F5] ad [SF] [SF4] buttos after selectig a page i the Page Select (5) meu. For details about the fuctios of the kobs for each DAW software, refer to the Remote Cotrol Fuctio List i the Data List (PDF documetatio) which ca be dowloaded from the olie Yamaha Maual Library. Visit the followig URL, eter MOTIF XS i the Model Name box, the click Search. I the results. you ca fid Data List for the MOTIF XS. Yamaha Maual Library URL: Chael umber Idicates the chael umber. The backgroud of the selected chael umber turs black. The chael umber ca be chaged by usig the [F4] E Bak ad [F5] Bak F buttos. 3 LEVEL METER Idicates the volume level of playback for each chael i real time. 5 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

53 Cotrollig a DAW o Your Computer from the MOTIF XS 4 Dial Fuctio Idicates the fuctio assiged to the data dial. The circle is show at left of the active fuctio. You ca chage the dial fuctio by pressig the [SF4] butto oly whe Dial is show o the tab correspodig to the [SF4] butto. Whe o chael is selected o the display, the sog locatio fuctio is assiged to the data dial, regardless of the [SF4] tab idicatio, eve if the edit parameter is set here. Cotrollig ay kob chages the fuctio of the data dial automatically to the edit parameter, allowig you to edit the chael parameter of the kob. Settigs: Sog Locatio, Edit Parameter Sog Locatio Moves the curret locatio of sog playback. Edit Parameter Chages the value of the curret parameter. 5 Page Select Determies the fuctios assiged to the [F] [F5] ad [SF] [SF5] buttos by selectig a page. The circle is show at left of the selected page. Use the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] ad [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto to select the desired page, with the result that the fuctios assiged to the [F] [F5] ad [SF] [SF5] buttos are chaged. The page structure differs depedig o the DAW software o your computer. For details, refer to the Remote Cotrol Fuctio List i the Data List (PDF) documetatio which ca be dowloaded from the olie Yamaha Maual Library. Visit the followig URL, eter MOTIF XS i the Model Name box, the click Search. I the results, you ca fid Data List for the MOTIF XS. Yamaha Maual Library URL: [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) Pressig this butto calls up the Iformatio widow about the Remote Cotrol fuctio. From the Iformatio widow, ay pael operatio (pressig a butto, turig a kob, cotrollig a slider) idicates the followig three types of iformatio about the operated cotroller (butto, kob or slider). To close this widow, press the [SF6] INFO butto agai. Pael Butto Idicates the cotroller ame o the pael. Fuctio Idicates the fuctio of the operated cotroller. LED Idicates the fuctio of the lamp for the operated cotroller. No descriptio here idicates that the lamp for the operated cotroller has o fuctio or the operated cotroller has o lamp. If commuicatio betwee the DAW o the computer ad the MOTIF XS has ot bee achieved, pressig the [REMOTE ON/OFF] butto calls up the display idicatig Computer DAW Software Cotrol Mode as show below. If this happes, restart the DAW applicatio software. If doig this does ot achieve commuicatio, press the [REMOTE ON/OFF] butto agai to exit from the Remote Cotrol, the try settig up for Remote Cotrol (page 5) agai. Coectig to a Computer [SF5] Page List Pressig this butto calls up the Page List display. The Page List display idicates five sets of fuctios assiged to the [F] [F5] ad [SF] [SF5] buttos together. The active fuctio set of five sets is highlighted. Also from this display, use the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] ad [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto to chage the fuctio set. For details about the Remote Cotrol fuctios, refer to the PDF documetatio by visitig the followig URL. Yamaha Maual Library URL: Visit the above URL, eter MOTIF XS i the Model Name box, the click Search. I the results, you ca fid Data List for the MOTIF XS. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 53

54 Basic Sectio Basic Structure Mode Structure Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios I order to make operatio of the MOTIF XS as smooth as possible, all fuctios ad operatios have bee grouped i s, may of which also have a umber of sub s. The MOTIF XS provides ie mai s which are divided ito several sub s. For details, see the table below. Mode table Mode Sub Mode Fuctio How to eter the Page Voice Voice Play Playig a Voice [VOICE] 88 Voice Edit Editig/Creatig a Voice [VOICE] [EDIT] 96 Voice Job Iitializig a Voice, etc. [VOICE] [JOB] 33 Voice Store Storig a Voice to iteral memory [VOICE] [STORE] 97 Performace Performace Play Playig a Performace [PERFORM] 35 Performace Edit Editig/Creatig a Performace [PERFORM] [EDIT] 4 Performace Job Iitializig a Performace, etc. [PERFORM] [JOB] 59 Performace Store Storig a Performace to iteral memory [PERFORM] [STORE] 4 Sog Sog Play Playig a Sog [SONG] 78 Sog Record Recordig a Sog [SONG] [I] (Record) 86 Sog Edit Editig the MIDI evets of a Sog [SONG] [EDIT] 9 Sog Job Covertig ad trasformig Sog data [SONG] [JOB] 95 Sog Store Storig a Sog to iteral memory [SONG] [STORE] 86 Patter Patter Play Playig a Patter [PATTERN] 08 Patter Record Recordig a Patter [PATTERN] [I] (Record) 8 Patter Edit Editig the MIDI evets of a Patter [PATTERN] [EDIT] 0 Patter Job Covertig ad trasformig Patter data [PATTERN] [JOB] Patter Store Storig a Patter to iteral memory [PATTERN] [STORE] 8 Mixig Mixig Play Settig multi-timbral toe geerator [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] 3 settigs for Sog/Patter playback Mixig Edit Editig a Mixig program [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [EDIT] 33 Mixig Job Iitializig a Mixig, etc. [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [JOB] 36 Mixig Store Storig a Mixig to iteral memory [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [STORE] 33 Mixig Voice Edit Editig a Mixig Voice [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit 39 Mixig Voice Job Iitializig a Mixig Voice, etc. [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit 40 [JOB] Mixig Voice Store Storig a Mixig Voice to iteral memory [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit [STORE] 40 Samplig Samplig Record Recordig audio sigals to create a Voice/ Performace [VOICE]/[PERFORM] [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] Samplig Record Recordig audio sigals to a Sog/Patter [SONG]/[PATTERN] [INTEGRATED 4 SAMPLING] Samplig Edit Editig a sample [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [EDIT] 67 Samplig Job Covertig ad trasformig Sample data [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [JOB] 7 Utility Utility Settig System related parameters [UTILITY] 59 Utility Job Resettig the User Memory to the Iitial [UTILITY] [JOB] 69 Factory Settigs Sequecer Setup Settig sequecer (Sog/Patter) related [SONG]/[PATTERN] [SEQ SETUP] 69 parameters Master Master Play Playig a Master [MASTER] 5 Master Edit Editig/Creatig a Master [MASTER] [EDIT] 53 Master Job Iitializig a Master, etc. [MASTER] [JOB] 57 Master Store Storig a Master to iteral memory [MASTER] [STORE] 54 File File Maagig Files ad Folders (Directories) [FILE] 7 6 I additio to the s above, the MOTIF XS features the Remote Cotrol. I this, you ca cotrol the DAW software o your computer from the pael operatios of the MOTIF XS coected to the computer via USB. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

55 Basic Structure Selectig Modes Mode ad sub selectio is accomplished by usig the correspodig buttos. For details, see the Mode table above. To retur back from the sub to the paret, press the [EXIT] butto. MODE VOICE PERFORM MASTER SEQUENCER SONG PATTERN SEQ SETUP MULTI PART DEC/NO INC/YES INTEGRATED SAMPLING MIXING MODE buttos FILE UTILITY [EXIT] butto EXIT ENTER EDIT JOB STORE EXECUTE COMPARE SCENE STORE SET LOCATE The Seve Fuctioal Blocks The MOTIF XS system cosists of 7 mai fuctioal blocks: Toe Geerator, Samplig, Audio Iput, Sequecer, Arpeggio, Cotroller, ad Effect. Basic Structure Cotroller block (page 67) Keyboard Cotrollers Arpeggio block (page 6) Arpeggio Playback x 4 Preset Arpeggio User Arpeggio MIDI messages flow Audio sigal flow Basic Operatio Basic Sectio Sequecer block (page 59) 6 track MIDI Sequecer Sogs ad Patters Sog Mixig Patter Mixig Toe Geerator block (page 56) AWM Toe Geerator 6 Parts Voices ad Performaces Effect block (page 68) System Effects Isertio Effect x 8 Elemet EQ Part EQ x 6 Master Effect Master EQ Coectios Samplig block (page 67) Samples, Waveforms Audio Iput block (page 59) A/D Iput, mlan MIDI OUT MIDI IN USB TO HOST A/D INPUT mlan (mlan6e) OUTPUT/ ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT Exteral MIDI device Computer Microphoe, guitar, audio equipmet, etc. Computer with IEEE394 coector(s) Powered speakers, etc. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 55

56 Basic Structure Toe Geerator Block The toe geerator block is what actually produces soud i respose to the MIDI messages received from the Sequecer block, the Cotroller block, the Arpeggio block ad from the exteral MIDI istrumet via the MIDI IN coector or the USB coector. The structure of the toe geerator block differs depedig o the. Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Toe Geerator block i the Voice Mode Part structure i the Voice I this, the toe geerator block receives MIDI data over a sigle chael. This status is referred to as a sigle timbre toe geerator. A Voice is played from the keyboard, usig a sigle part. Keep i mid that sog data o a exteral sequecer cosistig of multiple MIDI chaels will ot play back properly i this. If you are usig a exteral MIDI sequecer or computer to play the istrumet, make sure to use the Sog or Patter. Voice A program that cotais the soic elemets for geeratig a specific musical istrumet soud is referred to as a Voice. Iterally, there are two Voice Types: Normal Voices ad Drum Voices. Normal Voices are maily pitched musical istrumet type souds that ca be played over the rage of the keyboard. Drum Voices are maily percussio/drum souds that are assiged to idividual otes o the keyboard. For istructios o editig a Normal Voice, see page 96. For istructios o editig a Drum Voice, see page 7. playig the keyboard softly, while Elemets, 4 ad 6 soud whe playig it strogly. I a practical example of this i use, a piao Voice could be composed of six differet samples. Elemets, 3 ad 5 would be the souds of the piao played softly, over the respective ote rages, while Elemets, 4 ad 6 would be strogly played souds, for each respective ote rage. Actually, the MOTIF XS is eve more flexible tha this, sice it allows up to eight idepedet Elemets. Velocity Drum Voice Drum Voices are maily percussio/drum souds that are assiged to idividual otes o the keyboard. A collectio of assiged percussio/drum waves or Normal Voices is kow as a Drum Kit. Idividual drum souds (differet for each key) Elemet Elemet Elemet 4 Elemet 3 Elemet 6 Elemet 5 C0 C C6 Key Key 5 Key 0 Key 8 Key Key 73 Normal Voices & Drum Voices Expaded Articulatio (XA) Normal Voice This is a Voice which is played covetioally from the keyboard, with stadard pitches soudig for each key. A Normal Voice cosists of up to eight Elemets. Depedig o the settigs i the Voice Edit, these Elemets are souded simultaeously, or the differet Elemets are souded accordig to the ote rage, velocity rage ad the XA (Expaded Articulatio) settigs. The illustratio below is a example of a Normal Voice. Sice the six Elemets here are distributed across both the ote rage of the keyboard ad the velocity rage, a differet Elemet souds depedig o which ote you play ad how strogly you play it. I the ote distributio, Elemets ad soud i the lower rage of the keyboard, Elemets 3 ad 4 soud i the middle rage, ad Elemets 5 ad 6 soud i the higher rage. I the velocity distributio, Elemets, 3 ad 5 soud whe Expaded Articulatio (XA) is a specially desiged toe geeratio system of the MOTIF XS that provides greater performace flexibility ad acoustic realism. It allows you to more effectively recreate realistic soud ad atural performace techiques such as legato ad staccato ad provides other uique s for radom ad alterate soud chages as you play. Realistic legato performace Covetioal sythesizers recreate a legato effect by cotiuig the volume evelope of a previous ote o to the ext oe, i the moo. However, this results i a uatural soud differet from that of a actual acoustic istrumet. The MOTIF XS more accurately reproduces a legato effect by allowig specific Elemets to be souded whe playig legato ad other Elemets to be played 56 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

57 Basic Structure ormally (with the XA Cotrol parameter settigs ormal ad legato ). Authetic ote release soud Covetioal sythesizers are ot good at realizig the soud produced whe the ote of the acoustic istrumet is released. The MOTIF XS realizes the soud produced whe the ote of the acoustic istrumet is released, by settig the XA Cotrol parameter of a certai Elemet to key off soud. Subtle soud variatios for each ote played Covetioal sythesizers attempt to reproduce this by radomly chagig the pitch ad/or filter. However, this produces a electroic effect ad is differet from the real soud chages o a acoustic istrumet. The MOTIF XS more accurately reproduces these subtle soud variatios by usig the XA Cotrol parameter settigs, wave cycle ad wave radom. Switchig amog differet souds to recreate the atural performace o a acoustic istrumet Acoustic istrumets have their ow uique characteristics eve specific, uique souds that are produced oly at certai times i a performace. These iclude the flutter toguig o a flute or playig high harmoics o a acoustic guitar. The MOTIF XS recreates these by allowig you to switch betwee the souds while you play usig the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos ad the XA Cotrol parameter settigs, AF o, AF o ad all AF off. New souds ad ew styles of playig The highly versatile fuctios above ca be applied effectively ot oly to acoustic souds but also to sythesizer ad electroic Voices as well. The XA feature opes up eormous potetial for realizig authetic souds, performig expressively ad comig up with creative ew styles of playig. To create souds such as those described above usig Expaded Articulatio, refer to page 3. Elemets ad Drum Keys Elemets ad Drum Keys are the smallest buildig blocks i the MOTIF XS that comprise a Voice; i fact, oly oe Elemet or oe Drum Key could be used to create a Voice. These small soud uits ca be built, ehaced ad processed by a variety of traditioal sythesizer parameters, such as Oscillator, Pitch Filter, Amplitude, ad LFO (show below). Oscillator This uit outputs the wave which determies the basic pitch. You ca assig the waveform (or basic soud material) to each Elemet of a Normal Voice or each Key of a Drum Voice. I the case of a Normal Voice, you ca set the ote rage for the Elemet (the rage of otes o the keyboard over which the Elemet will soud) as well as the velocity respose (the rage of ote velocities withi which the Elemet will soud). I additio, the XA related parameters ca be set i this uit. Oscillator related parameters ca be set i the Oscillator display (pages ad 9). Pitch This uit cotrols the pitch of the soud (wave) output from the Oscillator. I the case of a Normal Voice, you ca detue separate Elemets, apply Pitch Scalig ad so o. Also, by settig the PEG (Pitch Evelope Geerator), you ca cotrol how the pitch chages over time. Pitch related parameters ca be set i the Pitch display (page 4) ad Pitch EG display (page 5) of the Voice Edit. Note that Pitch related parameters of a Drum Voice ca be set i the Oscillator display. Filter OSC (Oscillator) Waveform (AWM) PITCH Cotrols the pitch of the soud. Pitch EG (Pitch Evelope Geerator) LFO Low Frequecy Oscillator FILTER Chages the toal quality of the soud output from the PITCH uit. Filter EG (Filter Evelope Geerator) AMP Cotrols the output level (amplitude) of the soud output from the FILTER uit. The sigals are the set at this level to the Effect block. Amplitude EG (Amplitude Evelope Geerator) This uit modifies the toe of the soud output from Pitch by cuttig the output of a specific frequecy portio of the soud. Also, by settig the FEG (Filter Evelope Geerator), you ca cotrol how the Cutoff Frequecy of the Filter chages over time. Filter related parameters ca be set i the Filter display (pages 7 ad 3), Filter EG display (page 9) ad Filter Scale display (page ) of the Voice Edit. Amplitude This uit cotrols the output level (amplitude) of the soud output from the Filter block. The sigals are the set at this level to the Effect block. Also, by settig the AEG (Amplitude Evelope Geerator), you ca cotrol how the volume chages over time. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 57

58 Basic Structure Amplitude related parameters ca be set i the Amplitude display (pages ad 3), Amplitude EG display (page 3) ad Amplitude Scale display (page 4) of the Voice Edit. Performace. Each Performace ca cotai up to four differet Parts (Voices). Each Performace ca be created by editig parameters uique to each part ad parameters commo to all the Parts. LFO (Low Frequecy Oscillator) As its ame suggests, the LFO produces a wave of a low frequecy. These waves ca be used to vary the pitch, filter or amplitude of each Elemet to create effects such as vibrato, wah ad tremolo. LFO ca be set idepedetly for each Elemet; it ca also be set globally for all Elemets. LFO related parameters ca be set i the Commo LFO display (page 05) ad the Elemet LFO display (page 5) of the Voice Edit. Memory structure of Performace Three User Baks are provided. Each Bak cotais 8 Performaces. Accordigly, a total of 384 User Performaces are provided. These 384 Performaces are preprogrammed by default ad ca be chaged i the Performace. Memory structure of Voice Toe Geerator block i the Sog /Patter Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Normal Voice Preset Baks 8 GM Bak User Baks 3 Drum Voice Preset Drum Bak GM Drum Bak User Drum Bak 04 Normal Voices (8 Voices for each Bak) 8 Voices 384 Normal Voices (8 Voices for each Bak) (Picked up from Preset Voices by default) 3 Voices Voice 64 Voices (Picked up from Preset Voices by default) Toe Geerator block i the Performace Mode Part structure i the Performace I this, the toe geerator block receives MIDI data over a sigle chael. This status is referred to as a sigle timbre toe geerator. This lets you play a Performace (which multiple Voices (Parts) are combied i a layer, or i other cofiguratios) usig the keyboard. Keep i mid that sog data o a exteral sequecer cosistig of multiple MIDI chaels will ot play back properly i this. If you are usig a exteral MIDI sequecer or computer to play the istrumet, make sure to use the Sog or Patter. Performace Part structure of the toe geerator block i the Sog /Patter I these s, multiple Parts are provided ad differet Voices ad differet melodies or phrases ca be played back for each Part. Because these s let you set the MIDI chael for each part of the toe geerator block, you ca use a exteral MIDI sequecer as well as the sequecer block of the istrumet to play the souds. The sequece data of each track plays the correspodig Parts (those havig the same MIDI chael assigmet) i the toe geerator block. About Mixig A program i which multiple Voices are assiged to Parts for multi-timbral play i the Sog ad Patter s is referred to as a Mixig. Each Mixig ca cotai up to 6 parts. Each Mixig ca be created by editig parameters uique to each Part ad parameters commo to all the Parts i the Mixig (page 33). Memory structure of Mixig A Mixig program is provided for each Sog or Patter. Selectig a differet Sog/Patter calls up the differet Mixig program. Sog 64 Mixig settigs (oe Mixig for each Sog) Patter 64 Mixig settigs (oe Mixig for each Patter) A program i which multiple Voices (Parts) are combied i a layer, or i other cofiguratios is referred to as a 58 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

59 Basic Structure Maximum Polyphoy Maximum polyphoy refers to the highest umber of otes that ca be souded simultaeously from the iteral toe geerator of the istrumet. The maximum polyphoy of this sythesizer is 8. Whe the iteral toe geerator block receives a umber of otes exceedig the maximum polyphoy, previously played otes are cut off. Keep i mid this may be especially oticeable with Voices ot havig decay. Furthermore, the maximum polyphoy applies to the umber of Voice Elemets used, ot the umber of Voices. Whe Normal Voices that iclude up to eight Elemets are used, the maximum umber of simultaeous otes may be less tha 8. Samplig Block The Samplig Block lets you brig your ow recorded souds your voice, a istrumet, rhythms, special soud effects, etc. ito the system of this sythesizer, ad play those souds just like ay other voices. These souds, the audio data ca be captured from the A/D Iput ad mlan coector (MOTIF XS8, or MOTIF XS 6/7 with the mlan6e istalled) with up to 6 bit ad 44. khz quality. Keep i mid that the data created by the Samplig operatio differs depedig o the from which you etered the Samplig : Voice/Performace or Sog/Patter. See pages 6 ad 4 respectively. Audio Iput block Basic Structure This block hadles the audio sigal iput from the A/D Iput ad the mlan coector (MOTIF XS8, ad MOTIF XS 6/7 with the optioal mlan6e istalled). Various parameters such as volume, pa, ad effect ca be set for the audio sigal ad the soud is output together with other Voices. The Isertio Effect as well as the System Effects ca be applied to the audio sigal iput via the A/D INPUT coector. The Audio Iput related parameters ca be set i the followig display. Basic Operatio Basic Sectio Mode Display Page Voice [F4] Voice Audio display i the Utility 65 Performace [F4] Audio I display i the Performace Edit 47 Sog/Patter [F4] Audio I display i the Mixig Edit 34 The gai of the audio sigal from the A/D INPUT coector ca be adjusted via the Gai kob (page 8) o the rear pael. Coectios Sequecer Block This block lets you create Sogs ad Patters by recordig ad editig your performaces as MIDI data (from the cotroller block), the playig it back with the toe geerator block. Sequecer block i the Sog What is a Sog? A Sog (page 33) is made by the MIDI sequece data created by recordig your keyboard performace to each track. A Sog o this sythesizer is effectively the same as a Sog o a MIDI sequecer, ad playback automatically stops at the ed of the recorded data. Sog Track Structure A Sog cosists of 6 separate tracks, a Scee track, ad a Tempo track. Sequece tracks 6 Record your keyboard performace to these tracks usig Realtime recordig (page 86) ad edit the recorded data i the Sog Edit (page 9). MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 59

60 Basic Structure Scee track This track lets you record Scee chage settigs, such as the status of track mute ad solo. These ca be set i the Sog Play display (page 78) ad recalled durig Sog playback. Durig Sog playback, the track mute ad solo settigs chage automatically accordig to the settigs you ve recorded to the Scee track. You ca record this track with usig Realtime recordig (page 86) ad edit the recorded data i the Sog Edit (page 9). Tempo track This track lets you record Tempo chage settigs. Durig Sog playback, the Tempo chages automatically accordig to the settigs you ve recorded to this track. You ca record this track with usig Realtime recordig (page 86) ad edit the recorded data i the Sog Edit (page 9). Patter Chai Patter Chai allows you to strig several differet Sectios (withi a sigle Patter) together to make a sigle, complete Sog. You ca have the MOTIF XS automatically chage Sectios by creatig a Patter Chai beforehad, recordig Patter playback with Sectio chages from the Patter Chai display. You ca also use this feature whe creatig Sogs based o a certai Patter, sice the created Patter Chai ca be coverted ito a Sog i the Patter Chai Edit (page 5). Oe Patter Chai ca be created for each Patter. Sectio A Sectio B Sectio C Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Sog Chai This fuctio allows Sogs to be chaied together for automatic sequetial playback. For istructios o usig this, see page 85. Sog 0 Sog Sog 5 Sequecer Block i the Patter Phrase This is the basic MIDI sequece data i a track ad the smallest uit used i creatig a Patter. Phrase is a short musical/rhythmic passage for a sigle istrumet, such as a rhythm patter for the rhythm part, a bass lie for the bass part, or a chord backig for the guitar part. This sythesizer features memory space for 56 of your ow origial User Phrases. The MOTIF XS provides o Preset Phrases. Patter Track Structure A Patter cosists of 6 separate tracks, a Scee track, ad a Tempo track (just as i a Sog). See page 59. What is a Patter? I the MOTIF XS, the term Patter refers to a relatively short musical or rhythmic phrase to 56 measures which is used for looped playback. Therefore, oce Patter playback starts, it cotiues util you press the [J] (Stop) butto. Patter Tracks ad Phrases A Patter cosists of 6 tracks to which the Phrase ca be assiged. MIDI data caot be directly recorded to each track i the Patter. Recordig is doe to a empty user phrase. The ewly created phrase is automatically assiged to the recordig track. Sectio Patters are more tha just a sigle phrase they iclude 6 variatios called Sectios. These Sectios ca be chaged durig playback ad used as rhythmic/backig variatios for the various parts of a Sog. For example, you could use oe Sectio for the verse, aother for the chorus, ad a third for the bridge. The Patter related settigs such as tempo ad Mixig do ot chage eve whe the Sectio is switched, keepig the overall playback cosistet i feel ad rhythm through the chages. For istructios o selectig a Patter ad Sectio, see page 08. Track Track : Track 6 Phrase 00 Phrase 00 : Phrase 003 Phrase 00 Phrase 00 Phrase 003 : MIDI data MIDI data MIDI data : 60 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

61 Basic Structure Sequecer Block applied to both the Sog ad Patter MIDI tracks ad Audio tracks Depedig o the recordig method, the Sog/Patter tracks ( 6) of this sythesizer are divided ito two groups: MIDI tracks ad Audio tracks. MIDI tracks are created by recordig your keyboard performace i the Sog Record /Patter Record. MIDI sequece data is recorded to the MIDI track ad the Normal Voice or Drum Voice is assiged to the Mixig part correspodig to the track. Audio tracks are created by recordig audio sigal from the exteral equipmet or microphoe via the A/D Iput jack i the Samplig Record. Actually, audio data is ot recorded directly to a track but rather is sampled via the Samplig operatio. The recorded audio sigal is stored as a Sample Voice to a Sog/Patter. The stored Sample Voice will automatically be assiged to the Mixig Part correspodig to the specified track, ad the MIDI data for triggerig the Sample Voice is recorded to the specified track. Durig playback, the MIDI data of the track triggers the Sample Voice. As a result, the track effectively fuctios as a Audio recorded track. Recordig Audio recordig Sequecer block Sequece data (Sog, Patter) Track Track Track 3 Track 6 Audio data Sample Voice Toe Geerator block Mixig Part : Voice Part : Voice Part 3: Sample Voice Part 6: Voice 6 Assigig Sample Voice Audio data is recorded to a Sample Voice which is to be assiged to a Sog/Patter, ad ote o/off evets for triggerig the recorded audio sigal are recorded to Track 3. Output Play Effect (Play FX) The Play Effect lets you chage the rhythmic feel of the Patter playback by chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes temporarily ad o playback oly, leavig the origial data itact. This feature ca be set i the Play FX display of the Sog Play ad Patter Play. See pages 83 ad respectively. If you fid a settig you like, you ca covert it to actual MIDI data by usig the Sog Job (page 95) or Patter Job (page ). Sog/ Patter Track Track : Track 6 Play Effect (Play FX) Chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes Chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes : Chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes Sequecer Block applied to the Performace Performace Recordig Toe Geerator Block You ca record your keyboard performace i the Performace to the Sog or Patter. You ca record kob operatios, cotroller operatios ad Arpeggio playback as well as your keyboard playig to the specified track as MIDI evets. (Kob operatios that caot be recorded iclude sustai level, EQ settigs, Arpeggio related settigs, ad Pa/Reverb Sed/Chorus Sed of the multi part cotrol.) Arpeggio playback data for Parts 4 of the Performace will be recorded to the tracks 4 of the Sog/Patter respectively. Your keyboard performace ad cotroller/kob operatios (commo to Parts 4) will be recorded to tracks 4 separately. For istructios o recordig a Performace, see page 40. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio MIDI data Audio data MIDI data for triggerig the Sample Voice MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 6

62 Basic Structure Arpeggio Block This block lets you automatically trigger musical ad rhythmic phrases usig the curret Voice by simply pressig a ote or otes o the keyboard. The Arpeggio sequece also chages i respose to the actual otes or chords you play, givig you a wide variety of ispirig musical phrases ad ideas both i composig ad performig. Four Arpeggio types ca be played back at the same time eve i the Sog ad Patter. Arpeggio Category Arpeggio Sub Category The Arpeggio types are divided ito 7 categories (exceptig NoAsg ) as listed below. Category List The Arpeggio categories are divided ito sub categories as listed below. Because the sub categories are listed based o the music gere, it is easy to fid the sub category appropriate for your desired music style. Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios ApKb Orga GtPl GtMG Bass BaMG Strg Brass RdPp Lead PdMe CPrc DrPc Seq Chord Hybrd Ctr NoAsg Acoustic Piao & Keyboard Orga Guitar / Plucked Guitar for Mega Voice Bass Bass for Mega Voice Strigs Brass Reed / Pipe Syth Lead Syth Pad / Musical Effect Chromatic Percussio Drum / Percussio Syth Seq Chord Seq Hybrid Seq Cotrol No Assigmet Categories amed GtMG ad BaMG iclude Arpeggio types appropriate for usig with a Mega Voice. Sub Category List Rock Rock Z.Pad Zoe Velocity for Pad* R&B R&B Filtr Filter Elect Electroic Exprs Expressio Jazz Jazz Pa Pa World World Mod Modulatio Gerl Geeral Pbed Pitch Bed Comb Combiatio Asig Assig / Zoe Zoe Velocity* NoAsg No Assigmet Arpeggio types belogig to the Sub Categories marked with a asterisk (*) cotai some velocity rages, to each of which a differet phrase is assiged. Whe a type of these categories is selected i the Voice, it is a good idea to set the Velocity Limit of each Elemet to the same rage as below. Velocity rages of each Arpeggio type Z_*****: 90, 9 7 4Z_*****: 70, 7 90, 9 0, 7 8Z_*****: 6, 7 3, 33 48, 49 64, 65 80, 8 96, 97 08, 09 7 PadL_*****:,, 3 7 PadH_*****:, 3 0, 7 Mega Voices ad Mega Voice Arpeggios Normal Voices use velocity switchig to make the soud quality ad/or level of a Voice chage accordig to how strogly or softly you play the keyboard. This makes these Voices respod aturally. However Mega Voices have a very complex structure with may differet layers that is ot suitable for playig maually. Mega Voices were developed specifically to be played by Mega Voice arpeggios to produce icredibly realistic results. You should always use Mega Voices with Mega Voice Arpeggios (icluded i GtMG ad BaMG category). See the Voice with ARP parameter o page 89 for more details. Arpeggio Type Name The Arpeggio Types are amed accordig to certai rules ad abbreviatios. Oce you uderstad these rules ad abbreviatios, you ll fid it easy to browse through ad select the desired Arpeggio Types. Arpeggio type with _ES at the ed of the type ame (example: HipHop_ES) These Arpeggio types use the same multi track Arpeggio architecture as the MOTIF ES. This ES type of arpeggio has the followig beefits: These arpeggios ca create complex otes ad chords eve whe triggered by oe ote. The arpeggio closely follows the otes played o the keyboard (but the area where the arpeggio is assiged) allowig a good deal of harmoic freedom ad the possibility to solo usig these arpeggios. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

63 Basic Structure Arpeggio type with _XS at the ed of the type ame (example: Rock_XS) These Arpeggios use a ewly developed chord recogitio techology to determie what otes should be played back by the Arpeggio. This XS type of arpeggio has the followig beefits: The arpeggios respod oly to ay area o the keyboard where a XS type of arpeggio is assiged. Other areas of the keyboard do ot effect the chord recogitio. This allows very atural keyboard playig across the etire keyboard with arpeggio geerated bass ad backig parts. The arpeggio will always play harmoically correct parts. These are especially useful for bass ad chordal backig parts. See page 64 for more details. 6 Legth Idicates the data legth (amout of measures) of the Arpeggio type. Whe the Loop parameter * is set to off, the Arpeggio plays back for this legth ad stops. 7 Origial Tempo Idicates the appropriate tempo value of the Arpeggio type. Note that this tempo is ot set automatically whe selectig a Arpeggio type. 8 Accet The circle idicates that the Arpeggio uses the Accet Phrase feature (page 64). Combiig these two kids of Arpeggios types (amed ***_ES ad ***_XS ) i performaces whe creatig Sogs ad Patters allows tremedous iteractivity ad creative freedom. Arpeggio type with a ormal ame (example: UpOct) I additio to the above types, there are three playback types: the Arpeggios created for use of Normal Voices ad played back usig oly the played otes ad their octave otes (page 64), the Arpeggios created for use of Drum Voices (page 65), ad Arpeggios cotaiig maily oote evets (page 65). 9 Radom SFX The circle idicates that the Arpeggio uses the SFX feature (page 64). ) Voice Type Idicates the voice type appropriate for the Arpeggio Type. Whe the Voice With Arpeggio parameter * is set to o i the Sog/Patter Record, the voice of this type is automatically selected. * The Loop parameter ca be set i the Arpeggio Other display of Voice Commo Edit (page 0), Performace Part Edit (page 56) ad Mixig Part Edit (page 35). * The Voice with Arpeggio parameter ca be set i the Arpeggio display (page 89) of the Sog/Patter Record display. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Basic Sectio Arpeggio related settigs How to use the Arpeggio Type List The Arpeggio Type list i the Data List (PDF) documetatio cotais the followig colums ) There are several methods for triggerig ad stoppig the Arpeggio playback. I additio, you ca set whether or ot SFX souds ad special Accet Phrases are triggered alog with the ormal sequece data. This sectio covers the Arpeggio related parameters which ca be set i the Voice, Performace ad Mixig s. Coectios Mai Sub Category Category ARP No. ARP Name Time Sigature Legth Origial Tempo Accet Radom SFX Voice Type ApKb Rock 70sRockB 4 / 4 30 Accoustic Piao ApKb Rock 70sRockC 4 / 4 30 : ApKb Rock 3 70sRockD 4 / 4 30 ApKb Rock 4 70sRockE 4 / ApKb Rock 5 70sRockF 4 / 4 30 ApKb Rock 6 70sRockG 4 / 4 30 ApKb Rock 7 70sRockH 4 / 4 30 Turig Arpeggio playback o/off The followig three settigs are available for turig the Arpeggio playback o/off. Note that this list is for illustratio purposes oly. For a complete listig of the Arpeggio Types, refer to the Data List. Category Idicates a Arpeggio Category. Sub Category Idicates a Arpeggio Sub Category. 3 ARP No. (Arpeggio Number) To play the Arpeggio oly whe the ote is pressed: To cotiue the Arpeggio eve if the ote is released: To toggle the Arpeggio playback o/off wheever the ote is pressed: Set the Hold parameter to off ad the Trigger to gate. Set the Hold parameter to o. Set the Trigger to toggle. The Hold parameter ca be set to either o or off. For the displays icludig the Hold ad Trigger parameter, refer to Arpeggio settig display below. 4 ARP Name Idicates the Arpeggio Name. 5 Time Sigature Idicates the time sigature or meter of the Arpeggio type. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 63

64 Basic Structure Usig the kobs to cotrol Arpeggios Whe the ARP FX lamp is tured o by pressig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto a few times, you ca use the kobs to cotrol Arpeggio playback. Try this out ad liste for the chages i the soud. For details, see page 90. Press this butto a few times so that the lamp lights. SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE Arpeggio fuctios cotrolled via the kobs AT TACK EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH DECAY GATE TIME SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE PAN OCT RANGE ASSIGN ASSIGN REVERB UNITMULTIPLY CHORUS TEMPO Arpeggio settig displays Voice Mode Display Page Performace Sog /Patter (for playback) Sog Record Patter Record Arpeggio Mai display of Voice Commo Edit Arpeggio Other display of Voice Commo Edit Arpeggio Mai display of Performace Part Edit Arpeggio Other display of Performace Part Edit Arpeggio Mai display of Mixig Part Edit Arpeggio Other display of Mixig Part Edit Arpeggio display of Sog Record Arpeggio display of Patter Record Accet Phrase Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Accet Phrases are composed of sequece data icluded i some Arpeggio types, soudig oly whe you play otes at a velocity higher (stroger) tha that specified i the Accet Velocity Threshold parameter. If it is hard to play at velocities ecessary to trigger the Accet Phrase, set the Accet Velocity Threshold parameter to a lower value. For the displays icludig the Accet Velocity Threshold parameter, refer to Arpeggio settig display below. For iformatio o Arpeggio types that use this fuctio, refer to the Arpeggio Type List i the Data List (PDF) documetatio, available from the olie Yamaha Maual Library. Radom SFX Some Arpeggio types feature a Radom SFX fuctio which will trigger special souds (such as guitar fret oises) whe the ote is released. The followig parameters affectig Radom SFX are provided. For turig the Radom SFX o/ off: For settig the volume of the SFX soud: For determiig whether or ot the volume of the SFX soud is cotrolled by velocity: Radom SFX parameter Radom SFX Velocity Offset parameter Radom SFX Key O Cotrol parameter For the displays that iclude Radom SFX, Radom SFX Velocity Offset ad Radom SFX Key O Cotrol, refer to Arpeggio settig display below. For iformatio o Arpeggio types that use this fuctio, refer to the Arpeggio Type List i the Data List (PDF) documetatio, available from the olie Yamaha Maual Library. Arpeggio playback types The Arpeggio playback features four mai playback types as described below. Arpeggio Types for Normal Voices Arpeggio types (belogig to the categories except for the DrPC ad Ctr) created for use of Normal Voices have the followig three playback types. Playback oly of the played otes The Arpeggio is played back usig oly the played ote ad its octave otes. Playback of a programmed sequece accordig to the played otes These Arpeggio types have the several sequeces each of which is suited for a certai chord type. Eve if you press oly oe ote, the Arpeggio is played back usig the programmed sequece meaig that otes other tha the oes you play may be souded. Pressig aother ote triggers the trasposed sequece regardig the pressed ote as a root ote. Addig otes to those already held chages the sequece accordigly. A Arpeggio with such a playback type has _ES at the ed of the type ame. Playback of a programmed sequece accordig to the played chord type These Arpeggio types created for use with Normal Voices are played back to match the chord type determied by detectig the otes you play o the keyboard. A Arpeggio with such a playback type has _XS at the ed of the type ame. Whe the Key Mode parameter is set to sort or sort+direct, the same sequece is played back o matter what order you play the otes. Whe the Key Mode parameter is set to thru 64 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

65 Basic Structure or thru+direct, a differet sequece is played back depedig o the order you play the otes. Sice these types are programmed for Normal Voices, usig them with Drum Voices may ot give musically appropriate results. Tips for Arpeggio playback Arpeggio playback i the Voice Play Arpeggio Types for Drum Voices (Category: DrPc) These arpeggio types are programmed specifically for use with Drum Voices, givig you istat access to various rhythm patters. Three differet playback types are available. Try out the Arpeggio playback assiged to the preset Voice. I the Voice Play, make sure that the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto is lit, the play ay ote to trigger Arpeggio playback. Try playig differet otes ad chords o the keyboard ad liste to the Arpeggio play. Arpeggio playback respods i differet ways, depedig o the order of the otes you play ad, of course, the selected Arpeggio Type. Also, try hittig the otes strogly ad liste for the Accet Phrase feature. Playback of a drum patter Pressig ay ote(s) will trigger the same rhythm patter. Playback of a drum patter, plus additioal played otes (assiged drum istrumets) Pressig ay ote will trigger the same rhythm patter. Addig otes to the oe already held produces additioal souds (assiged drum istrumets) for the drum patter. Playback oly of the played otes (assiged drum istrumets) Playig a ote or otes will trigger a rhythm patter usig oly the otes played (assiged drum istrumets). Keep i mid that eve if you play the same otes, the triggered rhythm patter differs depedig o the order of the otes played. This gives you access to differet rhythm patters usig the same istrumets simply by chagig the order i which you play the otes whe the Key Mode parameter is set to thru or thru+direct. 3 Try out various Arpeggio types by pressig the [SF] [SF5] buttos. If the 8th ote ico is ot show at the right of ARP ARP5 (meaig that Arpeggio Type is set to off i the correspodig display), the Arpeggio Type does ot chage eve if you press the correspodig [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 butto. 4 Use the kobs to cotrol Arpeggio playback after pressig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto a few times (the ARP FX lamp lights). Now that you ve listeed to the Arpeggio Types assiged to the preset Voice, go o ad try out some of the other Arpeggio Types available. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio The three playback types above are ot distiguished by category ame or type ame. You ll have to actually play the types ad hear the differece. Sice these types are programmed for Drum Voices, usig them with Normal Voices may ot give musically appropriate results. Arpeggio Types cotaiig maily oote evets (Category: Ctr) 5 Durig Arpeggio playback, press the [F4] butto to call up the Arpeggio display, the select a Arpeggio type. For best results, you should select a Category ad Sub Category cotaiig Arpeggio Types that most closely match the curretly selected Voice. Oce you fid a Arpeggio Type that fits, keep it i the display settigs ad store the Voice (below). These arpeggio types are programmed primarily with Cotrol Chage ad Pitch Bed data. They are used to chage the toe or pitch of the soud, rather tha play specific otes. I fact, some types cotai o ote data at all. Whe usig a type of this category, set the Key Mode parameter to direct, thru+direct, or sort+direct. 6 Store the Arpeggio settigs as a User Voice. For detailed istructios o storig a Voice, see page 97. The Key Mode parameter ca be set i the Arpeggio Mai display of Voice Commo Edit (page 0), Performace Part Edit (page 54) ad Mixig Part Edit (page 35). MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 65

66 Basic Structure Arpeggio playback/recordig i the Performace Whe the Arpeggio With Voice Switch parameter is set to o, the Voice appropriate for this Arpeggio type is automatically selected. Call up some of the Performaces i User Baks 3, ad play some of the Arpeggios assiged by default to the Performaces. I the Performace, each of four Arpeggio types is assiged to each of four Parts. This meas up to four Arpeggio types ca be played back simultaeously. Let s play the Performace makig full use of this fuctio. Record playback of the selected Arpeggio to the Patter track. Record differet Arpeggios to other tracks by repeatig steps. It is a good idea to assig a ame to the created Phrase i the Patter Patch display (page ) for future recall. Make sure that the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto is lit, the play ay ote to trigger Arpeggio playback. 3 Create Patter data by assigig the created Phrases to the Sectio i the Patter Patch display (page ). For example, create a Sectio A for the itro, a Sectio B for the verse, a Sectio C for the chorus, ad a Sectio D for the edig ad you have the basic blocks to build a origial Sog. Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Steps 4 are same as i Arpeggio playback i the Voice above. Oce you ve tried out the Arpeggio Types assiged to the Performace, go o ad try some of the other Arpeggio Types available. 5 Durig Arpeggio playback, press the [F4] butto to call up the Arpeggio display the select a Arpeggio type for each Part. For best results, you should select a Category ad Sub Category cotaiig Arpeggio Types that most closely match the Voice for the Part. Oce you fid a Arpeggio Type that fits, keep it i the display settigs ad store the Performace (below). 6 Store the Arpeggio settigs as a User Performace. For detailed istructios o storig a Performace, see page 4. You ca record your keyboard performace to a Sog/ Patter i the Performace Record. Keep i mid that ay Arpeggio playback you trigger i the Performace ca be recorded to the Sog or Patter as well. For details about the Performace recordig, see page Create the Patter Chai data by programmig the playback order of the Sectios. Patter Chai allows you to strig several differet Patters together to make a sigle Sog. For details, see page 3. 5 Covert the Patter Chai data to Sog data. For details, see page 5. Creatig a origial Arpeggio type I additio usig the preset Arpeggios, you ca also create your ow origial Arpeggio data. The procedure is as follows. Record the MIDI sequece data to a Sog or Patter. The Arpeggio playback data is recorded to the Sog or Patter track as MIDI sequece data. Note that pressig the ote oly triggers the Arpeggio playback. The Sog or Patter data will ot trigger the Arpeggio playback. Arpeggio playback/recordig i the Patter Up to four tracks ca be used i creatig a Arpeggio. Up to 6 uique ote umbers ca be recorded to the Arpeggio track. If more tha 6 differet ote umbers have bee recorded to the MIDI sequece data, the Covert operatio automatically reduces the otes i excess of the limit. Because of this, be careful to record oly up to 6 differet otes whe you create a Arpeggio. Arpeggios are also useful for creatig Phrases, which ca be used as the basic buildig blocks i makig a Patter. Create User Phrases as desired the assig them to the desired track i the Patch display (page ). This sectio shows how to record a Arpeggio playback to a Patter track. Select a Arpeggio type i the Arpeggio display (page 9) of the Patter Record. Covert the recorded MIDI sequece data to Arpeggio data. Use the Put Track to Arpeggio Job i the Sog Job (page 06) or the Patter Job (page 7). After settig the related parameters, press the [ENTER] butto to execute the Job. The created Arpeggio types ca be selected from the User bak i the Arpeggio display. 66 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

67 Basic Structure Cotroller Block This block cosists of the keyboard, Pitch Bed ad Modulatio Wheels, Ribbo Cotroller, Kobs, Sliders ad so o. The keyboard itself does t geerate souds, but istead geerates/trasmits ote o/off, velocity ad other iformatio (MIDI messages) to the sythesizer s toe geerator block whe you play otes. The cotrollers also geerate/trasmit MIDI messages. The sythesizer s toe geerator block produces the soud accordig to the MIDI messages trasmitted from the keyboard ad cotrollers. Keyboard The keyboard trasmits the ote o/off messages to the Toe Geerator Block (for soudig) ad Sequecer Block (for recordig). The keyboard is also used for triggerig Arpeggio playback. You ca chage the ote rage of the keyboard i octaves by usig the OCTAVE [UP] ad [DOWN] buttos, traspose the otes i the Play display (page 59) of the Utility, ad set how the actual velocity is geerated accordig to the stregth with which you play otes i the same display. Pitch Bed wheel make sure the Modulatio wheel is set to miimum before you start playig. Various fuctios ca be assiged to the Modulatio wheel i the Cotroller Set display (page 04) of the Voice Edit. Ribbo Cotroller Maximum Miimum Basic Structure Use the Pitch Bed wheel to bed otes up (roll the wheel away from you) or dow (roll the wheel toward you) while playig the keyboard. This wheel is self-ceterig ad will automatically retur to ormal pitch whe released. Try out the Pitch Bed wheel while pressig a ote o the keyboard. Each preset Voice has its ow default Pitch Bed Rage settig. The Pitch Bed Rage settig for each Voice ca be chaged i the Play Mode display (page 98) of the Voice Edit. From this display you ca also reverse the Pitch Bed fuctio so that movig the wheel up lowers the pitch, ad movig it dow raises the pitch. Fuctios other tha Pitch Bed ca be assiged to the Pitch Bed wheel i the Cotroller Set display (page 04) of the Voice Edit. The Ribbo Cotroller is touch sesitive, ad is cotrolled by ruig your figer laterally across the surface. Various fuctios are assiged to each preset Voice. Try out the Ribbo Cotroller with various preset Voices while playig the keyboard. Various fuctios ca be assiged to the Ribbo Cotroller i the Cotroller Set display (page 04) of the Voice Edit. You ca also determie whether the Ribbo Cotroller value returs to the ceter, or stays at the poit where you released your figer i the Geeral Other display (page 00) of the Voice Commo Edit. Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio Pitch Up Assigable Fuctio Buttos Pitch Dow Modulatio wheel Eve though the Modulatio wheel is covetioally used to apply vibrato to the soud, may of the preset Voices have other fuctios ad effects assiged to the wheel. The more you move this wheel up, the greater the effect that is applied to the soud. Try out the Modulatio wheel with various preset Voices while playig the keyboard. To avoid accidetally applyig effects to the curret Voice, Accordig to the XA (Expaded Articulatio) Cotrol settigs i the Oscillator display (page ) of the Voice Elemet Edit, you ca call up the specific Elemet of the curret Voice by pressig each of these buttos durig your keyboard performace. You ca select how the o/off status of these buttos is switched by usig the Assigable Fuctio Mode ad Assigable Fuctio Mode parameters i the Geeral Other display (page 00) of the Voice Commo Edit. Furthermore, you ca assig various fuctios (other tha callig up specific Elemets) to these buttos. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 67

68 Basic Structure Kobs ad Sliders These eight kobs let you chage various aspects of the Voice s soud i real time while you play. The eight sliders let you adjust the volume of the Voice Elemets, Performace Parts ad Mixig Parts. For more iformatio about how to use the kobs ad sliders i the respective s, see page 90 (Voice ), page 36 (Performace ), ad page 80 (Sog/Patter ). Effect Block This block applies effects to the output of the toe geerator block, ad audio iput block, processig ad ehacig the soud. Effects are applied i the fial stages of editig, lettig you chage the soud of the created Voice as desired. Effect structure Master Effect Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios System Effects Reverb ad Chorus System Effects are applied to the overall soud a Voice, a etire Performace, a Sog, etc. With System Effects, the soud of each Part is set to the effect accordig to the effect Sed Level for each Part. The processed soud (referred to as wet ) is set back to the mixer, accordig to the Retur Level, ad output after beig mixed with the uprocessed dry soud. This arragemet lets you prepare a optimum balace of the effect soud ad the origial soud of the Parts. Isertio Effect Isertio Effects ca be applied idividually to each Part. Isertio Effects are maily used to directly process a sigle Part. The depth of the effect is adjusted by settig the dry/wet balace. Sice a Isertio Effect ca oly be applied to oe particular Part, it should be used for souds you wat to drastically chage or for souds that use a effect uiteded for other souds. You ca also set the balace so that oly the effect soud is heard, by settig Wet to 00%. This sythesizer features eight sets of Isertio Effects (oe set has A ad B uits). They ca be applied to all Parts of the Performace, ad applied to eight Parts (maximum) of the Sog/Patter. Aother importat Isertio Effect is the Vocoder, which ca be applied oly to oe Part. This block applies effects to the fial stereo output sigal of the etire soud. Elemet EQ The Elemet EQ is applied to each elemet of the Normal Voice ad each key of the Drum Voice. You ca specify which shape is used amog six types, such as shelvig ad peakig. Part EQ This 3-bad parametric EQ is applied to each part of the Performace/Sog Mixig/Patter Mixig. The high bad ad low bad are the shelvig type. The middle bad is the peakig type. Master EQ Master EQ is applied to the fial (post-effect), overall soud of the istrumet. I this EQ, all five bads ca be set to peakig, or the lowest ad highest bads ca also be set to shelvig. I the Voice, the Vocoder Effect ca be applied to each of the Voices. I the Mixig (Sog/Patter) ad Performace, the Vocoder Effect ca be applied oly to Part. The Vocoder Effect does ot work eve if you assig the Voice (to which the Vocoder is applied i the Voice ) to the other parts (Part or higher). 68 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

69 Basic Structure Effect coectio i each I the Voice Voice Elemet or Drum Key Elemet EQ 3 Isertio A Isertio B Master Effect Master EQ Retur Level Elemet 8 Drum Key C0 C6 AD Part (set i the Utility ) Reverb Sed Level Chorus To Reverb Chorus Sets the Elemet EQ parameters applied to each Elemet (for a Normal Voice) ad each key (for a Drum Voice). The Elemet EQ parameters ca be set i the EQ display (pages 6 ad 3) of the Voice Edit. Determies which Isertio Effect, A or B, is applied to each Elemet (or to each key whe a Drum Voice is selected). The Isertio Effect ca also be bypassed. This ca be set i the Coect display (page 07) of the Voice Commo Edit or the Oscillator display (page ) of the Voice Elemet Edit (or Key Edit). These two display types are liked ad feature the same settigs, oly i differet formats. These ca be set i the Coect display (page 07) ad the Isertio A/B display (page 09) of Voice Commo Edit. 4 Determies the Sed Level/Retur Level to/ from the Reverb/Chorus ad the sigal level set from the Chorus to the Reverb. This block also selects the Effect Types of Reverb ad Chorus respectively ad sets the related parameters. These ca be set i the Coect display (page 07) ad the Reverb display/chorus display (page 09) of Voice Commo Edit. 5 Selects the Master Effect type ad sets the Effect parameters i the Master Effect display (page 64) of the Utility. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio 3 Determies the Isertio A/B coectio from the followig four types: parallel, A F B, B F A, ad Vocoder. 6 Sets the Master EQ parameters i the Master EQ display (page 64) of the Utility. This block also selects the Effect Types of Isertio A ad B respectively ad sets the related parameters. I the Performace Part Part EQ Performace Voice Isertio A/B 3 4 Master Effect Master EQ Part 4 AD Part Sed Level Reverb Retur Level Chorus To Reverb Chorus MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 69

70 Basic Structure Sets the Part EQ parameters applied to each part i the EQ display (page 44) of Performace Part Edit. Determies the Sed Level/Retur Level to/ from the Reverb/Chorus ad the sigal level set from the Chorus to the Reverb. This block also selects the Effect Types of Reverb ad Chorus respectively ad sets the related parameters. These ca be set i the Coect display (page 49) ad the Reverb display/chorus display (page 50) of Performace Commo Edit. 3 Selects the Master Effect type ad sets the Effect parameters i the Master Effect display (page 46) of Performace Commo Edit. 4 Sets the Master EQ parameters i the Master EQ display (page 46) of Performace Commo Edit. The Effect settigs of 3 i the Voice illustrated o page 69 are available also i the Performace. Mixig Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Sets the Part EQ parameters applied to each part i the EQ display (page 36) of Mixig Part Edit. Selects the eight Parts to which the Isertio Effect is applied from Parts 6 ad the AD Part. This ca be set i the Isertio Effect Switch display (page 34) of the Mixig Edit. 3 Determies the Sed Level/Retur Level to/ from the Reverb/Chorus ad the sigal level set from the Chorus to the Reverb. This block also selects the Effect Types of Reverb ad Chorus respectively ad sets the related parameters. These ca be set i the Coect display (page 34) ad the Reverb display/chorus display (page 35) of Mixig Commo Edit. 4 Selects the Master Effect type ad sets the Effect parameters i the Master Effect display (page 34) of Mixig Commo Edit. 5 Sets the Master EQ parameters i the Master EQ display (page 34) of Mixig Commo Edit. Part Part EQ Mixig Voice Isertio A/B Part 6 AD Part Sed Level Chorus The Effect settigs of 3 i the Voice illustrated o page 69 are available for up to eight parts for which the Isertio Effect is tured o. 3 Reverb Chorus To Reverb Retur Level 4 5 Master Effect Effect Category ad Type Master EQ This sectio explais the Effect categories ad their types. The Effect Type list described below for each category cotais the colums: Rev (Reverb), Cho (Chorus), Is (Isertio) ad Mas (Master Effect). The checkmarks idicated i these colums meas the Effect Type is available for each block. These Effect types (with the checkmarks idicated i each list) ca be selected from the pael cotrols. Reverb Also called reverberatio, this refers to the soud eergy remaiig i a room or closed space after the origial soud stops. Similar to yet differet from echo, reverb is the idirect, diffuse soud of reflectios from the walls ad ceilig that accompay the direct soud. The characteristics of this idirect soud depeds o the size of the room or space ad the materials ad furishigs i the room. Reverb Effect types use digital sigal processig to simulate these characteristics. Effect Type Rev Cho Is Descriptio REV-X HALL Reverb emulatig the acoustics of a cocert hall usig the REV-X techology. R3 HALL Reverb emulatig the acoustics of a cocert hall usig the algorithm derived from the Yamaha ProR3. 70 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

71 Basic Structure Effect Type Rev Cho Is Descriptio Effect Type Cho Is Descriptio SPX HALL Reverb emulatig the acoustics of a cocert hall derived from the Yamaha SPX000. REV-X ROOM Reverb emulatig the acoustics of a room usig the REV-X techology. ENSEMBLE DETUNE Chorus effect without modulatio, created by addig a slightly pitchshifted soud. Flager This effect creates a swirlig, metallic soud. R3 ROOM Reverb emulatig the acoustics of a room usig the algorithm derived from the Yamaha ProR3. Effect Type Cho Is Descriptio VCM FLANGER Flager with VCM techology producig a vitage soud. SPX ROOM Reverb emulatig the acoustics of a room derived from the Yamaha SPX000. R3 PLATE Reverb emulatig a metal plate usig the algorithm derived from the Yamaha ProR3. CLASSIC FLANGER TEMPO FLANGER DYNAMIC FLANGER Covetioal type of flager. Tempo-sychroized flager. Dyamically cotrolled flager. SPX STAGE Reverb appropriate for a solo istrumet derived from the Yamaha SPX000. SPACE SIMULATOR Delay A effect (or device) that delays a audio sigal. Chorus Reverb which lets you set the space size by specifyig the width, height, ad depth. Effect Type Rev Is Mas Descriptio CROSS DELAY The feedback of the two delayed souds is crossed. TEMPO CROSS DELAY TEMPO DELAY MONO TEMPO DELAY STEREO CONTROL DELAY Cross delay sychroized with the tempo of Sog/ Patter/Arpeggio. Moo delay sychroized with the tempo of Sog/ Patter/Arpeggio. Stereo delay sychroized with the tempo of Sog/ Patter/Arpeggio. Delay with delay time cotrollable i real time. DELAY LR Produces two delayed souds: L ad R. DELAY LCR Produces three delayed souds: L, R ad C (ceter). DELAY LR (Stereo) Produces two delayed souds i stereo: L ad R. Depedig o the particular chorus type ad parameters, this ca make a voice soud larger, as if several idetical istrumets were playig i uiso, or it ca give a voice greater warmth ad depth. Phaser Cyclically modulates the phase to add modulatio to the soud. Effect Type Cho Is Descriptio VCM PHASER MONO VCM PHASER STEREO TEMPO PHASER DYNAMIC PHASER Tremolo & Rotary Moo phaser with VCM techology producig a vitage soud. Stereo phaser with VCM techology producig a vitage soud. Tempo-sychroized phaser. Dyamically cotrolled phase shifter The tremolo effect cyclically modulates the volume. The Rotary Speaker effect simulates the characteristic vibrato effect of a rotary speaker. Effect Type Is Descriptio AUTO PAN A effect which cyclically moves the soud left/right ad frot/back. TREMOLO A effect which cyclically modulates the volume. ROTARY SPEAKER Simulatio of a rotary speaker Distortio This type ca be used maily for guitar, addig distortio with a edge to the soud. Effect Type Is Mas Descriptio AMP SIMULATOR A simulatio of a guitar amp. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio Effect Type Cho Is Descriptio G CHORUS A Chorus Effect that produces a richer ad more complex modulatio tha ormal chorus. MODULATOR A Chorus Effect cosistig of the pitch modulatio ad the amplitude modulatio. SPX CHORUS A effect which uses a 3-phase LFO to add modulatio ad spaciousess to the soud. AMP SIMULATOR COMP DISTORTION COMP DISTORTION DELAY A simulatio of a guitar amp. Sice a Compressor is icluded i the first stage, steady distortio ca be produced regardless of chages i iput level. Compressor, Distortio ad Delay are coected i series. SYMPHONIC A multi-stage versio of SPX CHORUS modulatio. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

72 Basic Structure Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Compressor Compressor is a effect commoly used to limit ad compress the dyamics (softess/loudess) of a audio sigal. For sigals that vary widely i dyamics, such as vocals ad guitar parts, it squeezes the dyamic rage, effectively makig soft souds louder ad loud souds softer. Whe used with gai to boost the overall level, this creates a more powerful, more cosistetly high-level soud. Compressio ca be used to icrease sustai for electric guitar, smooth out the volume of a vocal, or brig a drum kit or rhythm patter further up-frot i the mix. Effect Type Is Mas Descriptio VCM COMPRESSOR 376 Compressor with VCM techology. CLASSIC COMPRESSOR MULTI BAND COMP Covetioal type of compressor. 3-bad type compressor. Wah This Effect cyclically modulates the toe brightess (cutoff frequecy of a filter). Auto Wah modulates the toe via LFO, Touch Wah modulates the toe via volume (ote o velocity) ad Pedal Wah modulates the toe the pedal cotrol. Effect Type Is Descriptio VCM AUTO WAH Modulates the toe via the LFO. VCM TOUCH WAH Modulates the toe via the volume (ote o velocity). VCM PEDAL WAH Modulates the toe via the pedal cotrol. For best results, assig the Pedal Cotrol parameter of this Effect type to the Foot Cotroller i the Cotroller Set display, the use the Foot Cotroller to cotrol this effect i real time. Effect Type Is Mas Descriptio DYNAMIC Dyamically cotrolled filter FILTER AUTO SYNTH Processes the iput sigal ito a sythesizer-type soud. ISOLATOR Cotrols the level of a specified frequecy bad of the iput sigal. SLICE Slices the AEG of the Voice soud. TECH MODULATION Vocoder Adds a uique feelig of modulatio similar to rig modulatio. The Vocoder effect does ot belog to ay category. Whe you wat to use this effect, set the INSERTION CONNECT parameter i the Effect Coect display (page 09) to is L. Effect Type Is Descriptio VOCODER This effect extracts characteristics from the microphoe soud ad applies it to the Voice played from the keyboard. This creates a distictive, robot voice effect which is geerated whe you play the keyboard ad sig or speak ito the microphoe at the same time. Misc This category icludes the other effect types. Effect Type Cho Is Descriptio VCM EQ 50 Vitage 5-bad parametric EQ with VCM techology. PITCH CHANGE EARLY REFLECTION HARMONIC ENHANCER TALKING MODULATOR DAMPER RESONANCE Chages the pitch of the iput sigal. This effect isolates oly the early reflectio compoets of the reverb. Adds ew harmoics to the iput sigal to make the soud stad out. Lo-Fi This Effect itetioally degrades the audio quality of the iput sigal via several methods such as lowerig the samplig frequecy. Adds a vowel soud to the iput sigal. Simulates the resoace produced whe the damper pedal of the piao is pressed. Effect Type Is Mas Descriptio LO-FI Degrades the audio quality of the iput sigal to get a lo-fi soud. NOISY Adds the oise to the curret soud. VCM (Virtual Circuitry Modelig) DIGITAL TURNTABLE Simulates the oise of a aalog record. Tech This Effect chages the toal characteristics radically by usig a filter ad modulatio. Effect Type Is Mas Descriptio RING MODULATOR A effect that modifies the pitch by applyig amplitude modulatio to the frequecy of the iput. VCM is a techology that authetically ls the elemets i aalog circuitry (such as resistors ad capacitors). Effect types usig the VCM techology produce the uiquely warm characteristics of vitage processig gear. VCM Compressor 376 This effect emulates the characteristics of aalog compressors, used as stadard effects i recordig studios. It frames ad thickes the soud, ad is suitable for drum ad bass souds. DYNAMIC RING MODULATOR Dyamically cotrolled Rig Modulator 7 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

73 Basic Structure VCM Equalizer 50 This effect emulates the characteristics of aalog equalizers used i the 970s, recreatig a warm, highquality flager effect. Preset settigs ca be selected here. VCM Flager These effects emulate the characteristics of aalog flager used i the 970s, recreatig a warm, high-quality flager effect. VCM Phaser Moo, VCM Phaser Stereo This effect emulates the characteristics of aalog phasers used i the 970s, recreatig a warm, high-quality phaser effect. VCM Auto Wah, VCM Touch Wah, VCM Pedal Wah These effects emulate the characteristics of aalog Wah used i the 970s, recreatig a warm, high-quality wahwah effect. REV-X Effect Parameters Some parameters below may appear i differet effect types with the same ame, but actually have differet fuctios depedig o the particular effect type. For these parameters, two or three types of explaatios are give. Parameter ame AEG Phase AM Depth AM Iverse R Descriptios Offsets the phase of the AEG. Determies the depth of the amplitude modulatio. Determies the phase of the amplitude modulatio for the R chael. Basic Structure REV-X is a reverb algorithm developed by Yamaha. It provides a high-desity, richly reverberat soud quality, with smooth atteuatio, spread ad depth that work together to ehace the origial soud. The MOTIF XS features two types of REV-X effects: REV-X Hall ad REV-X Room. AM Speed AM Wave AMP Type Aalog Feel Attack Attack Offset Attack Time Determies the amplitude modulatio speed. Selects the wave for modulatig the amplitude. Selects the amplifier type to be simulated. Adds the characteristics of a aalog flager to the soud. Determies the amout of time that elapses betwee the playig of a key ad the start of the compressor effect. Determies the amout of time that elapses betwee the playig of a key ad the start of the wah effect. Determies the attack time of the evelope follower. Basic Operatio Basic Sectio Effect Parameters Bit Assig Bottom * BPF 0 Gai Click Desity Click Level Color * Determies how the Word Legth is applied to the soud. Determies the miimum value of the wah filter. Determies each output gai of BPFs 0 of the Vocoder effect. Determies the frequecy at which the click souds. Determies the click level. Determies the fixed phase modulatio. Coectios Each of the Effect Types has parameters determiig how the Effect is applied to the soud. A variety of souds ca be obtaied from a sigle effect type by settig these parameters. For iformatio about the Effect parameters, see below. Commo Release Compress Cotrol Type This is a parameter of Multi Bad Comp. This parameter determies the amout of time that elapses betwee the releasig of a ote ad the ed of the effect. Determies the miimum iput level at which the compressor effect is applied. This is a parameter of Cotrol Delay. Whe set to Normal, the delay effect is always applied to the soud. Whe set to Scratch, the delay effect is ot applied if both the Delay Time ad Delay Time Offset are set to 0. Preset settigs for Effect parameters Damper Cotrol Decay Whe the half-damper compatible FC3 footswitch is coected to the SUSTAIN jack, the Damper Cotrol parameter is cotrolled by the FC3 over a rage of 0 7, allowig for partial damper effects, such as is available o a actual grad piao. Cotrols how the reverb soud decays. Preset settigs for parameters of each effect type are provided as templates ad ca be selected i the Effect Type selectio display. To get a desired effect soud, try first selectig oe of the Presets close to your imagied soud, the chage the parameters as ecessary. Delay Level C Delay Mix Delay Offset Delay Time Delay Time C, L, R Delay Time L>R Determies the level of the delayed soud for the ceter chael. Determies the level of the delayed mixed soud whe multiple effects are applied. Determies the offset value of the delay modulatio. Determies the delay of the soud i ote value or absolute time. Determies the delay time for each chael: ceter, left ad right. Determies the amout of time betwee the momet the soud is iput from the L chael ad the momet the soud is output to the R chael. Delay Time Ofst R Determies the delay time for the R chael as offset. Delay Time R>L Determies the amout of time betwee the momet the soud is iput from the R chael ad the momet the soud is output to the L chael. Delay trasitio rate Determies the speed (rate) at which the delay time is chaged from the curret value to the specified ew value. Desity Determies the desity of the reverberatios or reflectios. Depth Whe Space Simulator is selected, this parameter determies the depth of the simulated room. Whe VCM Flager is selected, this parameter determies the amplitude of the LFO wave which cotrols the cyclic chage of the delay modulatio. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 73

74 Basic Structure Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Parameter ame Depth Detue Device Diffusio Directio Divide Freq High Divide Freq Low Divide Mi Level Divide Type Drive Drive Hor Drive Rotor Dry Level Dry LPF Cutoff Frequecy Dry Mix Level Dry Sed to Noise Dry/Wet Balace Dya Level Offset Dya Threshold Level Edge Emphasis EQ Frequecy EQ Gai EQ High Frequecy EQ High Gai EQ Low Frequecy EQ Low Gai EQ Mid Frequecy EQ Mid Gai EQ Mid Width EQ Width ER/Rev Balace F/R Depth FB Hi Damp Ofst R FB Level Ofst R Feedback Feedback High Damp Feedback Level Feedback Level, Feedback Time Feedback Time,, L, R Filter Type Fie, Descriptios Whe phaser type is selected, this parameter determies the amplitude of the LFO wave which cotrols the cyclic chage of the phase modulatio. Determies the amout of pitch to be detued. Selects the device for chagig how to distort the soud. Determies the spread of the selected effect. Determies the directio of the modulatio cotrolled by the evelope follower. Determies the high frequecy for dividig the etire soud ito three bads. Determies the low frequecy for dividig the etire soud ito three bads. Determies the miimum level of the portios extracted via the slice effect. Determies how the soud (wave) is sliced by the ote legth. Whe oe of the distortio, oisy ad slice effects is selected, this parameter determies the extet to which the soud is distorted. Whe oe of the misc effects is selected, this parameter determies the extet to which the ehacer is applied. Determies the depth of the modulatio geerated via the rotatio of the hor. Determies the depth of the modulatio geerated via the rotatio of the rotor. Determies the level of the dry soud (to which the effect is ot applied). Determies the cutoff frequecy of the low pass filter applied to the dry soud. Determies the level of the dry soud (to which the effect is ot applied). Determies the level of the dry sigal set to the oise effect. Determies the balace of the dry soud ad effect soud. Determies the offset value added to the output from the evelope follower. Determies the miimum level at which the evelope follower starts. Sets the curve that determies how the soud is distorted. Determies the chage of the characteristics i high frequecies. Determies the ceter frequecy for each bad of the EQ. Determies the level gai of the EQ ceter frequecy for each bad. Determies the ceter frequecy of the high EQ bad that is atteuated/boosted. Determies the amout of boost or atteuatio applied to the high EQ bad. Determies the ceter frequecy of the low EQ bad that is atteuated/boosted. Determies the amout of boost or atteuatio applied to the low EQ bad. Determies the ceter frequecy of the middle EQ bad that is atteuated/boosted. Determies the amout of boost or atteuatio applied to the middle EQ bad. Determies the width of the middle EQ bad. Determies the width of the EQ bad. Determies the level balace of the early reflectio ad reverb soud. This parameter of Auto Pa (available whe PAN Directio is set to L tur ad R tur ) determies the depth of the F/R (frot/rear) pa. Determies the amout of decay i high frequecies for the R chael as offset. Determies the feedback level for the R chael as offset. Determies the level of the soud sigal output from the effect block ad retured to its ow iput. Determies how the high frequecies of the feedback soud decay. Whe oe of the reverb ad early reflectio effects is selected, this parameter determies the feedback level of the iitial delay. Whe oe of the delay, chorus, flager, comp distortio delay, ad TEC effects is selected, this parameter determies the feedback level output from the delay ad retured to the iput. Whe Tempo Phaser or Dyamic Phaser is selected, this parameter determies the feedback level output from the phaser ad retured to the iput. Determies the feedback level of the delayed soud i each of the st ad d series. Determies the delay time of the feedback. Determies the time of the feedback delay,, L ad R. Whe Lo-Fi is selected, this parameter selects the toal characteristic type. Whe Dyamic Filter is selected, this parameter determies the filter type. Determies the pitch fiely for each of the st series ad d series. Parameter ame Format Offset Format Shift Gate Switch Gate Time Height Hi Resoace High Attack High Gai High Level High Mute High Ratio High Threshold Hor Speed Fast Hor Speed SLow HPF Cutoff Freq HPF Output Level Iitial Delay Iitial Delay, Iitial Delay Lch, Rch Iput Level Iput Mode Iput Select Ist Iput Level L/R Depth L/R Diffusio Lag LFO Depth LFO Phase differece LFO Phase Reset LFO Speed LFO Wave Liveess Low Attack Low Gai Low Level Low Mute Low Ratio Low Threshold LPF Resoace Maual Descriptios This parameter of the Vocoder adds the offset value to the cutoff frequecy of BPF for the Ist iput. This parameter of the Vocoder shifts the cutoff frequecy of the BPF for Ist iput. Whe set to off, the output from the HPF ad the Noise Geerator is passed through the gate. Whe set to o, the output from the HPF ad the Noise Geerator passes through the gate oly if the audio sigal is iput to the Ist. Determies the gate time of the sliced portio. Determies the height of the simulated room. Adjusts the resoace of the high frequecies. Determies the amout of time from the momet a ote is pressed to the momet the compressor is applied to the high frequecies. Determies the output gai for the high frequecies. Determies the level of the high frequecies. Switches the mute status of the high frequecies. Whe REV-X Hall or REV-X Room is selected, this parameter determies the ratio of the high frequecies. Whe Multi Bad Comp is selected, this parameter determies the ratio of the compressor for the high frequecies. Determies the miimum iput level at which the effect is applied to the high frequecies. Determies the speed of the hor whe the slow/fast switch is set to fast. Determies the speed of the hor whe the slow/fast switch is set to slow. Determies the Cutoff frequecy for the High Pass Filter applied to the microphoe soud. Determies how much the output from high pass filter is mixed with the output from the Vocoder. Determies the amout of time that elapses betwee the direct, origial soud ad the iitial reflectios. Determies the delay time util the iitial reflectio for each of the st series ad d series. Determies the amout of time that elapses betwee the direct, origial soud ad the iitial reflectios (echoes) that follow it for each of R ad L chaels. Determies the iput level of the sigal to which the compressor is applied. Selects moo or stereo cofiguratio for the iput soud. Selects a iput chael. Determies the level of the istrumet soud to which the Vocoder is applied. Determies the depth of the L/R pa effect. Determies the spread of the soud. Determies the laggig time additioally applied to the delayed soud specified via a ote legth. Whe oe of SPX Chorus, Symphoic, Classic Flager, ad Rig Modulator is selected, this parameter determies the depth of the modulatio. Whe Tempo Phase is selected, this parameter determies the frequecy of the phase modulatio. Determies the L/R phase differece of the modulated wave. Determies how to reset the iitial phase of the LFO. Whe oe y of the chorus effects, flager effects, tremolo ad rig modulator is selected, this parameter determies the frequecy of the modulatio. Whe Tempo Phaser is selected, this parameter determies the modulatio speed via a ote type. Whe Auto Pa is selected, this parameter determies the frequecy of the Auto Pa. Whe ay of the flager effects ad Rig Modulator, this parameter selects the wave for modulatio. Whe Auto Pa is selected, this parameter determies the paig curve. Whe VCM Auto Wah is selected, this parameter selects the wave, sie or square. Determies the decay characteristic of Early Reflectio. Determies the amout of time from the momet a ote is pressed to the momet the compressor is applied to the low frequecies. Determies the output gai for the low frequecies. Determies the output level for the low frequecies. Determies whether the low frequecy bad is off or o. Whe REV-X Hall or REV-X Room is selected, this parameter determies the ratio of the low frequecies. Whe Multi Bad Comp is selected, this parameter determies the ratio of the compressor for the low frequecies. Determies the miimum iput level at which the effect is applied to the low frequecies. Determies the resoace of the low pass filter for the iput soud. Whe VCM Flager is selected, this parameter determies the offset value of the delay modulatio. 74 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

75 Basic Structure Parameter ame Maual Meter Mic Gate Threshold Mic Level Mic L-R Agle Mid Attack Mid Gai Mid Level Mid Mute Mid Ratio Mid Threshold Mix Mix Level Mod Depth Mod Depth Ofst R Mod Feedback Mod Gai Mod LPF Cutoff Frequecy Mod LPF Resoace Mod Mix Balace Mod Speed Mod Wave Type Mode Modulatio Phase Move Speed Noise Iput Level Noise Level Noise LPF Cutoff Frequecy Noise LPF Q Noise Mod Depth Noise Mod Speed Noise Toe O/Off Switch OSC Frequecy Coarse OSC Frequecy Fie Output Output Gai Output Level Output Level, Over Drive Pa, Pa AEG Mi Level Pa AEG Type Pa Depth Pa Directio Pa Type Pedal Cotrol Pedal Respose Phase Shift Offset Pitch, PM Depth Pre Mod HPF Cutoff Frequecy Pre-LPF Cutoff Frequecy Pre-LPF Resoace Descriptios Whe VCM Phaser moo or VCM Phaser stereo is selected, this parameter determies the offset value of the phase modulatio. Chages the meter. Determies the threshold level of the oise gate for the microphoe soud. Determies the iput level of the microphoe soud. Determies the L/R agle of the microphoe. Determies the amout of time from the momet a ote is pressed to the momet the compressor is applied to the mid frequecies. Determies the output gai for the mid frequecies. Determies the output level for the mid frequecies. Switches the mute status of the mid frequecies. Determies the ratio of the compressor for the mid frequecies. Determies the miimum iput level at which the effect is applied for the mid frequecies. Determies the volume of the effect soud. Determies the level of the effect soud mixed to the dry soud. Determies the depth of the modulatio. Determies the depth of the modulatio for R chael as offset. Determies the feedback level to the modulatio. Determies the gai of the modulatio. Determies the cutoff frequecy of the low pass filter applied to the modulated soud. Determies the resoace of the low pass filter for the modulated soud. Whe Noisy is selected, this parameter determies the mix level of the modulated elemet. Whe Tech Modulatio is selected, this parameter determies the volume of the modulated soud. Determies the modulatio speed. Selects the wave type for modulatio. Determies the phaser type, or more specifically, the factor for formig the phaser effect. Determies the L/R phase differece of the modulated wave. Determies how log it takes to move the soud from the curret status to the soud specified via the Vowel parameter. Determies the oise level which is to be iput. Determies the oise level. Determies the cutoff frequecy of the low pass filter applied to the oise. Determies the resoace of the low pass filter applied to the oise. Determies the depth of the oise modulatio. Determies the speed of the oise modulatio. Determies the characteristics of the oise. Turs the isolator o or off. Determies the frequecy at which the sie wave modulates the amplitude of the iput wave. Determies the frequecy fiely at which the sie wave modulates the amplitude of the iput wave. Determies the level of the sigal output from the effect block. Determies the gai of the sigal output from the effect block. Determies the level of the sigal output from the effect block. Determies the level of the sigal output from the st block ad d block respectively. Determies the degree ad character of the distortio effect. Determies the pa for each of the st series ad d series. This parameter of the Slice effect determies the miimum level of the AEG applied to the paed soud. This parameter of the Slice effect determies the type of the AEG applied to the paed soud. Determies the depth of the pa effect. Determies the directio toward which the stereo pa positio of the soud moves. Determies the pa type. Whe VCM PEDAL WAH is selected, this parameter determies the cutoff frequecy of the wah filter. For best results, assig the this parameter to the Foot Cotroller i the Cotroller Set display, the use the Foot Cotroller to cotrol this parameter. Determies how the soud respods to the chage of the damper cotrol. Determies the offset value of the phase modulatio. Determies the pitch i semitoes for each of the st series ad d series. Determies the depth of the pitch modulatio. Determies the Cutoff frequecy of the High Pass Filter before the modulatio. Determies the Cutoff frequecy of the Low Pass Filter before the modulatio. Determies the Resoace of the Low Pass Filter for the iput soud. Parameter ame Presece Ratio Release Release Curve Release Time Resoace Resoace Offset Reverb Delay Reverb Time Room Size Rotor Speed Fast Rotor Speed Slow Rotor/Hor Balace Samplig Freq. Cotrol Sesitivity SLow-Fast Time of H SLow-Fast Time of R Space Type Speaker Type Speed Speed Cotrol Spread Stage Threshold Top *3 Type Vocoder Attack Vocoder Release Vowel Wall Vary Width Word Legth This parameter of the guitar amp effect cotrols high frequecies. Determies the ratio of the compressor. Determies the amout of time that elapses betwee the releasig of a key ad the ed of the compressor effect. Determies the release curve of the evelope follower. Determies the release time of the evelope follower. Determies the resoace of the filter. Determies the resoace as offset. Determies the delay time from the early reflectios util the reverberatios. Determies the reverb time. Determies the size of the room i which the istrumet souds. Determies the speed of the rotor whe the slow/fast switch is set to fast. Determies the speed of the rotor whe the slow/fast switch is set to slow. Determies the volume balace of the hor ad rotor. Cotrols the samplig frequecy. Whe oe of Dyamic Flager, Dyamic Phaser, ad the TEC effects is selected, this parameter determies the sesitivity of the modulatio applied to the iput chage. Whe oe of the VCM Touch Wah effects is selected, this parameter determies the sesitivity of the wah filter s chage applied to the iput chage. Determies how log it takes for the rotatio speed of the hor to chage from the curret speed (slow or fast) to the other oe (fast or slow) whe the rotatio speed is switched. Determies how log it takes for the rotatio speed of the rotor to chage from the curret speed (slow or fast) to the other oe (fast or slow) whe the rotatio speed is switched. Selects the type of space simulatio. Selects the type of speaker simulatio. Whe VCM Flager is selected, this parameter determies the frequecy of the LFO wave which cotrols the cyclic chage of the delay modulatio. Whe ay of the phaser types is selected, this parameter determies the frequecy of the LFO wave which cotrols the cyclic chage of the phase modulatio. Whe VCM Auto Wah is selected, this parameter determies the speed of the LFO. Switches the rotary speed. Determies the spread of the soud. Determies the step umber of the phase shifter. Determies the miimum iput level at which the effect is applied. Determies the maximum value of the wah filter. Whe VCM Flager is selected, this parameter determies the flager type. Whe ay of the wah effects is selected, this parameter determies the type of the Auto Wah. Whe Early Reflectio is selected, this parameter determies the type of the reflectio soud. Determies the attack time of the Vocoder soud. Determies the release time of the Vocoder soud. Selects a vowel type. Descriptios Determies the wall status of the simulated room. Higher settigs produces more diffuse reflectios. Determies the width of the simulated room. Determies the degree of soud roughess. * The Bottom parameter is available oly whe the value is less tha that of the Top parameter. * The Color parameter may ot be effective depedig o the values of the Mode ad Stage parameters. *3 The Top parameter is available oly whe the value is more tha that of the Bottom parameter. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 75

76 Basic Structure About MIDI MIDI (Musical Istrumet Digital Iterface) is a stadard which allows electroic musical istrumets to commuicate with each other, by sedig ad receivig compatible Note, Cotrol Chage, Program Chage ad various other types of MIDI data, or messages. This sythesizer ca cotrol other MIDI devices by trasmittig ote related data ad various types of cotroller data. It ca also be cotrolled by icomig MIDI messages which automatically determie the toe geerator, select MIDI chaels, voices ad effects, chage parameter values, ad of course play the voices specified for the various Parts. MIDI chaels MIDI evets hadled by the MOTIF XS Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios MIDI performace data is assiged to oe of sixtee MIDI chaels. Usig these chaels, 6, the performace data for sixtee differet istrumet parts ca be simultaeously set over oe MIDI cable. Thik of the MIDI chaels as TV chaels. Each TV statio trasmits its broadcasts over a specific chael. Your home TV set receives may differet programs simultaeously from several TV statios ad you select the appropriate chael to watch the desired program. Weather Report News News MIDI operates o the same basic priciple. The trasmittig istrumet seds MIDI data o a specific MIDI chael (MIDI Trasmit Chael) via a sigle MIDI cable to the receivig istrumet. If the receivig istrumet s MIDI chael (MIDI Receive Chael) matches the Trasmit Chael, the receivig istrumet will soud accordig to the data set by the trasmittig istrumet. For iformatio o how to set the MIDI trasmit chael ad the MIDI receive chael, see page 67. This sectio covers MIDI evets, the data format by which the MIDI messages geerated by your keyboard performace are recorded to a track of a Sog/Patter. Theses evets described below ca be edited or iserted i the displays of the Sog Edit/Patter Edit s. Note These are the evets that defie otes, makig up the largest portio of all performace data. The ote ame (C - G8) defies the pitch. The gate time specifies the legth of the ote i beats ad clocks. Velocity ( 7) is how hard the ote is played. The bar graph to the right is a graphic represetatio of the value. Pitch Bed Note ame Velocity Gate time Bar graph of velocity MIDI Trasmit chael MIDI cable MIDI Receive chael Data value Bar graph of the data value MIDI messages trasmitted/ recogized by this sythesizer The messages trasmitted/received by the MOTIF XS are show i the MIDI Data Format ad MIDI Implemetatio Chart i the separate Data List booklet. The MOTIF XS toe geerator block (idicated syth. part i the Data List) ad sequecer block (idicated seq. part i the Data List) hadle differet MIDI messages. The MIDI messages which the sequecer block ca receive ca be recorded to tracks of a Sog/Patter. O the other had, the MIDI messages which the toe geerator ca receive ca affect the MOTIF XS soud. Pitch bed evets are geerated by pitch bed wheel operatio ad defie cotiuous chages i pitch. The value ( ) is a umerical represetatio of pitch bed wheel positio. The bar graph to the right is a graphic represetatio of the value. Program Chage (PC) Bak Select MSB Program umber Bak Select LSB Voice ame Program chage evets select Voices. The Bak Select MSB ad LSB parameters are actually icluded i the Cotrol Chage category, below, but sice i the MOTIF XS these 76 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

77 Basic Structure three evets are used to select Voices, they are grouped ad described here. Bak Select MSB ad LSB select the Voice Bak. The program umber selects a Voice from the Voice category ad bak specified by the MSB ad LSB. For a list of the Voices, see the separate Data List booklet. Whe you specify a program chage as a umber i the rage of 0 7, specify a umber that is oe less tha the program umber listed i the Voice List. For example, to specify program umber 8, you would actually eter program chage 7. Cotrol Chage (CC) Sustai (Hold ) (Cotrol Number 064) This MIDI message represets sustai pedal ON/OFF operatios. Notes playig whe the pedal is pressed will be sustaied. Whe the value is 0 63 sustai is OFF, ad whe the data is 64 7 sustai is ON. Portameto (Cotrol Number 065) This MIDI message turs portameto ON or OFF. Whe the value is 0 63 portameto is OFF, ad whe the data is 64 7 portameto is ON. The legth (degree) of the portameto effect is cotrolled by Portameto Time (Cotrol Number 005). Sosteuto Pedal (Cotrol Number 066) This MIDI message represets sosteuto pedal ON/OFF operatios. Whe the value is 0 63 sosteuto is OFF, ad whe the data is 64 7 sosteuto is ON. Cotrol Chage evets cotrol Voice ad effect parameters. Cotrol Chage evets are geerated whe a cotroller such as a modulatio wheel or foot cotroller is operated. The Cotrol umber (000 7) specifies the cotroller (fuctio), such as volume or pa. The value (000 7) specifies the positio of the cotroller assiged to the selected cotrol umber. The bar graph to the right is a graphic represetatio of the data value. Some of the more importat cotrol umbers ad cotrollers are listed below. Cotrol umber Data value Cotroller (fuctio) Bar graph of the data value Whe --- is show at the colum of the Cotroller (Fuctio), the Cotrol umber ca be hadled by the sequecer block ad caot be hadled by the toe geerator block. Modulatio Wheel (Cotrol Number 00) The MIDI data produced whe a modulatio wheel is operated. No modulatio is applied whe the value is 0, ad 7 produces maximum modulatio. Harmoic Cotet (Cotrol Chage 07) Adjusts the resoace of the filter assiged to a Voice. The resoace is adjusted by usig the data rage of 0 7 as a offset value with a display rage of which is added to the Voice data. Release Time (Cotrol Chage 07) Adjusts the release time of the Voice AEG. The release time is adjusted by usig the data rage of 0 7 as a offset value with a display rage of which is added to the Voice data. Attack Time (Cotrol Chage 073) Adjusts the attack time of the Voice AEG. The attack time is adjusted by usig the data rage of 0 7 as a offset value with a display rage of which is added to the Voice data. Brightess (Cotrol Chage 074) Adjusts the cutoff frequecy of the filter assiged to a Voice. The cutoff is adjusted by usig the data rage of 0 7 as a offset value with a display rage of which is added to the Voice data. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio Portameto Time (Cotrol Number 005) This MIDI message cotrols the portameto effect. No portameto is produced whe the value is 0, ad 7 produces maximum portameto time. Portameto is oly produced whe Portameto (Cotrol Number 065) is ON. Decay Time (Cotrol Chage 075) Adjusts the decay time of the Voice AEG. The decay time is adjusted by usig the data rage of 0 7 as a offset value with a display rage of which is added to the Voice data. Data Etry MSB (Cotrol Number 006) Data Etry LSB (Cotrol Number 038) These parameters specify the value of RPN MSB, RPN LSB (page 78), NRPN MSB, ad NRPN LSB evets. The value is represeted by two cotrol chage data umbers the MSB ad the LSB. Volume (Cotrol Number 007) Sets the volume for each idividual Part. No soud is produced whe the value is 0, ad 7 produces maximum volume. Pa (Cotrol Number 00) Sets the pa positio for each idividual Part. The soud is paed fully left whe the value is 0 ad fully right whe the value is 7. The displayed values are Expressio (Cotrol Number 0) Sets the expressio for each idividual Part. No soud is produced whe the value is 0, ad 7 produces maximum volume. This parameter produces volume variatios durig playback. Effect Sed Level (Reverb Effect) (Cotrol Number 09) Specifies the reverb effect sed level. Effect Sed Level 3 (Chorus Effect) (Cotrol Number 093) Specifies the delay/chorus effect sed level. Effect Sed Level 4 (Variatio Effect) (Cotrol Number 094) Specifies the variatio effect sed level. This MIDI evet caot be hadled by the toe geerator block, although it ca be recorded to a Sog/Patter track. Data Icremet (Cotrol Number 096) Data Decremet (Cotrol Number 097) These MIDI messages icremet or decremet by oe the value of pitch bed sesitivity, fie tue, or coarse tue settigs made usig RPN (page 78). NRPN MSB (No-Registered Parameter Number MSB) (Cotrol Number 099) NRPN LSB (No-Registered Parameter Number LSB) (Cotrol Number 098) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 77

78 Basic Structure Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Used primarily as offset values for vibrato, filter, EG ad other settigs. Data Etry is used to set the parameter value after specifyig the parameter usig the NRPN MSB ad LSB. Oce a NRPN is specified, the followig data etry message received o the same chael is processed as the value of that NRPN. Prevet operatioal errors by trasmittig a RPN Null message (7FH, 7FH) after usig these messages to perform a cotrol operatio. Refer to NRPN for iformatio about the parameter (page 79). This MIDI evet caot be hadled by the toe geerator block, although it ca be recorded to a Sog/Patter track. RPN MSB (Registered Parameter Number MSB) (Cotrol Number 0) RPN LSB (Registered Parameter Number LSB) (Cotrol Number 00) Used primarily as offset values for pitch bed sesitivity, tuig, ad other part settigs. Data Etry (page 77) is used to set the parameter value after specifyig the parameter usig the RPN MSB ad RPN LSB. Oce a RPN is specified, the followig data etry message received o the same chael is processed as the value of that RPN. Prevet operatioal errors by trasmittig a Null message (7FH, 7FH) after usig these messages to perform a cotrol operatio. Refer to RPN for iformatio about the parameter. All Soud Off (Cotrol Number 0) Turs all curretly soudig otes off for all Parts. Reset All Cotrollers (Cotrol Number ) Resets all cotrollers to their iitial values. The followig parameters are affected: Pitch Bed, Chael Pressure, Polyphoic Key Pressure, Modulatio, Expressio, Hold, Portameto, Sosteuto, Soft Pedal, Portameto Cotrol, RPN*, NRPN* (*The RPN ad NRPN are specified as havig o umber, ad o iteral data is chaged). The followig data is ot affected: Program Chage, Bak Select MSB ad LSB, Volume, Pa, Dry Sed Level, Effect Sed Level, 3, ad 4, Pitch Sesitivity, Fie Tuig, Coarse Tuig. Omi Mode Off (Cotrol Number 4) Performs the same operatio as whe a All Notes Off message is received. The receive chael is set to. Chael Aftertouch (CAT) This evet is geerated whe pressure is applied to a key after the ote is played. The data (000 7) represets the amout of pressure applied to the key. The bar graph to the right is a graphic represetatio of the value. Polyphoic Aftertouch (PAT) This evet is geerated whe pressure is applied to a key after the ote is played. Ulike the Chael Aftertouch evet, however, idividual data is provided for each key. Note Name (C - G8) specifies the key. The data (000 7) represets the amout of pressure applied to the key. The bar graph to the right is a graphic represetatio of the value. Note ame Data value Data value The Polyphoic Aftertouch caot be hadled by the toe geerator block although this evet ca be recorded to a Sog/Patter track. Registered Parameter Number (RPN) Bar graph of the data value Bar graph of the data value Omi Mode O (Cotrol Number 5) Performs the same operatio as whe a All Notes Off message is received. Oly the receive chael is set to Omi O. Moo (Cotrol Number 6) Performs the same operatio as whe a All Soud Off message is received. If the 3rd byte parameter (the parameter that determies the moo umber) is 0 6, the Parts correspodig to those chaels are set to moo. Poly (Cotrol Number 7) Performs the same operatio as whe a All Soud Off message is received, ad the Parts correspodig to those chaels are set to poly. RPN umber MSB-LSB Data etry MSB-LSB Chages parameter values for each toe geerator part. Normally three types of cotrol chage data are set: RPN MSB (0), RPN LSB (00), ad Data Etry MSB (6). I the MOTIF XS, Data Etry LSB (38) is added to this ad the resultig group of cotrol chage evets is hadled as oe. Oce a RPN is specified, the followig data etry message received o the same chael is processed as the value of that RPN. Prevet operatioal errors by trasmittig a Null message (7FH, 7FH) after usig these messages to perform a cotrol operatio. The MOTIF XS toe geerator block allows cotrol of the 4 followig parameters: RPN Parameter List RPN Number Data Etry (Rage) Parameter Name MSB LSB MSB LSB Iitial Value Fuctio Pitch Bed Sesitivity Specifies the amout of pitch bed produced i respose to pitch bed data i semitoe icremets Fie Tue Adjusts the tuig i cet icremets Coarse Tue Adjusts the tuig i semitoe icremets. 7 7 Null Voids the RPN ad NRPN settigs so o toe geerator settigs are chaged whe subsequet Data Etry messages are received. 78 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

79 Basic Structure No-Registered Parameter Number (NRPN) the idepedet cotrol chage parameters rather tha the NRPN. This MIDI evet caot be hadled by the toe geerator block, although it ca be recorded to a Sog/Patter track. System Exclusive NRPN umber MSB-LSB Chages parameter values for each toe geerator Part. There is o compatibility betwee differet maufacturers. Numerous parameters specific to each toe geerator ca be cotrolled to produce toal chages. Normally three types of cotrol chage data are set: NRPN MSB (99), NRPN LSB (98), ad Data Etry MSB (6). I the MOTIF XS, this group of cotrol chage evets is hadled as oe. Oce a NRPN is specified, the followig data etry message received o the same chael is processed as the value of that NRPN. Prevet operatioal errors by trasmittig a RPN Null message (7FH, 7FH) after usig these messages to perform a cotrol operatio. For filter cutoff frequecy, resoace, ad other idepedet cotrol chage parameters, it is ormal to use Iteral Memory Data etry MSB-LSB Data Chages iteral toe geerator settigs such as Voice ad effect settigs, remote switch cotrol, toe geerator switchig, ad others via MIDI. The d byte is a maufacturer ID umber, ad there is o data compatibility betwee maufacturers. This type of evet is used to cotrol MOTIF XSspecific fuctios. The cursor ca be used to scroll through the data if the data size is greater tha 7 bytes. Basic Structure As you use the MOTIF XS, you will create may differet kids of data, icludig Voices, Performaces, Sogs, ad Patters. This sectio describes how to maitai the various types of data ad use the memory devices/media for storig them. Iteral Memory Below are explaatios of the basic terms related to memory. Flash ROM ROM (Read Oly Memory) is memory desiged specifically for readig out of data, ad as such data caot be writte to it. Ulike covetioal ROM, Flash ROM ca be overwritte allowig you to store your ow origial data. The cotets of Flash ROM are maitaied eve whe the power is tured off. DRAM RAM (Radom Access Memory) is memory desiged specifically for data writig ad data readig operatios. There are two differet kids of RAM, depedig o the coditio for storig the data: SRAM (Static RAM) ad DRAM (Dyamic RAM). The MOTIF XS is equipped with oly DRAM. The created data stored o DRAM is lost whe the power is tured off. Because of this, you should always store ay data residig i DRAM to the USB storage device or the computer coected to the etwork before turig off the power. Amog data residig i DRAM, oly Waveform data ca be saved to the exteral USB storage device or a computer mouted by the MOTIF XS. DIMM DIMM modules must be istalled i order to use the Samplig fuctio or to load audio data (Waveform/WAV file/aiff file) to the istrumet. As with DRAM described above, the created data stored o DIMM is lost whe the power is tured off. Because of this, you should always store ay data residig i DIMM to the USB storage device or the computer coected to the etwork before turig off the power. Edit Buffer ad User Memory The edit buffer is the memory locatio for edited data of these types: Voice, Performace, Master, Sog Mixig, ad Patter Mixig. Data edited i this locatio will be stored to the User Memory. If you select aother Voice, Performace, Master, Sog, or Patter, the etire cotets of the edit buffer will be rewritte with the ewly selected Voice/Performace/ Master/Sog Mixig/Patter Mixig data. Make sure to store ay importat data before selectig aother Voice, etc. Edit Buffer ad Recall Buffer If you ve selected aother Voice/Performace/Sog/Patter without storig the oe you were editig, you ca recall your origial edits, sice the edit buffer s cotets are stored i backup memory. Keep i mid that the recall buffer is ot available i the Master Edit. Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 79

80 Basic Structure Memory Structure This diagram details the relatioship amog the fuctios of the MOTIF XS ad the iteral memory ad exteral devices such as USB storage device ad computer. Recall Buffer Compare Buffer (DRAM) Excludig Master ad Utility settigs Iteral Memory Preset Data (ROM) Voice Preset Arpeggio Demo Iteral data commuicatio Data commuicatio betwee this sythesizer ad a exteral device MIDI istrumet or computer Sequece software MOTIF XS Editor * Bulk Dump Edit Buffer (DRAM) User Memory Flash ROM Bulk Dump USB storage device/ Computer drive coected to the etwork Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Voice Edit Mixig Voice Edit Performace Edit Performace Record Sog Record Sog Mixig Edit Sog Chai Patter Record Patter Patch Patter Mixig Edit Patter Chai Utility ad Sequecer Setup settigs Master Edit * * Store Store Store User Voice (Normal, Drum) User Performace *3 User Arpeggio Sog Sog Mixig Sog Chai Patter Patter Mixig Phrase Patter Chai System settigs (Utility settigs + Sequecer Setup settigs + Mixig Template) User Master Load/Save (executed i the File ) File extesios.xov File extesios.xoe File extesios.wav & AIF File extesios.xog File extesios.mid File extesios.xos File extesios XOA (icludig all data i User Memory) File extesios.mid File extesios.xop DRAM Samplig Waveform *4 File extesios.xow File extesios.wav & AIF * Oly the curretly edited data ca be trasmitted as Bulk data. Note that the Mixig Voice caot be trasmitted as Bulk data. * The Mixig settigs ca be stored/recalled as a template i the Sog Mixig Job /Patter Mixig Job. *3 You ca covert the MIDI sequece data recorded i the Sog Record /Patter Record to Arpeggio data. This ca be executed with the followig operatios: [SONG] [JOB] [F5] Track 07: Put Track to Arpeggio or [PATTERN] [JOB] [F5] Track 07: Put Track to Arpeggio *4 I order to create a Waveform by samplig or importig a audio file, optioal DIMM modules must be istalled. 80 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

81 Basic Operatio Movig the Cursor Use these four buttos to avigate the display, movig the cursor aroud the various selectable items ad parameters i the scree. Whe selected, the relevat item is highlighted (the cursor appears as a dark block with iverse characters). You ca chage the value of the item (parameter) at which the cursor is located by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. DEC/NO INC/YES maily to call up the INFO ad LIST displays). Keep i mid that the available fuctios differ depedig o the selected. (Some displays may ot have ay subfuctios for these buttos.) The example display below is called up by pressig the [F5] butto the pressig the [SF] butto. SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F EXIT ENTER EXECUTE Chagig (editig) parameter values These fuctios ca be selected via the correspodig butto ([F] [F6]). Iputtig a umber directly These fuctios ca be selected via the correspodig butto ([SF] [SF6]). Basic Structure Rotatig the data dial to the right (clockwise) icreases the value, while rotatig it to the left (couter-clockwise) decreases it. For parameters with large value rages, you ca icrease the value by 0 by simultaeously holdig dow the [INC/YES] butto ad pressig the [DEC/NO] butto. To decrease by 0, do the opposite; simultaeously hold dow the [DEC/NO] butto ad press the [INC/YES] butto. Decreasig Icreasig For parameters havig large value rages (such as the start ad ed poits of a sample), you ca also eter the value directly, usig the buttos below the LCD display as a umeric keypad. Whe the cursor is located o such a parameter, the [NUM] ico appears at the lower right corer of the LCD display. Whe the [SF6] NUM butto is pressed i this status, each digit ( 9, 0) is assiged to the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos as show below, allowig you to iput a umber directly by usig these buttos. Depedig o the selected parameter, a egative value ca be iput. Whe such a parameter is selected ad you wish to iput a egative value, press the [F6] butto (to which - is assiged) the use the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos. After completig the umber iput, press the [ENTER] butto to actually eter the umber. Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio Decreasig by DEC/NO INC/YES Icreasig by Fuctios ad Sub-Fuctios Each described above cotais various displays, with various fuctios ad parameters. To avigate your way through these displays ad select a desired fuctio, use the [F] [F6] buttos ad the [SF] [SF5] buttos. Whe you select a, the available displays or meus appear directly above the buttos at the bottom of the display (as show below). Depedig o the curretly selected, up to six fuctios are available ad ca be called up with the [F] [F6] buttos. Keep i mid that the available fuctios differ depedig o the selected. Depedig o the curretly selected, up to five fuctios (sub-fuctios) are available ad ca be called up with the [SF] [SF5] buttos (the [SF6] butto is used SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F You ca use these buttos as the umeric keypad. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 8

82 Basic Operatio Namig (Iputtig Characters) This idicates that you ca call up the List by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios You ca freely ame the data you ve created, such as Voices, Performaces, Sogs, Patters ad files saved to a USB storage device. Whe the cursor is located o such a amig parameter, the CHAR ico appears at the lower right corer of the display. Whe pressig the [SF6] butto i this status, the Iput Character widow appears as show below. I the Edit area, you ca move the cursor to determie the locatio at which the character is to be iput by usig the [F] ad [F] buttos. I the Character List, you ca move the cursor to determie the character to be iput by usig the Cursor buttos, [INC/YES] butto, [DEC/NO] butto ad the data dial. After selectig the character, press the [F4] butto to actually eter the selected character to the locatio specified i the Edit area. To delete the character at the cursor locatio, press the [F5] Delete butto. To delete all the characters, press the [F6] All Clear butto. After completig the character iput, press the [ENTER] butto to actually eter the curretly edited ame. Editig area SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F6 Character List SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F The List appears. You ca select oe from this List. Note (Key) ad Velocity settigs Several parameters let you set a key rage or velocity rage for a fuctio for example, i settig up a keyboard split by specifyig certai ote values. You ca use the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos or data dial to set these parameters, or you ca directly eter the values from the keyboard by pressig the appropriate keys. Whe the cursor is located o such a parameter, the KBD ico appears at the lower right corer of the display. You ca set the ote or velocity directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key Callig up the List SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF Depedig o the parameter, you ca call up a coveiet pop-up List by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, from which you ca select the desired parameter settig or item. Whe the cursor is located o such a parameter (idicated with a upside dow triagular arrow), the LIST ico appears at the lower right corer of the display. I this coditio, press the [SF6] butto to call up the List. To select the desired item or settig, use the [INC/YES], [DEC/NO] buttos ad the data dial. After selectig, press the [ENTER] butto to fix the selectio ad close the List. F F F3 F4 F5 F MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

83 Coectios For the exteral coectios depicted below, you will also eed speakers or headphoes to liste to the soud. See Start Guide o page 9. Coectig Exteral MIDI Istrumets With a stadard MIDI cable (available separately), you ca coect a exteral MIDI istrumet, ad cotrol it from the MOTIF XS. Likewise, you ca use a exteral MIDI istrumet (such as a keyboard or sequecer) to cotrol the souds of the MOTIF XS. Below are several differet MIDI coectio examples; use the oe most similar to your iteded setup. Ay oe of the these iterfaces ca be used for MIDI data trasmissio/receptio: the MIDI coectors, the mlan coector (available oly for the MOTIF XS8, ad MOTIF XS6/7 with a optioal mlan6e istalled), or the USB coector. However, they caot be used at the same time. Select which coector is used for MIDI data trasfer i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility. Cotrollig a exteral toe geerator or sythesizer from the MOTIF XS This coectio lets you soud a exteral MIDI toe geerator (sythesizer, toe geerator module, etc.) by playig the MOTIF XS or playig back the Sog/Patter of the MOTIF XS. Use this coectio whe you wish to soud the other istrumet alog with the MOTIF XS. Basic Structure MIDI OUT MOTIF XS Make sure match the MIDI Trasmit Chael of the MOTIF XS with the MIDI Receive Chael of the exteral MIDI toe geerator. The MIDI Trasmit Chael i the Voice ad Performace ca be set i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility. The Trasmit Chaels of each track ca be set i the Sog Track display (page 84) of the Sog Play. The Trasmit Chaels of each track ca be set i the Patter Track display (page ) of the Patter Play. MIDI IN Exteral MIDI toe geerator such as MOTIF-RACK ES Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio Cotrollig from a exteral MIDI keyboard Use a exteral keyboard or sythesizer (such as the S90 ES) to remotely select ad play the Voices of the MOTIF XS. MIDI OUT MIDI IN MOTIF XS Exteral MIDI toe geerator such as S90 ES Make sure match the MIDI Trasmit Chael of the exteral MIDI istrumet with the MIDI Receive Chael of the MOTIF XS. For details o settig the MIDI Trasmit Chael of the exteral MIDI istrumet, refer to the Ower s Maual of the MIDI istrumet. The MIDI Receive Chael i the Voice ad Performace ca be set i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility. The MIDI Receive Chaels i the Sog ad Patter ca be set i the Voice display (page 35) of the Mixig Part Edit. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 83

84 C Coectios Cotrollig aother MIDI device via MIDI THRU The playback data of a exteral MIDI sequecer is used to play the souds of aother MIDI istrumet (coected to the MIDI THRU coector) alog with the MOTIF XS. The MIDI THRU coector simply redirects ay received MIDI data (via MIDI IN) to coected istrumet. MIDI OUT MIDI IN MIDI THRU MIDI IN MIDI IN MIDI OUT MIDI toe geerator MIDI sythesizer MIDI sequecer MOTIF XS Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios I this case, make sure that the MOTIF XS is set to the Sog or Patter. If the istrumet is set to the Voice or to the Performace i which multi-chael MIDI messages are ot recogized, the exteral sequece data (cotaiig multi-chael data) will ot play back properly o the MOTIF XS. I additio, you may have to make certai MIDI sychroizatio settigs (see below). Likewise, make sure to set the MIDI toe geerator (coected to the MIDI THRU coector) to the multi-timbral. I additio, you ll eed to eable the MOTIF XS to respod to exteral clock, set from the MIDI display (page 67) i the Utility. Coectig to a MTR (Multi-track Recorder) Sice this sythesizer ca receive the MTC (MIDI Time Code) ad ca trasmit the MMC (MIDI Machie Cotrol), you ca produce music by sychroizig to a MTC- or MMC-compatible multi-track recordig device. You ca use two types of MTR cotrol (illustrated below) by settig the MIDI Syc to MTC i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility. MTC ad MMC are available oly i the Sog. Sychroizig the MOTIF XS to the MTC sigal from a exteral MTR After receivig the MTC sigal trasmitted from the MTR by startig the MTR playback, the Sog of the MOTIF XS will start at the momet the MTC Start Offset time set i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility is received. MTC (MIDI Time Code) allows simultaeous sychroizatio of multiple audio devices via stadard MIDI cables. It icludes data correspodig to hours, miutes, secods, ad frames. The MOTIF XS does ot trasmit MTC. A istrumet such as the Yamaha AW400 which ca trasmit MTC is ecessary as a MTC master. MIDI IN MIDI OUT MOTIF XS AW400, etc. 84 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

85 Coectios Cotrollig a MTR by usig MMC trasmitted from the MOTIF XS You ca cotrol the start/stop ad fast forward/rewid of a MMC-compatible MTR from the SEQ TRANSPORT buttos o the frot pael of this sythesizer, outputtig MMC messages via MIDI. SEQ TRANSPORT MIDI IN MIDI OUT MIDI IN MIDI OUT LOCATE MOTIF XS AW400, etc. MMC (MIDI Machie Cotrol) allows remote cotrol of multitrack recorders, MIDI sequecers, etc. A MMC-compatible multitrack recorder, for example, will automatically respod to start, stop, fast forward, ad fast reverse operatios performed o the cotrollig sequecer, thus keepig playback of the sequecer ad multitrack recorder aliged. Usig USB storage devices You ca coect a USB storage device such as flash memory or a hard disk uit to the USB TO DEVICE coector o the rear pael ad save/load the files (icludig data created o the MOTIF XS) to ad from it. Whe usig USB storage devices, follow the importat precautios below. Basic Structure USB flash memory or USB TO DEVICE coector Basic Operatio Basic Sectio MOTIF XS USB storage device such as hard disk drive Compatible USB devices Coect oly a USB storage device (such as hard disk, CD-ROM, flash disk ad other drives) to the USB TO DEVICE coector. Other devices such as a computer keyboard or mouse caot be used. Both bus-powered (powered by the host device) or self-powered (battery or exteral power supply) types ca be used. The MOTIF XS does ot ecessarily support all commercially available USB storage devices. Yamaha caot guaratee operatio of USB storage devices that you purchase. Before purchasig USB storage devices, please cosult your Yamaha dealer, or a authorized Yamaha distributor (see list at ed of the Ower s Maual) for advice, or visit the followig website: Coectios Although CD-R/W drives ca be used to load data to the istrumet, they caot be used for savig data. However, you ca trasfer the data to a computer ad save it to a CD usig the CD-R/W drive o the computer. Formattig USB storage media Whe a uformatted USB storage device is coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector or whe uformatted media is iserted to the USB device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector, the idicatio ukow device (usb***) is show i the device list o the [F3] Format widow of the File. If this happes, execute the Format operatio i the Format display (page 78). The three asterisks (***) i the example idicatio above deote the sequetial serial umbers of the coected devices which eed to be formatted. Whe several partitios are icluded i a sigle device, the partitio umber is idicated at the right of the serial umber. Precautios whe usig the USB TO DEVICE coector CAUTION Never tur the USB device s power o/off ad ever plug/uplug the USB cable whe the coected USB storage device is the self-powered type. Doig so may result i the operatio of the sythesizer freezig or hagig up. While the istrumet is accessig data (such as i the Save, Load ad Delete operatios i the File ), do NOT uplug the USB cable, do NOT remove the media from the device, ad do NOT tur the power off to either device. Doig so may corrupt the data o either or both devices. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 85

86 Coectios Protectig your data (write-protect) To prevet importat data from beig iadvertetly erased, apply the write-protect provided with each storage device or media. Network coectio LAN coectio The MOTIF XS ca be coected to a LAN etwork via the ETHERNET cable. Whe the MOTIF XS is coected to the LAN etwork, the File lets you save the file created o the MOTIF XS to the computer drive coected to the same etwork. Coect the MOTIF XS to the router or hub with a LAN cable. Coect a computer to the router or hub with a LAN cable or the wireless coectio. LAN cable Hub or router LAN cable ETEHRNET coector Basic Sectio Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Make sure to use a straight LAN cable. Due to EU regulatios, users withi Europe should use a STP (shielded twisted pair) cable to prevet electromagetic iterferece. If your computer is ot equipped with a ETHERNET coector, istall a commercially available LAN adaptor to the PCI slot or PC Card slot of your computer. If you have a broadbad router to coect your computer to the Iteret, use a uused ETHERNET coector o the router to coect the MOTIF XS. Keep i mid however, that this does ot allow you the MOTIF XS to be coected to the Iteret, but oly to other computers ad drives o the etwork. Network Settigs MOTIF XS Computer equipped with a ETHERNET coector After the LAN coectio is completed, you should set the etwork related parameters to make the coectio active. Oce the MOTIF XS has bee coected to the etwork, files ca be saved or loaded betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer coected to the same etwork. Call up the Network display (page 60) i the Utility. File Sharig for accessig a computer from the MOTIF XS Follow the istructios below so that you ca access a computer from the MOTIF XS via the LAN etwork. Call up the Network display (page 60) of the Utility. Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility the press the [F] butto ad the [SF3] butto to call up the Network display # Set the parameters related to the etwork. Here, the miimum required settigs (parameters 3 ad )) are explaied. For details o the other parameters, see page DHCP Cliet Set this parameter to o, if you have the etwork usig the device with the DHCP server fuctio such as a broadbad router. Whe this is set to o, settig 86 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

87 Coectios parameters 5 9 are ot ecessary. Set this parameter to off, if your etwork does ot use a device with the DHCP server fuctio. ) Security Set this parameter to workgroup, if your etwork admiistrator does ot specify otherwise. below. Here, eter the User Accout of your computer to the User Name box, eter the password of your computer to the Password box, the press the [ENTER] butto so that the access betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer is established. The shared directories of the selected computer are listed i the Sharig Poit box (). Parameters ad are ot ecessary here. Parameters 5 9 are ecessary to be set if your etwork does ot use a device with the DHCP server fuctio. For details, see page 60. For istructios o settig these parameters, cosult your etwork admiistrator or provider. For iformatio o the other parameters, refer to the explaatio of the Network display (page 60) i the Utility. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto to actually apply the settigs to the MOTIF XS. Oce access betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer has bee established, the shared directories are automatically listed o the display simply by selectig a computer i the Host colum. If you tur the power off, however, the operatios for establishig access (eterig the User Accout ad Password) are ecessary after turig the power o ext time. 4 Set the shared directory o your computer. O your computer, set the folder which you wat to access from the MOTIF XS via etwork to the shared folder. For details, refer to the ower s maual of your computer. 5 Cofirm whether or ot the MOTIF XS ad the computer are properly coected to the etwork. Press the [FILE] butto to eter the File, the press the [F] butto to call up the Mout display (page 77). If the MOTIF XS ad the computer are coected properly, the computer ame is show i the HOST colum. If the computer ame is ot show, press the [SF5] Char butto the eter the computer ame directly i the Host ($) colum. If the MOTIF XS ad the computer are coected properly, the ame you iput will be recogized. $ % Mout Idicator For details about how to cofirm the User Accout ad Password of your computer, refer to the ower s maual of your computer. If a password has ot bee set o your computer, you eed ot eter the password. Access ca be established eve if you eter o password. 7 Mout the desired directories. I the Sharig Poit box (), you ca mout the shared directory by movig the cursor to the desired directory, the pressig the [ENTER] butto. The mout idicator appears at the left side of the mouted directory s ame. By followig the istructios above, you ca access a computer from the MOTIF XS via the LAN etwork. For details, see page 86. File Sharig for accessig the MOTIF XS from a computer Follow the istructios below so that you ca access the MOTIF XS (actually a USB storage device coected to the MOTIF XS) from a computer via the LAN etwork. Call up the Network display (page 60) i the Utility. Basic Structure Basic Operatio Coectios Basic Sectio Cofirm the computer ame o the operatig system of your computer. For details, refer to the ower s maual of your computer. 6 I the File of the MOTIF XS, access the computer via etwork so that the shared directory appears o the display. Call up the Mout display of the File. Whe settig the HOST () to a computer ame cotaiig the desired shared directory, Press [ENTER] to access appears o the display. Next, press the [ENTER] butto so that the display prompts you to eter the password as illustrated Keep i mid that the iteral Flash memory of the MOTIF XS caot be accessed from a computer via the LAN etwork. Oly the data saved to a USB storage device coected to the MOTIF XS ca be accessed from a computer via the LAN etwork. If you wat to share files betwee the MOTIF XS ad a computer, save the data stored i iteral Flash memory to a exteral USB storage device. Call up the Network display (page 60) the set the File Server Accout (#). If the accout has ot bee set, the MOTIF XS ca be accessed usig the accout amed obody. Set the password. Press the [SF5] Password butto to call up the password widow. For istructios o settig, see page 6. 3 Set the File Server parameter (4) to o. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 87

88 Referece Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The Voice is used for selectig, playig, ad editig a desired Voice. The Voice Play is the mai portal by which you eter the Voice, ad it is here where you select ad play a Voice. Some of the Voice settigs ca also be edited i this. To call up the Voice Play display ad eter the Voice, simply press the [VOICE] butto. Selectig a Voice This sythesizer has 8 Voices i each of 5 Baks: Preset 8, User 3, GM, Preset Drum, User Drum, ad GM Drum. The Bak cosists of eight Groups (A to H), each of which cotais 6 Voices. To select the desired Voice, select the Bak, Group, the Number. 3 4 PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PROGRAM PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM GM DR PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS PART SELECT PART MUTE SYN COMP CHROMATIC DRUM/ PERCUSSION PERCUSSION SUB CATEGORY [PROGRAM] lamp is tured o A B C D E F G H ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD Press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice Play. The [PROGRAM] lamp lights, idicatig that you ca select the desired Voice by specifyig the Bak/Group/ Number. Select a Voice Bak. Press oe of the Bak buttos listed below to select a Bak. Selectig a Bak calls up the Voice Select widow. Buttos Baks [PRE ] [PRE 8] buttos Preset Baks 8 [USER ] [USER 3] buttos User Baks 3 [GM] butto GM Bak [GM DR] butto GM Drum Bak [PRE DR] butto Preset Drum Bak [USER DR] butto User Drum Bak CATEGORY SEA PERFORMANC CONTROL MUTE 3 Select a Group. Press oe of the [A] to [H] buttos to select a Group. If you ve selected a Drum Bak i the previous step, press oe of the [A] to [D] buttos to select a Group. The ame list of the 6 Voices i the selected Group will SOUND EFX MUSICAL EFX SAX/ WOODWIND ETHNIC appear o the display. Note that the GM Drum Bak cotais oly oe Drum Voice, idicatig that you caot select a Group. 4 Select a Voice. Press oe of the [] to [6] buttos to select a Voice. I this way (Steps 4), you ca call up your desired Voice. Whe selectig the Voice withi the same Bak or Group, it is ot ecessary to select the Bak or Group agai. You ca use the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos or data dial to select the Voice umber. This operatio lets you call up Voices i subsequet or previous Groups ad Baks. Decreases umber Decreases umber DEC/NO INC/YES Icreases umber Icreases umber Select a Voice usig the Category Search fuctio The MOTIF XS features a Category Search fuctio that gives you quick access to the soud you wat, irrespective of their Bak locatios. For istructios o usig the Category Fuctio, refer to Start Guide o page 4. Groupig your most-used Voices together Favorite Category Category Search also has a coveiet Favorite Category that lets you brig together your most ofte used ad favorite Voices for easy selectio. This is oe more useful way the MOTIF XS lets you quickly select the Voices you eed from the huge umber available. 88 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

89 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Registerig your favorite Voices to the Favorite Category Press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice Play. Call up the Category Search widow. Press the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto so that its idicator lights ad the Category Search widow appears. 3 Select your favorite Voice. Fid the desired Voice by followig the istructios o page 4. 4 Register the Voice to the Favorite Category. Press the [F5] butto to register the Voice ad tur o the Favorite Switch. A checkmark appears i the box to the left of the Voice ame, idicatig that the Voice has bee icluded i the Favorite Category. (Pressig the [F5] butto agai turs the checkmark off, clearig the selected Voice from the Favorite Category.) To clear all previously registered Voices from the Favorite Category useful for whe you wat to create the Favorite Category from scratch press the [F6] butto. Favorite Switch Select a Voice. Select the desired Voice by usig the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos or data dial to move the cursor upward or dowward i the Voice List. The order of the Voices i the Favorite Category caot be chaged. If you wat to create a custom order of Voices for quick selectio durig your performace, store the Voices to oe of the User baks. Usig Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders Oe of the more powerful performace features of the MOTIF XS is its extesive set of real-time cotrols especially the Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders. These let you adjust a variety of parameters for the curret Voice, such as effect depth, attack/release characteristics, toal color, ad others. These real-time cotrols ca be used to chage the soud as you play or to quickly edit ad customize the Voice. Three fuctios ca be assiged to each kob, alteratively selected via the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto. Each time the butto is pressed, the lamp lights alteratively i descedig order, TONE TONE ARP FX. For details, see page 6 i the Start Guide. If the [E] (Edit) Idicator appears i the top right of the display, the curret Voice ca be stored (page 97) as a ew User Voice. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece Holdig dow the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto for a few secods will alterate the lit lamp from the curret oe to TONE. A red poit o the Kob or Slider graphic idicates the curret value to which the Kob or Slider is set. Movig the Kob or Slider has o effect o the soud util this poit is reached. Oce you move the Kob or Slider past this poit, the red poit disappears ad movig the Kob or Cotrol Slider affects the soud. Samplig Master Selectig a Voice from the Favorite Category You ca cofirm the fuctios assiged to the eight kobs i the Voice Play display, called up via the [F] butto. Whe a display other tha the Voice display is show, you ca cofirm the kob fuctios by pressig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto, which calls up the Cotrol Fuctio widow. Utility Call up the Favorite Select widow. From the Category Search widow, press the [F4] butto to call up the Favorite Select widow. The Favorite Select widow shows all Voices registered to the Favorite Category. Red poit (curret value) File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 89

90 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Kob Fuctios [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Whe the TONE lamp is tured o: Movig Kobs ad chages the Filter parameters o the EG/EQ display. Movig Kobs 3 6 chages the Amplitude EG parameters. Kob CUTOFF Raises or lowers the Filter Cutoff Frequecy (page 94) to adjust the toe brilliace. Kob RESONANCE Raises or lowers the Resoace (page 94) to boost the level of the sigal i the area of the cutoff frequecy. By emphasizig the overtoes i this area, this ca produce a distictive peaky toe, makig the soud brighter ad harder. Kob 3 ATTACK Icreases or decreases the EG Attack Time (page 94) of the curret Voice. The smaller the value, the faster the attack. Kob 4 DECAY Icreases or decreases the EG Decay Time (page 94) of the curret Voice to determie how fast the volume falls from maximum attack level to the sustai level. The smaller the value, the faster the decay. Kob 5 SUSTAIN Icreases or decreases the EG Sustai Level (page 94) at which the volume will cotiue while a key is held, after the iitial attack ad decay. Tur the kob couter-clockwise to make the soud cut off more sharply after the decay. Kob 6 RELEASE Icreases or decreases the EG Release Time (page 94) of the soud to determie how fast the volume falls from the sustai level to zero whe a key is released. The lower the value, the faster the release. Kob 7 ASSIGN A variety of fuctios ca be assiged to these Kobs. You ca cofirm the fuctios curretly Kob 8 ASSIGN assiged to these Kobs i the Voice Play display (page 9). The Cotroller Set display (page 04) i the Voice Commo Edit lets you assig the fuctios to these Kobs. Whe the TONE lamp is tured o: Movig Kobs 5 chages the EQ parameters i the EG/EQ display (page 94). Movig Kobs 6 8 chages the parameters i the Play Mode display (page 98) ad the Effect Coect display (page 07) of the Voice Commo Edit. Kob EQ LOW Icreases or decreases the EQ Low Gai (page 95) to chage the soud. Kob SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL EQ MID F (EQ Middle Frequecy) 3 TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE ATTACK EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH Icreases or decreases the EQ Middle Frequecy (page 95) aroud which the bad is adjusted via Kob 3 (EQ MID). Kob 3 EQ MID (EQ Middle Gai) Icreases or decreases the EQ Middle Gai (page 95) to chage the curret Voice. Kob 4 EQ MID Q (EQ Middle Q) Icreases or decreases the EQ Middle Q (page 95) to chage the width of the bad over which you ca adjust the gai via Kob 3 (EQ Middle Gai). Turig Kob 4 clockwise icreases the Q value to reduce the bad width. Turig Kob 4 couter-clockwise decreases the Q value to wide the bad width. Kob 5 EQ HIGH (EQ High Gai) Icreases or decreases the EQ High Gai (page 95) to chage the curret Voice. Kob 6 PAN Adjusts the stereo pa positio of the curret Voice (page 99). Kob 7 REVERB Adjusts the Reverb Sed Level (page 08). Kob 8 CHORUS Adjusts the Chorus Sed Level (page 08). 3 Whe the ARP FX lamp is tured o: Movig Kobs chages the Arpeggio related parameters i the Voice Commo Edit. This operatio is available whe the Arpeggio fuctio is tured o. Kob SWING Adjusts the swig feel of the Arpeggio playback (page 03). Turig it clockwise icreases the swig feel whereas turig it couter-clockwise decreases it. Kob QUANTIZE VALUE Adjusts the Quatize Value (page 0), or ote resolutio, to which the ote data of the Arpeggio will be aliged. Turig it clockwise icreases the gate time of the ote type set as the Quatize Value whereas turig it couter-clockwise decreases it. Kob 3 QUANTIZE STRENGTH Adjusts the Quatize Stregth (page 03) by which ote evets of the Arpeggio are pulled toward the earest quatize beats. Turig the Kob clockwise pulls ote evets to the quatize beat. Kob 4 GATE TIME Adjusts the Gate Time Rate (page 03) of the Arpeggio otes. Turig it clockwise legthes the gate times to produce legato playback whereas turig it couter-clockwise shortes them. Kob 5 VELOCITY Adjusts the Velocity Rate (page 03) of the Arpeggio otes. Kob 6 OCT RANGE (Octave Rage) Adjusts the Octave Rage (page 03) for the Arpeggio playback. Kob 7 UNITMULTIPLY Adjusts the Uit Multiply (page 0) of the Arpeggio playback to expad/reduce the Arpeggio playback time based o tempo. Kob 8 TEMPO Adjusts the tempo for the Arpeggio playback. DECAY GATE TIME SUSTAIN EQ HIGH VELOCITY RELEASE PAN OCT RANGE ASSIGN ASSIGN REVERB UNITMULTIPLY CHORUS TEMPO Cotrollig the Kob adds the parameter value to the curret oe for the curret Voice. Accordigly, if the parameter has bee already set to the maximum or miimum value, its value will ot be chaged eve if you operate the Kob. 90 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

91 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Cotrol Slider fuctios Keyboard Octave settig The eight Cotrol Sliders let you adjust the volume of eight Elemets (page 56) makig up the curret Normal Voice. Each of the Cotrol Sliders 8 correspods to each of Elemets 8. It is a good idea to check which Elemets are used for the curret Normal Voice by usig the Iformatio display (page 93) before usig the Cotrol Sliders. Keep i mid that whe a Drum Voice is selected, a sigle Slider may affect the volume of all souds/keys simultaeously. The [E] Idicator Whe chagig the value of the parameter i the Voice Play or Edit, the [E] (Edit) Idicator will appear o the top right corer of the LCD display. This gives a quick cofirmatio that the curret Voice has bee modified but ot yet stored. To store the curret edited status, follow the istructios o page 97. Keyboard MIDI trasmit chael settig You ca set the MIDI trasmit chael over which the keyboard/cotroller performace seds MIDI data (to a exteral sequecer, toe geerator, or other device). Press the [TRACK] butto so that its lamp lights. Pressig ay of the Number buttos [] [6] to determie the MIDI trasmit chael. 3 After settig, press the [PROGRAM] butto to retur to the origial status. Edit Idicator This parameter is same as the Keyboard Trasmit Chael (page 68) i the MIDI display of the Utility. Makig a settig here automatically chages the settig of that parameter as well. Sometimes whe playig a Voice, you may wish to play i a lower or higher pitch rage. For example, you may wat to shift the pitch dow lower to get extra bass otes, or shift up to get higher otes for leads ad solos. The Octave Up/Dow cotrols let you do this quickly ad easily. Each time you press the OCTAVE [UP] butto o the pael, the overall pitch of the Voice goes up by oe octave. Likewise, each press of the OCTAVE [DOWN] butto takes the pitch dow by oe octave. The rage is from -3 to +3, with 0 beig stadard pitch. The curret octave settig is show at the top right of the display. You ca istatly restore stadard pitch (0) by simultaeously pressig both the OCTAVE [UP] butto ad the OCTAVE [DOWN] butto (both lamps tur off). The lamp status of the OCTAVE [DOWN]/[UP] butto lets you recogize at a glace the curret octave settig. Whe set to oe octave dow or up, the correspodig lamp lights. Whe set to two octaves dow or up, the correspodig lamp flashes slowly. Whe set to three octaves dow or up, the correspodig lamp flashes quickly. This parameter is same as the Octave (page 60) i the Play display of the Utility. Makig a settig here automatically chages the settig of that parameter as well. If you wish to shift otes o the keyboard up or dow i semitoes, edit the Traspose parameter (page 60) i the Play display of the Utility. Usig the Arpeggio fuctio The Arpeggio fuctio lets you trigger rhythm patters, riffs ad phrases usig the curret Voice by simply playig otes o the keyboard. For istructios o usig the Arpeggio, refer to the Start Guide o page 4. The Voice Play display The Voice Play display is the first display called up whe pressig the [VOICE] butto ad eterig the Voice Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece # $ % MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

92 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Voice Bak 3 Category (Mai Category /Mai Category ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Idicates the Bak of the curret Voice. The Voice Bak is the memory that icludes data of Normal Voices ad Drum Voices. There are 5 Voice Baks as follows. PRE 8 (Preset Bak 8) Each of these Baks icludes 8 differet preset Voices. USR 3 (User Bak 3) These Baks ca be used for storig the Voices you create ad edit. 8 differet Voices are pre-programmed i each of these Baks. GM This Bak cotais 8 differet Voices which correspod to the order specified by the Geeral MIDI (GM) format. GMDR (GM Drum Bak) This Bak cotais a sigle Drum Voice, i which the drum istrumet assigmet correspods to the Geeral MIDI (GM) format. PDR (Preset Drum Bak) This Bak icludes 64 differet preset Drum Voices. UDR (User Drum Bak) This Bak ca be used for storig the Drum Voices you create ad edit. GM Voices GM (Geeral MIDI) is a worldwide stadard for Voice orgaizatio ad MIDI fuctios of sythesizers ad toe geerators. It was desiged primarily to esure that ay sog data created with a specific GM device would soud virtually the same o ay other GM device o matter the maufacturer or the l. The GM Voice bak o this sythesizer is desiged to appropriately play back GM sog data. However, keep i mid that the soud may ot be exactly the same as played by the origial toe geerator. Voice Number (Group/Number) Each Voice withi a Bak is assiged to a Voice Number of 00 to 8. Voice Numbers 00 to 8 are coverted to the format (show i the paretheses) related to Baks A to H ad Numbers to 6 (for each Bak). This format is related to the Group buttos [A] [H] ad the Number buttos [] [6]. The Voice Numbers ad the correspodig Group/ Numbers are listed below. Group/Number Voice Bak Voice Number A B C D E F G H Group Voice Number Number Idicates the Mai Category of the selected Voice. Category is a keyword that idicates the istrumet characteristics or the type of soud. A Preset Voice is registered to two Mai Categories. The Category settigs ca be edited i the Geeral display (page 98) of the Voice Commo Edit. For details, refer to the explaatio of the Geeral display. 4 Voice Name Idicates the ame of the curret Voice. 5 Trasmit CH (MIDI Trasmit Chael) Idicates the MIDI chael over which the keyboard/ cotroller performace seds MIDI data (to a exteral sequecer, toe geerator, or other device). For iformatio about how to set the value, see page 9. 6 Octave Idicates Keyboard Octave settig set via the OCTAVE buttos. This parameter determies how much higher or lower the pitch of each key is compared to ormal pitch. 7 Cotrol Fuctio Idicates the status of the Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders o the pael. This is same as the Cotrol Fuctio widow (page 89). 8 Assig Settigs Idicates the fuctios assiged to the respective Kobs, ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos, ad other cotrollers. The fuctio assigmet ca be set i the Cotrol Assig display (page 47) of the Performace Commo Edit ad Cotroller Set display (page 04) of the Voice Commo Edit. MW (Modulatio Wheel) Idicates the fuctio assiged to the Modulatio Wheel. RB (Ribbo Cotroller) Idicates the fuctio assiged to the Ribbo Cotroller. AF, AF (Assigable Fuctio, ) Idicates the fuctios assiged to the two ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos. AS, AS (Assig, ) Idicates the fuctios assiged to the respective Kobs (prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN ) whe the TONE lamp is lit. 9 [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) The Arpeggio types are assiged to the buttos with the 8th ote ico o the display tab. You ca call them up by pressig these buttos ay time durig your keyboard performace. Assigig Arpeggio types to the buttos ca be doe from the Arpeggio display (page 95). ) [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) Pressig this butto calls up the iformatio page of the curret Voice. For details, refer to Voice Iformatio below. 9 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

93 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode! [F] Play (Voice Play) Pressig this butto returs from the previous display to the Voice Play display. 5 Voice Type Idicates whether the curret Voice type is the Normal Voice or Drum [F] Porta (Portameto) Pressig this butto calls up the Portameto display (page 93). # [F3] EG/EQ (Evelope Geerator/Equalizer) Pressig this butto to call up the display that cotais the basic EG, Filter, ad EQ settigs (page 94). $ [F4] Arpeggio Pressig this butto calls up the Arpeggio display page 95). % [F6] Effect Pressig this butto calls up the Effect Coect display (page 07) of the Voice Commo Edit. 6 Moo/Poly Idicates whether the curret Voice is set to Moo (oly oe ote ca be played at a time) or Poly (multiple otes ca be played at a time). 7 Elemet Switch Idicates the status (active/iactive) of the eight Elemets makig up the curret Voice. Elemets that are active are idicated by their correspodig umbers. A asterisk * idicates the correspodig Elemet is muted although the Elemet Switch parameter is tured o. A hyphe - idicates the correspodig Elemet Switch parameter is tured off. 8 Portameto Idicates the Portameto Switch o/off status (page 93) of the curret Voice. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Voice iformatio [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) This display idicates the iformatio of the curret Voice. Settigs caot be chaged here. 9 Pitch Bed Rage Idicates the Upper/Lower settig of the Pitch Bed Rage (page 99) for the curret Voice. ) Effects Idicates the Effect settigs (for Isertio A, Isertio B, Reverb ad Chorus) of the curret Voice. Patter Mixig Referece ) Bak 6 8 Idicates the Bak of the selected Voice program. The values i paretheses idicates the Bak Select MSB ad LSB which ca be used to select the curret Voice via MIDI. Parameters 6, 7 ad 8 are ot available whe the Drum Voice is selected. Portameto settigs [F] Porta From this display you ca select moophoic or polyphoic playback ad set the Portameto parameters. Portameto is used to create a smooth trasitio i pitch from the first ote played o the keyboard to the ext. The value set here is applied to the parameters havig the same ames i the Play Mode display (page 9) of the Voice Commo Edit. This display is ot available whe a Drum Voice is selected. Samplig Master Utility File Program (Voice Number) To each Voice withi a Bak, a Number of 00 to 8 is assiged. The values i paretheses idicates Group ad Number. 3 Mai Category Mai Category Idicates the Mai Category /Mai Category of the curret Voice. 4 Name Idicates the ame of the curret Voice. 3 4 Portameto Switch Portameto Time 3 Portameto Mode 4 Moo/Poly Mode These are the same as i the Play Mode display (page 98) of the Voice Commo Edit. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 93

94 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Applyig the Portameto to the Voice Follow the istructios below to apply the Portameto to the curret Voice you play o the keyboard. Press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice Play. Select a Voice to which the Portameto is applied. The Portameto is effective especially for a Voice that sustais or cotiues to soud while the key is beig held dow. Press the [F] butto to call up the Portameto display. 3 Set the Portameto Switch to o. 4 Set the Portameto Time. For best results, set this to a relatively high value. 5 Play two differet keys alteratively to cofirm the Portameto. It is a good idea to press a certai ote the press the oe octave higher or lower ote for cofirmig how the Portameto is applied. Chagig toal color [F3] EG/EQ You ca chage the toal color or timbre of the soud by editig the EG/EQ settigs for all Elemets makig up the Voice. The EG settigs made here will be applied to the same parameters i the Amplitude EG display (page 3) ad Filter EG display (page 9) for all Elemets as a offset. I other words, editig the value here will add to or subtract from the curret value. Accordigly, if the parameter has bee already set to the maximum or miimum value, its value will ot be chaged eve if you set the parameter to higher or lower value i this display. Note that the EQ settigs here are applied to the Voice directly AEG (Amplitude EG) Usig the AEG, you ca cotrol the trasitio i volume from the momet the soud starts is to the momet the soud stops. Attack (Attack Time) Determies the speed of attack from the time a key is played util the maximum iitial level of the EG is reached. Decay (Decay Time) Determies how fast the volume falls from maximum attack level to the sustai level. Sustai (Sustai Level) Determies the sustai level at which the volume will cotiue while a ote is held, after the iitial attack ad decay. The smaller the value, the sharper the soud. Release (Release Time) Determies how fast the volume falls from the sustai level to zero whe a ote is released. Settigs: Whe a Drum Voice is selected, the Sustai Level ad Release Time are ot available. --- appears at each of the correspodig colums ad these parameters caot be edited. FEG (Filter EG) Usig the FEG, you ca cotrol the trasitio i toal color (Cutoff Frequecy) from the momet the soud starts to the momet the soud stops. Actual trasitio of toal color differs depedig o the Filter type (page 7) of the Voice Elemet. Attack (Attack Time) Determies the speed of filter variatio from the time a ote is played util the maximum iitial level of the Cutoff Frequecy is reached. Decay (Decay Time) Determies how fast the Cutoff Frequecy falls from maximum attack level to the sustai level. Release (Release Time) Determies how fast the Cutoff Frequecy falls from the sustai level to zero whe a ote is released. Depth Determies the rage over which the cutoff frequecy of the Filter EG chages. A settig of 0 will result i o chage i the cutoff frequecy. The farther from 0 the value is, the larger the rage of the cutoff frequecy. For egative values, the chage of the cutoff frequecy is reversed. Settigs: Filter This uit modifies the toal color of the soud by cuttig the output of a specific frequecy portio of the soud. Actual toal color differs depedig o the Filter type (page 7) of the Voice Elemet. The Low Pass Filter cuts the sigals above the Cutoff Frequecy while the High Pass Filter cuts the sigals below the Cutoff Frequecy. Cutoff Determies the Cutoff Frequecy for the Filter, whe the Low Pass Filter is selected, for example, the larger the value the brighter the decay. 94 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

95 Playig the Keyboard i the Voice Play Mode Reso (Resoace) Determies the emphasis give to the Cutoff Frequecy. Higher values result i a more proouced effect. Settigs: EQ This is a parametric EQ featurig three bads (High, Mid ad Low). You ca atteuate or boost the level of each frequecy bad (High, Mid, Low) to chage the Voice soud. For the Mid bad, you ca also set the Q (Bad Width). Frequecy Determies the frequecy for each frequecy bad. Set the value to the frequecy aroud which you wish to atteuate or boost. Settigs: Low: 50.Hz.00kHz Mid: 39.7Hz 0.kHz High: 503.8Hz 4.0kHz Gai Determies the level gai for the Frequecy (set above), or the amout the selected frequecy bad is atteuated or boosted. The higher the value, the greater the Gai. The lower the value, the lesser the Gai. Settigs: -.00 db db +.00 db Q (Badwidth) Determies the Q (badwidth) for the Mid bad. The higher the value, the smaller the badwidth. The lower the value, the wider the badwidth. Settigs: EQ graph The Q settig is available oly for the Mid bad, which is a Peakig type EQ. Peakig (referrig to the peak shape) lets you atteuate/boost a specific frequecy ad allows you to cotrol how wide or arrow the badwidth is. O the other had, the EQ shape of the High ad Low bad is the Shelvig type which lets you atteuate/boost the sigal at frequecies above or below the specified Frequecy settig. Idicates the EQ settigs as a graph. The vertical axis idicates the gai, ad the horizotal axis idicates the frequecy. Low Mid High Arpeggio settigs [F4] Arpeggio This display determies the basic settigs of the Arpeggio. Keep i mid that the parameters of Bak (6) Type (9) have five settigs which ca be edited i each of the [SF] ARP through [SF5] ARP5 displays. The value set here is applied to the parameters havig the same ames i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 0) of the Voice Commo Edit Arpeggio Type Name Switch Hold 3 Tempo 4 Velocity Limit 5 [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) buttos 6 Bak 7 Category 8 Sub Category 9 Type These are the same as i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 0) of the Voice Commo Edit. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece Gai Frequecy Q File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 95

96 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Editig refers to the process of creatig a Voice by chagig the parameters that make up the Voice. This ca be doe i Voice Edit, a sub withi the Voice. To eter the Voice Edit, press the [VOICE] butto to first call up the Voice, the press the [EDIT] butto. Commo Edit ad Elemet Edit A Normal Voice, which cotais pitched musical istrumet-type souds that ca be played over the rage of the keyboard, ca cosist of up to eight Elemets. There are two types of Normal Voice Edit displays: those for Commo Edit to edit the settigs commo to all Elemets, ad those for Elemet Edit to edit idividual Elemets. Commo Edit Lets you edit the parameters commo to all Elemets of the selected Voice. Editig Normal Voices Press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice Play. Select a Normal Voice to be edited. Press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Voice Edit. 3 Call up the desired Edit display, Commo Edit or Elemet Edit. To call up the Commo Edit display, press the [COMMON EDIT] butto. To call up the Elemet Edit display, press oe of the Number buttos [] [8] to select the Elemet to be edited. COMMON EDIT Normal Voice Edit Elemet Edit 8 Lets you edit the parameters of the idividual Elemets that make up a Voice. Idicates this display is i the Commo Edit PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF Selectig a Elemet 4 Call up the desired display. To fid the desired display, ote the tab meu items correspodig to the [F] [F6] buttos ad [SF] [SF5] buttos at the bottom of the display. Tab meus correspodig to the [F] [F6] buttos By pressig the [SF6] butto, you ca use various fuctios such as the Iformatio display, Character iput (page 8), Number butto fuctio (page 8), ad List display/selectio (page 8). The fuctio called up via the [SF6] butto differs depedig o the selected parameter where the cursor is located. 5 Move the cursor to the desired parameter. 6 Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/ NO] buttos ad the data dial. 7 Repeat steps 3 6 as desired. 8 Eter the desired ame for the edited Voice. Use the Name display (page 98) of the Voice Commo Edit. 9 Store the edited Voice. Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Store widow (page 97) the store the edited Voice. The edited Voice will be lost whe selectig the differet Voice or turig the power off. Make sure to store the Voice data to the iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Voice or turig the power off. CAUTION Tab meus correspodig to the [SF] [SF6] buttos If desired, save the edited ad stored Voices to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector or a computer coected to the etwork to which the MOTIF XS is also coected. Keep i mid that edited Voice data is stored to iteral User memory (Flash ROM) ad is maitaied eve whe turig the power off. As such it is ot ecessary to save the data to a exteral device; however, we still recommed that you save or archive all importat data to a exteral device. Refer to page 78 for details. Idicates this display is i the Elemet Edit. 96 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

97 Editig a Normal Voice Coveiet fuctios for editig Voices Whe the [E] idicator is show i the Voice Play, press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Voice Edit the press the [EDIT] butto agai to call up the Compare. Compare idicator (soud prior to editig) Switchig a Elemet o/off I the Voice Edit, you ca always use the umber buttos [] [8] to select a Elemet. The [] [8] buttos idicate the Elemet beig edited. To switch each Elemet o/off, tur the [MUTE] butto o, ad the use umber buttos [9] [6]. Use umber buttos [] [8] to select the Elemet you wat to edit PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO Press the [EDIT] butto agai to retur to the origial status. Whe the [C] idicator is show at the right top of the display, press the [EDIT] butto (the lamp lights cotiuously, ad the [C] idicator chages back to the [E] idicator). Compare the edited soud with the uedited soud as desired by repeatig steps ad. Voice Performace Samplig PART MUTE ARP HOLD Use umber buttos [9] [6] to tur each Elemet o/off While Compare is active, you caot make edits to the Voice. Storig the created Voice Sog Soloig the Elemet to be edited If you wat to tur o oly the Elemet you're editig, press the [SOLO] butto to tur it o, ad the press a umber butto [] [8] or [9] [6]. For example, if you wat to tur o oly Elemet ad edit it, press the [] or [9] butto to make the [] idicator light ad the [9] idicator flash. Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Voice Store widow. Patter Mixig Referece Use umber buttos [] [8] / [9] [6] to tur o oly the Elemet you wat to edit PART SELECT The [E] Idicator The [E] (Edit) idicator will appear i the Voice Edit as well as i the Voice Play. For details, see page 97. Compare fuctio ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL The Compare fuctio lets you switch betwee the justedited Voice ad its origial, uedited coditio, allowig you to hear how your edits affect the soud. Press the [EDIT] butto to call up the Compare. I the Voice Edit (with the [EDIT] lamp lit), press the [EDIT] butto so that its lamp flashes. The [E] idicator at the top right of the scree will chage to the [C] idicator ad the Voice settigs prior to editig will temporarily be reistated for compariso purposes. MUTE TRACK SOLO Set the destiatio for storig the Voice. Select the destiatio User Bak (USER 3 for the Normal Voice, USER DR for the Drum Voice) ad the Voice umber to be stored by usig the data dial, [INC/ YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. You ca also use the [USER ] [USER 3], [USER DR], Group [A] [H], ad Number [] [6] buttos to specify the destiatio. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Store operatio, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 4 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Store operatio. After the Voice has bee stored, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the Voice Play display. I this coditio, the just stored Voice is selected as show i the display, lettig you istatly play the just edited Voice. CAUTION Samplig Master Utility File Whe you execute the Store operatio, the settigs for the destiatio memory will be overwritte. Importat data should always be backed up to a separate USB storage device. For detailed istructios o savig, see page 78. Keep i mid that the destiatio of Store is iteral memory (Flash ROM) whereas the destiatio of Save is exteral memory such as a USB storage device. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 97

98 Editig a Normal Voice Commo Edit parameters [VOICE] Normal Voice selectio [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] Commo Edit lets you edit the parameters commo to all Elemets of the selected Normal Voice. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig About the asterisk (*) marks For users who are ew to Voice editig ad may be cofused by the large amout of parameters, the most basic ad easy-to-uderstad parameters are coveietly marked with asterisks. If you are just startig out with Voice editig, try these parameters first. Geeral settigs for the selected Voice [F] Geeral Namig the edited Voice [SF] Name 4 Name* Eters the desired ame for the Voice. The Voice ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. You ca call up the character list by pressig the [SF6] CHAR butto, the select the desired oe from the list. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Mai Category * 3 Sub Category * 4 Mai Category * 5 Sub Category * 3 5 Determies the two Mai Categories ad their Sub Categories to which the Voice belogs respectively. Category ca be used as a keyword represetig the characteristic of the Voice. The appropriate settig makes it easy to fid the desired Voice from a variety of Voices. There are 6 Mai Categories which idicate types of istrumets. There are up to five Sub Categories for each Mai Category, idicatig more detailed types of istrumets. Settigs: See the followig list. Mai Category Sub Category Acoustic Piao P Acoustic Layer Moder Vitage Arpeggio Keyboard Kb Electric FM Piao Clavi Syth Arpeggio Piao Orga Or Toe Wheel Combo Pipe Syth Arpeggio Guitar Gt Acoustic Electric Clea Electric Distortio Syth Arpeggio Bass Bs Acoustic Electric Syth Arpeggio Strigs St Solo Esemble Pizzicato Syth Arpeggio Brass Br Solo Brass Esemble Orchestra Syth Arpeggio Sax / Woodwid SW Saxophoe Flute Woodwid Reed / Pipe Arpeggio Syth Lead Ld Aalog Digital Hip Hop Dace Arpeggio Syth Pad/Choir Pd Aalog Warm Bright Choir Arpeggio Syth Comp Sc Aalog Digital Fade Hook Arpeggio Chromatic Percussio Drum / Percussio Cp Mallet Percussio Bell Syth Bell Pitched Drum Arpeggio Dr Drums Percussio Syth Arpeggio Soud Effect Se Movig Ambiet Nature Sci-Fi Arpeggio Musical Effect Me Movig Ambiet Sweep Hit Arpeggio Ethic Et Bowed Plucked Struck Blow Arpeggio You ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired oe from the list. For details, see page 8. Play Mode Settigs such as Micro Tuig ad Moo/Poly [SF] Play Mode From this display, you ca make various settigs such as Moo or Poly, Pitch, Portameto, ad Micro Tuig # $ % 8 Volume* Determies the output level of the Voice. Set this parameter to adjust the balace betwee the curret Voice ad other Voices. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

99 Editig a Normal Voice Pa* Micro Tuig List Determies the stereo pa positio of the Voice. You ca also adjust this parameter usig the PAN kob o the frot pael. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) Note that this Voice Pa parameter may have little or o audible effect if the Pa for a specific elemet is set to the left positio ad the Pa for aother elemet is set to the right positio. 3 Note Shift* Determies the traspose settig for the amout (i semitoes) by which the pitch is raised or lowered. Settigs: PB Rage Upper (Pitch Bed Rage Upper)* 5 PB Rage Lower (Pitch Bed Rage Lower)* Determies the maximum Pitch Bed rage i semitoes. Settig the Upper parameter to + would result i a maximum pitch rise of oe octave whe the Pitch Bed wheel is moved upwards. O the other had, the Lower settig of - would result i the pitch beig lowered up to a maximum of oe octave ( semitoes) whe the Pitch Bed wheel is moved dowwards. Settigs: -48 semi +0 semi +4 semi 6 Bak (Micro Tuig Bak) Determies the Micro Tuig Bak. Settigs: PRE, USR PRE (Preset) Cotais the 3 preset Micro Tuig types. USR (User) Cotais your origial Micro Tuig types created i the Micro Tuig display (page 65) of the Utility. 7 Tuig Number Determies the Micro Tuig umber. The Preset Bak provides 3 types icludig the most commo equal temperamet. Settigs: Preset Bak: 3 (See the Micro Tuig list below.) User Bak: 8 8 Tuig Root Sets the base ote for each scale. For some scales this settig may ot be ecessary. Settigs: C B What is Micro Tuig? This fuctio lets you chage the keyboard scale from ormal tuig (equal temperamet) to oe of a variety of special scales. You ca determie the scale type for each voice by simply selectig a Tuig umber. You ca also use origial Micro Tuig types that you ve created i the Micro Tuig display (page 65) of the Utility. Micro Tuig No Equal Type PureMajor PureMior Werckmeist Kirberger Vallot&Yg /4 Shift /4 toe /8 toe Idia Arabic Arabic 3 Arabic 3 9 Moo/Poly* Selects moophoic or polyphoic. Settigs: moo, poly Micro Tuig Root C B C B C B C B C B C B Commets The compromise tuig used for most of the last 00 years of Wester music, ad foud o most electroic keyboards. Each half step is exactly / of a octave, ad music ca be played i ay key with equal ease. However, oe of the itervals are perfectly i tue. This tuig is desiged so that most of the itervals (especially the major third ad perfect fifth) i the major scale are pure. This meas that other itervals will be correspodigly out of tue. You eed to specify the key (C B) you will be playig i. The same as Pure Major, but desiged for the mior scale. Adreas Werckmeister, a cotemporary of Bach, desiged this tuig so that keyboard istrumets could be played i ay key. Each key has a uique character. Joha Philipp Kirberger, a 8th cetury composer, created this tempered scale to allow performaces i ay key. Fracescatoio Vallotti ad Thomas Youg (both mid-700s) devised this adjustmet to the Pythagorea tuig, i which the first six fifths are lowered by the same amout. This is the ormal equal tempered scale shifted up 50 cets. Twety-four equally spaced otes per octave. (Play twety-four otes to move oe octave.) Forty-eight equally spaced otes per octave. (Play forty-eight otes to move oe octave.) Usually observed i Idia music (white keys oly). Usually observed i Arabic music. moo Whe set to moo, the selected Voice is played back moophoically (oly a sigle ote is played back simultaeously). For may istrumet souds (such as bass ad syth lead), this allows a more atural ad smooth soudig legato performace tha whe this parameter is set to poly. poly Whe set to poly, the selected Voice is played back polyphoically (multiple otes ca be played back simultaeously or a chord is played back). Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 99

100 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig ) Key Assig Mode Whe this is set to sigle, double playback of the same ote is preveted. This is useful whe two or more istaces of the same ote are received early simultaeously, or without a correspodig ote off message. To allow playback of each istace of the same ote, set this to multi. Settigs: sigle, multi sigle Whe this is set to sigle ad double playback of the same ote are trasmitted to the iteral toe geerator, the first ote will be stopped the the ext ote will be souded. multi Whe this is set to multi ad double playback of the same ote are trasmitted to the iteral toe geerator, all the otes are souded simultaeously.! Portameto Switch* Determies whether Portameto is applied to the curret Voice or ot. Settigs: o, Portameto Time* Determies the pitch trasitio time whe Portameto is applied. The effect of the parameter differs depedig o the settigs of the Portameto Time Mode ($). Higher values result i a loger pitch chage time. Settigs: 0 7 # Portameto Mode Determies how Portameto is applied to your keyboard performace. Settigs: figered, fulltime figered Portameto is oly applied whe you play legato (playig the ext ote before releasig the previous oe). fulltime Portameto is applied to all otes. $ Portameto Time Mode Determies how the pitch chages i time. Settigs: rate, time, rate, time rate Pitch chages at the specified rate. time Pitch chages i the specified time. rate Pitch chages at the specified rate withi a octave. Other settigs [SF3] Other From this display, you ca set the cotrol fuctios for the Kobs, ad the up/dow rage for the Pitch Bed wheel. Kob Cotrol Assig Determies which lamp amog the TONE, TONE, ad ARP FX is tured o whe selectig a Voice. This settig ca be stored for each Voice. Settigs: toe, toe, ARP FX Assig Value 3 Assig Value Idicates the level of the Kobs prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN at the time at which the Voice is selected with the TONE lamp tured o. The fuctios assiged to the Kobs are idicated at right of the values respectively. Settigs: The fuctios assiged to the ASSIGN / Kobs ca be set i the Cotroller Set display (page 04). 4 A. Fuctio Mode (Assigable Fuctio Mode) 5 A. Fuctio Mode (Assigable Fuctio Mode) Determies whether the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION [] ad [] buttos fuctios as a latch type or mometary type. Whe set to latch, pressig the butto alterates the lamp status betwee o ad off. Whe set to mometary, pressig/holdig the butto turs the lamp o ad releasig the butto turs the lamp off. Settigs: mometary, latch time Pitch chages i the specified time withi a octave. % Portameto Legato Slope Whe the Moo/Poly is set to moo, legato playig may produce a uatural attack depedig o the waveform assiged to the selected Voice. To solve such a problem, you ca use this parameter to adjust the attack of the Voice. Normally, this should be set to a low value for waveforms with short attack times, ad should be set to a high value for waveforms with log attack times. Settigs: Ribbo Mode (Ribbo Cotroller ) Determies how the Ribbo Cotroller respods whe released. Whe set to reset, releasig your figer from the Ribbo Cotroller automatically returs the value to the ceter. Whe set to hold, releasig your figer from the Ribbo Cotroller maitais the value at the last poit of cotact. Settigs: hold, reset 00 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

101 Editig a Normal Voice Arpeggio settigs [F] ARP Mai (Arpeggio Mai) This display determies the basic settigs of the Arpeggio. Keep i mid that parameters Bak (!) through Gate Time Rate Offset (^) have five settigs which ca be edited i each of the [SF] ARP through [SF5] ARP5 displays. For details about Arpeggio, see page # $ ) Switch Depedig o the selected parameter, the KBD ico appears o the tab correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca eter the ote umber or velocity by pressig the appropriate ote o the keyboard while holdig the [SF6] KBD butto. For details, see page 8. Determies whether Arpeggio is o or off. Whe callig up a Voice for which the Commo Switch is set to o, the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto o the pael will be tured o automatically. Settigs: o, off Hold* Whe this is set to o, the Arpeggio cycles automatically, eve if you release your figers from the keys. Settigs: syc-off (see below), off, o syc-off Whe set to syc-off, the Arpeggio playback cotiues to ru siletly, eve whe you release the keys. Pressig ay key turs the Arpeggio playback o agai, ad the Arpeggio is heard from the poit i the cycle where playback is resumed. 3 Chage Timig* % ^ Determies the actual timig at which the Arpeggio type is switched whe you select aother type durig Arpeggio playback. Whe set to realtime, the Arpeggio type is switched immediately. Whe set to measure, the Arpeggio type is switched at the top of the ext measure. Settigs: realtime, measure the Arpeggio from two separate velocity rages: soft ( 34) ad hard (93 7). Notes played at middle velocities betwee 35 ad 9 do ot play the Arpeggio. Settigs: Note Limit Determies the lowest ad highest otes i the Arpeggio s ote rage. Notes played i this rage trigger the Arpeggio. For example, settig a Note Limit of C5 C4 lets you trigger the Arpeggio by playig otes i the two rages of C - to C4 ad C5 to G8; otes played betwee C4 ad C5 have o effect o the Arpeggio. Settigs: C - G8 6 Tempo* Please keep i mid that o soud is produced whe the Key Mode is set to sort or thru ad otes are played outside the Note Limit settig here. Determies the Arpeggio Tempo. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: If you are usig this istrumet with a exteral sequecer, MIDI computer, or other MIDI device, ad you wat to sychroize it to that device, set the MIDI syc (5) parameter i the MIDI display (page 68) of the Utility to MIDI or auto. I this case, the Tempo parameter here idicates MIDI or auto ad caot be chaged. 7 Key Mode Determies how the Arpeggio plays back whe playig the keyboard. Settigs: sort, thru, direct, sort+direct, thru+direct sort Whe you play specific otes (for example, the otes of a chord), the same sequece plays, o matter what order you play the otes. thru Whe you play specific otes (for example, the otes of a chord), the resultig sequece differs depedig o the order of the otes. direct Note evets of the Arpeggio sequece do ot play; oly the otes you play o the keyboard are heard. Whe the Arpeggio plays back, the evets such as Pa ad Brightess are applied to the soud of your keyboard performace. Use this settig whe the Arpeggio types icludes o-ote data or whe the Category type Ctrl is selected. sort+direct The Arpeggio is played back accordig to the sort settig here, ad the ote pressed is also souded. thru+direct The Arpeggio is played back accordig to the thru settig here, ad the ote pressed is also souded. Some Arpeggio types belogig to the Ctr Category may ot have ote evets (page 65). Whe such a Arpeggio type is selected ad the Key Mode is set to sort or thru, o soud is produced eve if you press a ote o the keyboard. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 4 Velocity Limit Determies the lowest ad highest velocity which ca trigger the Arpeggio playback. This lets you set the velocity rage with which you press the ote to trigger the Arpeggio playback. You ca also create separate low ad high trigger rages for the Arpeggio playback, with a velocity hole i the middle, by specifyig the maximum value first. For example, settig a Velocity Limit of lets you play MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 0

102 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 8 Velocity Mode Adjusts the velocity of the Arpeggio otes. Settigs: origial, thru origial The Arpeggio plays back at the preset velocities icluded i the Arpeggio sequece data. thru The Arpeggio plays back accordig to the velocity of your playig. For example, if you play the otes strogly, the playback volume of the Arpeggio icreases. 9 Output Octave Shift Specifies the maximum Arpeggio rage i octaves. Settigs: ) [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) buttos The six parameters Bak (!) through Gate Time Rate Offset (^) at the lower half part of the display, ca be edited i each of the [SF] ARP through [SF5] ARP5 displays. You ca set the parameters i the lower half of the display for each of the five Arpeggio settigs by pressig oe of the [SF] [SF5] buttos. The 8th ote ico show i the tab meu idicates that ay Arpeggio Type (other tha off ) is selected i the display correspodig to the Sub Fuctio butto. Settigs: [SF] [SF5] (Sub Fuctio) buttos! Bak* Determies the Arpeggio Bak cotaiig the desired Arpeggio type. Select PRE if you wish to select a preset Arpeggio Type. Select USER if you wish to select a Arpeggio Type you origially created ad stored. Settigs: PRE, USR For detailed istructios o creatig your origial Arpeggio type, see page Category* # Sub Category* You ca select the Category ad its Sub Category icludig your desired Arpeggio Type. This parameter is available whe PRE is selected as the Bak. Settigs: Refer to the Arpeggio Category List o page 6. $ Type* You ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired oe from the list. For details, see page 8. Determies the desired Arpeggio Type umber from the specified Category. The ame of the selected Arpeggio Type is show at right of the specified umber o the display. Refer to the Arpeggio Type List i Data List (separate olie documetatio). For details about Data List, refer to How to use the maual (page 6). For details about how to use the Arpeggio Type List, see page 63. % Velocity Rate Determies the offset value by which the Arpeggio otes will be shifted from their origial velocities. If the resultat velocity value is less tha zero it will be set to, ad if the resultat velocity is greater tha 8 it will be set to 7. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% ^ Gate Time Rate Determies the Gate Time (legth) of the Arpeggio otes. The Gate Time caot be decreased beyod its ormal miimum of ; ay values outside that rage will automatically be limited to the miimum. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% Arpeggio settigs [F3] ARP Other (Arpeggio Other) By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of the Arpeggio playback Uit Multiply Adjusts the Arpeggio playback time based o tempo. By usig this parameter, you ca create a differet Arpeggio type from the origial oe. For example, if you set a value of 00%, the playback time will be doubled (tempo is halved). O the other had, if you set a value of 50%, the playback time will be halved ad the tempo doubled. Normal playback time is 00%. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 50%, 66%, 75%, 00%, 33%, 50%, 00% Quatize Value* 8 9 )! $ Determies to what beats the ote data i the Sog will be aliged, or determies to what beats i the Sog the swig is applied. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 60 (3d ote), (6th ote triplet), 6 0 (6th ote), (8th ote triplet), 8 40 (8th ote), (/4 ote triplet), (/4 ote) 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

103 Editig a Normal Voice 3 Quatize Stregth 9 Trigger Mode Sets the stregth by which ote evets are pulled toward the earest quatize beats. A settig of 00% produces exact timig set via the Quatize Value parameter above. A settig of 0% results i o quatizatio. A settig of 50% results i the ote evets beig pulled halfway betwee 0% ad 00%. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 0% 00% 4 Swig* Delays otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats) to produce a swig feel. Settigs above delay the Arpeggio otes, whereas settigs below advace them. A settig of 0 produces exact timig set via the Quatize Value, resultig i o swig. Judicious use of this settig lets you create swig rhythms ad triplet feels, such as shuffle ad bouce. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: Velocity Rate Whe this is set to gate, pressig the ote starts Arpeggio playback ad releasig the ote stops it. Whe this is set to toggle, pressig the ote starts/stops Arpeggio playback ad releasig the ote does ot affect Arpeggio playback. Normally, this parameter should be set to gate. Settigs: gate, toggle The Trigger Mode toggle settig overcomes the Hold o settig i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 0). I other words, eve whe the Hold parameter is set to o, pressig the ote start/stops Arpeggio playback whe the Trigger Mode is set to toggle. ) Accet Vel Threshold (Accet Velocity Threshold) Some Arpeggio types iclude special sequece data called Accet Phrase, which will be played back oly whe the velocities higher tha a specified value are received. This parameter determies the miimum velocity that will trigger the Accet Phrase. Settigs: off, 7 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Determies how much the velocity of the Arpeggio playback is offset from the origial value. For example, a settig of 00% meas the origial velocities are used. Settigs below 00% will reduce the velocities of the Arpeggio otes, whereas settigs above 00% will icrease the velocities. If the resultat velocity value is less tha zero it will be set to, ad if the resultat velocity is greater tha 8 it will be set to 7. Settigs: 0 00% 6 Gate Time Rate Determies how much the Gate Time (legth) of the Arpeggio otes is offset from the origial value. A settig of 00% meas the origial gate times are used. Settigs below 00% will shorte the gate times of the Arpeggio otes, whereas settigs above 00% will legthe them. The Gate Time caot be decreased beyod its ormal miimum of ; ay values outside that rage will automatically be limited to the miimum. Settigs: 0 00% 7 Octave Rage Specifies the maximum Arpeggio rage i octaves. Positive value settigs icrease the octave rage of the Arpeggio playback upward, whereas egative value settigs icrease it dowward. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: Loop Whe this is set to o, the Arpeggio cycles while otes are held. Whe this is set to off, the Arpeggio plays oly oce eve if otes are held. Settigs: off, o! Accet Start Quatize Determies the start timig of the Accet Phrase whe the Velocity specified i Accet Vel Threshold above is received. Whe set to off, the Accet Phrase starts as soo as the Velocity is received. Whe set to o, the Accet Phrase starts o the beat specified for each Arpeggio type after the Velocity is received. Settigs: off, Radom SFX Some Arpeggio types feature the Radom SFX fuctio which will trigger the special soud such as fret oise of the guitar whe the ote is released. This parameter determies whether the Radom SFX is active or ot. Settigs: off, o # Radom SFX Velocity Offset Determies the offset value by which the Radom SFX otes will be shifted from their origial velocities. If the resultat velocity value is less tha zero it will be set to, ad if the resultat velocity is greater tha 8 it will be set to 7. Settigs: $ Radom SFX Key O Cotrol Whe this is set to o, the Radom SFX special soud is played with the preprogrammed velocity. Whe this is set to off, the Radom SFX special soud is played with the velocity geerated whe the ote is pressed. Settigs: off, o Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 03

104 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Cotroller settigs [F4] Ctrl Set (Cotroller Set) The cotrollers such as kobs o the frot pael ca be used to chage ad adjust a variety of parameters for each Voice i real time, ad simultaeously. For example, keyboard aftertouch ca be used to cotrol vibrato ad the Modulatio Wheel could be used to cotrol toal brightess. The fuctio settigs for all the cotrollers are referred to as a Cotroller Set, ad up to six Cotroller Sets ca be created for each Voice. The cotroller is referred to as Source, ad the cotrolled fuctio is referred to as Destiatio. From this display, you ca determie the Cotroller Sets. Source* 3 4 Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. Determies which pael cotroller is to be assiged ad used for the selected Set. You ca also assig multiple fuctios to a cotroller. You ca set this parameter by operatig the desired cotroller while holdig the [SF5] Cotroller butto. Settigs: PitchBed Idicates the built-i Pitch Bed wheel. ModWheel Idicates the built-i Modulatio wheel. AfterTch (Aftertouch) Idicates the evet geerated whe pressure is applied to a key after the ote is played. FootCtrl (Foot Cotroller) FootCtrl (Foot Cotroller) Idicates the Foot Cotroller coected to each of the FOOT CONTROLLER ad jacks o the rear pael. FootSw (Footswitch) Idicates the Footswitch coected to the FOOT SWITCH ASSIGNABLE jack o the rear pael. Ribbo Idicates the built-i Ribbo Cotroller. Breath Idicates the exteral cotroller which seds the cotrol chage umber assiged to the Breath Cotroller i the Utility (page 64) to the MOTIF XS via MIDI. Assig Assig Idicates the Kobs prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN with the TONE lamp tured o. A. Fuc A. Fuc Idicates the built-i ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION [] ad [] buttos. You ca determie the degree to which the Pitch Bed wheel affects the Destiatio parameter (below) by settig the Pitch Bed Rage Upper (4) ad Pitch Bed Rage Lower (5) i the Play Mode display (page 98). Destiatio* Determies the parameter that is cotrolled by the Source cotroller (above). You ca select a parameter for each cotroller from the 67 parameters, such as volume, pitch ad LFO depth. Settigs: Settigs: Refer to the Cotrol List i the separate Data List booklet. Regardig Isertio Effect A Parameter 6, Isertio Effect B Parameter 6 ad Isertio Effect L Parameter 3 described i the Cotrol List, the actual parameter ames of the selected Effect type are show o the display. If oe of these ames is show, o fuctio is assiged to that parameter. Settig examples of the Destiatio 5 To cotrol the volume: Volume To apply vibrato to the Voice: To chage the pitch: To cotrol the brightess of the Voice: To chage the speed of the Rotary Speaker: To apply a wah pedal to the Voice: Cocerig * *4, the followig settigs are ecessary i additio to the above settig. 3 Depth* Determies the degree to which the Source cotroller affects the Destiatio parameter. For egative values, the cotroller operatio is reversed; maximum cotroller settigs produce miimum parameter chages. Settigs: Elemet Switch* Commo LFO Depth 3 (C-LFO dpth 3) * Elemet Pitch (coarse tue) * Elemet Filter Frequecy (cutoff) * Isertio A/B Parameter (isa-prm/isb-prm) *3 Isertio A/B Parameter (isa-prm/isb-prm) *4 * [F4] Com LFO [SF] Wave Play Mode = loop [F4] Com LFO [SF] Set Cotrol Dest = P mod * [F3] Ctrl Set Elemet Switch = o *3 [F6] Effect Isertio A/B Type = Rotary Speaker [F6] Effect Elemet Out = isa/isb *4 [F6] Effect Isertio A/B Type = Wah effect [F6] Effect Elemet Out = isa/isb Determies whether or ot the selected cotroller affects each idividual elemet. This parameter is disabled whe the Destiatio () described above is set to a parameter urelated to the Voice Elemets. 04 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

105 Editig a Normal Voice 5 Graph (Idicatio oly) 4 Phase The horizotal axis idicates the value geerated via the Source of the selected Set, whereas the vertical axis idicates the degree to which the Destiatio parameter is affected. Determies the startig phase poit for the LFO Wave whe it is reset. Settigs: 0, 90, 0, 80, 40, 70 Modulatig the Voice [F5] Com LFO (Commo LFO) Determies how the vibrato, tremolo ad wah effect are produced by usig the LFO (Low Frequecy Oscillator). From the followig displays, you ca set the basic LFO parameters commo to all elemets of the Voice. Phase 5 Tempo Syc Time Determies whether or ot the LFO speed is sychroized to the tempo of the Arpeggio or sequecer (Sog or Patter). Settigs: off (ot sychroized), o (sychroized) Voice Performace Samplig LFO Wave settigs [SF] Wave (Commo LFO Wave) This display cotais a variety of LFO parameters, icludig LFO wave type, speed ad effects such as LFO delay or fade i/out Wave* 9 Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. Selects the Wave ad determies how the LFO waveform vibrates. The illustratio of the selected wave is show o the display. Settigs: triagle, triagle+, saw up, saw dow, squ/4, squ/3, square, squ/3, squ3/4, trapezoid, S/H, S/H, user user You ca create your origial LFO wave by selectig this. The LFO wave ca be created i the Commo LFO User display (page 05). Whe this parameter is set to o ad the MIDI syc parameter i the MIDI display of the Utility (page 68) is set to MIDI, the LFO speed is sychroized with the exteral clock. 6 Tempo Speed This parameter is available oly whe Tempo Syc above has bee set to o. It allows you to make detailed ote value settigs that determie how the LFO pulses i syc with the Arpeggio or sequecer. Settigs: 6th, 8th/3 (eighth-ote triplets), 6th. (dotted sixteeth ote), 8th (eighth ote), 4th/3 (quarter-ote triplets), 8th. (dotted 8th ote), 4th (quarter otes), d/3 (half-ote triplets), 4th. (dotted quarter otes), d (half otes), whole/ 3 (whole-ote triplets), d. (dotted half ote), 4thx4 (quarter-ote quadruplets; four quarter otes to the beat), 4thx5 (quarter-ote quituplets; five quarter otes to the beat), 4thx6 (quarter-ote sextuplets; six quarter otes to the beat), 4thx7 (quarter-ote septuplets; seve quarter otes to the beat), 4thx8 (quarter-ote octuplets; eight quarter otes to the beat), 4thx6 (sixtee quarter otes to the beat), 4thx3 (3 quarter otes to the beat), 4thx64 (64 quarter otes to the beat) The ote type settig above is sychroized with the tempo of the Arpeggio/Sog/Patter playback. 7 Key O Reset Determies whether or ot the LFO is reset each time a ote is pressed. The followig three settigs are available. Settigs: off, each-o, st-o off The LFO cycles freely with o key sychroizatio. Pressig a key starts the LFO wave at whatever phase the LFO happes to be at that poit. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Play Mode Determies whether the LFO cycles repeatedly (loop) or oly oce (oe shot). Settigs: loop, oe shot Key O Time 3 Speed* Determies the speed of the LFO Wave. The higher the value, the faster the speed. Settigs: 0 63 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 05

106 Editig a Normal Voice each-o The LFO resets with each ote you play ad starts a waveform at the phase specified by the Phase parameter (above). LFO Effect Settigs [SF] Set (Commo LFO Set) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig st-o The LFO resets with each ote you play ad starts a waveform at the phase specified by the Phase parameter (above). If you play a secod ote while the first is beig held, the LFO cotiues cyclig accordig to the same phase as triggered by the first ote. I other words, the LFO oly resets if the first ote is released before the secod is played. 8 Radom Speed Determies the degree to which the LFO speed chages at radom. A settig of 0 results i the origial speed. Higher values result i a larger degree of speed chage. This parameter caot be set whe the Tempo Syc (5) is set to o. Settigs: Delay* Determies the delay time betwee the momet you press ote o the keyboard ad the momet the LFO comes ito effect. A higher value results i a loger delay time. Settigs: 0 7 ) Fade I Time Key O (first ote) Determies the amout of time for the LFO effect to fade i after the Delay time has elapsed. A higher value results i a slower fade-i. Whe set to 0, the LFO effect will ot fade i ad reach the maximum level immediately after the Delay time has elapsed. Settigs: 0 7 The startig phase is determied by the Phase parameter (4) although the startig phase is show as 0 i the illustratio.! Hold (Hold Time) Determies the legth of time for which the LFO is held at its maximum level. A higher value results i a loger Hold time. A settig of 7 produces o fade out. Settigs: 0 6, Fade Out Time Key O (first ote) Key O (secod ote) Key O (secod ote) Time Time Determies the amout of time for the LFO effect to fade out (after the Hold time has elapsed). A higher value results i a slower fade-out. Settigs: 0 7 From this display you ca select the destiatio parameter for the LFO (which aspect of the soud the LFO cotrols), the Elemets to be affected by the LFO, ad the LFO Depth. Three Destiatios ca be assiged, ad you ca choose from several parameters per Destiatio. 5 Cotrol Dest (Cotrol Destiatio)* Determies the parameters which are to be cotrolled (modulated) by the LFO Wave. Settigs: isa isa6, isb isb6, isl isl3, A mod, P mod, F mod, reso, pa, LFOspd isa isa6, isb isb6, isl isl3 (Effect parameters) Each parameter of the selected Effect type is modulated cyclically. Whe oe of those parameters is selected, the correspodig parameter ame of the selected Effect type is show at the lower sectio of the display. A mod (Amplitude Modulatio Depth) A tremolo effect produced by cyclically modulatig the volume. P mod (Pitch Modulatio Depth) A vibrato effect produced by cyclically modulatig the pitch. F mod (Filter Modulatio Depth) A wah effect produced by cyclically modulatig the toal brightess. reso (Resoace) A special wah effect produced by cyclically modulatig the resoace. pa A effect produced by cyclically modulatig the stereo pa positio. LFOspd (Elemet LFO Speed) Whe this is selected, the Commo LFO speed cyclically modulates the Elemet LFO speed. Cotrol Depth* Determies the LFO Wave Depth. Settigs: Elemet Switch 8* Determies whether or ot each Elemet is to be affected by the LFO. Settigs: B (active), A (iactive) 4 Depth Offset Determies the offset values of the Cotrol Depth parameter (above) for the respective Elemets. If the resultat Cotrol Depth value is less tha zero it will be set 06 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

107 Editig a Normal Voice to 0, ad if the resultat Cotrol Depth value is greater tha 7 it will be set to 7. Settigs: 0 7 You ca use the [SF5] Radom butto to call up the base wave at radom. Each time you press the [SF5] Radom butto, a differet LFO wave appears o the display radomly. 5 LFO Phase Offset Determies the offset values of the Phase parameter i the [SF] Wave display for the respective Elemets. Settigs: 0, 90, 0, 80, 40, 70 Slope Determies the slope or ramp characteristics of the LFO wave. Settigs: off, up, dow, up&dow off Creates o slope. Voice Time up Creates a upward slope. dow Creates a dowward slope. Performace Phase up&dow Creates a upward the dowward slope. 3 Cycle Samplig Makig your ow LFO [SF3] User (Commo LFO User) From this display you ca create your ow origial LFO wave. You ca create a custom LFO wave cosistig of up to sixtee steps. The created LFO wave becomes available whe the Wave parameter i the Commo LFO Wave display is set to user. 3 Determies the amout of steps for creatig the wave. Settigs:, 3, 4, 6, 8,, 6 4 Level 6 Determies the level for each step. Settigs: Effect settigs [F6] Effect Determies the Effect coectio ad values of other parameters for the selected Voice. For details about the structure i the Voice, see page 69. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece 4 Template You ca select a pre-programmed template for the LFO wave. Settigs: all -64, all 0, all +63, saw up, saw dow, eve step, odd step all -64 Values of all the steps are set to -64. all 0 Values of all the steps are set to 0. all +63 Values of all the steps are set to +63. saw up Creates a saw shaped upward wave. Effect Coectio Settigs [SF] Coect This display gives you at-a-glace, overall view of the effect routig ad comprehesive cotrol over the effects ! # 3 4 Master Utility File saw dow Creates a saw shaped dowward wave. eve step Values of all odd steps are set to +63, ad values of all eve steps are set to -64. odd step Values of all eve steps are set to +63, ad values of all odd steps are set to -64. Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. You ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired oe from the list. For details, see page 8. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 07

108 Editig a Normal Voice Elemet Out 8* 5 Chorus (Chorus Category/Type)* Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Determies which Isertio Effect (A or B) is used to process each idividual Elemet. The thru settig lets you bypass the Isertio Effects for the specified elemet. Whe INSERTION CONNECT () is set to is L, the sigal from each Elemet is output to the Isertio L regardless of the settig here. Settigs: thru (through), is A (Isertio A), is B (Isertio B) INSERTION CONNECT (Isertio Coectio) From this display you ca set the effect routig for Isertio Effects A ad B. The settig chages are show o the diagram i the display, givig you a clear picture of how the sigal is routed. For details, see page 69. Settigs: parallel, is A F B, is B F A, is L parallel Sigals processed with the Isertio Effect A ad B block will be set to Master Effect, Master EQ, Reverb ad Chorus block. is A F B Sigals processed with the Isertio Effect A will be set to the Isertio Effect B ad sigals processed with the Isertio Effect B is set to Master Effect, Master EQ, Reverb ad Chorus block. is B F A Sigals processed with the Isertio Effect B will be set to the Isertio Effect A ad sigals processed with the Isertio Effect A is set to Master Effect, Master EQ, Reverb ad Chorus block. is L The Isertio Effects A ad B are uified, the used as the Vocoder. Sigals processed with the Vocoder block will be set to Master Effect, Master EQ, Reverb ad Chorus block. Whe is L is selected, is L is show i the tab meu of the [SF] butto ad the tab meu of the [SF3] butto disappears. For detailed istructios o usig the Vocoder, see page 09. A to B A B parallel A B B to A A Whe is L is selected, the audio sigal will be output from this istrumet i moo. 3 Isertio A (Isertio A Category/Type)* 4 Isertio B (Isertio B Category/Type)* Determies the Effect type for Isertio A ad B. From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories, each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. B is L Vocoder Selects a Chorus Effect type after selectig a category. From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories, each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect types listed i the selected Category. Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page Reverb (Reverb Type)* Determies the Reverb Effect type. It is ot ecessary to select a Category because there is oly oe category i Reverb. Settigs: Details about the Effect types are described o page Chorus Sed* Adjusts the chorus sed level. The higher the value the deeper the Chorus. Settigs: Reverb Sed* Adjusts the reverb sed level. The higher the value the deeper the reverb. Settigs: CHORUS TO REVERB Determies the Sed level of the sigal set from the Chorus Effect to the Reverb Effect. The higher the value, the deeper the Reverb that is applied to the Chorusprocessed sigal. Settigs: 0 7 ) Reverb Retur Determies the Retur level of the Reverb Effect. Settigs: 0 7! Chorus Retur Determies the Retur level of the Chorus Effect. Settigs: 0 Reverb Pa Determies the pa positio of the Reverb effect soud. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) # Chorus Pa Determies the pa positio of the Chorus effect soud. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

109 Editig a Normal Voice Effect Parameter settigs [SF] Is A, [SF3] Is B, [SF4] Reverb, [SF5] Chorus From these displays, you ca set the Effect related parameters whe the INSERTION CONNECT parameter () is set to parallel or is A F B or is B F A. 3 Category Type From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page 70. The Category () is ot show i the Reverb display. Voice Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. 3 Preset Effect Parameter Settigs [SF] Is L (Isertio Large) 4 You ca set various parameters i order to chage how the soud is affected by the selected Effect type. This parameter lets you call up the preprogrammed settigs of these effect parameters. 4 Effect Parameters The umber of parameters ad values available differs depedig o the curretly selected effect type. Refer to page 73 for details about the Effect parameters. Refer to the separate Data List booklet for iformatio o the parameters for each Effect type. From this display, you ca set the Vocoder related parameters. This display called up via the [SF] butto is available oly whe the INSERTION CONNECT parameter () is set to is L i the Coect display (page 07). Vocoder is a distictive, robot voice effect which extracts the characteristic of the microphoe soud ad adds it to the soud via your keyboard performace. To create this Vocoder effect, you play the keyboard ad sig or speak ito the microphoe at the same time. To use the Vocoder effect, coect a microphoe to the A/D INPUT coector o the rear pael, the follow the istructios o page. Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece Bad 0 Bad 9 HPF Master Microphoe Iput Ist Iput (Keyboard Performace) Noise Gate Noise Iput (*) Bad Bad Extractig the toal characteristic BPF (*) Level detectio Wet Output Utility File BPF Volume cotrol BPF Gai Dry * The oise geerated i the Vocoder uit is used. * The cutoff frequecy of the BPF may ot be same as the oe of the BPF. This depeds o the settigs of the Format Shift ad Format Offset. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 09

110 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig # Type Determies whether or ot the Vocoder is applied to the curret Voice. Whe set to Thru, the Vocoder is ot applied to the Voice. Settigs: Thru, Vocoder Vocoder Attack Determies the attack time of the Vocoder soud. The higher the value, the slower the attack. Settigs: ms 00ms 3 Vocoder Release Determies the release time of the Vocoder soud. The higher the value, the slower the decay. Settigs: 0ms 3000ms 4 Mic Gate Threshold Determies the threshold level of the oise gate for the microphoe soud. If oise iterferes with the Vocoder effect, set this parameter to a relatively high value to prevet oise from producig iadvertet, uexpected souds. Settigs: -7dB -30dB 5 Gate Switch Determies whether or ot the microphoe soud will be output from the HPF while you release the otes. Normally, set this to o. Settigs: off, o off: The microphoe soud always will be output. (You ca always hear the microphoe soud.) o: The microphoe soud will be output oly while pressig the ote. 6 HPF Freq (High Pass Filter Frequecy) Determies the HPF cutoff frequecy for the microphoe iput soud. Settig this to a low value results i a miimally processed iput soud i other words, close to the origial. Settig this to higher values emphasizes the higher frequecy cosoat ad sibilat souds (which make words easier to uderstad). $ % 8 Format Shift Determies the amout (i BPF) by which the cutoff frequecy value of the BPFs (for the Ist Iput) is shifted. This parameter ca be used to adjust the pitch of the Vocoder soud. Settigs: -, -, +0, +, + 9 Format Offset Adjusts the cutoff frequecies of all BPFs (for the Ist Iput) fiely. This parameter ca be used to adjust the pitch of the Vocoder soud fiely. Settigs: ) Mic Level Determies the microphoe soud level, which is to be iput to the Vocoder. Settigs: 0 7! Ist Iput Level Determies the level of the keyboard performace soud, which is to be iput to the Vocoder. Settigs: 0 Noise Iput Level Determies the oise level which is iput to the Vocoder. This ca be used to emphasize sibilat ad plosive souds, ad make the speech-like characteristics more proouced. Settigs: 0 7 # Output Level Determies the output level of the Vocoder. Settigs: 0 7 $ Dry/Wet Balace Determies the balace betwee the dry soud to which the effect is ot applied ad the wet soud to which the effect is applied. The higher the W settig, the deeper the effect. Settigs: D63>W D=W D<W63 % BPF 0 Gai (Bad Pass Filter 0 Gai) Determies each output gai of the BPF 0 for the Ist Iput (keyboard performace soud). The BPF correspods to the lowest Format while the BPF 0 correspods to the highest Format. Settigs: -8dB +8dB Settigs: thru, 500Hz 6.0kHz 7 HPF Output Level Determies the level of the microphoe soud output from the HPF (High Pass Filter). Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

111 Editig a Normal Voice Vocoder structure The huma voice cosists of souds geerated from the vocal cords, ad filtered by the throat, ose ad mouth. These resoat sectios have specific frequecy characteristics ad they fuctio effectively as a filter, creatig may formats (harmoic cotet). The Vocoder effect extracts the filter characteristics of the voice from the microphoe iput ad recreates the vocal formats by the use of multiple bad pass filters. The machie-like robot voice is created by passig the pitched souds of musical istrumets (such as a sythesizer soud) through the filters. Mic Iput Keyboard performace Extractig the characteristic of the iput voice Creatig the Format Vocoder Usig the Vocoder effect After coectig a microphoe to the A/D INPUT coector o the rear pael, follow the istructios below to use the Vocoder effect. Set the Vocoder related parameters. Robot Voice 4 Select the Vocoder as the Isertio Effect coectio. I the Voice Play, press the [EDIT] butto the [COMMON EDIT] butto to eter the Voice Commo Edit. Press the [SF] butto to call up the Coect display (page 07), set the INSERTION CONNECT parameter to is L, the set the Isertio L parameter to Vocoder. Whe the INSERTION CONNECT () is set to is L, the audio sigal will be output from this istrumet i moo. 5 Set the Vocoder related parameters if ecessary. Iput your voice to the microphoe while pressig the ote(s) to geerate the machie-like Vocoder soud. Press the [SF] butto to call up the Isertio L display, the set the related parameters while listeig to the Vocoder soud. 6 Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Store widow (page 97) the store the edited Voice. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece I the Voice Play, press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility, press the [F4] butto, the press the [SF] butto to call up the Output display (page 65). Set the Output Select (4) to is L. Samplig Whe usig the Vocoder i the Performace, set the Output Select parameter to is L i the Output display (page 66) of the Performace Edit. Whe usig the Vocoder i the Sog/Patter, set the Output Select parameter to is L i the Audio I display (page 34) of the Mixig Edit. Set the Iput Gai of the A/D INPUT coector to microphoe. I the Utility, press the [F] butto to call up the Iput/Output display (page 63), the set the Mic/Lie parameter to mic. Master Utility File 3 I the Voice Play, select the desired Voice to which the Vocoder is applied. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

112 Editig a Normal Voice Elemet Edit parameters Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig [VOICE] Normal Voice selectio [EDIT] [] [8] If you wish to edit the souds that make up a Voice ad the basic parameters that determie the soud, such as Oscillator, Pitch, Filter, Amplitude, ad EG (Evelope Geerator), call up the Elemet Edit display. About the asterisk (*) marks For users who are ew to Voice editig ad may be cofused by the large amout of parameters, the most basic ad easy-to-uderstad parameters are coveietly marked with asterisks i this sectio. If you are just startig out with Voice editig, try these parameters first. Selected Elemet display/ Four-Elemet display I the Elemet Edit, you ca use two types of display. Oe type of display lets you edit parameters for the curretly selected Elemet ad the other type of display lets you view parameters for four Elemets. You ca switch betwee these two types by pressig the [SF5] butto. Whe the display for four Elemets is show, you ca switch betwee the displays for Elemets 4 ad 5 8 by usig the left ad right cursor buttos. The display idicatig the settigs of the curret Elemet The display idicatig the settigs of four Elemets SF5 This ico idicates that you ca call up the display for aother four Elemets. 5 Settig the Waveform ad Note rage of the Elemet [F] Oscillator Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. Elemet Switch* Determies whether the curretly selected Elemet is o or off. Whe this is set to off, the curretly edited Elemet will ot soud. Settigs: off (iactive), o (active) XA Cotrol (Expaded Articulatio Cotrol) 3 # Expaded Articulatio (XA) is a special feature of the MOTIF XS that provides greater performace flexibility ad realism (see box o ext page). This parameter determies how the XA feature of the Elemet works. Try settig this parameter referrig to the four types of the XA Mode described below. You ca realize the desired soud depedig o your performace articulatio by assigig the same Elemet Group to the Elemets havig the same type of the XA. Settigs: ormal, legato, key off soud, wave cycle, wave radom, all AF off, AF o, AF o ormal Whe this is selected, the Elemet will soud ormally each time you press the ote. legato Whe this is selected ad the Moo is selected, a alterate Elemet (differet from the oe used whe XA is set to ormal ) will be played whe you play the keyboard i legato fashio (playig the ext ote of a sigle-ote lie or melody before releasig the previous ote). MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

113 Editig a Normal Voice key off soud Whe this is selected, the Elemet will soud each time you release the ote. wave cycle Whe this is selected for multiple Elemets, each Elemet souds alterately accordig to its umerical order each time you play a ote. (I other words, playig the first ote will soud Elemet, the secod ote Elemet, ad so o.) wave radom Whe this is selected for multiple Elemets, each Elemet will soud radomly each time you press the ote. all AF off Whe this is selected, the Elemet will soud whe both of the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos are tured off. AF o Whe this is selected, the Elemet will soud whe the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION [] butto is tured o. AF o Whe this is selected, the Elemet will soud whe the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION [] butto is tured o. Expaded Articulatio (XA) features Expaded Articulatio (XA) is a ewly desiged, sophisticated toe geeratio system that allows you to more effectively recreate realistic soud ad atural performace techiques such as legato ad staccato ofte used o acoustic istrumets but up to ow uavailable or difficult to realize o electroic keyboards. It also provides other uique s for radom ad alterate soud chages as you play. Realistic legato performace Specify a Elemet or Elemets to be souded whe playig legato. Set the XA cotrol parameter for the desired Elemets to "legato." Authetic ote release soud Specify a Elemet or Elemets to be souded upo releasig a ote. For example, this could be used to recreate the characteristic pluck soud o a harpsichord whe a ote is released. Set the XA cotrol parameter for the desired Elemets to "key off soud." Differet souds for each ote played Specify differet Elemets to be souded i order or radomly. Set the XA cotrol parameter for the desired Elemets to "wave cycle" or "wave radom." Switchig amog differet souds to recreate the atural performace o a acoustic istrumet Specify which Elemets will be souded accordig to the o/ off status of the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos. For example, this could be used o a acoustic guitar Voice to switch betwee playig ormally ad playig high harmoics. Set the XA cotrol parameter for the desired Elemets to "all AF off," "AF o," or "AF o." New souds ad ew styles of playig The highly versatile fuctios above ca be applied effectively ot oly to acoustic souds but also to sythesizer ad electroic Voices as well. The XA feature opes up eormous potetial for realizig authetic souds, performig expressively ad comig up with creative ew styles of playig. 3 Elemet Group Determies the group of the XA so that the Elemets of the same group are called up i order or radomly. Assig the same group umber to the Elemets havig the same type of XA. The settig here is ot available whe the XA parameters of all Elemets are set to ormal. Settigs: 8 4 Wave Bak (Waveform Bak)* Determies the Waveform Bak assiged to the Elemet, Preset or User. User Waveforms ca be created based o the samples recorded i the Samplig. Settigs: PRE (preset waveform), USR (user waveform) For details about Waveform, refer to the explaatio of the Samplig o page 6. 5 Wave Category* 6 Wave Number* Determies the Waveform assiged to the Elemet by selectig the Waveform Category ad Number. For a complete list of Waveforms i the Preset Bak, refer to the Waveform List i the separate Data List booklet. 7 Key O Delay Determies the time (delay) betwee the momet you press a ote o the keyboard ad the poit at which the soud is actually played. The higher the value, the loger the delay time. Settigs: Delay Tempo Syc Determies whether or ot the Key O Delay above is sychroized to the tempo of the Arpeggio or sequecer (Sog or Patter). Settigs: off (ot sychroized), o (sychroized) 9 Delay Tempo Determies the timig of the Key O Delay whe the Delay Tempo Syc is set to o. Settigs: 6th, 8th/3 (eighth-ote triplets), 6th. (dotted sixteeth ote), 8th (eighth ote), 4th/3 (quarter-ote triplets), 8th. (dotted 8th ote), 4th (quarter otes), d/3 (half-ote triplets), 4th. (dotted quarter otes), d (half otes), whole/ 3 (whole-ote triplets), d. (dotted half ote), 4thx4 (quarter-ote quadruplets; four quarter otes to the beat), 4thx5 (quarter-ote quituplets; five quarter otes to the beat), 4thx6 (quarter-ote sextuplets; six quarter otes to the beat), 4thx7 (quarter-ote septuplets; seve quarter otes to the beat), 4thx8 (quarter-ote octuplets; eight quarter otes to the beat) Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

114 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig ) Vel Cross Fade (Velocity Cross Fade) This determies how gradually the soud of a Elemet decreases i volume i proportio to the distace of velocity chages outside the Velocity Limit settig ()). A settig of 0 produces o soud outside the Velocity Limit. The higher the value, the more gradual the level decreases. The practical applicatio of this parameter is to create atural-soudig velocity cross fades, i which differet Elemets (Waveforms) chage gradually depedig o how strogly or softly you play. Settigs: 0 7! Velocity Limit Determies the miimum ad maximum values of the velocity rage withi which each Elemet will respod. Each Elemet will oly soud for otes played withi its specified velocity rage. For example, this lets you have oe Elemet soud whe you play softly ad have a differet oe soud whe you play strogly. If you specify the maximum value first ad the miimum value secod, for example 93 to 34, the the velocity rage covered will be to 34 ad 93 to 7. Settigs: Note Limit Determies the lowest ad highest otes of the keyboard rage for each Elemet. The selected Elemet will soud oly whe you play otes withi this rage. If you specify the highest ote first ad the lowest ote secod, for example C5 to C4, the the ote rage covered will be C - to C4 ad C5 to G8. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] INFO butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. # Is Effect Output (Isertio Effect Output) Determies which Isertio Effect (A or B) is used to process each idividual elemet. The thru settig lets you bypass the Isertio Effects for the specific key. This parameter is the same as Elemet Out 8 o the Coect display (page 07) i Voice Commo Edit. Makig a settig here automatically chages the settig of that parameter as well. Whe INSERTION CONNECT () is set to Is L, the sigal from each Elemet is output to the Isertio L regardless of the settig here. Settigs: thru (through), is A (Isertio A), is B (Isertio B) Pitch Settigs [F] Pitch Tuig ad Pitch Scalig [SF] Tue Coarse (Coarse Tuig) Determies the pitch of each Elemet i semitoes. Settigs: -48 semi +0 semi +48 semi Fie (Fie Tuig) Determies the pitch of each Elemet i cets. Settigs: -64 cets +0 cets +63 cets 3 Pitch Velocity Ses (Pitch Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the pitch of the Elemet respods to velocity. Positive settigs will cause the pitch to rise the harder you play the keyboard ad egative settigs will cause it to fall. A settig of 0 results i o chage i pitch. Settigs: Fie Scalig Ses (Fie Scalig Sesitivity) Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the pitch i fie tuig (set above) of the selected Elemet, assumig C3 as the basic pitch. A positive settig will cause the pitch of lower otes to chage lower ad that of higher otes to chage higher. Negative values will have the opposite effect. Settigs: Radom 6 7 This lets you radomly vary the pitch of the Elemet for each ote you play. The higher the value, the greater the pitch variatio. A value of 0 results i o pitch chage. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

115 Editig a Normal Voice 6 Pitch Key Follow Determies the sesitivity of the Key Follow effect (the pitch iterval of adjacet otes), assumig the pitch of the Ceter Key (7) as stadard. At +00% (the ormal settig), adjacet otes are pitched oe semitoe (00 cets) apart. At 0%, all otes are the same pitch specified as the Ceter Key. For egative values, the settigs are reversed. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% This parameter is useful for creatig alterate tuigs, or for use with souds that do ot eed to be spaced i semitoes, such as pitched drum souds i a Normal Voice. 7 Ceter Key Determies the cetral ote or pitch for the Pitch Key Follow. The ote umber set here is the same pitch as ormal regardless of the Pitch Key Follow settig. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the ote directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key. See Basic Operatio o page 8. Pitch Key Follow ad Ceter Key Pitch EG Settigs [SF] PEG (Pitch EG) From this display you ca set the Pitch EG parameters. Usig the PEG, you ca cotrol the trasitio i pitch from the momet the soud starts to the momet it # ~5 6~) Whe Pitch Key Follow is set to 00 Large Lower rage Amout of pitch chage + Ceter Key Small Higher rage $ % ^ & Pitch 0 6 Hold Level Hold Time Time The Time parameters let you set the time betwee the adjoiig poits of the level parameters below. A higher value results i a loger time util reachig the ext level. Settigs: Attack Level Attack Time Pressig the key (Key o) Hold Time Determies the time betwee the momet you press a ote o the keyboard ad the momet the evelope starts to rise. Attack Time Determies the speed of attack from the iitial pitch (Hold Level) to the ormal pitch of the Voice after the hold time has elapsed. 3 Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the ormal pitch (Attack Level) of the Voice to the pitch specified as the Decay Level. 4 Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the pitch specified as the Decay Level to the pitch specified as the Decay Level. 5 Release Time 3 Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the pitch specified as the Decay Level to the pitch specified as the Release Level whe the ote is released. Level The Level parameters let you set the amout of the pitch deviatio based o the stadard pitch specified at the Coarse Tuig ad Fie Tuig i the Tue display (page 4) at each evelope poit. Settigs: Decay Level 4 Decay Time 9 Decay Level 5 Release Time ) Release Level Time Releasig the key (Key off) Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 6 Hold Level Determies the iitial pitch at the momet the ote is pressed. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

116 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 7 Attack Level Determies the ormal pitch of the pressed ote. 8 Decay Level Determies the level which the pitch of soud reaches from the Attack Level after the Decay time elapses. 9 Decay Level Determies the sustai-level pitch which will be maitaied while a ote is held. ) Release Level Determies the fial pitch reached after the ote is released.! EG Depth Determies the rage over which the pitch evelope chages. A settig of 0 will cause the pitch ot to chage. The farther from 0 the value is, the larger the pitch rage. For egative values, the pitch chage is reversed. Settigs: EG Depth Vel Ses (EG Depth Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the pitch rage of the Elemet respods to velocity. Whe this is set to a positive value, high velocities cause the pitch rage to expad ad low velocities cause it to cotract, as show below. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities cause the pitch rage to cotract ad low velocities cause it to expad. Whe this is set to 0, the pitch evelope does ot chage o matter what the velocity. Settigs: High Velocity Large rage Low Velocity Small rage # EG Depth Vel Curve (EG Depth Velocity Curve) The five curves determie how the pitch rage will be geerated accordig to the velocity (stregth) with which you play otes o the keyboard. The horizotal axis of the graph is the velocity, ad the vertical axis is the pitch rage. $ EG Time Velocity Ses (EG Time Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the PEG trasitio time (speed) respods to velocity, or the stregth with which the ote is pressed. Whe this is set to a positive value, high velocities result i a fast PEG trasitio speed while low velocities result i a slow speed, as show below. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities result i a slow PEG trasitio speed while low velocities result i a fast speed. Whe this is set to 0, the PEG trasitio speed does ot chage o matter what the velocity. Settigs: High Velocity Fast pitch trasitio % EG Time Segmet Determies the part of the Pitch EG which the EG Time Velocity Sesitivity ($) affects. Settigs: attack, atk+dcy, decay, atk+rls, all attack The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time ad Hold Time. atk+dcy (attack+decay) The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time, Decay Time, ad Hold Time. decay The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Decay / Time. atk+rls (attack+release) The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time, Release Time, ad Hold Time. all This EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects all the Pitch EG Time parameters. ^ EG Time Key Follow Low Velocity Slow pitch trasitio Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the pitch EG times of the selected Elemet. Whe this is set to a positive value, high otes result i a high pitch EG trasitio speed while low otes result i a slow speed. Whe this is set to a egative value, high otes result i a slow pitch EG trasitio speed while low otes result i a high speed. Whe this is set to 0, the pitch EG trasitio speed does ot chage o matter what the pressed ote. Settigs: High Pitch Chage Settigs: Curve 0 4 Low Low Velocity High 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

117 Editig a Normal Voice & Ceter Key Determies the cetral ote or pitch for the EG Time Key Follow (^). Whe the Ceter Key ote is played, the PEG behaves accordig to its actual settigs. Settigs: C - G8 EG Time Key Follow ad Ceter Key Positive value Negative value You ca also set the ote directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key. See Basic Operatio o page 8. Adjust the brightess usig the Filter [F3] Filter Selectig a Filter Type [SF] Type From this display you ca select a Filter Type for the curret Elemet. The toal characteristics of the Voice ad Filter fuctios differ depedig o which Filter type is selected here Type* Lower rage Faster speed Slower speed Ceter key Determies the Filter Type for the curret Elemet. Settigs: LPF4D, LPF4A, LPF8, LPF8s, LPF, LPF6, HPF4D, HPF, BPFD, BPFw, BPF6, BEF, BEF6, Dual LPF, Dual HPF, Dual BPF, Dual BEF, LPF+BPF6, thru -40 Higher rage About Filter Types LPF (Low Pass Filter) This is a Filter type that oly passes sigals below the Cutoff Frequecy. The soud ca be brighteed by raisig the cutoff frequecy of the filter. O the other had, the soud ca be darkeed by lowerig the cutoff frequecy of the filter. You ca produce a distictive peaky soud by raisig the Resoace to boost the sigal level i the area of the Cutoff Frequecy. This filter type is most popular ad useful for producig classic sythesizer souds. LPF4D A dyamic 4 db/oct low-pass filter with a characteristic digital soud. Compared to the LPF4A type (below), this filter ca produce a more proouced resoace effect. Level LPF4A A digital dyamic low-pass filter with characteristics similar to a 4-pole aalog sythesizer filter. LPF8 3-pole 8 db/oct low-pass filter. LPF8s 3-pole 8 db/oct low-pass filter. This filter has a smoother cutoff slope tha the LPF8 type. HPF (High Pass Filter) This is a Filter type that oly passes sigals above the Cutoff Frequecy. You ca the use the Resoace to add further character to the soud. HPF4D A dyamic 4 db/oct high-pass filter with a characteristic digital soud. This filter ca produce a proouced resoace effect. Level HPF db/oct dyamic high-pass filter. BPF (Bad Pass Filter) This Filter type is a combiatio of a LPF ad HPF. Whe this Filter Type is selected, you ca set the Cutoff Frequecy aroud which the audio sigal is passed. BPFD The combiatio of a - db/oct HPF ad LPF with a characteristic digital soud. Level These frequecies are passed by the filter. Cutoff rage Resoace (4) Cutoff Frequecy () Cutoff Frequecy () Cutoff rage Resoace (4) These frequecies are passed by the filter. Frequecy Frequecy Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Cutoff rage Resoace (4) Cutoff rage Rage passed Frequecy MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

118 Editig a Normal Voice BPF6 The combiatio of a -6 db/oct HPF ad LPF. Level Cutoff rage Resoace (4) Cutoff rage Dual BEF Two -6 db/oct bad-elimiatio filters coected i parallel. Level Rage passed Distace (9) Cutoff rage Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig BPFw A db/oct BPF that combies HPF ad LPF filters to allow wider badwidth settigs. Level Cutoff rage Rage passed BEF (Bad Elimiatio Filter) Whe this Filter Type is selected, you ca set the Cutoff Frequecy aroud which the audio sigal is muted or elimiated. The Bad Elimiatio Filter has a opposite effect o the soud compared to the Bad Pass Filter. BEF BEF6 Level Dual Type Filter This type is a combiatio of two same filter types. You ca edit the distace betwee the two Cutoff Frequecies. Dual LPF Two db/oct low-pass filters coected i parallel. Level Rage passed Rage passed Cutoff Frequecy Cutoff Frequecy () Rage passed Width (4) Cutoff Frequecy Cutoff rage Cutoff Frequecy Distace (9) Cutoff Frequecy Oly the lower cutoff frequecy is set directly o the display. Dual HPF Two - db/oct high-pass filters coected i parallel. Dual BPF Two -6 db/oct bad-pass filters coected i parallel. Frequecy Cutoff rage Frequecy Rage passed Frequecy Cutoff rage Frequecy Cutoff Frequecy Combiatio Type Filter This type is a combiatio of two differet filter types. You ca edit the distace betwee the two Cutoff Frequecies. LPF+HPF A combiatio of a - db/oct low-pass filter ad high-pass filter. Whe this Filter Type is selected, HPF Cutoff ()) ad HPF Key Follow Sesitivity (!) ca be set. Oly the LPF graph is show o the display. LPF6+HPF6 A combiatio of a -6 db/oct low-pass filter ad high-pass filter. Whe this Filter Type is selected, HPF Cutoff ()) ad HPF Key Follow Sesitivity (!) ca be set. Oly the LPF graph is show o the display. LPF+BPF6 A combiatio of a low-pass filter ad bad-pass filter. You ca edit the distace betwee the two Cutoff Frequecies. Level Rage passed Cutoff* Cutoff Frequecy () Oly the lower cutoff frequecy is set directly o the display. Cutoff rage Cutoff Frequecy () Distace (9) Oly the lower cutoff frequecy is set directly o the display. Frequecy Cutoff Frequecy Frequecy Cutoff Frequecy Determies the Cutoff Frequecy for the Filter, or the cetral frequecy aroud which the Filter is applied. The toal characteristics of the Voice ad fuctio of the Cutoff Frequecy differ depedig o which Filter type is selected. Set this parameter while cofirmig the Filter graph show o the display. Settigs: Cutoff Velocity Ses (Cutoff Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the Cutoff Frequecy () respods to velocity, or the stregth with which you play otes. For positive settigs, the more strogly you play the keyboard, the higher the cutoff frequecy becomes. A settig of 0 will cause the Cutoff Frequecy ot to chage o matter what velocity. Negative settigs will cause the Cutoff Frequecy to rise the more softly you play the keyboard. Settigs: -00% 0% +00% 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

119 Editig a Normal Voice 4 Resoace*/ Width This parameter s fuctio varies accordig to the selected Filter Type. If the selected filter is a LPF, HPF, BPF (excludig the BPFw), or BEF, this parameter is used to set the Resoace. For the BPFw, it is used to adjust the frequecy badwidth Resoace is used to set the amout of Resoace (harmoic emphasis) applied to the sigal at the cutoff frequecy. This ca be used i combiatio with the cutoff frequecy parameter to add further character to the soud. The Width parameter is used to adjust the width of the bad of sigal frequecies passed by the filter with the BPFw. Whe the Filter Type is set to LPF6 or thru, this parameter is ot available. Settigs: Resoace Velocity Ses (Resoace Velocity Sesitivity) Determies the degree to which resoace respods to velocity, or the stregth with which you play otes. For positive values, the higher the velocity, the greater the resoace. A settig of 0 results i o chage of the Resoace value. For egative values, the lower the velocity, the greater the resoace. Settigs: Gai Determies the Gai of the sigal set to the filter. The lower the value, the lower the Gai. The toal characteristics geerated by the filter differ depedig o the value set here. Settigs: Cutoff Key Follow Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the Cutoff Frequecy (set above) of the selected Elemet, assumig C3 as the basic pitch. A positive settig will lower the Cutoff frequecy for lower otes ad raise it for higher otes. A egative settig will have the opposite effect. Settigs: -00% 0% +00% 8 Ceter Key (Idicatio oly) This idicates that the cetral ote for Cutoff Key Follow (7) above is C3. Keep i mid that this is for display purposes oly; the value caot be chaged. 9 Distace Determies the distace betwee the two Cutoff frequecies, for the Dual Filter types (which feature two idetical filters combied i parallel), ad the LPF + BPF6 type. Whe ay of other filter types is selected, this parameter is ot available. Settigs: ) HPF Cutoff (High Pass Filter Cutoff Frequecy) Determies the cetral frequecy for the Key Follow parameter (below) of the HPF. Whe a filter type LPF or LPF6 is selected, this parameter is available. Settigs: 0 55! HPF Key Follow (High Pass Filter Key Follow) Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the Cutoff Frequecy (set above) of the HPF. A positive settig will lower the Cutoff frequecy for lower otes ad raise it for higher otes. A egative settig will have the opposite effect. Whe a filter type LPF or LPF6 is selected, this parameter is available. Settigs: -00% 0% Ceter Key This idicates that the cetral ote for High Pass Filter Key Follow (!) above is C3. Keep i mid that this is for display purposes oly; the value caot be chaged. Filter EG Settigs [SF] FEG (Filter EG) From this display you ca set the Filter EG parameters. Usig the FEG, you ca cotrol the chage i toe from the momet the soud starts to the momet it # ~5 6~) $ % ^ & Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Cutoff Key Follow ad Ceter Key Whe Cutoff Key Follow is set to 00 Large Amout of cutoff frequecy chage + Small Lower rage Ceter Key = C3 Higher rage MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

120 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Pitch 0 Time The Time parameters let you set the time betwee the adjoiig poits of the level parameters below. A higher value results i a loger time util reachig the ext level. Settigs: 0 7 Hold Time Determies the time betwee the momet you press a ote o the keyboard ad the momet the evelope starts to rise. Attack Time Determies the speed of attack from the iitial cutoff frequecy (Hold Level) to the maximum level of the Voice after the hold time has elapsed. 3 Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the maximum cutoff frequecy (Attack Level) to the cutoff frequecy specified as the Decay Level. 4 Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the cutoff frequecy specified as the Decay Level to the cutoff frequecy specified as the Decay Level. 5 Release Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the cutoff frequecy specified as the Decay Level to the cutoff frequecy specified as the Release Level whe the ote is released. Level 6 Hold Level Hold Time 7 Attack Level Attack Time Pressig the key (Key o) 3 Decay Time 8 Decay Level 4 Decay Time 9 Decay Level 5 Release Time ) Release Level The Level parameters let you set the amout of the filter chage at each poit based o the cutoff frequecy specified i the Filter Type display (page 7). Time Releasig the key (Key off) 8 Decay Level Determies the level which the cutoff frequecy reaches from the Attack Level after the Decay time elapses. 9 Decay Level Determies the cutoff frequecy which will be maitaied while a ote is held. ) Release Level Determies the fial cutoff frequecy reached after the ote is released.! EG Depth Determies the rage over which the cutoff frequecy evelope chages. A settig of 0 will cause the cutoff frequecy ot to chage. The farther from 0 the value is, the larger the rage of the cutoff frequecy. For egative values, the chage of the cutoff frequecy is reversed. Settigs: EG Depth Vel Ses (EG Depth Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the rage of the cutoff frequecy respods to velocity. Whe this is set to a positive value, high velocities cause the Filter EG rage to expad ad low velocities cause it to cotract, as show below. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities cause the Filter EG rage to cotract ad low velocities cause it to expad. Whe this is set to 0, the Filter EG rage does ot chage o matter what the velocity. Settigs: High Velocity Large rage Low Velocity Small rage # EG Depth Vel Ses Curve (EG Depth Velocity Sesitivity Curve) The five curves determie how the FEG trasitio rage chages accordig to the velocity (stregth) with which you play otes o the keyboard. The selected curve is idicated by the graphic o the display. The horizotal axis of the graph is the velocity, ad the vertical axis is the Cutoff Frequecy rage. For example, the illustratio below idicates that the middle rage of velocities (aroud 64) causes the FEG trasitio rage ot to chage ad the higher/lower rage of velocities causes it to chage more greatly. Settigs: High 6 Hold Level Determies the iitial cutoff frequecy at the momet the ote is pressed. 7 Attack Level Determies the maximum cutoff frequecy which the evelope reaches after a ote is pressed. FEG trasitio rage Settigs: Curve 0 4 Low Low Velocity High 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

121 Editig a Normal Voice $ EG Time Velocity Ses (EG Time Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the FEG trasitio time (speed) respods to velocity, or the stregth with which the ote is pressed. Whe this is set to a positive value, high velocities result i a fast FEG trasitio speed while low velocities result i a slow speed, as show below. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities result i a slow FEG trasitio speed while low velocities result i a fast speed. Whe this is set to 0, the pitch trasitio speed does ot chage o matter what the velocity. Settigs: Playig hard (High velocity) Fast speed Playig softly (Low velocity) Slow speed EG Time Key Follow ad Ceter Key Positive value Negative value Lower rage Faster speed Slower speed Ceter key You ca also set the ote directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key. See Basic Operatio o page Higher rage Filter Scalig settigs [SF3] Scale Voice Performace Samplig % EG Time Velocity Ses Segmet (EG Time Velocity Sesitivity Segmet) Determies the part of the Filter EG which the EG Time Velocity Sesitivity ($) affects. Settigs: attack, atk+dcy, decay, atk+rls, all attack The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time ad Hold Time. atk+dcy (attack+decay) The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time, Decay Time, ad Hold Time. decay The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Decay / Time. atk+rls (attack+release) The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time, Release Time, ad Hold Time. all The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects all the Filter EG Time parameters. ^ EG Time Key Follow Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the Filter EG times of the selected Elemet. Whe this is set to a positive value, high otes result i a fast Filter EG trasitio speed while low otes result i a slow speed. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities result i a slow Filter EG trasitio speed while low otes result i a fast speed. Whe this is set to 0, the Filter EG trasitio speed does ot chage o matter what ote is pressed. Settigs: -00% 0% +00% & Ceter Key Determies the cetral ote or pitch for the EG Time Key Follow (^). Whe the Ceter Key ote is played, the FEG behaves accordig to its actual settigs. Settigs: C - G8 Filter Scalig cotrols the filter cutoff frequecy accordig to the positios of the otes o the keyboard. You ca divide the etire keyboard by four break poits, ad assig differet offset values of Cutoff Frequecy to them respectively. 4 Break Poit 4 Determies the four Break Poits by specifyig the ote umbers respectively. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the Break Poit directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] INFO butto ad pressig the desired key. See Basic Operatio o page 8. Break Poit to Break Poit 4 will be automatically be arraged i ascedig order across the keyboard. 5 8 Offset 4 Determies the offset value to the Cutoff Frequecy at each Break Poit. Settigs: ~4 5~8 Regardless of the size of these Offsets, the miimum ad maximum Cutoff limits (values of 0 ad 7, respectively) caot be exceeded. Ay ote played below the Break Poit ote results i the Break Poit Level settig. Likewise, ay ote played above the Break Poit 4 ote results i the Break Poit 4 Level settig. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

122 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Settig example of Filter Scalig The best way to uderstad Filter Scalig is by example. For the settigs show i the example display below, the basic Cutoff frequecy value is 64, ad the various Offset values at the selected Break poit settigs chage that basic value accordigly. The specific chages to the Cutoff frequecy are show i the diagram below. The Cutoff frequecy chages i a liear fashio betwee successive Break Poits as show. 3 4 Break Poit C# D# C3 A4 Offset Cutoff frequecy Output Level settigs [F4] Amplitude Level* Determies the output level of the Elemet. Settigs: Break Poit C# 74 Break Poit D# Level ad Pa settigs [SF] Level/Pa Level Velocity Ses (Level Velocity Sesitivity)* Determies how the output level of the Elemet respods to velocity. Positive settigs will cause the output level to rise the harder you play the keyboard. A settig of 0 will cause the output level ot to chage. Negative settigs will cause the output level to rise the more softly you play the keyboard. Settigs: Break Poit 3 C3 68 Break Poit 4 A4 Note ) 3 Level Velocity Ses Offset (Level Velocity Sesitivity Offset) Raises or lowers the level specified at the Level Velocity Sesitivity (). A settig of 64 results i the origial values of the Level Velocity Sesitivity () beig used. Settigs above 64 will raise the level specified at the Level Velocity Sesitivity (). Settigs below 64 will reduce the level. Settigs: Level Velocity Ses Curve (Level Velocity Sesitivity Curve)* The five curves determie how the actual velocity will be geerated accordig to the velocity (stregth) with which you play otes o the keyboard. The selected curve is idicated by the graphic o the display. Settigs: Curve Level Key Follow Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the amplitude level (set above) of the selected Elemet, assumig C3 as the basic pitch. A positive settig will lower the output level for lower otes ad raise it for higher otes. A egative settig will have the opposite effect. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% 6 Ceter Key (Idicatio oly) This idicates that the cetral ote for Level Key Follow (5) above is C3. Keep i mid that this is for display purposes oly; the value caot be chaged. Level Key Follow ad Ceter Key 7 Pa* Volume High Low Soft Strog Playig stregth (velocity) Whe Level Key Follow is set to 00 Amout of AEG level chage Lower rage Adjusts the stereo pa positio of the soud. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) + Ceter Key = C3 Large Small Higher rage MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

123 Editig a Normal Voice 8 Alterate Pa Determies the amout by which the soud is paed alterately left ad right for each ote you press, assumig the pa positio set above as ceter. Higher values icrease the width of the Pa rage. Settigs: L64 C R63 9 Radom Pa Determies the amout by which the soud of the selected Elemet is paed radomly left ad right for each ote you press. The Pa settig (above) is used as the Ceter Pa positio. Settigs: 0 7 ) Scalig Pa Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the Pa positio (set above), left ad right, of the selected Elemet. At ote C3, the mai Pa settig (above) is used for the basic Pa positio. A positive settig will move the pa positio leftward for lower otes ad move it rightward for higher otes. A egative settig will have the opposite effect. Settigs: Amplitude EG Settigs [SF] AEG (Amplitude EG) From this display you ca set the Amplitude EG parameters. Usig the AEG, you ca cotrol the trasitio i volume from the momet the soud starts to the momet the soud stops. 9 ) ~4 5~8 Level (Volume) 5 Iitial Level 6 Attack Level 7 Decay Level 8 Decay # $ Time* The Time parameters let you set the time betwee the adjoiig poits of the level parameters below. A higher value results i a loger time util reachig the ext level. Settigs: 0 7 Attack Time Determies how quickly the soud reaches its maximum level after the key is pressed. Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the Attack Level to the Decay Level. 3 Decay Time Determies how fast the evelope falls from the Decay Level to the Decay Level (sustai level). 4 Release Time Determies how quickly the soud decays to silece after the key is released. Level The Level parameters let you set the amout of the trasitio at each poit based o the level specified i the Level/Pa display (page ). Settigs: Iitial Level Determies the iitial level at the momet the ote is pressed. 6 Attack Level Determies the maximum level which the evelope reaches after a ote is pressed. 7 Decay Level Determies the level which the evelope reaches from the Attack Level after the Decay time elapses. 8 Decay Level Determies the level which will be maitaied while a ote is held. 9 Half Damper Switch Whe the Half Damper Switch is set to o, you ca produce a half-pedal effect just as o a real acoustic piao by usig the optioal FC3 Foot Cotroller coected to the FOOT SWITCH SUSTAIN jack o the rear pael. Settigs: o, off Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 0 Attack Time Decay Time 3 Decay Time 4 Release Time Time Whe you wish to recreate a half-damper effect usig the optioal FC3, set the Sustai Pedal parameter to FC3 (half o) i the Play Display (page 59) of the Utility. Note that this settig is ot ecessary whe cotrollig the halfdamper by sedig the Cotrol Chage messages from a exteral MIDI device to the istrumet. Pressig the key (Key o) Releasig the key (Key off) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

124 Editig a Normal Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig ) Half Damper Time Determies how quickly the soud decays to silece after the key is released while holdig dow the Foot Cotroller FC3 with the Half Damper Switch parameter (9) tured o. After releasig the key, you ca cotrol the decay time of the soud via the Foot Cotroller positio, with the Half Damper Time of the AEG beig the maximum decay value ad the Release Time of the AEG beig the miimum decay value. Whe you release the pedal, the decay time after the key is released is equivalet to the AEG Release Time. You ca create a piao-like effect by settig the Release Time to a small value ad settig the Half Damper Time to a large value. The settig here is available oly whe the Half Damper Switch parameter (9) is set to o ad you use the optioal FC3 coected to the rear pael. Settigs: 0 7! EG Time Velocity Ses (EG Time Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the AEG trasitio time (speed) respods to velocity, or the stregth with which the ote is pressed. Whe this is set to a positive value, high velocities result i a fast AEG trasitio speed while low velocities result i a slow speed, as show below. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities result i a slow AEG trasitio speed while low velocities result i a fast speed. Whe this is set to 0, the amplitude trasitio speed does ot chage o matter what the velocity. Settigs: High Velocity Faster EG Time Velocity Ses Segmet (EG Time Velocity Sesitivity Segmet) Determies the part of the Amplitude EG which the EG Time Velocity Sesitivity (!) affects. Settigs: attack, atk+dcy, decay, atk+rls, all Low Velocity Slower speed attack The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time. atk+dcy (attack+decay) The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time ad Decay Time. decay The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Decay Time. atk+rls (attack+release) The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects the Attack Time ad Release Time. all The EG Time Velocity Sesitivity affects all the Amplitude EG Time parameters. speed while low otes result i a slow speed. Whe this is set to a egative value, high velocities result i a slow Amplitude EG trasitio speed while low otes result i a fast speed. Whe this is set to 0, the Amplitude EG trasitio speed does ot chage o matter what the pressed ote. Settigs: -00% 0% +00% $ Ceter Key Determies the cetral ote for the EG Time Key Follow (#). Whe the Ceter Key ote is played, the AEG behaves accordig to its actual settigs. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. EG Time Key Follow ad Ceter Key Positive value Negative value Amplitude Scalig settigs [SF3] Scale Amplitude Scalig cotrols the amplitude output level accordig to the positios of the otes o the keyboard. You ca divide the etire keyboard by four break poits, ad assig differet offset values of amplitude to them respectively. ~4 5~8 Lower rage Faster speed Slower speed Ceter key Higher rage 4 Break Poit 4 Determies the four Break Poits by specifyig the ote umbers respectively. Settigs: C - G8 # EG Time Key Follow Determies the degree to which the otes (specifically, their positio or octave rage) affect the Amplitude EG times of the selected Elemet. Whe this is set to a positive value, high otes result i a fast Amplitude EG trasitio You ca also set the Break Poit directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. See Basic Operatio o page 8. Break Poit to Break Poit 4 will be automatically be arraged i ascedig order across the keyboard. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

125 Editig a Normal Voice 5 8 Offset 4 Determies the offset value to the level at each Break Poit. Settigs: Settig example of Amplitude Scalig The best way to uderstad Amplitude Scalig is by example. For the settigs show i the example display below, the basic Amplitude (volume) value for the selected Elemet is 80, ad the various Offset values at the selected Break poit settigs chage that basic value accordigly. The specific chages to the Amplitude are show i the diagram below. The Amplitude chages i a liear fashio betwee successive Break Poits as show. 3 4 Break Poit C C C3 C4 Offset Amplitude 76 Break Poit C 90 Break Poit C Modulatig the Voice [F5] Elm LFO (Elemet LFO) This display gives you a comprehesive set of cotrols over the LFO for each idividual Elemet. The LFO ca be used to create vibrato, wah, tremolo ad other special effects, by applyig it to the pitch, filter ad amplitude parameters. 97 Break Poit 3 C3 84 Break Poit 4 C4 Note off The LFO cycles freely with o key sychroizatio. Pressig a key starts the LFO wave at whatever phase the LFO happes to be at that poit. o The LFO resets with each ote you play ad starts a wave at the phase specified by the Phase parameter (above). 3 Delay Determies the delay time betwee the momet you press ote o the keyboard ad the momet the LFO comes ito effect. A higher value results i a loger delay time. Settigs: Fade I Time Determies the amout of time for the LFO effect to fade i after the Delay time has elapsed. A higher value results i a slower fade-i. Whe set to 0, the LFO effect will ot fade i ad reach the maximum level immediately after the Delay time has elapsed. Settigs: Speed Determies the speed of the LFO Wave. The higher the value, the faster the LFO speed. Settigs: P Mod (Pitch Modulatio Depth) Determies the amout (depth) by which the LFO wave varies (modulates) the pitch of the soud. The higher the settig, the greater the depth of cotrol. Settigs: F Mod (Filter Modulatio Depth) Determies the amout (depth) by which the LFO wave varies (modulates) the Filter Cutoff frequecy. The higher the settig, the greater the depth of cotrol. Settigs: 0 7 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece A Mod (Amplitude Modulatio Depth) Determies the amout (depth) by which the LFO wave varies (modulates) the amplitude or volume of the soud. The higher the settig, the greater the depth of cotrol. Settigs: 0 7 Utility File Wave Selects the Wave ad determies how the LFO waveform modulates the soud. Settigs: saw, triagle, square Key O Reset Determies whether or ot the LFO is reset each time a ote is played. Settigs: off, o MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

126 Editig a Normal Voice Equalizer (EQ) Settigs [F6] EQ Whe the EQ Type is set to PEQ Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig From this display, you ca set the EQ parameters for each Elemet. Type Determies the EQ Type. The umber of parameters ad values available differs depedig o the selected EQ type. Settigs: Bad, PEQ See below. Boost 6, Boost, Boost 8 Boosts the etire bad of the selected Elemet by +6dB, +db, ad +8dB respectively. thru If you select this, the equalizers are bypassed ad the etire sigal is uaffected. Whe the EQ Type is set to Bad This is a shelvig equalizer, which combies separate high ad low frequecy bads. EQ Type 3 45 Low Frequecy Determies the stadard frequecy of the lower EQ bad. Settigs: 50. Hz.00 khz 3 High Frequecy Determies the stadard frequecy of the higher EQ bad. Settigs: Hz 0. khz 4 Low Gai The Parametric EQ for the sigle bad is used to atteuate or boost sigal levels (gai) aroud the Frequecy. This type features 3 differet Q settigs, which determie the frequecy bad width of the equalizer. EQ Type Low Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy. Settigs: 39.7 Hz.9 khz 4 Low Gai Determies the amout by which sigals below the Low Frequecy () will be boosted/atteuated. Settigs: -.00 db db +.00 db 6 Q 4 6 Determies the Q (badwidth) for the bad. The lower the settig, the greater the badwidth. The higher the settig, the smaller the badwidth. Settigs: Determies the amout by which sigals below the Low Frequecy () will be boosted/atteuated. Settigs: -.00 db db +.00 db 5 High Gai Determies the amout by which sigals above the High Frequecy (3) will be boosted/atteuated. Settigs: -.00 db db +.00 db 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

127 Editig a Drum Voice Editig refers to the process of creatig a Voice by chagig the parameters that make up the Voice. This ca be doe i Voice Edit, a sub withi the Voice. I this sectio, we ll show you how to edit a Drum Voice. To eter the Drum Voice Edit, press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice, select a Drum Voice, the press the [EDIT] butto. Commo Edit ad Key Edit Each Drum Voice ca cosist of up to 73 Drum Keys, assiged to otes spread across the keyboard (C0 to C6). There are two types of Drum Voice Edit displays: those for Commo Edit to edit the settigs commo to all keys, ad those for Key Edit to edit idividual keys. COMMON EDIT Commo Edit display Voice Performace Samplig Drum Voice Edit PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF Commo Edit Lets you edit the parameters commo to all Keys of the selected Drum Voice. Key Edit C0 C6 Lets you edit the parameters of the idividual 73 keys that make up a Drum Voice. Key Edit display Selectig a Drum Key Sog Patter Mixig Referece Editig Drum Voices Press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice Play. Select a Drum Voice to be edited. Press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Voice Edit. 3 Call up the desired Edit display, Commo Edit or Key Edit. To call up the Commo Edit display, press the [COMMON EDIT] butto. To call up the Key Edit display, press the Number butto []. I the Drum Key Edit, press the Key to which your desired drum istrumet soud is assiged. 4 Call up the desired display. To fid the desired display, ote the tab meu items correspodig to the [F] [F6] buttos ad [SF] [SF5] buttos. Each tab meu of the [F] [F6] buttos cotais sub meus which correspod to the [SF] [SF5] buttos at the bottom of the display. By pressig the [SF6] butto, you ca use various fuctios such as the Iformatio display, Character iput (page 8), Number butto fuctio (page 8), ad List display/selectio (page 8). The fuctio called up via the [SF6] butto differs depedig o the selected parameter where the cursor is located. 5 Move the cursor to the desired parameter. 6 Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/ NO] buttos ad the data dial. 7 Repeat steps 3 6 as desired. Samplig Master Utility File 8 Eter the desired ame for the edited Voice. Use the Name display (page 98) of the Voice Commo Edit. 9 Store the edited Voice. Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Store widow (page 97) the store the edited Voice. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

128 Editig a Drum Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The edited Voice will be lost whe selectig the differet Voice or turig the power off. Make sure to store the Voice data to the iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Voice or turig the power off. If desired, save the edited ad stored Voices to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector or a computer coected to the etwork to Commo Edit parameters which the MOTIF XS is also coected. Keep i mid that edited Voice data is stored to iteral User memory (Flash ROM) ad is maitaied eve whe turig the power off. As such it is ot ecessary to save the data to a exteral device; however, we still recommed that you save or archive all importat data to a exteral device. Refer to page 78 for details. Other coveiet fuctios are also available i the Drum Voice Edit. For details, see page 97. [VOICE] Drum Voice selectio [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] The Commo Edit lets you edit the parameters commo to all Drum Keys of the selected Drum Voice. Geeral Settigs for the selected Voice [F] Geeral CAUTION The Commo Edit parameters of the Drum Voice are basically the same as those of the Normal Voice. However, some parameters havig the same ame as those of the Normal Voice are ot available for the Drum Voice. Namig the edited Voice [SF] Name This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 98. Play Mode Settigs such as Micro Tuig ad Moo/Poly [SF] Play Mode This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 98. Other settigs [SF3] Other This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 00. Arpeggio settigs [F] ARP Mai (Arpeggio Mai) This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 0. Arpeggio settigs [F3] ARP Other (Arpeggio Other) By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of the Arpeggio playback. This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 0. Cotroller settigs [F4] Ctrl Set (Cotroller Set) This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 04. Please ote that the Elemet Switch parameter is ot available i Drum Voice Commo edit. Effect settigs [F6] Effect Effect Coectio Settigs [SF] Coect This display gives you comprehesive cotrol over the effects. The fuctios o this display are basically same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit (page 07). The differet poit is that the Isertio Effect Out parameter is set ot for each Elemet but for each Drum Key. I additio to that, three more parameters ($ ^) are available. 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

129 Editig a Drum Voice $ % 7 8 Out (Isertio Effect Out) Determies which Isertio Effect (A or B) is used to process each idividual Drum Key. Parameters ca be set for each Drum Key. Whe INSERTION CONNECT () is set to is L, the sigal from each Drum Key is output to the Isertio L regardless of the settig here. Settigs: thru (through), Is A (Isertio A), Is B (Isertio B) Parameters # are same as the oes o the Coect display (page 07) i the Normal Voice Edit. $ Key ^ 9 5 6! # Determies the Drum Key to be edited. The Isertio Effect Out (), Key Reverb Sed (%) ad Key Chorus Sed (^) ca be set for each Drum Key. Settigs: C0 C6 3 4 % REV SEND (Key Reverb Sed) Determies the level of the Drum key soud (the bypassed sigal) that is set to Reverb effect. The settig here is available oly whe the Isertio Effect Out parameter () is set to thru. Settigs: 0 7 Whe the Isertio Effect Out parameter () is set to Is A or Is B, you ca determie the level of the Drum Key soud (output from Isertio Effect A or B) that is set to the Reverb effect by settig the value of the Isertio Reverb Sed parameter idicated oly i this case. ^ CHO SEND (Key Chorus Sed) Determies the level of the Drum key soud (the bypassed sigal) that is set to Chorus effect. The settig here is available oly whe the Isertio Effect Out parameter () is set to thru. Settigs: 0 7 Whe the Isertio Effect Out parameter () is set to Is A or Is B, you ca determie the level of the Drum Key soud (output from Isertio Effect A or B) that is set to the Chorus effect by settig the value of the Isertio Chorus Sed parameter idicated oly i this case. Effect Parameter settigs [SF] Is A [SF5] Chorus This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 09. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece Key Edit parameters [VOICE] Drum Voice selectio [EDIT] Key selectio If you wish to edit the souds that make up a Voice ad the basic parameters that determie the soud, such as Oscillator, Pitch, Filter, Amplitude, ad EG (Evelope Geerator), call up the Key Edit display. About the asterisk (*) marks For users who are ew to Voice editig ad may be cofused by the large amout of parameters, the most basic ad easy-to-uderstad parameters are coveietly marked with asterisks i this sectio. If you are just startig out with Voice editig, try these parameters first. Settig the wave ad ote rage of the Key [F] Oscillator This display lets you set the Waveform ad Note rage of the selected Key # $ % ^ Key* Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. Determies the Drum Key to be edited. You ca select the desired percussio istrumet by pressig the ote. Settigs: C0 C6 Elemet Switch* Determies whether the curretly selected Key is used or ot. Whe this is set to off, the curretly edited Key will ot soud. Settigs: off (iactive), o (active) Samplig Master Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

130 Editig a Drum Voice 3 Wave Bak (Waveform Bak)* 9 Is Effect Output (Isertio Effect Output) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Determies the Waveform Bak assiged to the Drum Key, Preset or User. User Waveforms ca be created based o the samples recorded i the Samplig. Settigs: PRE (preset waveform), USR (user waveform) For details about Waveform, refer to the explaatio of the Samplig Mode o page 6. 4 Wave Category (Waveform Category)* 5 Wave Number (Waveform Number)* Determies the Waveform assiged to the Drum Key by selectig the Waveform Category ad Number. For a complete list of Waveforms i the Preset Bak, refer to the Waveform List i the separate Data List booklet. 6 Assig Mode* Whe this is set to sigle, double playback of the same ote is preveted. This is useful whe two or more istaces of the same ote are received early simultaeously, or without a correspodig ote off message. To allow playback of each istace of the same ote, set this to multi. I geeral, you should probably set this to multi especially for tambourie ad cymbal souds that you would wat to rig out to their full decay, whe playig them multiple times i successio. Please keep i mid that the multi settig cosumes the overall polyphoy ad it may cause souds to be cut off. Settigs: sigle, multi sigle Whe this is set to sigle ad double playback of the same ote are trasmitted to the iteral toe geerator, the first ote will be stopped the the ext ote will be souded. multi Whe this is set to multi ad double playback of the same ote are trasmitted to the iteral toe geerator, all the otes are souded simultaeously. 7 Receive Note Off Determies whether or ot the selected Drum Key respods to MIDI Note Off messages. This should be set to o whe the selected Drum Key has a sustaied, odecayig soud (such as a sare roll), so that you ca stop the soud by releasig the ote. Settigs: off, o 8 Alterate Group* Determies the Alterate Group to which the key is assiged. I a real drum kit, some drum souds caot physically be played simultaeously, such as ope ad closed hi-hats. You ca prevet keys from playig back simultaeously by assigig them to the same Alterate Group. Up to 7 Alterate Groups ca be defied. You ca also select off here if you wish to allow the simultaeous playback of souds. Settigs: off, 7 Determies which Isertio Effect (A or B) is used to process each idividual Drum Key. This parameter is same as the Is Effect Output i the Coect display (page 07) i Voice Commo Edit. Makig a settig here automatically chages the settig of that parameter as well. Whe INSERTION CONNECT () is set to is L i the Coect display, Isertio L is used to process each idividual Drum Key, eve if is A or is B is selected. Settigs: thru (through), is A (Isertio Effect A), is B (Isertio Effect B) ) Reverb Sed* Determies the level of the Drum Key soud (the bypassed sigal) that is set to Reverb effect. This is available oly whe Isertio Effect Output (above) is set to thru. The settig made here will be applied to the same parameters i the Coect display (page 07) of the Voice Commo Edit. Settigs: 0 7! Chorus Sed* Determies the level of the Drum Key soud (the bypassed sigal) that is set to Chorus effect. This is available oly whe Isertio Effect Output (above) is set to thru. The settig made here will be applied to the same parameters i the Coect display (page 07) of the Voice Commo Edit. Settigs: 0 Output Select Determies the specific output(s) for the idividual Drum key sigal. You ca assig each idividual Drum Key soud to be output from a specific hardware output jack o the rear pael. This parameter is useful whe you wish to apply a coected exteral effect to a specific drum istrumet. The settig here is available oly whe the Isertio Effect Output parameter (9) is set to thru. Settigs: See the table below. LCD Output jacks Stereo/Moo L&R OUTPUT L ad R Stereo asl&r ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L ad R Stereo m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) m5&6 mlan OUTPUT 5 ad 6 Stereo (5: L, 6: R) m7&8 mlan OUTPUT 7 ad 8 Stereo (7: L, 8: R) m9&0 mlan OUTPUT 9 ad 0 Stereo (9: L, 0: R) m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) asl ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L Moo asr ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT R Moo m mlan OUTPUT Moo : : : m4 mlan OUTPUT 4 Moo The mlan settigs (m m4) are available oly for the MOTIF XS8. The mlan settigs are available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled. 30 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

131 Editig a Drum Voice # Coarse (Pitch Coarse Tuig)* Determies the pitch of each Drum Key i semitoes. Settigs: -48 semi +0 semi +48 semi $ Fie (Pitch Fie Tuig)* Determies the pitch of each Drum Key i cet. Settigs: -64 cet +0 cet +63 cet % Pitch Velocity Ses (Pitch Velocity Sesitivity) Determies how the pitch of the Drum Key respods to velocity. Positive settigs will cause the pitch to rise the harder you play the keyboard. A settig of 0 will cause the pitch ot to chage. Negative settigs will cause the pitch to rise the more softly you play the keyboard. Settigs: ^ [SF5] PageHold Normally i the Drum Voice Edit, pressig a ote o the keyboard alterates the key (istrumet) beig edited automatically. Whe the [SF5] PageHold butto is tured o, the key (istrumet) beig edited is maitaied eve if you press ay other ote o the keyboard. This allows you to edit a certai key while adjustig the level balace betwee the key beig edited ad the other keys. Adjust the brightess usig the Filter [F3] Filter Each Drum Key has its ow idepedet low pass filter ad high pass filter. You ca adjust the toal characteristics of each drum soud by settig the Cutoff Frequecy ad Resoace. Key Cutoff Velocity Ses (Cutoff Velocity Sesitivity)* Determies how the Cutoff Frequecy respods to velocity, or the stregth with which you play otes. Positive settigs will cause the Cutoff Frequecy to rise the harder you play the keyboard. A settig of 0 will cause the Cutoff Frequecy ot to chage depedig o velocity. Negative settigs will cause the Cutoff Frequecy to rise the more softly you play the keyboard. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% 3 Resoace* Determies the emphasis give to the Cutoff Frequecy to add further character to the soud. Higher values result i a more proouced effect. Settigs: HPF Cutoff (High Pass Filter Cutoff Frequecy)* Determies the Cutoff Frequecy of the High Pass Filter. Settigs: 0 55 Amplitude settigs [F4] Amplitude From the followig displays, you ca set various parameters for the selected Drum Key, such as Volume, Pa, ad Amplitude EG Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece 3 4 Cutoff* Raises or lowers the cutoff frequecy of the low pass filter to adjust the toe brilliace. The soud ca be brighteed by raisig the cutoff frequecy, ad darkeed or muffled by lowerig it. Settigs: 0 55 Level* Determies the output level of the Drum Key. Settigs: 0 7 Velocity Ses (Velocity Sesitivity)* Determies how the output level of the Drum Key respods to velocity. Positive settigs will cause the output level to rise the harder you play the keyboard. A settig of 0 will cause the output level ot to chage. Negative settigs will cause the output level to rise the more softly you play the keyboard. Settigs: Utility File 3 Pa* Adjusts the stereo pa positio of the soud. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

132 Editig a Drum Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 4 Alterate Pa Determies the amout by which the soud is paed alterately left ad right for each ote you press, assumig the pa positio set above as ceter. Higher values icrease the width of the Pa rage. Settigs: L64 C R63 5 Radom Pa Determies the amout by which the soud of the selected Drum Key is paed radomly left ad right for each ote you press. The Pa settig (above) is used as the Ceter Pa positio. Settigs: 0 7 Amplitude EG Usig the AEG, you ca cotrol the trasitio i volume from the momet the soud starts to the momet it stops. Level (Volume) 0 Time* The Time parameters let you set the time betwee the adjoiig poits of the level parameters below. A higher value results i a loger time util reachig the ext level. Settigs: 0 7 (0 6, hold for Decay Time) 6 Attack Time Attack Time 6 Determies how log it takes for the soud to reach full volume (Attack Level) whe a ote is pressed. 7 Decay Time Determies how log it takes for the soud to fall from the Attack Level to the Decay Level after the ote is pressed. 8 Decay Time Attack Level Decay Time 7 Pressig the key (Key o) 9 Decay Level Decay Time 8 Time Releasig the key (Key off) Determies how quickly the soud decays from the Decay Level to silece after the ote is released. Equalizer (EQ) Settigs [F6] EQ From this display, you ca set the EQ parameters for each Drum Key. This is the same as i Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 6. Level* The Level parameter lets you set the AEG level. Settigs: Decay Level Determies the level which the AEG level reaches from the Attack Level after the Decay time elapses. 3 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

133 Voice Job Coveiet Fuctios The Voice Job features some coveiet data orgaizatio ad iitializatio tools, for use whe creatig Voices ad archivig them. Voice Job Basic Operatio I the Voice, press the [JOB] butto to eter the Voice Job. Press oe of the [F] to [F4] buttos to call up the desired Job display. 3 Move the cursor to the desired parameter, the set the value. Set the parameters for executig the Job. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Job, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Job. After the Job has bee completed, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. Iitializig the Voice [F] Iit (Iitialize) This fuctio lets you reset (iitialize) all Voice parameters to their default settigs. You ca also selectively iitialize certai parameters, such as Commo settigs, settigs for each Elemet/Drum Key, ad so o. This fuctio is very useful whe creatig a completely ew Voice from scratch. The parameters available for iitializig will vary depedig o the type of Voice curretly selected (Normal/Drum). Whe a Normal Voice is selected: 3 4 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece 6 Press the [VOICE] butto to retur to the Voice Play. CAUTION Eve if you execute the Job, selectig a differet Voice or turig the power off without storig will erase the Voice data. Make sure to store the Voice data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Voice or turig the power off. All Parameters If you place a checkmark here, all the parameters of the selected Voice will be iitialized.) Commo Parameters If you place a checkmark here, all the Commo Edit parameters of the selected Voice will be iitialized. 3 Elemet Parameters 8 Samplig Master Utility If you place a checkmark here, all the Elemet Edit parameters of the selected Elemet will be iitialized. 4 Iitialize the settigs of the waveforms assiged to the selected Elemets. File If you place a checkmark here, all the Waveform settigs of the selected Elemet will be iitialized. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 33

134 Voice Job Coveiet Fuctios Whe a Drum Voice is selected: Voice as source Determies the Bak ad the Voice umber to be copied. The available parameters will vary depedig o the type of Voice curretly selected (Normal/Drum). This parameter caot be set whe the Curret Voice () is tured o. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Key Parameters If you place a checkmark here, all the Key Edit parameters of the selected Key will be iitialized. 6 Drum Key Determies the Drum Key to be iitialized. Settigs: C0 C6 7 Iitialize the settigs of the waveform assiged to the selected Key. If you place a checkmark here, all the Waveform settigs of the selected Drum Key will be iitialized. Edit Recall [F] Recall If you are editig a Voice but you have ot stored it before switchig to aother Voice, the edits you have made will be cleared. If this happes, you ca use the Recall fuctio to restore the Voice with your latest edits itact. Copyig aother Voice Elemet to the curret oe [F3] Copy From this widow you ca copy Commo ad Elemet/ Drum Key parameter settigs from ay Voice to the Voice you are editig. This is useful if you are creatig a Voice ad wish to use some parameter settigs from aother Voice. Whe Curret Voice () is set to o, you ca copy the parameter settigs from a Elemet to a differet Elemet of the same Voice. Curret Voice Whe this is set to o, the curretly selected Voice (the oe you are editig ow) is selected as source. Accordigly, you ca copy the parameter settigs from a Elemet to the differet Elemet of the same Voice. 3 Data type of the source Voice Determies the source data type icludig the Elemet umber or Drum Key. The available parameters will vary depedig o the type of Voice curretly selected (Normal/ Drum). Settigs: commo, elemet 8 (Normal Voice), key C9 C6 (Drum Voice) 4 Data type of the destiatio Voice Determies the destiatio data type icludig the Elemet umber or Drum Key. The available parameters will vary depedig o the type of Voice curretly selected (Normal/ Drum). Whe the data type of the source Voice (above) is set to commo, this parameter will be fixed to commo. Settigs: commo, elemet 8 (Normal Voice), key C9 C6 (Drum Voice) Trasmittig the Voice data via MIDI (Bulk Dump) [F4] Bulk (Bulk Dump) This fuctio lets you sed your edited parameter settigs for the curretly selected Voice to a computer or aother MIDI device for data archivig. To execute the Bulk Dump operatio, press the [ENTER] butto. I order to execute Bulk Dump, you will eed to set the correct MIDI Device Number. For details, see page 68. The Bulk Dump data icludes oly the MIDI messages ad does ot iclude the Waveforms MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

135 Playig i the Performace Mode The Performace is used for selectig, playig, ad editig the desired Performace. Performaces ca be made up of a maximum of four Parts (Voices), selected from the iteral toe geerator Parts 4. The Performace Play is the mai portal by which you eter the Performace, ad it is here where you select ad play a Performace. Some of the Performace settigs ca also be edited i this. To call up the Performace Play display ad eter the Performace, simply press the [PERFORM] butto. Voice Selectig a Performace The MOTIF XS cotais 8 Performaces i each of the User Baks 3. Selectig a Performace is doe i basically the same way as selectig a Voice (see page 88). As i the Voice Play, you ca use the Category Search (page 4) ad Favorite Category (page 88) fuctios i the Performace Play. Note that the Category fuctio i the Performace does ot allow you to use the Bak/ Group/Number buttos. Parts ca also be muted by usig the [MUTE] ad [PART SELECT] buttos. Press the [MUTE] butto (the lamp lights), the use the appropriate Number buttos [] [4] to mute ad umute the desired Part. Soloig a specific Part The Solo fuctio is the opposite of Mute, ad lets you istatly solo a specific Part ad mute all others TRACK Performace Samplig Sog Switchig a Part o/off The Performace Play lets you tur the four Parts of the curret Performace o or off as desired. You ca eable this by pressig the [PERFORM] butto to eter the Performace Play. Turig specific Parts o/off (Mute fuctio) You ca tur idividual Parts o/off by usig the Mute fuctio PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL Press the [SOLO] butto. The SOLO lamp lights, idicatig that Solo is eabled. Press ay of the Number buttos [] [4]. The lamp of the pressed butto will flash ad oly the correspodig Part will be souded. Press ay other Number butto to chage the solo Part. Usig the Arpeggio Fuctio The Arpeggio fuctio lets you trigger rhythm patters, riffs ad phrases usig the curret Voice by simply playig otes o the keyboard. I the Performace, each of four Arpeggio types is assiged to each of four Parts. This meas four Arpeggio types ca be played back simultaeously. Try selectig differet Performaces ad check out the various Arpeggio types. MUTE SOLO Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Press the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto. The PERFORMANCE CONTROL lamp lights, idicatig that each Part ca be tured o/off. Press ay of the Number buttos [9] []. The lamp of the pressed butto will be tured off ad the correspodig Part will be muted. Press the same butto agai to tur the lamp o ad disegage the mute fuctio for that Part. You ca tur multiple Parts o/off by pressig their buttos. For details about Arpeggio, see page 6. Usig the Arpeggio Fuctio i the Performace Sice the preset Performaces already have their ow Arpeggio types pre-assiged, you ca play the Arpeggio by selectig the desired Performace, turig o the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto, the pressig ay ote. Istructios o usig Arpeggio are basically the same as i the Voice. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 35

136 Playig i the Performace Mode Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Turig Arpeggio playback o/off for each Part You ca tur Arpeggio playback o or off for each Part of the Performace as described below. PART SELECT PART MUTE Press the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto. The [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] lamp lights, idicatig that Arpeggio playback for each Part ca be tured o/off. Pressig each of the [5] [8] buttos toggles the Arpeggio playback o ad off for each Part. If ay of the [5] [8] lamps is tured off, the Arpeggio playback of the correspodig Part is muted. Turig the Arpeggio Hold parameter o/off for each Part You ca tur the Arpeggio Hold parameter (page 54) o or off for each Part of the Performace as described below. Whe the Arpeggio Hold parameter is set to o, the Arpeggio playback cotiues eve if the ote is released. Press the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto. The [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] lamp lights, idicatig that Arpeggio Hold for each Part ca be tured o/off. Pressig each of the [3] [6] buttos toggles the Arpeggio Hold parameter o ad off for each Part. If ay of the [3] [6] lamps is tured o, the Arpeggio Hold parameter of the correspodig Part is tured o ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO TRACK SOLO Usig Kobs Oe of the more powerful performace features of the MOTIF XS is its extesive set of real-time cotrols especially the Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders. These let you adjust a variety of parameters for the curret Performace, such as effect depth, attack/release characteristics, toal color, ad others. These real-time cotrols ca be used to chage the soud as you play or to quickly edit ad customize the Performace. Oe of six fuctios ca be assiged to each kob, alteratively selected via the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto ad the [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto. SELECTED PART CONTROL MULTI PART CONTROL Select the fuctio settig to be assiged to the Kobs. Press the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto or [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto several times to select the fuctio settig to be assiged to the Kobs. Each time either butto is pressed, the lamp lights alteratively i descedig order, TONE TONE ARP FX (whe pressig [SELECTED PART CONTROL]) or REVERB CHORUS PAN (whe pressig [MULTI PART CONTROL]). The fuctios assiged to the Kobs are chaged accordig to the lamp status. TONE TONE ARP FX REVERB CHORUS PAN CUTOFF EQ LOW SWING RESONANCE EQ MID F QUANTIZE VALUE To check which fuctios are curretly assiged to the Kobs, call up the Cotrol Fuctio widow by pressig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto or [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto. Holdig dow the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto for a few secods will alterate the lit lamp from the curret oe to TONE. Likewise, holdig dow the [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto for a few secods will alterate the lit lamp from the curret oe to REVERB. A red poit o the Kob or Slider graphic idicates the curret value to which the Kob or Slider is set. Movig the Kob or Slider has o effect o the soud util this poit is reached. Oce you move the Kob or Slider past this poit, the red poit disappears ad movig the Kob or Cotrol Slider affects the soud. ATTACK EQ MID EQ MID Q QUANTIZE STRENGTH DECAY GATE TIME Red poit (idicatig the curret value) SU EQ VEL Whe the Arpeggio Hold parameter is set to syc-off i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54), pressig each of the [3] [6] buttos switches the Arpeggio Hold settig betwee o ad syc-off. 36 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

137 Playig i the Performace Mode Chage toal color. Movig the Kobs chages various aspects of the Voice s soud i real time while you play. Whe oe of the TONE, TONE or ARP FX lamps are lit, the eight Kobs are used to cotrol the correspodig fuctios as prited o the pael (the same as i the Voice ). For details, see page 90. Whe oe of the REVERB, CHORUS or PAN lamps are lit, the followig fuctios are assiged to the four leftmost Kobs. Active lamp Fuctios of the left four kobs REVERB Adjusts the reverb depth for Parts 4 CHORUS Adjusts the chorus depth for Parts 4 PAN Adjusts the pa positio for Parts 4 If the [E] (Edit) idicator appears at the top right of the display whe you adjust the Kobs, the curret Performace ca be stored (page 4) as a ew User Performace. Chagig a Part to be cotrolled You ca chage a Part to be cotrolled by Kob operatios via ay of the followig istructio. Tur the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] lamp o by pressig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto to call up the Cotrol Fuctio widow. Select the desired Part by pressig the [] [4] buttos ad [COMMON EDIT] butto. By pressig the [COMMON EDIT] butto, Kob operatios will be applied to all four Parts. By pressig the oe of the [] [4] buttos, Kob operatios will be applied oly to the selected Part. Note that cotrollig the kobs prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN of TONE will always affect the soud of all Parts. Note that the Cotrol Fuctio widow caot be called up eve if you press the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto i the Performace Play display. If you wish to chage a Part i the Performace Play display, press the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto (the lamp lights), the press oe of the [] [4] ad [COMMON EDIT] buttos. The Performace Play display You ca call up the Performace Play display by pressig the [PERFORM] butto # $ % Performace Bak Performace Number (Group/Number) Idicates the Bak ad Number of the selected Performace. A Bak is a memory locatio that icludes data of 8 differet Performaces. Three Baks (User 3) are provided. Each Performace withi a Bak is assiged to a Performace Number of 00 to 8. Performace Numbers 00 to 8 are coverted to the format (show i paretheses) of Baks A to H ad Numbers to 6 (for the Bak). This format correspods to the Group buttos [A] [H] ad the Number buttos [] [6]. The Performace Numbers ad the correspodig Group/Numbers are listed below. Group/Number Performace Number A B C D E F G H ) Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece Usig Sliders The far left four sliders adjust the volume for each of four Parts. Each of the Cotrol Sliders 4 correspods to the same umbered Part. The status of the sliders is show o the display. 3 Category (Mai Category <Sub Category>) Idicates the Category of the selected Performace. Category, cosistig of Mai Category ad Sub Category, is a keyword that idicates the istrumet characteristics or the type of soud. Each Performace ca be registered to a Mai Category ad its Sub Category. The Category settigs ca be edited i the Geeral display (page 43) of the Performace Commo Edit. 4 Performace ame File Idicates the ame of the curret Performace. 5 Trasmit Ch (MIDI Trasmit Chael) Idicates the Keyboard MIDI trasmit chael. For iformatio about how to set the value, see page 9. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 37

138 Playig i the Performace Mode Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 6 Octave Idicates Keyboard Octave settig set via the OCTAVE buttos. This parameter determies how much higher or lower the pitch of each key is compared to ormal pitch. 7 Cotrol Fuctio Idicates the status of the Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders o the pael. This is same as the Cotrol Fuctio widow (page 36). 8 Voice ame Idicates the ames of the Voices assiged to Parts 4. 9 [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) The Arpeggio types are assiged to the buttos with the 8th ote ico o the display tab. You ca call them up by pressig these buttos ay time durig your keyboard performace. Assigig Arpeggio types to the buttos ca be doe from the Arpeggio display (page 39). ) [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) Pressig this butto calls up the Iformatio widow of the curret Performace.! [F] Play Pressig this butto returs from the previous display to the Performace Play [F] Voice Pressig this butto calls up the display (page 38) that lets you select a Voice for each Part ad specify the ote rage it ca be played from. # [F3] EG (Evelope Geerator) Pressig this butto calls up the display (page 39) that cotais the basic EG settigs. $ [F4] Arpeggio Pressig this butto calls up the display (page 39) that lets you set the Arpeggio related parameters. % [F6] Effect Pressig this butto calls up the Effect setup display (page 49) of the Performace Commo Edit. Performace iformatio [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) This display idicates the iformatio of the curret Performace. Settigs caot be chaged here Bak Idicates the Bak of the selected Performace program. The values i paretheses idicates the Bak Select MSB ad LSB which ca be used to select the curret Voice via MIDI. Program (Performace umber) To each Performace withi a Bak, a Number of 00 to 8 is assiged. The values i paretheses idicates Group ad Number. 3 Category Idicates the Category of the selected Performace. 4 Name Idicates the ame of the curret Performace. 5 Part 4 Idicates the Bak, Number, Mai Category /, ad ame of the Voice which is assiged to each Part. 6 Effects Idicates Reverb ad Chorus settigs of the selected Performace. The [E] Idicator Whe chagig the value of the parameter i the Performace Play or Edit, the [E] (Edit Idicator) will appear o the top right corer of the LCD display. This gives a quick cofirmatio that the curret Performace has bee modified but ot yet stored. To store the curret edited status, follow the istructios o page 4. Parameters for the Voice assiged to each Part [F] Voice This display lets you specify the Voice ad its ote rage of each Part. The settig made here will be applied to the same parameters i the Voice display (page 5) of Part Edit. Edit Idicator 38 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

139 Playig i the Performace Mode AEG (Amplitude EG) Determies the trasitio i volume from the momet a key is pressed to the momet at which it is released. The AEG cosists of four parameters: Attack time, Decay time, Sustai level, ad Release time. For details, see page 94. Settigs: FEG (Filter EG) Determies the trasitio i toal brilliace from the momet a key is pressed to the momet at which it is released. The FEG cosists of four parameters: Attack time, Decay time, Release time, ad Depth. For details, see page 94. Settigs: Voice Performace PART (Part Switch) Determies whether the Part is used (o) or ot used (off). Voice Bak 3 Voice Number 4 Voice Name Determies the Voice Bak ad Number for each Part. The two category ames of the selected Voice are show at the Voice ame colum. 5 NOTE LIMIT LO-HI Determies the lowest ad highest otes i the Part s ote rage. You ca also create a lower ad a upper rage for the Voice, with a ote rage hole i the middle, by specifyig the highest ote first. For example, settig a Note Limit of C5 C4 lets you play the Voice from two separate rages: C - to C4 ad C5 to G8. Notes played betwee C4 ad C5 do ot play the selected Voice. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. Chagig the toal characteristics [F3] EG (Evelope Geerator) 3 Filter You ca produce a relatively bright or darker soud by reducig or ehacig the harmoics. There are two parameters: Cutoff (Cutoff Frequecy) ad Reso (Resoace). For details, see page 94. Settigs: Arpeggio settigs [F4] Arpeggio This display determies the basic settigs of the Arpeggio. There are two types of parameters: Commo parameters (Commo Switch, Tempo ad Syc Quatize Value idicated at the top of the display) ad Part parameters (others). As for the Part parameters, five differet Arpeggio types ca be assiged to each of the four Parts, ad are selectable with the [SF] [SF5] buttos. Press the appropriate [SF] [SF5] butto to call up the desired Arpeggio/Part combiatio. Arpeggio related settigs o the display are automatically assiged to the correspodig [SF] [SF5] buttos. The settigs made here will be applied to the same parameters i the Geeral Other display (page 45) of Commo Edit, the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54) ad the Arpeggio Other display (page 56) of Part Edit. Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece This display lets you set the EG (Evelope Geerator) ad Filter. The settigs made here will be applied to the same parameters i the EG display (page 57) of Part Edit as offset ) 3 6 File 3 Commo Switch Determies whether Arpeggio is o or off. Whe callig up the Performace for which this parameter is set to o, the [ARPEGGIO ON/OFF] butto o the pael will be tured o automatically. Settigs: o, off MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 39

140 Playig i the Performace Mode Tempo Determies the Arpeggio Tempo. For details, refer to the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54) of Part Edit. display. Select a Sog or Patter Sectio cotaiig o data as the destiatio or save all the Sog/Patter data to the exteral USB memory storage device before recordig. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 3 Syc Quatize Value Determies the actual timig at which the ext Arpeggio playback starts whe you trigger it while the Arpeggio of a certai Part is played back. Whe set to off, the ext Arpeggio starts as soo as you trigger it. Note that the umber show at right of each value idicates the resolutio i clocks. Settigs: off, 60 (3d ote), (6th ote triplet), 6 0 (6th ote), (8th ote triplet), 8 40 (8th ote), (/4 ote triplet), (/4 ote) 4 SW (Switch) Determies whether Arpeggio is o or off for each Part. 5 HOLD Whe the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] butto is pressed so that its lamp is tured o, the Number buttos [5] [8] ca be used to tur the Arpeggio playback of Parts 4 o or off. This is the same as i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54) of Part Edit. 6 Voice Bak/Voice Number/Voice Name (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Bak, Number, ad ame of the Voice which is assiged to each Part. You ca set them o the [F] Voice display. Settig the Voice with ARP (7) to o i the Arpeggio Mai display of the Performace Part Edit automatically selects the Voice matchig the curretly selected Arpeggio Type. 7 BANK 8 CATEGORY 9 SUB CATEGORY ) TYPE These are the same as i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54) of Part Edit. Recordig your keyboard performace i the Performace [PERFORM] [I] (Record) You ca record your keyboard performace i the Performace to a Sog or Patter. Kob operatios (with the exceptio of some parameters described o page 6), cotroller operatios ad Arpeggio playback as well as your keyboard playig i the Performace ca be recorded to the specified track as MIDI evets. CAUTION Performace recordig overwrites all tracks of the destiatio Sog or Patter Sectio. Please check whether or ot the destiatio Sog or Patter Sectio cotais data before recordig. You ca check whether or ot each track cotais data at the track status lie o the Performace Recordig procedure Refer to page 3 i the Start Guide ! Sequecer Mode Determies to which destiatio (Sog or Patter) your Performace playig will be recorded. Settigs: patter, sog Patter umber (Sog umber) Determies the Patter or Sog umber as the destiatio for recordig. The ame of the selected Patter or Sog is idicated at the right of the umber. 3 Sectio Determies the Sectio as the destiatio for recordig whe the Sequecer Mode is set to patter. Keep i mid that the data recorded to the selected destiatio Sectio will be overwritte ad erased as soo as recordig starts. 4 Sectio Legth Specifies the legth of the Sectio whe the Sequecer Mode is set to patter. Settigs: Time Sigature (Meter) Determies the time sigature. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 6 Tempo Determies the tempo for recordig. While recordig, the Arpeggio is played back at the tempo set here. Settigs: ) Whe MIDI Syc (page 68) is set to MIDI or auto, MIDI or auto is displayed here ad Tempo caot be set. Whe the Sequecer Mode () is set to patter, the Tempo settig here will be recorded to the Patter. Eve if the destiatio Patter cotais already recorded data, the Tempo value will be replaced by the ewly recorded oe. Whe the Sequecer Mode () is set to sog, the Tempo settig here will be recorded to the Tempo track of the destiatio Sog, if the Tempo track cotais o data. 40 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

141 7 Key O Start Switch Whe set to o, recordig starts immediately whe you press ay ote o the keyboard. Settigs: o, off 8 Copy Performace Parameters Determies whether or ot the Performace parameter settigs are copied to the Mixig of the destiatio Sog or Patter. Settigs: o, off 9 Measure (Idicatio oly) Idicates the curret locatio of the recordig via Measure ad Beat. ) Track Status (Idicatio oly) Idicates whether each track of the selected Sog or Patter sectio cotais sequece data or ot.! [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) The Arpeggio types are assiged to the Sub Fuctio buttos with the 8th ote ico o the display tab. You ca call them up by pressig these buttos ay time while recordig. The Arpeggio Type ca be set i the Arpeggio display (page 39). Voice Performace Samplig Editig a Performace The Performace Edit lets you create your ow origial Performaces cotaiig up to four differet Parts (Voices) by editig the various parameters. To eter the Performace Edit, press the [PERFORM] butto to eter the Performace, the press the [EDIT] butto. Commo Edit ad Part Edit Each performace ca cotai a maximum of four Parts, There are two types of Performace Edit displays: those for Commo Edit to edit the settigs commo to all four Parts, ad those for editig idividual Parts. To call up the Commo Edit display, press the [COMMON EDIT] butto. To call up the Part Edit display, press ay of the Number buttos [] [4]. I the Part Edit, you ca select the desired Part by usig the Number buttos [] [4]. Idicates this display is i the Commo Edit. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece Commo Edit Lets you edit the parameters commo to all Parts of the selected Performace. Performace Edit Part Edit 4 Lets you edit the parameters of the idividual Parts that make up a Performace. COMMON EDIT PART SELECT Select a Part. Idicates this display is i the Part Edit. ARP ON/OFF Master Utility Performace Edit Procedure Press the [PERFORM] butto to eter the Performace Play, the select a Performace to be edited. 4 Call up the desired display. To fid the desired display, ote the tab meu items correspodig to the [F] [F6] buttos ad [SF] [SF5] buttos. Each tab meu of the [F] [F6] buttos cotais sub meus which correspod to the [SF] [SF5] buttos at the bottom of the display. File Press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Performace Edit. 3 Call up the desired Edit display, Commo Edit or Part Edit. Tab meus correspodig to the [F] [F6] buttos Tab meus correspodig to the [SF] [SF6] buttos 5 Move the cursor to the desired parameter. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 4

142 Editig a Performace 6 Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/ NO] buttos ad the data dial. Compare fuctio 7 Repeat steps 3 6 as desired. The Compare fuctio lets you switch betwee the justedited Performace ad its origial, uedited coditio, allowig you to hear how your edits affect the soud. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 8 Eter the desired ame for the edited Performace. Use the Name display (page 43) of the Performace Commo Edit. 9 Store the edited Performace. Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Store widow (page 4) the store the edited Performace. The edited Performace will be lost whe selectig the differet Performace or turig the power off. Make sure to store the Performace data to the iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Performace or turig the power off. CAUTION If desired, save the edited ad stored Performaces to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector or a computer coected to the etwork to which the MOTIF XS is also coected. Keep i mid that edited Performace data is stored to iteral User memory (Flash ROM) ad is stored eve whe turig the power off. As such it is ot ecessary to save the data to a exteral device; however, we still recommed that you save or archive all importat data to a exteral device. Refer to page 78 for details. Coveiet fuctios for editig Performaces Turig specific Parts o/off (Mute fuctio) This is the same as i the Performace Play (page 35). Soloig a specific Part I the Performace Edit, press the [EDIT] butto to call up the Compare. I the Performace Edit (with the [EDIT] lamp lit), press the [EDIT] butto so that its lamp flashes. The [E] idicator at the top right of the scree will chage to the [C] idicator ad the Performace settigs prior to editig will temporarily be reistated for compariso purposes. Whe the [E] idicator is show i the Performace Play, press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Performace Edit the press the [EDIT] butto agai to call up the Compare. Compare idicator (soud prior to editig) Press the [EDIT] butto agai to retur to the origial status. Whe the [C] idicator is show at the right top of the display, press the [EDIT] butto (the lamp lights cotiuously, ad the [C] idicator chages back to the [E] idicator). Compare the edited soud with the uedited soud as desired by repeatig steps ad. Storig the created Performace Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Performace Store widow. This is the same i the Performace Play (page 35). The [E] Idicator This is the same as i the Performace Play. See page 38. Set the destiatio for storig the Performace. Select a Performace Bak ad Number as destiatio by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. You ca also use the [USER ] [USER 3], Group [A] [H], ad Number [] [6] buttos to specify the destiatio. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

143 Editig a Performace 3 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Store operatio, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 4 To execute the Store operatio, press the [INC/ YES] butto. After the Performace has bee stored, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the Performace Play display. CAUTION Whe you execute the Store operatio, the settigs for the destiatio memory will be overwritte. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS. For detailed istructios o savig, see page 78. Voice Performace Commo Edit parameters [PERFORM] Performace selectio [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] Commo Edit lets you edit the parameters commo to all Parts of the selected Performace. This covers all parameters of the Commo Edit. About the asterisk (*) marks For users who are ew to editig ad may be cofused by the large amout of parameters, the most basic ad easy-to-uderstad parameters are coveietly marked with asterisks i this sectio. If you are just startig out with editig a Performace, try these parameters first. Geeral Settigs for the selected Performace [F] Geeral Namig the edited Performace [SF] Name 3 Name* Eter the desired ame for the curretly edited Performace. The Performace ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. You ca call up the Character List by pressig the [SF6] CHAR butto ad eter the ame. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Mai Category* 3 Sub Category* Determies the Mai Category ad Sub Category of the Performace. Category ca be used as a keyword represetig the characteristic of the Performace. The appropriate settig makes it easy to fid the desired Performace from a variety of Performaces. The Mai Category idicates the types of istrumets ad is divided ito Sub Categories. Settigs: See the followig list. Performace Category Mai Sub Rock Rock / Pop Top40 Top40 Clsic Classic Rock Hard Hard Rock Ctry Coutry Blues Blues Folk Folk Balad Ballad Film Film NoAsg No Assigmet R&B R&B / Hip Hop HipHp Hip Hop Modr Moder R&B Clsic Classic R&B Fuk Fuk NoAsg No Assigmet Elect Electroic Teko Techo Trce Trace House Dace Pop / House D&B Breakbeats / D&B Chill Chillout / Ambiet NoAsg No Assigmet Jazz Jazz Swig Swig Modr Moder Jazz Smoth Smooth Jazz JzFk Jazz Fuk Club Club Jazz NoAsg No Assigmet World World Lati Lati Regae Reggae / Dacehall Etho Ethic / World NoAsg No Assigmet SpLyr Splits & Layers Piao Piao Orga Orga Syth Syth Symph Symphoic Strg Strigs Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 43

144 Editig a Performace Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig SpLyr Splits & Layers WWid Woodwid Brass Brass Guitr Guitar Bass Bass Cperc Chromatic Percussio Pad Pad NoAsg No Assigmet FX FX Seq Sequece Hard Hard Soft Soft S.EFX Soud Effect NoAsg No Assigmet NoAsg No Assigmet NoAsg No Assigmet You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. Portameto settigs [SF] Porta 3 Mai Portameto Commo* Determies whether or ot Portameto is applied to the curret Performace. Whe this is set to o, Portameto is applied to the Part for which the Part Switch parameter is set to o. Portameto Part 4* Determies whether Portameto is applied to each Part or ot. 3 Portameto Time Offset* Sub Determies the pitch trasitio time whe Portameto is applied. You ca adjust Portameto time for the Voice assiged to each Part as offset. Higher values result i a loger pitch chage time. Settigs: EQ settigs for each Part [SF3] Part EQ From this display, you ca edit the value o the [F5] EQ display (page 58) as offset to chage the toal characteristic. Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy. Frequecies aroud each of three poits are atteuated/boosted by the Gai settig below. Higher values produce a higher frequecy. Settigs: Low Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy of the lower EQ bad. Mid Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy of the middle EQ bad. 3 High Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy of the higher EQ bad. Gai Gai bads Determies the level gai for each frequecy (set above), or the amout the selected frequecy bad is atteuated or boosted. Settigs: Low Gai Determies the amout by which sigals below the Low Frequecy () will be boosted/atteuated. 5 Mid Gai 4 Determies the amout at which sigals at the Mid Frequecy () will be boosted/atteuated. 6 High Gai Determies the amout by which sigals above the High Frequecy (3) will be boosted/atteuated. 7 Q (Badwidth) 5 Low Middle High Determies the frequecy badwidth for each frequecy bad. The larger the settig, the greater the badwidth. The lower the settig, the smaller the badwidth Frequecy Settigs: This is a three-bad (Low, Mid, High) parametric EQ. The High bad ad Low bad are the shelvig type. The Middle bad is the peakig type. 44 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

145 Editig a Performace Other settigs [SF4] Other From this display, you ca set the cotrol fuctios for the Kobs, ad the up/dow rage for the Pitch Bed wheel. 8 ARP Syc Quatize Value This parameter is the same as the Syc Quatize Value parameter i the Arpeggio display (page 39) of the Performace Play Kob Cotrol Assig Determies which lamp amog the TONE, TONE, ARP FX, REVERB, CHORUS ad PAN is tured o whe selectig a Performace. This settig ca be stored for each Performace. Settigs: toe, toe, ARP FX, reverb, chorus, pa Assig Value 3 Assig Value Idicates the level of the Kobs prited ASSIGN ad ASSIGN at the time at which the Performace is selected with the TONE lamp tured o. The fuctios assiged to the Kobs are idicated at right of the values respectively. Settigs: The fuctios assiged to the ASSIGN / Kobs ca be set i the Cotroller Set display (page 04). 4 A. Fuctio Mode (Assigable Fuctio Mode) 5 A. Fuctio Mode (Assigable Fuctio Mode) Determies whether the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION [] ad [] buttos fuctios as a latch type or mometary type. Whe set to latch, pressig the butto alterates the lamp status betwee o ad off. Whe set to mometary, pressig/holdig the butto turs the lamp o ad releasig the butto turs the lamp off. Settigs: mometary, latch 6 Ribbo Mode (Ribbo Cotroller ) 7 8 Determies the behavior of the Ribbo Cotroller. Whe set to reset, releasig your figer from the Ribbo Cotroller automatically returs the value to the ceter. Whe set to hold, releasig your figer from the Ribbo Cotroller maitais the value at the last poit of cotact. Settigs: hold, reset Output Level ad Master Effect settigs [F] Level/MEF Output Level settigs [SF] Level Volume* Determies the output level of the etire Performace. You ca adjust the overall volume, keepig the balace betwee all Parts. Settigs: 0 7 Pa* Determies the stereo pa positio of the Performace. You ca also adjust this parameter usig the PAN kob o the frot pael. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) Note that this Performace Pa parameter may have little or o audible effect if the Pa for a specific Part is set to the left positio ad the Pa for aother Part is set to the right positio. 3 Reverb Sed* Adjusts the reverb sed level. The higher the value the deeper the reverb. You ca also adjust this parameter usig the kob o the frot pael. Settigs: Chorus Sed* Adjusts the chorus sed level. The higher the value the deeper the chorus. You ca also adjust this parameter usig the kob o the frot pael. Settigs: Whe Reverb Sed/Chorus Sed is set to 0 i the Performace Part Edit, the settig here is ot available. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 7 ARP Commo Switch Determies whether Arpeggio is o or off. This parameter is the same as the Commo Switch parameter i the Arpeggio display (page 39) of the Performace Play. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 45

146 Editig a Performace Master Effect settigs [SF] MasterFX Gai + Q (frequecy badwidth) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 3 Switch Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details see page 8. Determies whether Master Effect is applied or ot to the selected Performace. You ca tur it o or off by pressig the [MASTER EFFECT] butto o the frot pael. Settigs: o, off Type Selects a Effect Type. Details about the Effect types are described o page 70. Settigs: See the Effect Type list i the separate Data List booklet. 3 Preset You ca set various parameters i order to chage how the soud is affected by the selected Effect type. This parameter lets you call up the pre-programmed settigs of these effect parameters. 4 Effect Parameters The umber of parameters ad values available differs depedig o the curretly selected effect type. Refer to page 73 for details about the Effect parameters. Refer to the separate Data List booklet for iformatio o the parameters for each Effect type. Master EQ settigs [SF3] MasterEQ From this display you ca apply five-bad equalizatio to all Parts of the selected Performace. 4 0 Shape Eables you to select oe of two equalizer shapes: shelvig or peakig. This parameter is available for Low ad High. Settigs: shelv, peak shelv (Shelvig type) This type of EQ shape lets you atteuate/boost the sigal at frequecies above or below the specified Frequecy settig. EQ Low bads peak (Peakig type) This type of EQ shape lets you atteuate/boost the sigal at the specified Frequecy settig. Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy. Frequecies aroud this poit are atteuated/boosted by the Gai settig below. Settigs: Low Whe the Shape is set to shelv : 3Hz.0kHz Whe the Shape is set to peak : 63Hz.0kHz Lo-Mid, Mid, Hi-Mid 00 Hz 0.0 khz High 500 Hz 6.0 khz 3 Gai Low + 0 Lo-Mid Gai Frequecy Frequecy Mid Hi-Mid High EQ High Gai + Frequecy Frequecy Determies the level gai for the Frequecy (set above), or the amout the selected frequecy bad is atteuated or boosted. 0 Gai Frequecy Frequecy Frequecy Settigs: -db +0dB +db MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

147 Editig a Performace 4 Q (Badwidth) This varies the sigal level at the Frequecy settig to create various frequecy curve characteristics. The higher the settig the smaller the Q (Badwidth). The lower the settig, the greater the Q (Badwidth). Settigs: 0..0 Whe the Shape parameters () of the Low ad High are set to shelv, the Q parameters (4) of the Low ad High are ot available. Cotroller settigs [F3] Ctrl Asg (Cotroller Assig) You ca assig MIDI Cotrol Chage Numbers to the cotrollers ad kobs o the frot pael for the selected Performace. For example, you could use the ASSIGN ad kobs to cotrol effect depth, while usig the Foot Cotroller to cotrol modulatio. These cotrol assigmets are called Cotroller Assig. You ca have idepedet Cotroller Assig settigs for each Performace Ribbo Cotroller Cotrol No. Determies the Cotroller Chage umber geerated whe you ru your figer across the surface of the Ribbo Cotroller. Settigs: Foot Cotroller Cotrol No. Foot Cotroller Cotrol No. Determies the Cotrol Chage umber geerated whe you use the Foot Cotroller coected to the FOOT CONTROLLER jack. Settigs: Foot Switch Cotrol No. Frequecy Determies the Cotrol Chage umber geerated whe you use the Footswitch coected to the FOOT SWITCH ASSIGNABLE jack. Settigs: Frequecy Whe a Cotrol Chage umber of 96 or higher is selected, the fuctio idicated to the right of the umber is eabled for cotrol, but o MIDI Cotrol Chage umber is actually assiged to the Footswitch. 4 Assig Cotrol No. Assig Cotrol No. Determies the Cotrol Chage umber geerated whe you cotrol the ASSIGN kob ad ASSIGN kob with the TONE lamp tured o. Settigs: A. Fuctio Cotrol No. A. Fuctio Cotrol No. Determies the Cotrol Chage umbers geerated whe you press the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos. Settigs: Breath Cotroller Cotrol No. Determies the Cotrol Chage umber geerated whe you use a Breath Cotroller coected to the MIDI IN coector of this istrumet. Settigs: Audio I settigs [F4] Audio I You ca set parameters related to audio iput from the A/D INPUT coector ad the mlan coector. Volume The mlan Iput (m 4) is available oly for the MOTIF XS8. This is available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled. Output Settigs [SF] Output Determies the output level of the Audio Iput Part. Settigs: 0 7 Pa Determies the stereo pa positio of the Audio Iput Part. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) 3 Moo/Stereo Determies the sigal cofiguratio for the Audio Iput Part, or how the sigal or sigals are routed (stereo or moo). Settigs: L moo, R moo, L+R moo, stereo L moo Oly the L chael of the audio iput is used. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 47

148 Editig a Performace Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig R moo Oly the R chael of the audio iput is used. L+R moo The L ad R chaels of the audio iput are mixed ad processed i moo. stereo Both the L ad R chaels of the audio iput are used. 4 Output Select Determies the output jack assigmet for the Audio Iput Part. Settigs: See the table below. LCD Output jacks Stereo/Moo L&R OUTPUT L ad R Stereo asl&r ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L ad R Stereo m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) m5&6 mlan OUTPUT 5 ad 6 Stereo (5: L, 6: R) m7&8 mlan OUTPUT 7 ad 8 Stereo (7: L, 8: R) m9&0 mlan OUTPUT 9 ad 0 Stereo (9: L, 0: R) m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) asl ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L Moo asr ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT R Moo m mlan OUTPUT Moo : : : m4 mlan OUTPUT 4 Moo is L (A/D iput oly) Iteral Vocoder Module Moo You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 5 Reverb Sed Determies the Sed level of the Audio Iput Part sigal set to the Reverb effect. The higher the value, the deeper the reverb. Settigs: Chorus Sed Determies the Sed level of the Audio Iput Part sigal set to the Chorus effect. The higher the value, the deeper the Chorus. Settigs: Dry Level Determies the level of the Audio Iput Part which has ot bee processed with the System Effects (Reverb, Chorus). The higher the value, the shallower the Reverb ad Chorus. Settigs: 0 7 Isertio Effect Coectio of A/D Iput [SF] Coect From this display, you ca set the Isertio Effect Types applied to the Audio Iput sigal i the Performace. The System Effect ca be set i the Effect display (page 49). Keep i mid that the Isertio Effect caot be applied to the audio iput sigal via the mlan coector. INSERTION CONNECT (Isertio Coectio) From this display you ca set the effect routig for Isertio effects A ad B. The settig chages are show o the diagram i the display, givig you a clear picture of how the sigal is routed. Settigs: Is A F B, Is B F A Is A F B (A to B) Sigals processed with the Isertio Effect A will be set to the Isertio Effect B ad sigals processed with the Isertio Effect B is set to Reverb ad Chorus. Is B F A (B to A) Sigals processed with the Isertio Effect B will be set to the Isertio Effect A ad sigals processed with the Isertio Effect B is set to Reverb ad Chorus. Isertio A (Isertio A Category/Type)* 3 Isertio B (Isertio B Category/Type)* Determies the Effect type for Isertio A ad B. From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories, each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page 70. You ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired oe from the list. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

149 Editig a Performace Effect Parameter settigs [SF3] Is A, [SF4] Is B 3 4 Effect settigs [F5] Effect From the followig displays, you ca set the Effect coectio ad values of other parameters. For details about the structure i the Performace, see page 69. Effect Coectio settigs [SF] Coect This display gives you at-a-glace, overall view of the effect routig ad comprehesive cotrol over the effects. Voice Performace Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details see page 8. Category Type Samplig Sog From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page Preset You ca set various parameters i order to chage how the soud is affected by the selected Effect type. This parameter lets you call up the pre-programmed settigs of these effect parameters. Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details see page 8. Chorus (Chorus Category/Type) Selects a Chorus Effect type after selectig a category. From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect categories, each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect types listed i the selected category. Patter Mixig Samplig Referece 4 Effect Parameters The umber of parameters ad values available differs depedig o the curretly selected effect type. Refer to page 73 for details about the Effect parameters. Refer to the separate Data List booklet for iformatio o the parameters for each Effect type. Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page 70. Reverb (Reverb Type) Determies the Reverb Effect type. It is ot ecessary to select a Category because there is oly oe category i Reverb. Settigs: Details about the Effect types are described o page 70. Master Utility 3 CHORUS TO REVERB Determies the Sed level of the sigal set from the Chorus Effect to the Reverb Effect. The higher the value, the deeper the Reverb that is applied to the Chorusprocessed sigal. File Settigs: Chorus Retur Determies the Retur level of the Chorus Effect. Settigs: Chorus Pa Determies the pa positio of the Chorus effect soud. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 49

150 Editig a Performace 6 Reverb Retur Type Determies the Retur level of the Reverb Effect. Settigs: 0 7 From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. Settigs: Details about the Effect types are described o page 70. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 7 Reverb Pa Determies the pa positio of the Reverb effect soud. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) Settig the parts available for the Isertio Effect [SF] IsSwitch I this display, you ca select which Parts (from Performace Parts 4 ad the A/D Iput Part) will be assiged to the eight Isertio Effects. Part 4, A/D Determies the Parts available for the Isertio Effect. Whe this switch is set to o, the Isertio Effect of the Voice assiged to the Part is eabled. Make sure that this parameter is set to o for ay Parts/Voices to which you eed to apply Isertio Effects. The MOTIF XS features eight Isertio effect systems, lettig you set this parameter to o for all five Parts. For the A/D Iput Part, the Isertio Effect type/parameter ca be set from the Isertio A/B display i the Audio I parameter of the Performace Commo Edit. For Parts 4, the Isertio Effect type/parameter settigs caot be set i the Performace Edit because their settigs are icluded i the Voice assiged to each Part. If you wish to edit the Isertio Effect settigs for each Part, eter the Voice Edit, the edit the Effect settigs for the appropriate Voice. Reverb ad Chorus Settigs [SF3] Reverb, [SF4] Chorus Preset You ca set various parameters i order to chage how the soud is affected by the selected Effect type. This parameter lets you call up the pre-programmed settigs of these effect parameters. 3 Effect Parameters The umber of parameters ad values available differs depedig o the curretly selected effect type. Refer to page 73 for details about the Effect parameters. Refer to the separate Data List booklet for iformatio o the parameters for each Effect type. 3 Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

151 Editig a Performace Part Edit parameters [PERFORM] Performace selectio [EDIT] Part selectio I the Performace Part Edit, you ca edit the parameters of the idividual Parts such as Voice, Arpeggio, EG ad EQ settigs. About the asterisk (*) marks For users who are ew to editig ad may be cofused by the large amout of parameters, the most basic ad easy-to-uderstad parameters are coveietly marked with asterisks i this sectio. If you are just startig out with editig Performace Parts, try these parameters first. Selected Part display/four-part display I the Performace Part Edit, you ca use two types of display. Oe type of display lets you edit parameters for the curretly selected Part ad the other type of display lets you view parameters for four Parts. You ca switch betwee these two types by pressig the [SF5] butto. Note that the display for four Parts is ot available for the [F] ARP Mai ad the [F3] ARP Other displays. The display for the curretly selected Part Settig the Wave ad Note rage of the Part [F] Voice Voice Settigs for each Part [SF] Voice 3 4 # $ % Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece Selectig a Part to be edited After pressig the [PERFORMANCE CONTROL] or [TRACK] butto so that its lamp lights, press oe of the [] [4] buttos to select a Part to be edited. COMMON EDIT For details about useful fuctios such as Mute/Solo ad Jobs, see pages 4 ad 59. SF5 The display for all four Parts of the curret Performace PART SELECT Selectig a Part 5 ARP ON/OFF Part Switch* Determies whether the curretly edited Part is o or off. Whe this is set to off, the curretly edited Elemet will ot soud. Settigs: off (iactive), o (active) Bak* 3 Number* Determies the Voice assiged to the curret Part by specifyig the Voice Bak ad Number. You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 4 Param. with Voice (Parameter with Voice) Determies whether or ot the followig parameter settigs of the selected Voice are copied from the Voice to the curret Part whe you chage a Voice for the curret Part idividually. Arpeggio settigs Filter Cutoff Frequecy Filter Resoace Amplitude EG Filter EG Pitch Bed Rage (Upper/Lower) Note Shift Regardless of the Parameter with Voice settig (4), the settigs of Moo/Poly ()), Portameto Part Switch (!), Portameto Time (@) ad Portameto Mode (#) are ot Samplig Master Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

152 Editig a Performace copied whe a Drum Voice is selected. However, these parameters are copied whe a Normal Voice is selected. Settigs: off (ot copied), o (copied) # Portameto Mode Determies how Portameto is applied to your keyboard performace. Settigs: figered, fulltime Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 5 Volume* Determies the volume for each Part. Use this parameter to adjust the balace betwee the curret Part ad other Parts. Settigs: Pa* Determies the stereo pa positio for the Part. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) Note that this Part Pa parameter may have little or o audible effect if the Pa for a specific Elemet is set to the left positio ad the Pa for aother Elemet is set to the right positio. 7 Voice Elemet Pa Determies whether the idividual pa settigs for each Voice (made i the Voice Elemet Edit ) are applied or ot. Whe this is set to off, the basic pa positio for the selected Part is set to ceter. Settigs: o, off 8 Note Shift* Adjusts the pitch of the Part i semitoes. Settigs: Detue Adjusts the tuig of the Part i cet icremets. Settigs: -.8 Hz +0 Hz +.7 Hz ) Moo/Poly* Determies the playback method of the Voice for each Part moophoic (sigle ote oly) or polyphoic (multiple otes). Settigs: moo, poly moo Whe set to moo, the selected Performace is played back moophoically (oly a sigle ote is played back simultaeously). For may istrumet souds (such as bass ad syth lead), this allows a more atural ad smooth soudig legato performace tha whe this parameter is set to poly. poly Whe set to poly, the selected Performace is played back polyphoically (multiple otes ca be played back simultaeously or a chord is played back).! Portameto Part Sw* figered Portameto is oly applied whe you play legato (playig the ext ote before releasig the previous oe). fulltime Portameto is applied to all otes. $ Velocity Limit Determies the miimum ad maximum values of the velocity rage withi which each Part will respod. Each Part will oly soud for otes played withi its specified velocity rage. If you specify the maximum value first ad the miimum value secod, for example 93 to 34, there will be a velocity hole ad the velocity rage covered will be to 34 ad 93 to 7. Settigs: 7 You ca also set the velocity from the keyboard by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig ay key with the desired velocity (stregth). For details, see page 8. % Note Limit Set the lowest ad highest otes of the keyboard rage for each Part. Each Part will oly soud for otes played withi its specified rage. You ca also create a lower ad a upper rage for the Elemet, with a ote rage hole i the middle, by specifyig the highest ote first. For example, settig a Note Limit of C5 C4 lets you play the Elemet from two separate rages: C - to C4 ad C5 to G8. Notes played betwee C4 ad C5 do ot play the selected Elemet. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. Output settigs [SF] Output From this display, you ca set the Reverb/Chorus depth ad the Output jack assigmet for each Part Determies whether Portameto is applied to the curret Performace or ot. Settigs: off, Portameto Time* Determies the pitch trasitio time. Higher values mea loger trasitio times. Settigs: 0 7 Reverb Sed Determies the Sed level of each Part sigal set to the Reverb effect. The higher the value, the deeper the Reverb. Settigs: 0 7 Chorus Sed Determies the Sed level of each Part sigal set to the Chorus effect. The higher the value, the deeper the Chorus. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

153 Editig a Performace 3 Dry Level Determies the level of each Part which has ot bee processed with the System Effects (Reverb, Chorus). The higher the value, the shallower the Reverb ad Chorus. Settigs: Output Select Determies the specific output(s) for the idividual Part. You ca assig each idividual Part s Voice to be output from a specific hardware output jack o the rear pael. Settigs: See the table below. * About drum settig, see below. Whe drum is selected ad the Normal Voice is assiged to the edited Part, the soud will be output via the OUTPUT L ad R jacks i stereo. Whe drum is selected ad the Drum Voice is assiged to the edited Part, the soud will be output via the jacks set i the Drum Key Edit display as the Output Select parameter. LCD Output jacks Stereo/Moo L&R OUTPUT L ad R Stereo asl&r ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L ad R Stereo m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) m5&6 mlan OUTPUT 5 ad 6 Stereo (5: L, 6: R) m7&8 mlan OUTPUT 7 ad 8 Stereo (7: L, 8: R) m9&0 mlan OUTPUT 9 ad 0 Stereo (9: L, 0: R) m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) asl ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L Moo asr ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT R Moo m mlan OUTPUT Moo : : : m4 mlan OUTPUT 4 Moo drum See below* See below* The mlan settigs (m m4) are available oly for the MOTIF XS8. The mlan settigs are available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled. You ca call up the list ad select oe by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 5 Is Effect Sw (Isertio Effect Switch) Determies whether or ot the curret Part is available for the Isertio Effect. Whe this parameter is set to o, the Isertio Effect of the Voice assiged to the Part is eabled. You ca set the Isertio Effect Switch parameter for all Parts (icludig the A/D Iput part) from the Isertio Effect Switch display (page 50) i the Performace Commo Edit. Other Settigs [SF3] Other 3 4 PB Rage Upper (Pitch Bed Rage Upper) PB Rage Lower (Pitch Bed Rage Lower) Determies the maximum Pitch Bed rage i semitoes. Settig the Upper parameter to + would result i a maximum pitch rise of oe octave whe the Pitch Bed wheel is moved upwards. A Lower settig of - would result i the pitch beig lowered up to a maximum of oe octave ( semitoes) whe the Pitch Bed wheel is moved dowwards. Settigs: Vel Ses Depth (Velocity Sesitivity Depth) Determies the degree to which the resultig volume of the toe geerator respods to your playig stregth. The higher the value, the more the volume chages i respose to your playig stregth (as show below). Whe this is set to 0, the volume remais the same o matter how strogly or softly you play. This would be useful, for example, for authetic playig of a Orga Voice. Settigs: Velocity Ses Depth Offset (Velocity Sesitivity Depth Offset) Determies the amout by which played velocities are adjusted for the actual resultig velocity effect. This lets you raise or lower all velocities by the same amout allowig you to automatically compesate for playig too strogly or too softly. If the result is 0 or less, the value is set to 0. If the result is higher tha 7, the value is set to 7. Settigs: Actual resultig velocity (affectig the toe geerator) Whe Offset (below) is set to 64: Depth = Velocity with which you play a ote Depth = 64 Depth = 3 Depth = 0 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 53

154 Editig a Performace Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Arpeggio Settigs [F] ARP Mai (Arpeggio Mai) This display determies the basic settigs of the Arpeggio. The settigs of parameters (! or more) show at the bottom of the display ca be registered to the [SF] [SF5] buttos. 7 Actual resultig velocity (affectig the toe geerator) Velocity with which you play a ote 7 Actual resultig velocity (affectig the toe geerator) # $ %! Switch* Whe Depth (above) = 64 ad Offset =3 The Four-Part display caot be called up from this display. The KBD ico is show o the tab correspodig to the [SF6] butto depedig o the selected parameter. I this coditio, you ca eter the ote umber or velocity by pressig the appropriate ote o the keyboard while holdig the [SF6] KBD butto. For details, see page 8. Determies whether Arpeggio for each Part is o or off. Settigs: off, o Whe Depth (above) = 64 ad Offset = Velocity with which you play a ote 7 Actual resultig velocity (affectig the toe geerator) Whe Depth (above) = 64 ad Offset = Velocity with which you play a ote ) ^ & syc-off Whe set to syc-off, the Arpeggio playback cotiues to ru siletly, eve whe you release the keys. Pressig ay key turs the Arpeggio playback o agai. For details about how to use the Arpeggio Type List i Data List (separate olie documetatio), see page Chage Timig* Determies the actual timig at which the Arpeggio type is switched whe you select aother type durig Arpeggio playback. Whe set to realtime, the Arpeggio type is switched immediately. Whe set to measure, the Arpeggio type is switched at the top of the ext measure. Settigs: realtime, measure 4 Velocity Limit Determies the lowest ad highest velocity which ca trigger the Arpeggio playback. This lets you set the velocity rage with which you press the ote to trigger the Arpeggio playback. You ca also create separate low ad high trigger rages for the Arpeggio playback, with a velocity hole i the middle, by specifyig the maximum value first. For example, settig a Velocity Limit of lets you play the Arpeggio from two separate velocity rages: soft ( 34) ad hard (93 7). Notes played at middle velocities betwee 35 ad 9 do ot play the Arpeggio. Settigs: 7 Please keep i mid that o soud is produced whe the Key Mode is set to sort or thru ad otes are played outside the Note Limit settig here. 5 Note Limit Determies the lowest ad highest otes i the Arpeggio s ote rage. Notes played i this rage trigger the Arpeggio. For example, settig a Note Limit of C5 C4 lets you trigger the Arpeggio by playig otes i the two rages of C - to C4 ad C5 to G8; otes played betwee C4 ad C5 have o effect o the Arpeggio. Settigs: C - G8 Please keep i mid that o soud is produced whe the Key Mode is set to sort or thru ad otes are played outside the Note Limit settig here. 6 Voice with ARP To each type of the Arpeggio, the appropriate Voice is registered. This parameter determies whether or ot the appropriate Voice registered to each Arpeggio type is assiged to the edited Part. Whe set to o, the appropriate Voice is assiged to the edited Part i place of the curretly assiged Voice. Whe set to off, the appropriate Voice is ot assiged to the edited Part. The curretly assiged Voice is maitaied. The ame of the Voice registered to the Arpeggio Type is show at the right side. Hold* Whe this is set to o, the Arpeggio cycles automatically, eve if you release your figers from the keys, ad it cotiues to cycle util the ext key is pressed. Settigs: syc-off (see below), off, o Settigs: off (ot copied), o (copied) 7 Tempo* Determies the Arpeggio Tempo. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

155 Editig a Performace If you are usig this istrumet with a exteral sequecer, MIDI computer, or other MIDI device, ad you wat to sychroize it with that device, set the MIDI syc (5) parameter i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility to MIDI or auto. I this case, the Tempo parameter here idicates MIDI or auto ad caot be Bak* Determies the Arpeggio Bak cotaiig the desired Arpeggio type. Select PRE if you wish to select a preset Arpeggio Type. Select USR if you wish to select a Arpeggio Type you origially created ad stored. Settigs: PRE, USR 8 Key Mode Determies how the Arpeggio plays back whe playig the keyboard. Settigs: sort, thru, direct, sort+direct, thru+direct For detailed istructios o creatig your origial Arpeggio type, see page 66. Voice sort Whe you play specific otes (for example, the otes of a chord), the same sequece plays, o matter what order you play the otes. thru Whe you play specific otes (for example, the otes of a chord), the resultig sequece differs depedig o the order of the otes. direct Note evets of the Arpeggio sequece do ot play; oly the otes you play o the keyboard are heard. Whe the Arpeggio plays back, the evets such as Pa ad Brightess are applied to the soud of your keyboard performace. Use this settig whe the Arpeggio types icludes o-ote data or whe the Category type Ctrl is selected. sort+direct The Arpeggio is played back accordig to the sort settig here, ad the ote pressed is also souded. thru+direct The Arpeggio is played back accordig to the thru settig here, ad the ote pressed is also souded. Some Arpeggio types belogig to the Ctr Category may ot have ote evets (page 65). Whe such a Arpeggio type is selected ad the Key Mode is set to sort or thru, o soud is produced eve if you press a ote o the keyboard. 9 Velocity Mode Adjusts the velocity of the Arpeggio otes. Settigs: origial, thru origial The Arpeggio plays back at the preset velocities icluded i the Arpeggio sequece data. thru The Arpeggio plays back accordig to the velocity of your playig. For example, if you play the otes strogly, the playback volume of the Arpeggio icreases. ) Output Octave Shift Specifies the maximum Arpeggio rage i octaves. Settigs: # Category* $ Sub Category* Determies the Arpeggio Category ad Sub Category icludig the desired Arpeggio type. These parameters are available whe PRE is selected as the Bak. Settigs: Refer to the Arpeggio Category List o page 6. % Type* You ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired item from the list. For details about how to use the Arpeggio Type List i Data List (separate olie documetatio), see page 63. Determies the desired Arpeggio Type umber from the specified Category. The ame of the selected Arpeggio Type is show at right of the specified umber o the display. Refer to the Arpeggio Type List i Data List (separate olie documetatio), described o page 6. ^ Velocity Rate Determies the offset value by which the Arpeggio otes will be shifted from their origial velocities. If the resultat velocity value is less tha zero it will be set to, ad if the resultat velocity is greater tha 8 it will be set to 7. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% & Gate Time Rate Determies the Gate Time (legth) of the Arpeggio otes. The Gate Time caot be decreased beyod its ormal miimum of ; ay values outside that rage will automatically be limited to the miimum. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: -00% +0% +00% Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece! [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) buttos File The six parameters Bak (@) through Gate Time Rate (&) at the lower half Part of the display, ca be edited i each of the [SF] ARP through [SF5] ARP5 displays. You ca set the parameters i the lower half of the display for each of the five Arpeggio settigs by pressig oe of the [SF] [SF5] buttos. The 8th ote ico show i the tab meu idicates ay Arpeggio Type (other tha off ) is selected i the display correspodig to the Sub Fuctio butto. Settigs: [SF] [SF5] (Sub Fuctio) buttos MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 55

156 Editig a Performace Arpeggio settigs [F3] ARP Other (Arpeggio Other) bouce. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of the Arpeggio playback % ^ The Four-Part display caot be called up from this display. Uit Multiply Adjusts the Arpeggio playback time based o tempo. By usig this parameter, you ca create a differet Arpeggio type from the origial oe. For example, if you set a value of 00%, the playback time will be doubled (tempo is halved). O the other had, if you set a value of 50%, the playback time will be halved ad the tempo doubled. Normal playback time is 00%. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 50%, 66%, 75%, 00%, 33%, 50%, 00% Quatize Value* Determies to what beats the ote data i the Arpeggio sequece data will be aliged, or determies to what beats i the Arpeggio sequece data the swig is applied. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. The umber show at right of each value idicates the resolutio of the /4 ote i clocks. Settigs: 60 (3d ote), (6th ote triplet), 6 0 (6th ote), (8th ote triplet), 8 40 (8th ote), (/4 ote triplet), (/4 ote) 3 Quatize Stregth 8 9 # $ Sets the stregth by which ote evets are pulled toward the earest quatize beats. A settig of 00% produces exact timig set via the Quatize Value parameter above. A settig of 0% results i o quatizatio. A settig of 50% results i the ote evets beig pulled halfway betwee 0% ad 00%. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 0% 00% 5 Velocity Rate Determies how much the velocity of the Arpeggio playback is offset from the origial value. For example, a settig of 00% meas the origial values are used. Settigs below 00% will reduce the velocities of the Arpeggio otes, whereas settigs above 00% will icrease the velocities. If the resultat velocity value is less tha zero it will be set to, ad if the resultat velocity is greater tha 8 it will be set to 7. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 0% 00% 6 Gate Time Rate Determies how much the Gate Time (legth) of the Arpeggio otes is offset from the origial value. For example, a settig of 00% meas the origial values are used. Settigs below 00% will reduce the velocities of the Arpeggio otes, whereas settigs above 00% will icrease the velocities. The Gate Time caot be decreased beyod its ormal miimum of ; ay values outside that rage will automatically be limited to the miimum. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: 0% 00% 7 Octave Rage Specifies the maximum Arpeggio rage i octaves. Positive value settigs icrease the octave rage of the Arpeggio playback upward, whereas egative value settigs icrease it dowward. This parameter ca be chaged via the Kob directly. Settigs: Loop Whe this is set to o, the Arpeggio cycles while otes are held. Whe this is set to off, the Arpeggio plays oly oce eve if otes are held. Settigs: off, o 9 Trigger Mode Whe this is set to gate, pressig the ote starts Arpeggio playback ad releasig the ote stops it. Whe this is set to toggle, pressig the ote starts/stops Arpeggio playback ad releasig the ote does ot affect Arpeggio playback. Normally, this parameter should be set to gate. Settigs: gate, toggle 4 Swig* Delays otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats) to produce a swig feel. Settigs above delay the Arpeggio otes, whereas settigs below advace them. A settig of 0 produces exact timig set via the Quatize Value, resultig i o swig. Judicious use of this settig lets you create swig rhythms ad triplet feels, such as shuffle ad The Trigger Mode toggle settig overcomes the Hold o settig i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54). I other words, eve whe the Hold parameter is set to o, pressig the ote start/stops Arpeggio playback whe the Trigger Mode is set to toggle. 56 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

157 Editig a Performace ) Accet Vel Threshold (Accet Velocity Threshold) Some preset Arpeggio types iclude the special sequece data called Accet Phrase, which will be played back oly whe the velocities higher tha a specified value are received. This parameter determied the miimum velocity that will trigger the Accet Phrase. EG Settigs [F4] EG Settigs: off, 7 You ca cotrol the soud trasitio from the momet a key is pressed to the momet at which it is released. You ca also adjust the toe brilliace by settig the Cutoff Frequecy ad Resoace. Voice! Accet Start Quatize Determies the start timig of the Accet Phrase whe the Velocity specified i Accet Vel Threshold above is received. Whe set to off, the Accet Phrase starts as soo as the Velocity is received. Whe set to o, the Accet Phrase starts o the beat specified for each Arpeggio type after the Velocity is received. Settigs: off, o 3 Performace Radom SFX Some Arpeggio types feature the Radom SFX fuctio which will trigger the special soud such as fret oise of the guitar whe the ote is released. This parameter determies whether the Radom SFX is active or ot. Settigs: off, o # Radom SFX Velocity Offset Determies the offset value by which the Radom SFX otes will be shifted from their origial velocities. If the resultat velocity value is less tha zero it will be set to, ad if the resultat velocity is greater tha 8 it will be set to 7. Settigs: $ Radom SFX Key O Cotrol Whe this is set to o, the Radom SFX special soud is played with the pre-programmed velocity. Whe this is set to off, the Radom SFX special soud is played with the velocity geerated whe the ote is pressed. Settigs: off, o AEG (Amplitude EG) Determies the AEG (Amplitude Evelope Geerator) parameters for each Part. The followig parameters ca be used to cotrol the chage i volume from the momet a ote is pressed o the keyboard to the momet the soud stops. The settig made here will be applied to the AEG parameters (page 3) of each Voice as offset. Attack (Attack Time) Determies the speed of attack from the time a key is played util the maximum iitial level of the EG is reached. Decay (Decay Time) Determies how fast the volume falls from maximum attack level to the sustai level. Sustai (Sustai Level) Determies the sustai level at which the volume will cotiue while a ote is held, after the iitial attack ad decay. Release (Release Time) Determies how quickly the soud decays to silece after the key is released. Settigs: Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece % MIDI Out Switch (MIDI Output Switch) Whe this is set to o, Arpeggio playback data is output from the MIDI termial. Settigs: off (ot output), o (output) ^ MIDI Out Chael (MIDI Output Chael) Determies the MIDI trasmit chael for Arpeggio playback data. Whe this is set to kbd, Arpeggio playback data is output via the MIDI trasmit chael (page 37) set i the Performace Play. Settigs: 6, kbd (Keyboard Chael) Whe a Drum Voice is selected, Sustai Level ad Release Time are ot available. FEG (Filter EG) Determies the FEG (Filter Evelope Geerator) parameters for each Part. Usig the FEG, you ca cotrol the trasitio i toal color (Cutoff Frequecy) from the momet the soud starts to the momet it stops. The settig made here will be applied to the FEG parameters (page 9) of each Voice as offset. Attack (Attack Time) Determies the speed of filter variatio from the time a ote is played util the maximum iitial level of the Cutoff Frequecy is reached. Utility File Decay (Decay Time) Determies how fast the Cutoff Frequecy falls from maximum attack level to the sustai level. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 57

158 Editig a Performace Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Release (Release Time) Determies how fast the Cutoff Frequecy falls from the sustai level to zero whe a ote is released. Depth Determies the rage over which the cutoff frequecy of the Filter EG chages. A settig of 0 will cause the cutoff frequecy ot to chage. The farther from 0 the value is, the larger the rage of the cutoff frequecy. For egative values, the chage of the cutoff frequecy is reversed. Settigs: Filter Whe a Drum Voice is selected, ot all of the parameters are available. Uavailable parameters are blak ad caot be edited. Determies the Cutoff Frequecy ad Resoace for the Filter to chage the Performace soud. The settig made here will be added to the same parameters (page 7) of each Voice as offset. Cutoff Determies the cutoff frequecy for the Filter. The frequecy set here is the ceter frequecy at which the sigals are affected whe they pass through each filter. Settigs: Resoace/Width This parameter s fuctio varies accordig to the selected Filter Type. If the selected filter is a LPF, HPF, BPF (excludig the BPFw), or BEF, this parameter is used to set the Resoace. If the selected filter is a BPFw, this parameter is used to adjust the frequecy badwidth. Resoace is used to set the amout of Resoace (harmoic emphasis) applied to the sigal at the cutoff frequecy. This ca be used i combiatio with the cutoff frequecy parameter to add further character to the soud. The Width parameter is used to adjust the width of the bad of sigal frequecies passed by the filter with the BPFw. Settigs: Equalizer (EQ) Settigs [F5] EQ From this display you ca apply 3-bad parametric EQ to each idividual Part, for fie adjustmet of the soud. The EQ shapes for Low ad High are fixed as shelvig types. Frequecy Determies the ceter frequecy. Frequecies aroud this poit are atteuated/boosted by the Gai settig below. Higher values produce higher frequecies. Settigs: Low 50. Hz.0 khz Middle 39.7 Hz 0. khz High Hz 4.0 khz Gai Determies the level gai for the Frequecy (set above), or the amout the selected frequecy bad is atteuated or boosted. Settigs: - db +0 db + db 3 Q (Badwidth) This varies the sigal level at the Frequecy settig to create various frequecy curve characteristics. The higher the settig the smaller the Q (Badwidth). The lower the settig, the greater the Q (Badwidth). Settigs: Frequecy MIDI Receive settigs [F6] RcvSwitch (Receive Switch) From this display you ca set how each idividual Part respods to various MIDI data, such as Cotrol Chage ad Program Chage messages. Whe the relevat parameter is set to o, the correspodig Part respods to the appropriate MIDI data. Each of the Cotroller ames i this display idicates the MIDI data geerated by usig the correspodig Cotroller Frequecy 3 For Parts to which the Drum Voice is assiged, Sustai is ot available. 58 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

159 Performace Job Coveiet Fuctios The Performace Job features some coveiet data orgaizatio ad iitializatio tools, for use whe creatig Performaces ad archivig them. Press the [JOB] butto i the Performace to eter the Performace Job. Performace Job Basic Operatio I the Performace, press the [JOB] butto to eter Performace Job Mode. Select the desired Job meu by pressig the appropriate butto, [F] [F4]. Iitializig the Performace [F] Iit (Iitialize) This fuctio lets you reset (iitialize) all Performace parameters to their default settigs. It also allows you to selectively iitialize certai parameters, such as Commo settigs, settigs for each Part, ad so o. Voice Performace Samplig 3 Move the cursor to the desired parameter, the set the value. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Job, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Job. After the Job has bee completed, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. 3 All Parameters All settigs for the selected Performace are iitialized. Whe this is set to o, the cursor caot be moved. Sog Patter Mixig Referece 6 Press the [PERFORM] butto to retur to the Performace Play. CAUTION Eve if you execute the Job, selectig a differet Performace or turig the power off without storig will erase the Performace data. Make sure to store the Performace data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Performace or turig the power off. Commo Parameters Commo parameter settigs for the selected Performace are iitialized. The Isertio Effect Switch is a Part parameter. Therefore, checkmark the box of Part 4 described below if you wish to iitialize the Isertio Effect Switch parameter settigs. 3 Part Parameters Part 4 Parameter settigs for Parts which are tured o are iitialized. A/D (A/D Iput) This is the Part iput from the exteral audio equipmet coected to the A/D INPUT jack. Whe this is checkmarked, parameter settigs for the A/D Iput Part (page 47) of Commo Edit are iitialized. mlan This is the Part iput from the exteral equipmet coected to the mlan jack via the IEEE394 cable. Whe this is checkmarked, parameter settigs for the mlan Part (page 47) of the Commo Edit are iitialized. Samplig Master Utility File Edit Recall [F] Recall If you are editig a Performace but you have ot stored it before switchig to aother Performace, the edits you have made will be cleared. If this happes, you ca use the Recall fuctio to restore the Performace with your latest edits itact. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 59

160 Performace Job Coveiet Fuctios Performace Copy fuctio [F3] Copy Copyig the Voice Effect settigs [SF] Voice Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Copyig parameter settigs from aother Performace [SF] Part This coveiet operatio lets you copy Commo Edit ad Part Edit settigs of a certai Performace to the curretly edited Performace. This is useful if you are creatig a Performace ad wish to use some parameter settigs of aother Performace. Performace Determies the Bak ad the Performace umber to be copied. This parameter caot be set whe the Curret Performace (below) is tured o. Curret Performace Whe this is set to o, the curretly selected Performace (the oe you are editig ow) is selected as source. Accordigly, you ca copy the parameter settigs from a Part to a differet Part of the same Performace. 3 Data type of the source Determies the source data type icludig the Part umber. Accordig to the settig here, the Data type of the destiatio below will be automatically set to the appropriate item. Settigs: Commo, Part 4, A/D, mlan 3 4 The Isertio Effect Switch is a Part parameter. Therefore, the Isertio Effect Switch parameter settigs of the selected part are copied oly whe selectig oe of the Parts 4. 4 Data type of the destiatio Determies the destiatio data type icludig the Part umber. Whe the data type of the source Voice (above) is set to commo, this parameter will be fixed to commo. Settigs: Commo, Part 4, A/D, mlan This coveiet operatio lets you copy Effect ad Master EQ settigs of a certai Voice assiged to a certai Performace to the curretly edited Performace. This would come i hady whe a certai Performace has settigs that you wat to use i your Performace program. Performace Determies the Bak ad the Performace umber to be copied. This parameter caot be set whe the Curret Performace (below) is tured o. Curret Performace Whe this is set to o, the curretly selected Performace (the oe you are editig ow) is selected as source. 3 Source Part Determies the Part of the source Performace. The ame of the Voice assiged to the selected Part is show. 4 Effect Uit Settigs Determies which Effect uits are copied. You ca select Effect uits to be copied from Reverb, Chorus, Master EQ ad Master Effect. 3 4 Eve whe each of the Reverb ad Chorus is set to o, executig the Job does ot copy the Sed Level from the Voice to the Performace. If you wat to apply the same depth of the Reverb ad Chorus as i the Voice to the copied Voice, set the Reverb Sed () ad Chorus Sed () i the Voice Output display of the Performace Part Edit to the same value maually as i the Voice Edit. Trasmittig the Performace data via MIDI [F4] Bulk (Bulk Dump) This fuctio lets you sed your edited parameter settigs for the curretly selected Performace to a computer or aother MIDI device for data archivig. To execute the Bulk Dump operatio, press the [ENTER] butto. I order to execute Bulk Dump, you ll eed to set the correct MIDI Device Number. For details, see page 68. The Bulk Dump data icludes oly the MIDI messages ad does ot iclude the Waveforms. 60 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

161 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio The MOTIF XS has a powerful Samplig fuctio that lets you record audio sigals such as vocals from a microphoe or electric guitar ad itegrate the resultig Samples with the Voices ad Performaces of the istrumet. Whe you eter the Samplig from the Voice or Performace, you ca create your ow origial Samples, edit them, assig them to a Waveform, ad the assig the origial Waveform to a User Voice or Performace. This sectio covers the Samplig fuctios whe eterig the Samplig by pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto i the Voice or the Performace. You ca also eter the Samplig by pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto i the Sog or the Patter. Keep i mid that the Samplig fuctios differ depedig o from which the Samplig is called up, the Voice/Performace or the Sog/Patter. See page 4 for istructios o usig the Samplig fuctio i the Sog /Patter. The Samplig structure I this sectio, you ll lear about the structure ad orgaizatio of Samples, Key Baks ad Waveforms, as well as their relatioship to Voices ad Performaces. Sample A Sample is digital audio data, made by directly recordig a sigal, such as that of vocals or electric guitar, to the MOTIF XS. Throughout this maual, the words Sample ad Wave are sometimes used iterchageably; however, you should be careful to distiguish betwee Wave (raw audio data) ad Waveform (collected audio data used to make up a Voice). Velocity 7 40 Sample (Key Bak) Waveform Sample (Key Bak) Sample 3 (Key Bak) Sample 4 (Key Bak) Sample 5 (Key Bak) D# A# G# F4 Waveform Key Number (Note Number) Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece Samples ca be obtaied ito the istrumet via the followig methods: Recordig audio sigal i the Samplig, loadig a WAV file or AIFF file from the USB storage device coected to the MOTIF XS i the File, ad loadig a WAV file or AIFF file from the hard disk coected to the etwork to which the MOTIF XS is coected. Because the obtaied Sample data will be lost by turig the power off, Samples residig i the MOTIF XS iteral memory should be saved as digital data (i WAV or AIFF format) to a USB storage device or to a computer coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS. Sample, Key Bak ad Waveform Samples are assiged ad stored to Waveforms o the MOTIF XS. Before you ca actually record a Sample or load a Sample from a USB storage device, you ll eed to specify a Waveform umber as a destiatio. This Waveform the serves as the cotaier for the Sample. Voices ad Waveform You ca play the Waveform by assigig it to a Voice the playig the keyboard with that Voice. You ca assig the Waveform to a Elemet of the Voice i the Voice Elemet Edit (page ). The Voice Edit lets you assig the Waveform you ve created with the Samplig fuctio to the edited Elemet, just as you would ay of the 670 preset Waveforms icluded o the istrumet. Keep i mid that you ca assig the User Voices created i the Samplig etered from the Voice/Performace to Mixig parts of the Sog/Patter. You ca also assig the Waveforms created i the Samplig etered from the Sog/Patter to Elemets of the Voice i the Voice Edit. Samplig Master Utility File Each of the Waveforms ca cotai multiple Samples. To assig these Samples to a differet space or cotaier, you ca set the key rage ad velocity rage for each Sample. With this settig, the differet Sample is played back depedig o the pressed ote ad its velocity. The ote rage ad velocity rage to which each of the Samples is assiged is called the Key Bak. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 6

162 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Samplig Mai display Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The Samplig Mai display, the etrace of the Samplig, is called up whe pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto from the curret. Pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto i the Voice or Performace calls up the Samplig dedicated to creatio of Samples (Waveforms) assiged to the Voice/Performace. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the origial, Voice or Performace. Selectig a Waveform ad Key Bak [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] The Samplig Mai display lets you select the Waveform ad its Key Bak the hear the soud of the Sample assiged to the selected Key Bak Waveform 8! ) Determies the Waveform umber. The ame of the selected Waveform is displayed. Settigs: Key (Key Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Rage of the Key Bak. 3 Velocity (Velocity Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the velocity rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. 4 Sample Size (Idicatio oly) Idicates the size of the Sample assiged to the selected Key Bak Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The graph illustratio idicates the already used memory amout as a blue lie. 8 [SF] Auditio You ca hear the Sample assiged to the selected Key Bak by holdig this butto. This lets you check how the Sample will actually soud whe played back. 9 [SF6] KBD (Keyboard) You ca also select the Key Bak belogig to the selected Waveform directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. ) [F6] Rec (Record) Pressig this butto to call up the Samplig Record Setup display. This display is used for settig up the istrumet for Samplig. For details, see page 64.! [SF5] Keybak Pressig this butto calls up the list of the Key Baks makig up the Waveform. You ca select the desired Key Bak from this list by usig the data dial, cursor up/dow butto, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] butto. 4 5 # 3 5 Frequecy (Idicatio oly) Idicates the samplig frequecy of the Sample assiged to the selected Key Bak. The rate at which digital readigs are take is referred to as the samplig frequecy. Higher samplig frequecies result i higher quality soud. 44.kHz is the stadard value as the Samplig Frequecy. 6 Stereo/Moo (Idicatio oly) Idicates whether the Sample assiged to the selected Key Bak is stereo or moo. Regardig the parameters 6, refer to the parameter havig the same ame i the Samplig Mai Duplicatio symbol This symbol appears whe the key rage ad velocity rage overlaps the oes of the other Key Bak. For iformatio o how the samples assiged to the overlapped Key Baks are played back, see page 70. # Key Bak umber (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Key Bak umber of the selected Waveform. 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

163 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Samplig Record [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [F6] Rec The Samplig Record fuctio lets you record souds such as vocals from a coected microphoe, the sigal from a electric guitar, or audio from a exteral CD or MP3 player directly to the MOTIF XS, ad store them to the istrumet as Samples. The Samples obtaied via the Samplig fuctio ca be played back from the keyboard by assigig them first to a Waveform, the a Voice. Importat I order to use the Samplig fuctio, DIMM modules must be istalled to the istrumet. For details o istallig DIMMs, see page 95. The recorded (edited) Sample data residig temporarily i DIMM is lost whe the power is tured off. Make sure to prepare the USB storage device or a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS before usig the Samplig fuctio. Voice Performace Samplig Procedure I this sectio, you ll lear how to create a Voice or Performace by usig the Samplig fuctio. If you set the Trigger Mode (8) to level, you will also eed to set the Trigger Level (7). Set this parameter so that the red triagle of the level meter (idicatig the Trigger Level) is slightly below the level at which the soud is iput. Samplig Coect a microphoe or other audio equipmet to the MOTIF XS. For iformatio about how to do this, see page 39. If you wat to use the soud of the MOTIF XS as a recordig source (with the Resamplig fuctio), this step is uecessary. Eter the Voice or Performace. Whe eterig the Performace, select a Performace to which the Sample will be assiged. 3 Press the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto to eter the Samplig. (The idicator lights.) The Samplig Mai display appears. 4 Press the [F6] Rec butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 64). Set the followig parameters i the Setup display. The umbers i paretheses below refer to the parameters i the Sample Record display o the ext page. The Iput Source () determies the coector from which the audio source (microphoe, audio equipmet, etc.) is iput. The Waveform (6) determies the Waveform umber. The Voice ()) determies the Voice Bak ad Number. The Part (9) determies the Performace part to which the Voice is assiged whe eterig the Samplig from the Performace. Set other parameters as ecessary. 6 Adjust the iput soud level for optimum level. Try to set the iput level as high as possible without clippig for the best soud quality. Follow the istructios below to adjust the iput level. Whe the Iput Source is set to A/D Iput, adjust the iput sigal level by usig the GAIN kob o the rear pael. If you caot adjust the iput level appropriately, chage the Mic/Lie settig (page 63) i the Utility. Whe the Iput Source is set to Resample, adjust the iput sigal level by settig the Record Gai. Whe the Iput Source is set to mlan, the iput level caot be adjusted. 7 Tur the Cofirm fuctio o or off by pressig the [SF] butto. The Cofirm tab turs gree whe set to o, ad turs gray whe set to off. Whe Cofirm is tured o, you ca easily liste back to your just-recorded Sample ad coveietly re-record it if you are ot satisfied with the results. 8 Press the [F5] Start butto to start the Samplig operatio. Whe the Trigger Mode (8) is set to maual, pressig the butto immediately starts Samplig (a RECORDING idicatio appears i the display). Whe the Trigger Mode (8) is set to level, pressig the butto eables Samplig but does ot start it (a WAITING idicatio appears i the display). Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 5 Press the [F6] Stadby butto to call up the Record Stadby display (page 66). Set the followig parameters o the Stadby display. Numbers i the paretheses are equivalet to the umbers poitig parameters o the Stadby display. Set the Trigger Mode (8) to determie the method by which Samplig will be triggered. Normally, set this to level. 9 Play the soud to be sampled. Whe the Trigger Mode (8) is set to level ad a audio sigal exceedig the specified Trigger Level (7) is iput to the istrumet, the RECORDING idicatio replaces the WAITING idicatio ad Samplig starts. Durig Samplig, a graphic represetatio of the recorded audio appears i the display. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 63

164 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 0 Press the [F6] Stop butto to stop Samplig. If you set Cofirm to o i step 7 above, the Samplig Fiished display (page 67) appears. Press the [SF] Auditio butto to hear the sampled soud. If you are satisfied with the results, press the [ENTER] butto to store the sampled soud as a Sample ad retur to the Setup display. If you are ot satisfied with the results ad you wish to try agai, press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the Stadby display ad try Samplig from step 5 agai. If you set Cofirm to off i step 7 above, the sampled soud will be stored as a Sample automatically. Whe you set Record Next (4) to o i step 4 above, the istrumet returs to the STANDBY display after the Sample data is fixed. I this case, you ca leave the Samplig Record by pressig the [EXIT] butto. Save the created Waveform to a USB storage device. For detailed istructios o savig, see page 78. The recorded (edited) Sample data resides temporarily i DIMM (page 79). Ay data i DIMM will be lost whe turig the power off. You should always save ay data residig i DIMM to a USB storage device or a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS before turig off the power. Samplig Setup [F6] Rec From this display you ca set up various parameters for Samplig. Press the [F6] butto from the Samplig Mai display to call up this display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Samplig Mai display CAUTION )! Iput Source Determies the iput coector via which the sigal to be sampled will be received. Settigs: A/D Iput, resample, mlan A/D Iput Aalog audio from the A/D INPUT jacks is recogized as the recordig source. resample Audio sigal from the OUTPUT jacks of the MOTIF XS is received ad recogized as the recordig source. mlan Audio sigal from the mlan coector (available for MOTIF XS8 ad available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe the optioal mlan6e has bee istalled) is recogized as the recordig source. The audio sigal here is trasmitted from the computer via mlan Ports 3 ad 4. 3 Stereo/Moo Determies whether the audio sigal is recorded as moo Sample or stereo Sample. Settigs: mool, moor, mool+r, stereo mool The L-chael sigal will be recorded as a moo Sample. moor The R-chael sigal will be recorded as a moo Sample. mool+r The L-chael ad R-chael sigals will be mixed ad recorded as a moo Sample. stereo A stereo Sample will be recorded. 4 Record Next Whe set to o, the ext key is set as destiatio of Samplig automatically after the Samplig operatio is fiished (icludig assigmet of the Sample to a Key Bak), ad the Stadby display appears. This parameter is useful whe you wish to record multiple Samples i successio. Whe you wish to obtai Samples successively from a special CD cotaiig various materials i each track, for example, you ca set this parameter to o ad set the Trigger Mode to level ad coveietly have the istrumet record cosecutive Samples automatically. To leave the Samplig Record, press the [EXIT] butto. Settigs: o, off Whe both of the [SF] Cofirm ad the Record Next are tured o before the Samplig starts, the FINISHED display appears as soo as the Samplig is fiished. From the FINISHED display, fix the Sample data by pressig the [ENTER] butto so that the istrumet returs to the STANDBY # $ This parameter is useful whe you wish to assig idividual Samples to the keys oe by oe to create a Drum Voice by usig the special CD cotaiig soud of each drum istrumet as source. Recordig Type Determies the Samplig type. Keep i mid that this parameter is fixed to sample whe eterig the Samplig from the Voice/Performace. Keep i mid that the Record Next parameter may be fixed to off ad caot be chaged. This occurs whe you eter the Samplig from the Voice /Performace, set the Voice to somethig other tha off, ad set the Source (above) to resample. 64 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

165 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio 5 Frequecy Specifies the samplig frequecy. Whe the Iput Source () is set to mlan, this parameter is fixed to 44.kHz. Normally, this parameter should be set to 44.kHz, the highest settig. If you wish to obtai a lo-fi soud, select a value other tha 44. khz. At settigs other tha 44. khz, the soud moitored durig recordig may be differet from the recorded soud, depedig o the source sigal. Settigs: 44.k (44. khz),.0klo (.05 khz Lo-Fi),.0kLo (.05 khz Lo-Fi), 5.5kLo (5.55 khz Lo-Fi) 6 Waveform Determies the Waveform umber as destiatio. Settigs: CAUTION The Samplig operatio overwrites ay data previously existig at the destiatio Waveform umber. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 7 Keybak CAUTION Whe the Voice Bak is set to ay of USER 3, the Samplig operatio overwrites ay data already existig i the destiatio Voice umber. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78).! Drum Key Determies the Key to which the Waveform (6) is assiged whe the Voice Bak ()) is set to UDR. Settigs: C0 Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue lie. # [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) Idicates the amout of Samplig memory used. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Determies the ote umber of the Key Bak as destiatio. The value set here ca be chaged i the Samplig Edit (page 67). Settigs: C - G8 8 Track You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. This parameter is ot available whe eterig the Samplig from the Voice/Performace. 3 Used/Total (Idicatio oly) Idicates the amout of memory beig used ad the total amout available. Recordable Size (Idicatio oly) Patter Mixig Samplig Referece 9 Part Determies the Performace Part to which the Voice ()) created by Samplig is assiged. Whe set to off, the obtaied Sample is ot assiged to the Performace part. This parameter is available whe eterig the Samplig from the Performace. Whe the Voice ()) is set to off, this parameter caot be set eve if eterig the Samplig from the Performace. Settigs: off, 4 ) Voice Determies the voice to which the Waveform (6) created via the Samplig is assiged by specifyig the Voice Bak ad Number. Settig the Voice Bak to ay of USER 3 assigs the Waveform (6) to the Elemet of the ew Normal Voice created via Samplig. Settig the Voice Bak to UDR assigs the Waveform (6) to the Drum Key (!) of the specified Drum Voice. Whe this is set to off, oly a Waveform (6) is created; the Sample is ot stored as a User Voice. Settigs: Voice Bak: Off, USER 3 (User 3), UDR (User Drum) Voice Number: 00 8 Idicates the amout of free memory. 3 Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig that the samplig frequecy is 44. khz with moo. $ [F6] Stadby Pressig this butto calls up the Samplig Record Stadby display. This display is used for executig Samplig. For details, see page 66. Master Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 65

166 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Samplig Record [F6] Stadby This display is used for executig Samplig. Press the [F6] butto from the Setup display to call up this display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Setup display Waveform (Idicatio oly) Idicates the umber ad ame of the selected Waveform. Key (Key Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the key rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. 3 Velocity (Velocity Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the velocity rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. 4 Record Moitor Determies the output level of the moitor for the iput sigal while Samplig. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. This moitor sigal is output from the PHONES jack or the OUTPUT R ad L/MONO jacks. Settigs: Record Gai This parameter is available oly whe the Iput Source (page 64) is set to resample (recordig the soud of the MOTIF XS itself). This determies the recordig gai whe resamplig. The higher the value, the greater the volume of the resampled soud. Before executig the Samplig operatio, you ca set the appropriate gai by checkig the volume via the Level Meter ()) while playig the keyboard. Settigs: -db, -6dB, +0dB, +6dB, +db 6 Key Idicates the Keybak (page 65) set i the Samplig Record Setup display. The Key Bak ca be chaged both here ad i Samplig Edit (page 67) after the Samplig operatio. Settigs: C - G8! You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page ) 7 Trigger Level Whe the Trigger Mode (8) is set to level, you ll also eed to set the Trigger Level. Samplig will begi as soo as a iput sigal exceedig the specified trigger level is received. The level set here will be idicated as a red triagle i the level meter. For best results, set this as low as possible to capture the etire sigal, but ot so low as to record uwated oise. Settigs: Trigger Mode Determies the method by which Samplig will be triggered. Settigs: level, maual level Samplig starts as soo as a iput sigal exceedig the specified Trigger Level (7) is received. maual Samplig starts soo after you press the [F6] REC butto. This settig lets you start Samplig at your desired timig regardless of the iput level from audio source. 9 Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue lie. ) Level Meter This graph idicates the iput level of the iput source. Try to get the iput level as high as possible without clippig for the best soud quality. Follow the istructios below to adjust the iput level. Whe the Iput Source is set to A/D Iput, adjust the iput sigal level by usig the GAIN kob o the rear pael. If you caot adjust the iput level appropriately, chage the Mic/ Lie settig (page 63) i the Utility. Whe the Iput Source is set to Resample, adjust the iput sigal level by settig the Record Gai (5). Whe the Iput Source is set to mlan, the iput level caot be adjusted.! [SF] Cofirm This determies whether you ca cofirm the recorded Sample (o) or ot (off) after Samplig is fiished. This is useful for coveietly recordig agai if you are ot satisfied with the Samplig results. Whe this is tured off, the recorded sample is fixed as data as soo as the Samplig is fiished the the istrumet returs to the Setup display (page 64). Please ote that the istrumet returs to the STANDBY display after the Samplig is fiished whe Record Next is tured o i the Setup [F5] Start Press this butto to start Samplig. Whe the Trigger is set to level, pressig the [F5] Start butto calls up the WAITING idicatio o the display. Actual Samplig does ot start. Whe audio sigal exceedig the specified Trigger Level (7) is iput to the istrumet, the RECORDING idicatio replaces the WAITING idicatio ad Samplig starts. 66 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

167 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Whe the Trigger Mode (8) is set to maual, pressig this butto starts Samplig immediately. Samplig RECORDING display Durig Samplig, a graphic represetatio of the recorded audio appears i the display. Samplig is fiished. From this display, you ca hear ad cofirm the Sample by pressig the [SF] Auditio butto. If you are satisfied with the soud, press the [ENTER] butto to fix the Samplig result as Sample data. If you are ot satisfied with the Samplig result, press the [EXIT] butto the try agai. Whe [SF] Cofirm is tured off before Samplig starts, the Samplig operatio will automatically fix the Sample data ad retur to the Setup display (page 64). Voice Sog Samplig Performace [F6] Stop Press this butto to stop Samplig. Whe Samplig is complete, the FINISHED display appears. Samplig FINISHED display (whe Cofirm is set to o) Whe the [SF] Cofirm is tured o before Samplig starts, the FINISHED display below appears as soo as Samplig Edit [SF] Auditio You ca hear the recorded Sample by holdig this butto. This lets you check whether the Samplig has bee executed appropriately or ot. Whe [SF] Cofirm (page 66) is tured off before the Samplig starts, the Samplig operatio will automatically fix the Sample data ad retur to the Setup display (page 64). Please ote that the istrumet returs to the STANDBY display after Samplig is fiished whe Record Next is tured o i the Setup display. [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [EDIT] The Samplig Edit gives you comprehesive, detailed cotrols for editig the recorded Sample ad chagig the Sample settigs. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Samplig Mai display to call up the Samplig Edit display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Samplig Mai display. Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece Samplig Edit procedure Press the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto to eter the Samplig. (The idicator lights.) The Samplig Mai display (page 6) appears. Select a Waveform ad Key Bak. Select a Waveform ad Key Bak to which the Sample to be edited is assiged. 4 Press the [F] Trim or [F] Param (Parameter) butto. Set the desired parameter i each display. 5 Press the [SF] Auditio butto to hear the soud. Repeat steps 4 ad 5 as desired. 6 Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Samplig Mai display. File 3 Press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Samplig Edit. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 67

168 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Hit A coveiet Extract fuctio lets you delete ueeded portios of the Sample prior to the start poit ad after the ed poit, allowig you to save memory for additioal Samplig. Press the [F] Trim butto to call up the Trim display. Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) If you wish to cacel the operatio, press the [DEC/ NO] butto. 3 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute Extract. The data deleted via the Extract operatio caot be recovered. Before executig the Extract, you may wat to back up this Sample by usig the Copy Job (page 7). Tips for editig the Samples How to play the Sample (Play Mode settigs) There are two methods for playig back the Sample: Oe shot ad Loop. Loop lets you play the specified rage of the Sample repeatedly i a loop. Oe Shot, o the other had, lets you play the etire Sample oly oce. You ll eed to determie which type (Loop or Oe Shot) is used by settig the Play Mode parameter i the Parameter display (page 70). Fie-tuig playback of Oe Shot Samples You ca determie the playback rage of the Sample by settig the Start Poit (6) ad Ed Poit (8) i the Trim display (page 68). These parameters effectively let you mute uecessary or uwated audio from the begiig ad ed of your Sample. To cut soud at the ed of playback, decrease the Ed Poit value, movig it leftward o the wave display. Similarly, to cut soud at the begiig of playback, icrease the Start Poit value, movig it rightward o the wave display. I geeral, you ll wat to set the Start Poit so that the begiig of the Sample plays back immediately whe triggered. Use the [SF] Auditio butto to check playback of the Sample, that it souds smooth ad atural. After settig ad cofirmig the Start/Ed Poits, trim them permaetly from the Sample by usig the Extract operatio (page 77). Fie-tuig playback of Loop Samples Settig the Start ad Ed Poits i a Loop Sample is geerally more crucial ad paistakig tha with Oe Shot Samples. The Start ad Ed Poits must be set accurately to esure that the Loop plays back smoothly ad cotiuously without stutters or glitches. You ll also eed to make sure (with rhythmic loops) that the Loop is i perfect rhythm ad o beats are lost. Set the Play Mode to loop. Press the [F] Param butto to call up the Parameter display (page 70) the set the Play Mode (6) to loop. Set the Start Poit to the st beat of the st measure. Press the [F] Trim butto to call up the Trim display (page 68) the set the Start Poit (6). 3 Set the Loop Poit to the value same as the Start Poit. Press the [SF] butto so that the LP=ST is show. 4 While holdig the [SF] Auditio butto, adjust the Ed Poit so that looped playback of the Sample is smooth ad matches the beat timig. 5 Execute the Extract operatio (page 77). How to set the tempo of the Sample If you do ot kow the tempo of the Sample cotaiig the rhythm patter, follow the istructios below. While holdig the [SF] Auditio butto, adjust the Start Poit ad Ed Poit so that looped playback of the Sample is smooth ad matches the beat timig. Make sure to also use the Extract operatio to delete uecessary parts from the Sample. Set the time sigature ad measure. Press the [F] Trim butto to call up the Trim display (below) the set the time sigature ()) ad measure (!). 3 Icrease or decrease the Tempo (9) as ecessary so that the Ed Poit (8) becomes equivalet to the ed poit applied to the origial Sample. Sample Playback settigs [F] Trim This display lets you set the playback rage ad loop rage of the Sample Set the Tempo (9) to a large value the decrease it gradually so that the Ed Poit (8) icreases gradually. Oce you reach a certai value, the Ed Poit o loger icreases, eve whe you decrease the Tempo. The resultig value is the Ed Poit applied to the origial Sample. The fial Tempo value is the most appropriate tempo for Sample playback )! º * # ( $ % ^ & 68 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

169 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Waveform (Idicatio oly) Idicates the umber ad ame of the selected Waveform. the Ed Poit (8) so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Tempo ad Meter. Settigs: Measure: Beat: 00 5 (Varies depedig o the Meter settig.) Key (Key Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the key rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. 3 Velocity (Velocity Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the velocity rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. The Measure settig here idicates the legth betwee the Start Poit ad Ed Poit of the sample. Whe you wish to play two measures begiig from the Start Poit of the sample, set the Measure parameter to 00:00. Voice 4 Track (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track of the curret Sog/Patter. This is available oly whe eterig the Samplig from the Sog/Patter. 5 Measure (Idicatio oly) Idicates the measure umber of the selected Sog/ Patter. This is available oly whe eterig the Samplig from the Sog/Patter. 6 Start Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue lie. # [SF] Auditio You ca hear the selected Sample by holdig this butto. This lets you check whether the Sample has bee edited appropriately or ot. Performace Samplig Sog Determies the Start poit for Sample playback. The part at the left side of this poit will ot be played back. Whe pressig the [SF] butto, the value of the Loop Poit (7) is copied to the Start Poit. Settigs: Ed poit 7 Loop Poit Determies the Loop poit at which the loop playback starts. Whe the Play is set to loop, the Sample is played back betwee this Loop poit ad the Ed poit (6). Settigs: Ed poit 8 Ed Poit Determies the Ed poit for Sample playback. The part at the right side of this poit will ot be played back. The Ed Poit (8) will be automatically determied so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Tempo (9), Meter ()), ad Measure (!). Settigs: (depedig o the Sample s legth) 9 Tempo Determies the Tempo of Sample playback. Settig the Tempo chages the Ed Poit (8) so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Meter ad Measure. Settigs: ) Meter $ [SF] LP=ST Whe the meu idicatio here is LP=ST, the Start (Start Poit) ad the Loop (Loop Start Poit) will share the same address, meaig that both of them will be chaged simultaeously, eve if just oe of them is chaged. Pressig the [SF] butto i this coditio chages the meu from LP=ST to LP ST. Whe the meu idicatio here is LP ST, the Start (Start Poit) ad the Loop (Loop Start Poit) ca be chaged idepedetly. Whe pressig the [SF] butto i this coditio, the address value of the Start will be copied to the oe of the Loop, with the result that both of them share the same address value. The meu idicatio also chages from LP ST to LP=ST. % [SF3] Display Pressig the [SF3] butto adjusts the zoom level so that the etire wave, icludig the Start Poit ad Ed Poit, is show o the display. ^ [SF4] Zoom Out & [SF5] Zoom I Press the [SF4] ad [SF5] buttos to zoom i ad out of the wave display. * [F] Trim Pressig this butto returs from the previous display to the Trim display. Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Determies the meter (time sigature) of Sample playback. Settig the Meter chages the Ed Poit (8) so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Tempo ad Measure. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 ( [F] Param (Parameter) Pressig this butto calls up the display that lets you set the Sample-related parameters ad Key Bak rage. º [SF6] NUM Whe NUM is show i the tab, you ca use the [F] [F6] buttos ad the [SF] [SF5] buttos as the umeric key pads by pressig the [SF6] butto.! Measure Determies the Sample legth for playback based o measure ad beat values, a ituitive ad musically useful way to set Sample playback. Settig the Measure chages MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 69

170 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Sample Parameter settigs [F] Param This display lets you set Sample-related parameters such as Key Rage ad Velocity Rage. Parameters 3 are same as the oes o the Trim display (page 68). 4 Level The KBD ico is show o the tab correspodig to the [SF6] butto depedig o the selected parameter. I this coditio, you ca eter the ote umber or velocity by pressig the appropriate ote o the keyboard while holdig the [SF6] KBD butto. For details, see page 8. Determies the output level of the selected Sample. Settigs: db db 5 Pa Determies the stereo pa positio of the soud. Settigs: L64 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) 6 Play Mode Determies how the Sample is played back. Settigs: loop, oe shot, reverse loop Sample playback begis from the Start poit, cotiues to the Loop poit, the repeats idefiitely betwee the Loop poit ad Ed poit. This settig is useful for short rhythmic passages, riffs ad beats that you wat to play back repeatedly ad cotiuously. oe shot The Sample plays back oe time from Start poit to Ed poit. This settig ca be used for solos, soud effects ad vocal passages that are used oce without loopig. reverse The Sample plays back oe time i reverse from Ed poit to Start poit. This is useful for creatig reversed cymbal souds ad other special effects. 9 ) 9 Key Rage Idicates the key rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Sample is assiged. By assigig differet Samples from a sigle Waveform to separate key rages, you ca create a Voice that produces differet souds depedig o what key you play. Settigs: C - G8 ) Velocity (Velocity Rage) Idicates the velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Sample is assiged. By assigig differet Samples from a sigle Waveform to separate velocity rages, you ca create a Voice that produces differet souds depedig o how strogly you play the keyboard. Settigs: 7! Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue [SF] Auditio You ca hear the selected Sample by holdig this butto. This lets you check how the Sample will actually soud whe played back. Whe differet Key Baks overlap: Whe playig back a certai key with a certai velocity belogig to differet Key Baks (i other words, differet samples are assiged to this key ad velocity), ot all relevat samples may be played back ad priority will be give to the two audio chaels startig from the sample(s) assiged to the Key Bak havig a smaller umber. Whe a stereo sample is assiged to the Key Bak of the smallest umber, for example, oly that sample will be played back. Whe a moo sample is assiged to the Key Bak of the smallest umber ad a differet sample is assiged to the Key Bak of the secod smallest umber, for d example, oly those two samples will be played back. Whe a moo sample is assiged to the Key Bak of the smallest umber ad a stereo sample is assiged to the Key Bak of the secod smallest umber, for 3rd example, oly the moo sample will be played back. This rule applies to all s of the istrumet. 7 Coarse Tue Determies the coarse tuig for the pitch of the Sample i semitoes. Settigs: Fie Tue Determies the fie tuig for the pitch of the Sample i cets. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

171 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Samplig Job [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [JOB] The Samplig Job lets you process ad modify Samples you have recorded. 8 Samplig Jobs are available. Fuctio Descriptio [F] Keybak Jobs related to Samples assiged to the specified Key Bak 0: Copy This Job copies a specified Key Bak to aother Waveform. Also the Sample assiged to the Key Bak is copied. 0: Delete This Job deletes the specified Key Bak ad its Sample. 03: Move This Job moves a specified Key Bak to aother Waveform. Also the Sample assiged to the Key Bak is moved. 04: Normalize This Job maximizes (ormalizes) the overall level of the specified Sample. 05: Time-Stretch This Job lets you chage the tempo of the Sample without chagig the pitch. 06: Covert Pitch This Job lets you chage the pitch of the Sample without chagig the tempo. 07: Fade I/Out This Job lets you create a fade-i ad fade-out for the Sample. 08: Half Samplig Frequecy This Job lets you halve the samplig frequecy of the specified Sample. 09: Stereo to Moo This Job lets you covert a stereo Sample to a moo Sample. 0: Loop-Remix This Job lets you automatically cut the Sample ito separate slices ad radomly rearrage the slices for special effects ad uusual rhythmic variatios. : Slice This Job lets you divide the Sample ito separate slices followig the specified settigs. Whe eterig this Job from the Sog/Patter, ote data for playig the slices i sequece is also created. Note data playback souds just like the origial Sample beig played back. [F] Waveform Waveform Jobs 0: Copy This Job lets you copy the data of oe Waveform to aother. The Key Baks ad Samples icluded i the Waveform are also copied by this Job. 0: Delete This Job lets you delete a specific Waveform from memory. The Key Baks ad Samples icluded i the Waveform are also deleted. 03: Extract This Job lets you delete all uecessary Sample data (located ahead of the Start Poit ad located after the Ed Poit). 04: Traspose This Job lets you traspose the Key Bak settig of a specified Waveform i semitoes. 05: Reame This Job lets you edit the ame of the specified Waveform. [F5] Other Other Jobs 0: Optimize Memory This Job optimizes the memory (DRAM) for Samplig. 0: Delete All This Job deletes all the Waveforms. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece Sample Job procedure Press the [JOB] butto i the Samplig to eter the Samplig Job. Call up the desired Job group. Select the Job group by pressig oe of the [F] Keybak, [F] Waveform, ad [F3] Other buttos. 3 Call up the desired Job display. Move the cursor to the desired Job by usig the data dial, [INC/DEC] ad [DEC/NO] buttos or Cursor up/ dow butto, the press the [ENTER] butto. The desired Job display appears. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Job meu display. 4 Set the value of the desired parameters. Move the cursor to the desired parameter, the set the value by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] butto. Whe Apply appears o the meu correspodig to the [SF4] butto, go to step 5. Whe Apply does ot appear, go to step 7. 5 Press the [SF4] Apply butto to execute the Job. At this time, the Sample has bee modified temporarily ad ot fixed as data. 6 Cofirm the result of the Job operatio. Press the [SF] Auditio butto to hear the modified Sample. If you are satisfied with the result, go o to the step 7. If you are ot satisfied with the results ad wat to try agai, press the [SF4] Apply butto agai to abort the Job operatio ad retur the Sample to the origial status. I this case, attempt the operatio agai from step 4. Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

172 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 7 Press the [ENTER] butto to fix the Job result as Sample data. You caot retur the modified Sample to the origial after fixig the Job result. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 8 Press the [EXIT] butto twice to go back to the Samplig Mai display. CAUTION If there is o data i the specified Waveform ad Key Bak, No Data will appear o the display ad the job caot be executed. Some Jobs caot be executed if there is ot eough memory space. The amout of the available memory space ca be cofirmed at the bottom of the Samplig Job display or i the Iformatio display (page 65). CAUTION Eve if the Job operatio has bee completed, the data will be lost whe turig the power off. Make sure to save the Waveform data to a USB storage device or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS i the File (page 78) after the Job operatio. [F] Keybak Available memory space This display cotais Jobs for editig Samples. The Sample to be edited ca be specified via the Waveform umber ad Key Bak. Basic Operatios i the Key Bak Jobs The Key Bak Jobs provide the basic operatios usig the [SF] butto ad the [SF5] butto. [SF6] KBD (Keyboard) This meu appears oly whe the cursor is located at the Waveform. You ca also select the Key Bak belogig to the selected Waveform directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) Whe INFO is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto, press [SF6] to call up the Iformatio widow idicatig the memory status for Samplig. For details, see page 65. 0: Copy This Job copies the data of a Sample cotaied i a specified Key Bak to aother Key Bak. Also the Sample assiged to the Key Bak is copied. This is useful if you are creatig a Waveform ad wish to use the Sample data from aother Waveform. Source Key Bak Destiatio Key Bak The source Key Bak is set by usig the [SF5] Keybak butto or [SF6] KBD butto to select the key i the waveform after selectig the Waveform umber (000 04). The source Key Bak is set by movig the cursor to the Key value ad usig the Data dial or [SF6] KBD butto to select the desired key after selectig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Velocity rage values of the destiatio Key Bak are automatically set to the same as those of the source Key Bak. You ca hear the sample assiged to the source Key Bak by pressig the [SF] Auditio butto. [SF] Auditio You ca hear the Sample assiged to the selected Keybak by holdig this butto. This lets you check how the Sample will actually soud whe played back. [SF5] Keybak Pressig this butto calls up the Key Bak list, from which you ca select the desired Key Bak. For details, see page 6. 7 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

173 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio 0: Delete 04: Normalize This Job deletes the specified Key Bak ad its Sample. By deletig uecessary Samples, you ca icrease the available memory space. This Job maximizes (ormalizes) the overall level of the specified Sample. This is useful for brigig up the volume of a Sample that was iadvertetly recorded at a low level. Voice Performace Samplig Key Bak to be deleted Determies the Key Bak to be deleted by settig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. 03: Move This Job moves a specified Key Bak to aother Waveform. Also the Sample assiged to the Key Bak is moved. Key Bak Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Ratio Determies the post-ormalizatio Sample level. A settig of 00% maximizes the level so that the highest peak level i the Sample is just below clippig (maximum digital sigal level). Settigs higher tha 00% will raise the Sample level above the maximum, producig deliberate clippig. Normally, set this to 00% or less. Settigs: % 800% Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. Master 05: Time-Stretch Utility Source Key Bak Destiatio Key Bak Determies the Key Baks of source ad destiatio respectively by settig the Waveform umber (000 04). Settig the source Waveform umber calls up oe of the Key Baks (the Key rage ad Velocity rage) which ca be chaged by pressig the [SF5] Keybak butto ad [SF6] KBD butto. The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the destiatio Key Bak are automatically set to the same values as those of the source Key Bak. You ca hear the sample assiged to the source Key Bak by pressig the [SF] Auditio butto. This Job lets you chage the legth of the Sample without chagig the pitch. By usig this Job, you ca sychroize Sample playback with Sog/Patter playback, sice chagig the Sample legth also chages the tempo of Sample playback 3 File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 73

174 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Key Bak Pitch Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Ratio Determies the legth of the post-process Sample as a ratio of the legth of the origial Sample (00%). The tempo chage ca be calculated as follows. Ratio value = (origial tempo/modified tempo) x 00. Settigs: 5% 400% 3 Accuracy Determies the quality of the resultig Sample by specifyig which aspect of the origial is to be emphasized: soud quality or rhythmic feel. Settigs: soud4 soud, ormal, rhythm rhythm soud4 soud These settigs place emphasis o soud quality, with the soud4 settig producig the highest soud quality. ormal Produces a optimum balace of soud quality ad rhythmic feel. rhythm rhythm These settigs place emphasis o rhythmic feel, with the rhythm settig producig the most accurate rhythmic feel. CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. 06: Covert Pitch This Job lets you chage the pitch of the Sample without chagig the tempo. 3 Determies the amout ad directio of pitch shift i semitoe icremets. Settigs: Fie Determies the amout ad directio of pitch shift i cet icremets ( cet = /00th of a semitoe). cet is equivalet to /00th of a semitoe. Settigs: CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. 07: Fade I/Out This Job lets you create a fade-i ad fade-out for the Sample. 3 Key Bak Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Fade Type Determies the type of level fade: fade-i or fade-out. Settigs: fade i, fade out 3 Legth Key Bak Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Determies the legth of the fade-i or fade-out. Whe a fade-i is selected, this parameter specifies the legth of the fade startig at the specified Start poit. Whe a fadeout is selected, this parameter specifies the legth of the fade startig at the begiig of the fade ad edig at the specified Ed poit. A Legth settig of 440 is roughly equivalet to 0. secods whe the Frequecy is set to 44. khz i the Setup display (page 64) of the Samplig. Settigs: Ed poit 74 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

175 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Fade-i 09: Stereo to Moo Legth This Job lets you covert a stereo Sample to a moo Sample. Start poit Fade-out Voice CAUTION Legth Ed poit Performace The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. Key Bak Samplig 08: Half Samplig Frequecy This Job lets you halve the samplig frequecy of the specified Sample. This ca be used to covert hi-fi Samples to a lo-fi soud, ad reduce the Sample size by half to coserve memory. Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Type Determies which chael, or both chaels, of the stereo Sample will be coverted to a moo Sample. Settigs: L+R>moo, L>moo, R>moo L+R>moo The left ad right chaels of a stereo Sample are mixed ad coverted to a moo Sample. Sog Patter Mixig Referece L>moo The left chael of a stereo Sample is coverted to a moo Sample. R>moo The right chael of a stereo Sample is coverted to a moo Sample. Samplig Key Bak Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. 0: Loop-Remix Master Utility CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. This Job lets you automatically cut the Sample ito separate slices ad radomly rearrage the slices for special effects ad uusual rhythmic variatios. File 3 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 75

176 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio Key Bak 7 Lowest Key Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Type Determies the degree to which the looped portio of the Sample will be sliced. Settigs: 4 3 Variatio Determies how the origial Sample is varied by this Job. Settigs: ormal, reverse ormal These settigs slice ad rearrage the Sample data, without performig ay other audio chages. reverse I additio to slicig ad rearragig, these settigs reverse the playback of some of the slices. CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. : Slice This Job lets you divide the Sample ito separate slices, the umber of which is determied by the ote legth (with Measure, Meter, ad Sub Divide). Sliced Samples are assiged to each of keys i ascedig order from the Key Bak specified at the Lowest Key (7) parameter. Whe eterig this Job from the Sog/Patter, ote data for playig the slices i sequece is also created. Playig back the ote data ad the slices i order results i the same soud as the origial u-sliced Sample Specifies the lowest key umber from which the sliced Samples are assiged i order. Settigs: C - G8 I the Record Slice display of the Samplig Record (page 48), this parameter is fixed to C for the MOTIF XS6, E0 for the MOTIF XS7, ad A - for the MOTIF XS8, ad caot be set. Type (Slice Type) 3 Measure 4 Meter 5 Sub Divide 6 Ses 8 Tempo With the exceptio of the Lowest Key parameter, all parameters ad settigs are the same as i the Record Slice display of the Samplig Record (page 48) which appears after Samplig is completed with the Type set to slice+seq. CAUTION The Job executio is divided ito two stages: temporary data coversio via the [SF4] Apply butto ad actual data etry via the [ENTER] butto. The Job result will be lost if you call up a differet display without fializig the data via the [ENTER] butto. [F] Waveform Jobs This display cotais Jobs for editig Waveforms. 0: Copy This Job lets you copy the data of oe Waveform to aother. The Key Baks ad Samples icluded i the Waveform are also copied by this Job. Key Bak Determies the Key Bak to which the desired Sample is assiged by specifyig the Waveform umber (000 04). The Key rage ad Velocity rage of the Key Bak to which the selected Waveform is assiged are automatically show below the Waveform umber. Waveform as source Waveform as destiatio Determies the copy source ad destiatio Waveform umbers. CAUTION This operatio overwrites ay data previously existig at the destiatio Waveform umber. 76 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

177 Creatig a Voice/Performace by Usig the Samplig Fuctio 0: Delete 05: Reame This Job lets you delete a specific Waveform from memory. The Key Baks ad Samples icluded i the Waveform are also deleted. This Job lets you assig a ame to the selected Waveform. Waveform Determies the Waveform umber to be deleted. Voice 03: Extract This Job lets you delete all uecessary parts of the Sample (located ahead of the Start Poit ad located after the Ed Poit). Start poit Ed poit Start poit Ed poit Waveform Performace Samplig Extract Determies the Waveform umber to which this Job is applied. Name Sog Waveform Determies the Waveform umber to be extracted. 04: Traspose This Job lets you traspose the Key Bak settig of a specified Waveform i semitoes or i octaves. Determies the Waveform ame which ca cotai up to 0 characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. [F5] Other Jobs Patter Mixig Referece 0: Optimize Memory Samplig 3 Waveform Determies the Waveform umber to which this Job is applied. This Job optimizes the memory (DIMM) for Samplig. Optimizatio cosolidates areas of used ad uused (available) memory to create the largest possible area of cotiguous available memory. I some cases, the amout of remaiig memory will be icreased whe you execute the Optimize Memory Job. 0: Delete All This Job deletes all the user Waveforms. The Key Baks ad Samples icluded i the Waveform are also deleted. Master Utility File Octave Determies the amout i octaves by which the Key Bak is trasposed. Whe you wat to traspose by less tha oe octave, set this to 0 ad use the Note parameter below. Settigs: Note Determies the amout i semitoes by which the Key Bak is trasposed. Whe you wat to traspose by exact octaves, set this to 0 ad use the Octave parameter above. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 77

178 Sog Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The Sog lets you record, edit ad play your ow origial Sogs. The Sog Play is the mai portal by which you eter the Sog, ad it is here where you select ad play a Sog. Some of the Sog settigs such as the rhythmic feel ca also be edited i this. To call up the Sog Play display ad eter the Sog, simply press the [SONG] butto. From the Track View display i the Sog Play, you ca select the Voice of the Mixig Part correspodig to the curret Track by pressig the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto. Sog Playback Procedure Press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog Play. This operatio calls up the Track View display i the Sog Play. Sog umber Select a Sog. Move the cursor to the Sog umber, the select the desired Sog by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. The ame of the selected Sog is displayed. Sog ame If you press the [PROGRAM] butto so that its lamp lights, you ca select the desired Sog by usig the Group [A] [D] buttos ad the Number [] [6] buttos. Sog umbers ad the correspodig buttos are as follows. Butto Combiatios Sog umber [A]+[] [6] 0 6 [B]+[] [6] 7 3 [C]+[] [6] [D]+[] [6] Press the [F] (Play) butto to start the selected Sog. Whe playback of the selected Sog is fiished, the Sog automatically stops. SEQ TRANSPORT LOCATE Playback types Playback from the middle of the Sog To start playback of the Sog from midway through the Sog, set the desired locatio by usig the cotrols below, the press the [F] (Play) butto. These operatios ca be also executed durig playback. Forward Fast forward Rewid Fast Rewid Move to the top of the Sog Move to locatio Move to locatio Press the [H] (Forward) butto. Hold the [H] (Forward) butto. Press the [G] (Rewid) butto. Hold the [G] (Rewid) butto. Press the [P] butto. While holdig the [P] butto, press the [G] (Rewid) butto. While holdig the [P] butto, press the [H] (Forward) butto. Whe the Sog is ot played back properly: Keep i mid that startig a Sog from somewhere i the middle may cause playback problems, such as the wrog soud, icorrect pitch or uexpected volume chages. This may occur because the MIDI evets recorded at the start the Sog have ot bee recogized by the toe geerator sectio, sice playback has started at a differet poit i the Sog, with differet MIDI evets. To prevet this from happeig, set the Sog Evet Chase parameter (4) to PC+PB+Ctrl or all i the Other display (page 7) of Sequecer Setup (called up via the [SEQ SETUP] butto). With this settig, the Sog will be played back properly eve whe startig playback from the middle of the Sog. Assigig specific measure umbers to Locatios ad To assig specific measure umbers to locatios ad, select the desired measure umber the press the [G]/ [H] (Rewid/Forward) butto while holdig the [STORE] butto. The settig here will be show at the top of the display. Locatio Locatio Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop playback of the Sog. Press the [F] (Play) agai to resume playback from that poit. From this display, you ca chage the Sog playback positio by followig the operatios below. 78 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

179 Sog Playback Fast Forward/Rewid Move the cursor to Measure. Move forward or backward through the measures by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/NO] buttos ad the data dial. Movig to a desired locatio i the Sog Move the cursor to Measure. Press the [SF6] NUM butto so that the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F6] buttos fuctio as umber buttos. SF SF SF3 SF4 SF5 SF F F F3 F4 F5 F The [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F6] buttos fuctio as umber buttos. To solo a track PART SELECT Press the [SOLO] butto so that its idicator lights. Press ay of the Number buttos [] to [6] correspodig to the track you wat to solo. Whe pressig ay of the Number buttos [] [6], the lamp of the pressed butto will flash ad oly the correspodig track will be souded. Pressig the differet Number butto chages the soloed track. Chage the tempo ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO Voice Performace Samplig Sog 3 Eter the destiatio measure by usig the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos. The measure umber you iput will appear at the top of the display. Shows the measure umber to be etered. Move the cursor to Tempo. Edit the Tempo value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/NO] buttos ad the data dial. Tempo Patter Mixig Referece 4 Press the [ENTER] butto to actually move the Sog playback positio to the destiatio set above. Track mute/solo To mute a track PART SELECT PART MUTE ARP ON/OFF ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL TRACK Press the [MUTE] butto so that its idicator lights. Press ay of the Number buttos [] to [6] correspodig to the track you wat to mute. MUTE SOLO Whe pressig ay of the Number buttos [] [6], the lamp of the pressed butto will be tured off ad the correspodig track will be muted. Pressig the same Number butto agai eables output of the playback soud. Assigig various settigs related to Sog playback (Sog Scee) You ca assig five differet sapshots of importat Sog-related parameters such as traspose, tempo, track mute status, ad the basic Sog Mixig setup to the [SF] [SF5] buttos as Sog Scees. Oe of the coveiet advatages of Sog Scee is that it lets you istatly ad automatically execute parameter settigs that ormally require may butto presses or cotroller operatios. Use it durig Sog recordig or playback to make istataeous settig chages. Sog Scee parameters Tempo Traspose Play Effect settigs for 6 tracks Volume settigs for 6 Mixig Parts Pa settigs for 6 Mixig Parts Reverb Sed settigs for 6 Mixig Parts Chorus Sed settigs for 6 Mixig Parts Cutoff Frequecy settigs for 6 Mixig Parts Resoace settigs for 6 Mixig Parts AEG Attack settigs for 6 Mixig Parts AEG Release settigs for 6 Mixig Parts Sog Mixig Track View display (page 8) Play FX display (page 83) Part -6 display (page 3) EG display (page 35) Samplig Master Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 79

180 Sog Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Registerig the Sog Scee After makig the desired settigs for the Scee, simultaeously hold dow the [STORE] butto ad press oe of the [SF] to [SF5] buttos. The 8th ote ico is show i the tab correspodig to the Sub Fuctio butto to which the Sog Scee is registered. Press the [STORE] butto to store the Sog data icludig the Sog Scee settig. The Sog Scee settigs registered to the [SF] [SF5] buttos will be lost if you chage the Sog or tur the power off without executig the Store operatio. Recallig the Sog Scee You ca recall the Sog Scee by press oe of the [SF] to [SF5] buttos. Sog Chai Playback allows you to put together a play list of preset Sogs, i ay desired order, ad have them automatically play back i sequece. You ca set the order of Sog playback the start the Chai Playback from the Sog Chai display. CAUTION Sog Chai Playback For istructios o programmig the Sog Chai, refer to the descriptio about the Sog Chai display (page 85). From the Track Vies display, press the [F4] butto to call up the Sog Chai display (page 85). Chai umber Sog umber Sog ame Press the [F] (Play) butto to start the Sog Chai playback. The Sogs are played back accordig to the order of the Chai. Whe a empty Sog is assiged to the Chai umber, oe measure of silece is couted, followed by playback of the ext Sog. Whe a skip is assiged to the Chai umber, the assiged Sog will be igored or skipped the ext Sog will start. Whe a stop is assiged to the Chai umber, playback will be stopped at that Sog. Press the [F] (Play) butto to restart playback from the ext Chai umber. If a ed is assiged to the Chai umber, playback will stop at the ed of the Sog. 3 If you wish to stop playback i the middle of a Sog Chai, press the [J] (Stop) butto. The Sog Chai ca oly be played back i the Sog Chai display, ad ot from ay other display. Kobs ad Sliders By usig the kobs o the frot pael, you ca adjust various parameters such as pa, effect, cutoff frequecy ad resoace for each part (track) of the Sog. By usig the sliders, you ca chage the volume of each Part (track) ad adjust the relative balace amog the Parts (tracks). Adjustig the Pa ad Effect parameters for each Part Press the [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto to call up the Cotrol Fuctio widow. Switchig the Parts to be edited: 8 ad 9 6 Whe the Cotrol Fuctio widow is show after pressig the [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto, each kob/slider cotrols each Part ad you ca chage the target parts to be cotrolled betwee Parts 8 ad 9 6. Whe the target Parts are 9 6 (the display is for Parts 9 6), pressig ay of the [] [8] buttos chages the target Parts from 9 6 to 8. Whe the target Parts are 8 (the display is for Parts 8), pressig ay of the [9] [6] buttos chages the target Parts from 8 to 9 6. Kob Fuctios Pressig the [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto turs o the lamps i the descedig order: REVERB CHORUS PAN. Whe the REVERB lamp is tured o, the kobs let you adjust the Reverb Sed for each part. Whe the CHORUS lamp is tured o, the kobs let you adjust the Chorus Sed for each part. Whe the PAN lamp is tured o, the kobs let you adjust the Pa for each part. Holdig dow the [MULTI PART CONTROL] butto for a few secods will alterate the lit lamp from the curret oe to REVERB. 80 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

181 Sog Playback Adjustig the Cutoff Frequecy ad Resoace for each Part Press the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto to call up the Cotrol Fuctio widow. Selectig a target Part The fuctios assiged to the kobs are applied oly to the curretly selected Part. To chage the Part, call up the Cotrol Fuctio widow, the press oe of the [] [6] buttos. Kob Fuctios As listed below, various fuctios are assiged to Kobs 8 depedig o which lamp is tured o the TONE, TONE, ad ARP FX lamps which ca be switched via the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto. Kob Kob Kob 3 Kob 4 TONE Cutoff Reso Attack Decay TONE LowGai MidFreq MidGai MidQ ARP FX Swig Qt Val Qt Str GateT Kob 5 Kob 6 Kob 7 Kob 8 TONE Sustai Release Assig Assig TONE HighGai Pa Reverb Chorus ARP FX Velocity Octave UitMlt Tempo For details about each fuctio, see page 90. Mixig Setup for each track To edit the Mixig parameters such as Voice, volume ad pa for each track, press the [MIXING] butto to eter the Mixig (page 9) the edit them for the Mixig Part correspodig to the desired track. Note that track does ot always correspod to the Mixig Part. As illustrated below, each track of the Sog sequece data ad each Mixig Part of the toe geerator block are coected whe the trasmit chael (TxCH) equals the receive chael (RcvCH). I other words, the sequece data of each track plays the correspodig Parts (those havig the same MIDI chael assigmet) i the toe geerator block. The Trasmit Chaels of each track ca be set i the Sog Track display (page 84) of the Sog Play while the Receive Chaels of each Part ca be set i the Voice display (page 35) of the Mixig. Sog TxCH Track Track Track 3 3 : : Track 6 6 Track View display [F] TrackView [SONG] This display always appears first whe the Sog is egaged.!@ 4 Sog 5 Mixig RcvCH 3 3 : 6 Part Part Part 3 : Part 6 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece Adjustig the volume of each Part The Sliders lets you adjust the volume for each Part. 9 7 ) 3 6 # Utility Switchig the Parts to be edited: 8 ad 9 6 Whe the curret part is ay of 8, the eight sliders adjust the volume for Parts 8. Whe the curret Part is ay of 9 6, the eight sliders adjust the volume for Parts 9 6. The Part ca be selected by turig the [TRACK] o ad pressig the desired Number butto. 8 % & * ( º $ ^ File Sog umber, Sog ame Determies the Sog to be played back. Settigs: Sog umber: 0 64 Sog ame: See the Note below. You ca edit the Sog ame by movig the cursor to the correspodig locatio ad pressig the [SF6] CHAR butto. For details, see page 8. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 8

182 Sog Playback Locatio (Idicatio oly) 9 Mute/Solo (Idicatio oly) Idicates the measure umber assiged to Locatio ad. For detailed istructios o settig the Locatio, see page 78. Idicates the Mute/Solo status for each track. For detailed istructios o settig Mute/Solo, see page 79. Blak: Neither Mute or Solo are assiged to this track. m: Idicates muted track. s: Idicates soloed track. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 3 Meas (Measure) Determies the locatio at which playback starts. This also idicates the curret locatio of playback. For detailed istructios o settig the measure, see page 78. Settigs: Measure: Beat, Clock: Idicatio oly 4 Tras (Traspose) Adjusts the tuig i semitoe icremets. Settigs: Time sigature (Meter) Determies the meter (time sigature) of the Sog. The settig here is applied to the specified Measure (3) ad subsequet measures. This allows you to eter differet time sigatures i the middle of a sog. Whe settig the Measure (3) at which playback starts to a time sigature other tha that at the sog begiig, for example, the time sigature before the Measure (3) is maitaied eve if you chage the time sigature here. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 6 Tempo Determies the Sog playback tempo. Settigs: Measure If you are usig this istrumet with a exteral sequecer, a computer, or other MIDI device, ad you wat to make the Sog tempo cotrolled by the exteral device(s), set the MIDI syc (5) parameter i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility to MIDI. I that case, the Tempo parameter here idicates MIDI ad caot be chaged. 7 Track umber (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track umber. Beat 8 Data status (Idicatio oly) Clock Idicates whether the data is recorded or ot to each of tracks. Blak: Idicates the track is empty. M: Idicates the MIDI sequece data has bee recorded. This is hadled as a MIDI track. W: Idicates the sample data has bee recorded i additio to MIDI sequece data. This is hadled as a Audio track. ) Voice Name Idicates the Voice ame of the Mixig Part correspodig to each track.! Loop (Idicatio oly) Determies whether or ot Loop playback is set for each track. The track for which Loop is tured o plays repeatedly followig the setup of the Track Loop display (page 85). Settigs: Blak (Loop off), L (Loop Sog Positio Lie Idicates the curret locatio of the Sog playback set at Measure above. # Measure umber (Idicatio oly) Idicates the measure umber. By pressig the [F5] Zoom Out or [F6] Zoom I butto, you ca zoom i or zoom out over the iterval betwee the adjacet measures. $ Sequece data bar Idicates whether data has bee recorded or ot to each of tracks. You ca check the rage over which the data is recorded for each track. For MIDI tracks, you ca view all the timigs at which MIDI evets have bee recorded. % [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee5 You ca assig the settigs of the Sog-related parameters (Sog Scee) ad the Arpeggio-related parameters to these buttos. You ca also recall the settigs by pressig these buttos. For detailed istructios o registerig Scees, see page 79. For detailed istructios o settig the Arpeggio-related parameters, see page 89. You ca check the data status. The Arpeggio is ot available durig Sog playback. Pressig the [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee 5 buttos durig playback chages oly the Sog Scee. After registerig the Sog Scee, the 8th ote ico will appear o the tab correspodig to the pressed butto. You ca cofirm whether the Arpeggio Type is assiged to that butto i the Arpeggio display (page 89) of Sog Record. For Mixig Parts that correspod to Audio tracks, a Sample Voice is assiged. For Mixig Parts that correspod to MIDI tracks, a Voice other tha a Sample Voice is assiged. For more iformatio about Audio tracks ad MIDI tracks, see page 6. ^ [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) You ca view the amout of free ad used sequecer memory. The sequecer memory covers the all Sogs ad Patters recorded i the respective s. Whe the used memory amout reaches the maximum capacity, o further Sogs or Patters ca be stored. If this occurs, use the Clear Sog Job (page 07) or Clear Patter Job (page 8) to delete ay uecessary Sogs or Patters. 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

183 Sog Playback You ca go back to the previous display by pressig the [SF6] butto or the [EXIT] butto. Track umber (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track umber. Quatize & [F5] Zoom Out * [F6] Zoom I Chages the zoom level of Measure umber (#) of the Track View display. Press the [F5] Zoom Out butto to reduce the Zoom level so that a wider rage ca be displayed. Press the [F6] Zoom I butto to raise the Zoom level so that a magified view ca be displayed. ( [F] TrackView Calls up the Track View display. º [F] Play FX (Play Effect) Calls up the Play Effect display (below). By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of the Sog playback. [F3] Track Calls up the Sog Track Output Chael display (page 84). [F4] Chai Calls up the Sog Chai display (page 85). This display lets you play back multiple Sogs sequetially. This lets you alig the timig of the ote evets accordig to the specified ote type. Here, set the two parameters for each track: Value ad Str (Stregth). Quatize Value Determies to what beats the ote data i the Arpeggio sequece data will be aliged, or determies to what beats i the Arpeggio sequece data the swig is applied. Settigs: off, 3d ote, 6th ote triplet, 6th ote, 8th ote triplet, 8th ote, /4 ote triplet, /4 ote Quatize Str (Quatize Stregth) Sets the stregth by which ote evets are pulled toward the earest quatize beats. A settig of 00% produces exact timig set via the Quatize Value parameter above. A settig of 0% results i o quatizatio. A settig of 50% result that the ote evets are pulled to the half poit betwee the 0% ad 00%. Settigs: 0% 00% Whe quarter-ote quatizatio is applied to the origial data: 3 Swig st beat Origial timig Quatize stregth = 00% Quatize stregth = 50% d beat The otes will be moved fully to the specified Quatize value. The otes will be moved to the halfway betwee the origial value ad the specified Quatize value. 3rd beat Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece Chagig the rhythmic feel of the Sog [F] Play FX (Play Effect) By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of Sog playback. The Play Effect settigs made here are oly temporary ad do't chage the actual data i the Sog. The Play Effect settigs ca be applied actually to the Sog data by usig the Normalize Play Effect Job Adjusts the timig, velocity, ad gate time (the legth of time a ote souds) of the eve-umbered back-beat otes to ehace the swig feel. This parameter delays otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats) to produce a swig feel. For example, if the meter is 4/4 ad the quatize value is quarter otes, the d ad 4th beats of the measure will be delayed. Whe a triplet value is specified, the last ote of each triplet is affected by the Swig parameter. Whe the quarter-ote swig is applied to the origial data: st beat Origial timig d beat 3rd beat Master Utility File Swig Rate = 66% The otes at the d beat will be moved to triplet timig. Swig Rate = 75% The otes at the d beat will be moved to 8th ote timig. Here, edit the Swig settigs for each track by specifyig the Swig Vel (Swig Velocity), Swig Gate, ad Swig Rate. Whe the Quatize value is set to off, all the Swig parameters are ot available. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 83

184 Sog Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Swig Vel (Swig Velocity) Adjusts the velocity of the correspodig otes to accetuate the swig rhythmic feel. Settigs below 00% reduce the velocities of otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats), ad settigs above 00% icrease the velocities proportioately. If the result is 0 or less, the value is set to. If the result is higher tha 7, the value is set to 7. Settigs: 0% 00% 00% Swig Gate (Swig Gate Time) Adjusts the gate time of the correspodig otes to accetuate the swig rhythmic feel. Settigs below 00% will shorte the gate times of otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats), whereas settigs above 00% will legthe them. If a adjusted gate time value is less tha, the value is rouded off to. Settigs: 0% 00% 00% Swig Rate Delays otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats) to produce a swig feel. Settigs above 50% will delay otes to produce a more proouced swig feel. Settigs: Quatize Value Settigs Whe the Quatize Value is set to off 0 0 Whe the Quatize Value is set to 3d ote 0 30 Whe the Quatize Value is set to 6th ote triplet 0 40 Whe the Quatize Value is set to 6th ote 0 60 Whe the Quatize Value is set to 8th ote triplet 0 80 Whe the Quatize Value is set to 8th ote 0 0 Whe the Quatize Value is set to /4 ote triplet 0 60 Whe the Quatize Value is set to /4 ote Note Shift* Raises or lowers the pitch of all otes i the selected track i semitoes. Settigs: Clock Shift Shifts the timig of all otes i the selected track forward or backward i clock icremets. Settigs: Gate Time Rate Raises or lowers the gate time of all otes i the selected track. If a adjusted gate time value is less tha, the value is rouded off to. Settigs: 0% 00% 00% 7 Velocity Raises or lowers the velocity of all otes i the selected track. If the result is 0 or less, the value is set to. If the result is higher tha 7, the value is set to 7. Output Chaels ad Loop settigs for each track [F3] Track This display lets you set the Output Chael ad set the Loop Playback related parameters for each track. Track Chael Settigs [SF] Out (Output Chael) This display lets you set the MIDI Trasmit Chael for each track. Voice (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Voice ame of the Mixig Part correspodig to each track. I the Part 6 display (page 3) of the Mixig, you ca chage the Voice of the Mixig Part correspodig to the track. TxCh (Trasmit Chael) Determies the MIDI trasmit chael of the sequece data for each track. Tracks set to off will ot soud. I the Sog, the MIDI data created by playig the keyboard/kobs/wheels is set to the toe geerator block or the exteral MIDI devices via the MIDI output chael of the curretly selected track. Settigs: 6, off 3 It (Iteral Switch) Determies whether musical performace data of each track is set to the iteral toe geerator block or ot. Whe set to off, the performace data will ot be set to the iteral toe geerator block. 4 Ext (Exteral Switch) 3 4 Velocity Rate Alters the velocity of otes by the specified percetage. Settigs: 0% 00% 00% Velocity Offset Icreases or decreases the velocity of otes by the specified offset value. Settigs: Determies whether performace data of each track is set to the exteral MIDI device or ot. Whe set to off, the performace data will ot be set to the exteral MIDI device. 84 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

185 Sog Playback Loop Playback Settigs [SF] Loop These allow you to set specific tracks for Loop Playback ad determie what rage of measures will be used for the Loop. 3 4 Chai Number (Idicatio oly) Idicates the order of the Sog playback. Numbers 00 are provided ad you ca view these umbers by scrollig the display. The Sog Chai will be played back i order from the Sog assiged to 00. Voice (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Voice ame of the Mixig Part correspodig to each track. Loop I the Part 6 display (page 3) of the Mixig, you ca chage the Voice of the Mixig Part correspodig to the track. Determies whether or ot the Loop Playback is active for each track. The track of which the Loop is tured o plays from Start (3) to Ed (4) repeatedly. Settigs: Blak (Loop off), L (Loop o) 3 Start (Start Poit) 4 Ed (Ed Poit) Determies the rage of the looped playback. The track of which the Loop is tured o plays from the Start Poit to the Ed Poit repeatedly. Settigs: Measure : Beat Sog Chai Playback [F4] Chai (Sog Chai) Sog Chai Playback allows you to put together a play list of preset Sogs, i ay desired order, ad have them automatically play back i sequece. From this display, you ca program the order of the Sog playback. 3 Sog umber 3 Sog ame (Idicatio oly) Determies the Sog umber to be played back i the chai. The Sog ame is show whe you specify the Sog umber. If a empty Sog is assiged to a certai Chai umber, that umber will be skipped after a oe-measure cout. I additio to Sog umbers, skip, ed, ad stop commads ca be assiged to the Sog Chai umbers. Settigs: skip, ed, stop, 0 64 skip Skips (igores) the selected chai umber ad cotiues playback from the ext chai umber. ed Idicates the ed mark of the Sog Chai data. stop Stops Sog Chai playback at that chai umber. You ca restart the sog chai playback from the ext chai umber by pressig the [F] (Play) butto. Programmig the Sog Chai Follow the istructios below to program the Sog Chai. Keep i mid that the Sog Chai program will be stored automatically; it is ot ecessary to execute the Store operatio. From the Track View display, press the [F4] butto to call up the Sog Chai display. Program the desired order of the Sogs. Move the cursor to 00 by usig the cursor buttos ad select the desired Sog by usig the Data Dial, or the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. I the same maer, assig other Sogs to locatios 00, 003, 004, ad so o. 3 Use skip if you wat to delete the Sog already assiged to the Chai umber. Move the cursor to the Sog umber to be deleted, the assig the skip commad to that locatio by usig the data dial, or the [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. The assiged Chai umber will be igored durig playback. 4 Assig ed to the Chai umber at which you wish to stop the Sog Chai playback. Whe playback reaches a Chai umber to which the ed commad has bee assiged, playback will stop. If you wat to stop playback at a certai Chai umber ad restart from the ext Chai umber, assig the stop commad to that Chai umber. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece The Sog Chai will be stored as part of system data. For details about Sog Chai playback, see page 80. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 85

186 Sog Recordig I the Sog Record, you ca use the sequecer to record your keyboard performace, track by track, to a selected Sog. Press the [I] (Record) butto from the Sog Play to eter the Sog Record. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Recordig the audio data for a Sog ca be executed i the Samplig Record (page 44). Realtime Recordig This method lets you record the performace data as it is played, allowig you to capture all the uaces of a actual keyboard performace. Recordig ca be carried out while moitorig playback of other already-recorded tracks. You ca also trasmit sequece data from a exteral MIDI istrumet to the MOTIF XS ad simultaeously record up to 6 tracks (page 90). The Realtime recordig cosists of three methods: Replace, Overdub, ad Puch. Sog Recordig procedure Here i outlie form is the process of recordig a Sog. Press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog Play, the select a Sog to be recorded (page 78). Select a empty Sog if you wish to create a ew Sog from scratch. If a empty Sog is ot foud, delete ay uecessary Sog(s) by usig the Clear Sog Job (page 07). Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 87). Prepare for recordig by settig the time sigature, tempo, track to be recorded, Voice, ad recordig method. If you wish to record usig a Arpeggio, set the ecessary parameters from the Arpeggio display (page 89). 3 Record your keyboard performace. For details, see page Edit the recorded Sog usig the Sog Job (page 95) ad Sog Edit (page 9). 5 Press the [STORE] butto to store the recorded Sog to iteral User Memory. CAUTION The recorded Sog will be lost whe selectig a differet Sog, callig up a differet, or turig the power off. Make sure to store the Sog data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Sog, callig up a differet, or turig the power off. 6 Save the created Sog data to a USB storage device or to a coected computer as desired (page 78). Sog Store [STORE] This sectio covers how to store the Sogs you have recorded ad edited. By executig the Store operatio, the Sog data you have created will be maitaied eve if the power has bee tured off. Pressig the [STORE] butto calls up the Sog Store widow. The followig data will be stored by the Sog Store operatio. Sequece data MIDI data geerated ad recorded by your keyboard performace icludig the cotroller operatios. Toe Geerator data Mixig settigs (Commo Edit parameters ad Part Edit parameters) The Mixig Voices ca be edited i the Mixig Voice Store widow (page 40). To use Sog Store: Call up the Sog Store widow. Pressig the [STORE] butto calls up the Sog Store widow. Select a destiatio Sog umber. The ame of the selected Sog umber is show. CAUTION This operatio overwrites ay data already existig i the destiatio Sog. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Store operatio. Sog Store is caceled, ad operatio returs to the previous display. 4 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Store operatio. After the Sog has bee stored, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the Sog Play display. If there is ot eough memory space for the Sog/Patter, a alert message appears, ad you will ot able to store ay additioal Sogs/Patters. If this happes, delete uecessary Patters/Sogs by usig the Sog/Patter Job, the try the Store operatio agai. 86 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

187 Sog Recordig Preparig the Sog Recordig [F] Setup From this display you ca set up various parameters for recordig a Sog. 5 6 Sog ame (Idicatio oly) Idicates the ame of the curretly selected Sog. The Sog ca be selected i the Sog Play display (page 78). Meas (Measure) Determies the locatio at which playback starts. This also idicates the curret locatio of the recordig. Settigs: Measure: Beat, Clock: Idicatio oly 3 Time sigature (Meter) Determies the meter (time sigature) of the Sog. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 4 Tempo Sets the tempo for recordig i real time. Settigs: º ( Measure The tempo value set here will be the tempo of the Sog after recordig. If you are usig this istrumet with a exteral sequecer, a computer, or other MIDI device, ad you wat to have the Sog recordig tempo cotrolled by the exteral device(s), set the MIDI syc (5) parameter i the MIDI display (page 67) of the Utility to MIDI. I that case, the Tempo parameter here idicates MIDI ad caot be chaged. 5 Track umber (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track umber. Beat Clock 4 # $ % ^ & * 6 Track type (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track type: MIDI track or Audio track. For Mixig Parts that correspod to Audio tracks, a Sample Voice is assiged. For Mixig Parts that correspod to MIDI tracks, a Voice other tha a Sample Voice is assiged. For Mixig Parts that correspod to empty tracks, o Voice is assiged. Settigs: M (MIDI Track), W (Audio track), blak (o Voice is assiged) 7 Mute/Solo (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Mute/Solo status for each track. For detailed istructios o settig Mute/Solo, see page 79. Blak: Neither Mute or Solo are assiged to this track. m: Idicates muted track. s: Idicates soloed track. 8 Voice ame (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Voice ame of the Mixig part correspodig to each track. 9 REC TR (Record Track) Determies the track to be recorded. Move the cursor to the desired track or press ay of the Number buttos [] [6] with the TRACK lamp tured o so that the red circle is show i the correspodig colum of the REC TR. To set all tracks to the Record Track, press the [F6] butto (red circles are show i all colums of REC TR). Settigs: Scee Track, Tempo Track, 6, All Track Scee Track Records track mute o/off evets ad Sog Scee chagig timig evets. Tempo Track Records tempo chage iformatio durig playback. 6 Records your actual musical performace. Your keyboard performace will be recorded to the track selected here. All Track Simultaeous recordig to all 6 sequece tracks. Multi-chael data from a exteral MIDI device ca be recorded at oce. ) Record Type Determies a Recordig method. Settigs: replace, overdub, puch replace You ca use this method whe you wat to overwrite a already recorded track with ew data i real time. The origial data will be erased. overdub You ca use this method whe you wat to add more data to a track that already cotais data. Previously recorded data will be maitaied. puch You ca use this method whe you wat to overwrite data to a specified rage of a track that already cotais data. You ca overwrite the already recorded data from the startig poit to the edig poit (measure/beat) that was specified before recordig. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Whe the Record Track (5) is set to Tempo Track or Scee Track, overdub caot be selected here. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 87

188 Sog Recordig Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig! Puch Puch Out Whe puch (Puch I/Out) is selected as the Record Type explaied above, the recordig start positio (Puch I positio) ad fiish positio (Puch Out positio) are specified here. Settigs: 00 : : 6 # Record Part (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Mixig Part correspodig to the Record Track. Settigs: 0 6 $ Quatize (Record Quatize) This coveiet feature lets you automatically quatize the otes i real time, as you record. Quatize aligs the timig of ote evets to the earest beat. This parameter determies whether real-time Quatize is o or ot, ad the resolutio to which the otes will be aliged. The umber show at right of each value idicates the resolutio of the /4 ote i clocks. Settigs: off, 60 (3d ote), (6th ote triplet), 6 0 (6th ote), (8th ote triplet), 8 40 (8th ote), (/4 ote triplet), (/4 ote) % Voice Determies the Voice for the recordig track by specifyig the Voice Bak ad Voice umber. The settig here is applied to the Voice settig for the Record Part (#). The ame of the selected Voice is idicated i the ext lie. Settigs: Voice Bak PRE 8, USR 3, GM, PDR (Preset Drum Voice), UDR (User Drum Voice), GMDR (GM Drum Voice), SMPL (Sample Voice)*, MIXV (Mixig Voice)** * The SMPL (Sample Voice) ca be created by recordig audio sigal to a track i the Samplig. Here, you ca select oly a Sample Voice which is curretly stored to the curretly selected Sog. For details, see page 4. ** The MIXV (Mixig Voice) is edited ad stored i the Mixig. Here, you ca select oly a Mixig Voice which is curretly stored to the curretly selected Sog. For details, see page 30. Voice umber: 00 8 ^ Volume You ca call up the list ad select the desired oe by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. * Is Effect Sw (Isertio Effect Switch) Determies whether the Isertio Effect assiged to the Voice is used or ot. The settig here is applied to the Isertio Effect Switch settig for the Record Part (#). Settigs: off, o The MOTIF XS features eight Isertio Effects, lettig you set this parameter to o for up to eight Parts. If eight Parts are already tured o, the parameter caot be tured o for additioal Parts. I this case, aother Part must be tured off. To do this, set the Isertio Effect Switch parameter for aother Part to off i the Part 6 display (page 3) of the Mixig. ( [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee5 Pressig these buttos while recordig chages the Sog Scee ad Arpeggio settigs simultaeously. For details, see page 8. º [F] Setup Pressig this butto returs from the previous display to the Record Setup display. [F] Arpeggio Calls up the Record Arpeggio display. From this display you ca set various Arpeggio-related parameters for the Sog recordig. [F5] Click Switches the metroome o/off. Pressig the [F5] butto toggles the Click fuctio o ad off. From the Click display (page 70) of the SEQ SETUP, you ca make various settigs for the metroome click, such as the ote resolutio, volume, ad lead-i cout for recordig. [F6] All Track Pressig this butto sets all 6 tracks to the Record Track. For details, see page 87. Determies the volume for the recordig track. The settig here is applied to the Volume settig for the Record Part (#). Settigs: 0 7 & Pa Determies the stereo pa positio of the soud. The settig here is applied to the Pa settig for the Record Part (#). Settigs: L63 C R63 88 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

189 Sog Recordig Arpeggio Settigs [F] Arpeggio Realtime Recordig Procedure From this display you ca set various Arpeggio-related parameters for the Sog recordig # $ ) Parameters & are same as the oes i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 0) i the Voice Commo Edit. * Voice with ARP (Voice with Arpeggio) % ^ Each Arpeggio type is assiged a specific Voice best suited to the type. Whe a Arpeggio type has bee assiged to a recorded track, this parameter determies whether or ot the Voice assiged to the Arpeggio type will also be used for the recorded track. Whe set to o, the appropriate Voice is assiged to the recorded track i place of the curretly assiged Voice. Whe set to off, the appropriate Voice is ot assiged to the recorded track. The curretly assiged Voice is maitaied. The ame of the Voice registered to the Arpeggio Type is show at the right side. Settigs: off (ot copied), o (copied) Callig up the Arpeggio Type by usig the [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee 5 buttos The Arpeggio type set i the Arpeggio display of the Sog Record ca be called up together with the Sog Scee via the [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee 5 buttos i the Setup display (page 87) ad the Track View display (page 8). The 8th ote ico at right of Scee 5 i the tab idicates that the Sog Scee is registered to the correspodig butto. If the Arpeggio Type is set to off i the Arpeggio display of the Sog Record, pressig the correspodig Sub Fuctio butto i the Setup display/track View display will ot chage the Arpeggio type eve if the 8th ote ico is show. This sectio explais how to record your performace usig the Realtime Recordig features. Please keep i mid that the procedure differs depedig o the Record Type ad Record Track set from the Record Setup display. Replace Recordig [SONG] [I] (Record) Record track selectio Type=replace [F] (Play) By usig this method, ay previous data i the recorded track will be erased (overwritte) ad replaced by the ew data. The first recordig is lost, ad the ew oe takes its place. This is hady whe you eed to re-record the same Part several times. If you accidetally overwrite importat data whe usig Replace Recordig, cacel the recordig by usig the Udo/ Redo Job (page 96). Recordig Procedure for idividual tracks 6 This sectio covers how to record your keyboard performace data to tracks 6 with Replace Recordig. Press the [SONG] butto to call up the Sog Play display (page 78), the select a Sog to be recorded. Select a empty Sog if you wish to create a ew Sog from scratch. Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 87). From this display, set the Record track to oe of 6 the set the Recordig type to replace. If ecessary, set various parameters such as tempo, time sigature, measure, quatize, ad voice. 3 Press the [F5] Click butto to tur the Click o whe you wish to use the metroome. I the Click display (page 70) called up via the [SEQ SETUP] butto, you ca make various settigs for the metroome click, such as the ote resolutio, volume, ad lead-i cout for recordig. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 4 Press the [F] (Play) butto so that its idicator flashes, the start recordig after the cout-i. Play the keyboard ad/or cotroller to record. 5 Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig ad retur to the Sog Play display. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 89

190 Sog Recordig Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Recordig Procedure for multiple tracks ( All Track settig) The sequece data trasmitted from a exteral MIDI istrumet ca be recorded simultaeously up to 6 tracks. Coect a exteral MIDI sequecer or a computer to the MOTIF XS the switch o the power to the MOTIF XS. Set the MIDI related parameters i the Utility. Press the [UTILITY] butto, [F5] Cotrol butto, the [SF] MIDI butto to call up the MIDI Cotrol display (page 67). From this display, set MIDI syc to MIDI, the set the Sequecer Cotrol to i or i/out. 3 Press the [SEQ SETUP] butto to call up the [F] Click display (page 70), the set the Recordig Cout parameter to off. 4 Press the [SONG] butto to call up the Sog Play display (page 78), the select a Sog to be recorded. Select a empty Sog if you wish to create a ew Sog from scratch. 5 Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 87). From this display, set the Record track to All Track the set the Recordig type to replace. Set the Time Sigature to the same oe as the origial Sog to be recorded, the set Quatize to off. 6 Start playback of the exteral MIDI sequecer or computer applicatio software. Recordig begis automatically as soo as playback starts. 7 Stop playback of the exteral MIDI sequecer or computer applicatio software. Recordig stops automatically ad operatio returs to the Sog Play display. Recordig Procedure for the Tempo Track Here s how to record the Tempo data to the Tempo track i real time. Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 87). From this display, set the Record track to Tempo Track the set the Recordig type to replace. If ecessary, set various parameters such as tempo, time sigature, measure, quatize. 3 Press the [F5] Click butto to tur the Click o whe you wish to use the metroome. I the Click display (page 70) called up via the [SEQ SETUP] butto, you ca make various settigs for the metroome click, such as the ote resolutio, volume, ad lead-i cout for recordig. 4 Press the [F] (Play) butto so that its idicator flashes, the start recordig after the cout-i. Eter the tempo at the desired timig durig playback by usig the [DEC/NO]/[INC/YES] buttos ad the Data Dial. 5 Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig ad retur to the Sog Play display. You ca edit the tempo from the Sog Edit display for the Tempo track (page 9). Recordig Procedure for the Scee Track Here s how to record the Track Mute o/off evets ad Scee chagig timig evets to the Scee track i real time. Press the [SONG] butto to call up the Sog Play display (page 78), the select a Sog to be recorded. Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 87). From this display, set the Record track to Scee Track the set the Recordig type to replace. If ecessary, set various parameters such as tempo, time sigature, measure, quatize. 3 Press the [F5] Click butto to tur the Click o whe you wish to use the metroome. I the Click display (page 70) called up via the [SEQ SETUP] butto, you ca make various settigs for the metroome click, such as the ote resolutio, volume, ad lead-i cout for recordig. 4 Press the [MUTE] butto (the lamp lights). Press the [SONG] butto to call up the Sog Play display (page 78), the select a Sog to be recorded. 5 Press the [F] (Play) butto so that its idicator flashes, the start recordig after the cout-i. Press oe of he [] [6] buttos or the [F] Scee [F5] Scee 5 buttos at the desired timig. 90 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

191 Sog Recordig 6 Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig ad retur to the Sog Play display. You ca edit the Track o/off ad the Scee chage evets from the Sog Edit display for the Tempo track (page 9). Rehearsal before recordig To temporarily disegage the record ad eter the Rehearsal, simply press the [I] (Record) butto durig realtime recordig. The [I] (Record) idicator flashes ad playback will cotiue uiterrupted but o data will be recorded. This coveiet Rehearsal feature lets you easily ad temporarily disable recordig i order to practice a Part or try out various ideas (while listeig to the other tracks) without actually recordig. To retur to the record press the [I] (Record) butto agai so that the [I] (Record) idicator lights cotiuously. Overdub Recordig [SONG] [I] (Record) Record track selectio Type=overdub [F] (Play) This method allows material to be added to existig material o a track. The first recordig is kept, ad the ew oe is added. This makes it easy to create Parts by recordig them a little at a time. The Overdub Recordig procedure is almost same as the Replace except that the Record type is set to overdub. Whe the Record Track (5) is set to Tempo Track or Scee Track, overdub caot be selected here. Re-recordig a specific sectio of a already-recorded Sog (Puch I/Out) [SONG] [I] (Record) Record track selectio Type=puch [F] (Play) Realtime recordig ca also be doe betwee specified start (puch-i) ad ed (puch-out) poits. This allows you to record a specified sectio of a previously-recorded track without havig to re-record the etire track. Start recordig with this method ad playback begis. Actual recordig will begi automatically whe the puch-i poit is reached ad recordig will be disegaged whe the puch-i poit is reached. Puch I/Out setup Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 87). Set the Recordig type to puch. 3 Move the cursor to the puch i ad puch out, the set their poits respectively by eterig measure ad beat. Except for settig the puch i ad puch out, perform the same procedure as the Replace Recordig procedure. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Recordig start Puch I Puch Out Recordig stop Playback oly Replace Recordig (Overwritig) Playback oly MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

192 Editig MIDI Evets (Sog Edit) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The Sog Edit lets you edit the already recorded Sogs or isert the ew data to the Sogs. It ca be used to correct mistakes as well as add dyamics or effects such as vibrato to refie ad fiish the Sog. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Sog Play to go to the Sog Edit. The Sog Edit gives you comprehesive, detailed cotrols for editig the MIDI evets of idividual Sog tracks. MIDI evets are messages (such as ote o/off, ote umber, program chage umber, etc.) that make up the data of a recorded track. Evet List display ad Isert Evet widow The Sog Edit cosists of the Evet List display ad the Isert Evet widow. The Evet List display lets you correct or delete already iserted MIDI evets ad the Isert Evet widow lets you isert ew evets to the Sog. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Sog Play to go to the Evet List display. Press the [F5] butto to call up the Isert Evet widow. Evet List display EXIT Isert Evet widow Evet List display The Evet List display lets you correct or delete existig evets. Isert Evet widow The Isert Evet widow lets you isert ew evets to the Sog. Pressig the [F5] butto o the Evet List display calls up the Isert Evet widow. To retur back to the Evet List display, press the [EXIT] butto. F5 Editig the recorded data This sectio shows how to correct or delete previously recorded evets. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Sog Play display to call up the Evet List display (page 93). Select the track to be edited. Pressig the [F4] Track Sel butto switches the Recordig track amog Tracks 6, the Scee track ad the Tempo track. Whe 6 tracks is selected, you ca select the track to be edited by pressig ay of the Number buttos [] [6]. 3 Move the cursor to the evet or parameter to be edited. Use the [L]/[M] (Cursor Up/Dow) butto to move the cursor to the desired timig. Press the [G] (Rewid)/ [H] (Fast Forward) butto to move the cursor by sigle measures. Use the [<]/[>] (Cursor Left/Right) butto to move the cursor to the parameter to be edited. For details about each evet ad parameter, see page 76. The Evet List widow may have a overwhelmig umber of evets, ad it may be difficult to fid a specific desired evet. To help arrow dow your search, use the View Filter fuctio. This coveietly lets you specify which classes of evets will be displayed ad which will ot, makig it much easier ad faster to fid desired evets. For iformatio about the View Filter display, see page Chage the parameter settigs or locatio of the evet. Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/NO] buttos ad the data dial. The edited evet will flash o the display. Chage the evet locatio by editig the MEAS (measure), BEAT, ad CLOCK. Press the [F6] butto to delete the evet at the cursor locatio. Whe NUM is idicated i the tab correspodig to the [SF6] butto, you ca use the [F] [F6] buttos ad the [SF] [SF5] buttos as umeric key pads by pressig the [SF6] NUM butto. The ote ad velocity ca be edited also by pressig the desired ote o the keyboard, eve though the [KBD] ico is ot show. 9 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

193 Editig MIDI Evets (Sog Edit) 5 After you ve fiished editig a parameter, press the [ENTER] butto to cofirm ad eter the edit (the evet will stop flashig). If the cursor is moved to a ew evet while the curret evet is still flashig, editig of the curret evet is cacelled. 6 Press [EXIT] to go back to the Sog Play. Evet List display I the Evet List display, MIDI evets (icludig maily values such as ote umber, velocity, ad cotrol chage value) are listed ad ca be edited. 3 Voice Isertig the New Evet 4 Performace This sectio shows how to isert ew evets to the curret Sog. Samplig From the Evet List display, press the [F5] Isert butto to call up the Isert Evet widow. Specify the evet type to be iserted, the isertio poit (measure, beat, ad clock), ad parameter value of the evet. For details about each evet ad parameter, see page 76. Evet type Depedig o the selected parameter, the NUM ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca use the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos as umber buttos by pressig the [SF6] NUM butto. For details, see page 8. TR (Track) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the selected track. You ca chage the track to be edited by usig the [F4] Track Sel butto ad the Number [] [6] buttos. Settigs: Track 0 6, Scee, Tempo Sog Patter Mixig Referece Isertio poit Parameter 3 Press the [F6] Set butto to isert the specified evet at the specified locatio. The Isert Evet widow remais ope, allowig you to cotiue isertig ew evets. Press the [ENTER] butto to actually isert the evet ad close the Isert Evet widow. 4 Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Evet List display. Measure (Idicatio oly) Idicates the selected measure. You ca chage the measure by usig the [G] (Rewid) ad the [H] (Forward) buttos. Settigs: Measure: MEAS (Measure), BEAT, CLOCK Idicates the locatio of the correspodig evet. Chagig ay of these values chages the locatio of the evet accordigly. Settigs: Measure: Beat: 6 (depeds o meter) Clock: (depeds o meter) 4 Evet ad Parameters Samplig Master Utility File Idicates the type of each evet. For details about each evet ad parameter, see page 76. Settigs: Whe TR is set to 0 6: Note PB (Pitch Bed) PC (Program Chage) CC (Cotrol Chage) CAT (Chael Aftertouch) PAT (Polyphoic Aftertouch) RPN NRPN EXC (System Exclusive) CMM (Chael Mode Messages) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 93

194 Editig MIDI Evets (Sog Edit) Whe TR is set to sc (Scee): Scee Memory Track Mute Whe TR is set to tmp (Tempo): Tempo Chage [F5] Clear All Pressig this butto removes the checkmarks of all evets. If you wish to idicate specific evets, it is a good idea to press the [F5] butto to first remove the checkmarks of all evets, the eter the checkmarks of your desired evets. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 5 [F3] ViewFilter Calls up the View Filter settig display (below). 6 [F4] Track Sel (Track Select) You ca switch betwee the display for tracks 6, the Scee track, ad the Tempo track by pressig this butto. Whe ay oe of tracks 6 is selected, you ca select a differet track umber by pressig the appropriate Number butto [] [6]. 7 [F5] Isert Calls up the Isert Evet widow (page 93). 8 [F6] Delete Deletes the curretly selected evet. This butto is ot available whe the cursor is located at the top or bottom of the Sog data. Chagig the MIDI evet view [F3] View Filter MIDI sog data geerally has a large amout of recorded evets, ad the Evet List widow may be overcrowded with them. Sice it may be difficult to fid a specific evet, you ca use the View Filter fuctio to help arrow dow your search. This coveietly lets you specify which classes of evets will be displayed ad which will ot, makig it much easier ad faster to fid desired evets. From the Evet List display, call up the View Filter display by pressig the [F3] View Filter butto. 3 [F6] Set All Pressig this butto eters the checkmarks for all evets, lettig you view all recorded evets. 3 Evet types Oly the evet which the checkbox is marked will be show o the Evet List display. Settigs: Note, Pitch Bed, Program Chage, Cotrol Chage*, Chael After Touch, Poly After Touch, RPN, NRPN, System Exclusive, Chael Mode Message * You ca specify the Cotrol Number (0 9, all). 94 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

195 Sog Job The Sog Job cotais a comprehesive set of editig tools ad data trasform fuctios you ca use to chage the soud of the Sog. It also icludes a variety of coveiet operatios, such as copyig or erasig data. 30 Jobs are available. Fuctio [F] Udo/Redo [F] Note Descriptio Udo job cacels the chages made by the most recet operatio, restorig the data to its previous state. Redo job cacel Udo ad restores the chages. Note data Jobs 0: Quatize Quatizatio is the process of adjustig the timig of ote evets by movig them closer to the earest exact beat. You ca use this feature, for example, to improve the timig of a performace recorded i real time. 0: Modify Velocity This Job alters the velocity values of the specified rage of otes, lettig you selectively boost or cut the volume of those otes. 03: Modify Gate Time This Job alters the gate times of the specified rage of otes. 04: Crescedo This Job lets you create a crescedo or decrescedo over the specified rage of otes. (Crescedo is a gradual icrease i volume, ad decrescedo is a gradual decrease.) 05: Traspose This Job chages the pitch of the otes i semitoes. 06: Glide This Job replaces all otes followig the first ote i the specified rage with pitch bed data, producig smooth glides from ote to ote. 07: Create Roll This Job creates a series of repeated otes (like a drum roll) i the specified rage with the specified cotiuous chages i clock step ad velocity. This is ideal for creatig fast staccato rolls ad special stutterig effects. 08: Sort Chord This job sorts chord evets (simultaeous ote evets) by order of pitch. 09: Separate Chord This Job slightly separates otes i chords withi the specified rage, isertig a specified umber of clocks betwee each ote. Use this Job after the Chord Sort Job above, to create guitar-like upstroke or dowstroke effects. [F3] Evet Evet Jobs 0: Shift Clock This Job shifts all data evets i the specified rage forward or backward by the specified umber of clocks. 0: Copy Evet This Job copies all data from a specified source rage to a specified destiatio locatio. 03: Erase Evet This Job clears all specified evets from the specified rage, effectively producig a segmet of silece. 04: Extract Evet This Job moves all istaces of specified evet data from a specified rage of a track to the same rage i a differet track. 05: Create Cotiuous Data This Job creates cotiuous pitch bed or cotrol chage data over the specified rage. 06: Thi Out This Job this out the specified type of cotiuous data i the specified rage allowig you to free up memory space for other data or further recordig. 07: Modify Cotrol Data This Job lets you chage the values of specified data such as Pitch Bed ad Cotrol Chage i the specified rage. 08: Beat Stretch This Job performs time-expasio or compressio over the selected rage. [F4] Measure [F5] Track Measure Jobs 0: Create Measure This Job creates empty measures at the specified locatio i all tracks. 0: Delete Measure This Job deletes the specified measures. Track Jobs 0: Copy Track This Job copies all data of the selected type from a specified source track to a specified destiatio track. 0: Exchage Track This Job exchages or swaps the specified type of data betwee two specified tracks i the curret Sog. 03: Mix Track This job mixes all data from two selected tracks. 04: Clear Track This Job deletes all data of the selected type from the selected track. 05: Normalize Play Effect This job rewrites the data i the selected track so that it icorporates the curret Play FX/Groove/MIDI Delay settigs. 06: Divide Drum Track This Job separates the ote evets i a drum performace assiged to a specified track, ad places the otes correspodig to differet drum istrumets i separate tracks (tracks through 8). 07: Put Track to Arpeggio This Job copies data i the specified measures of a track for creatig Arpeggio data. 08: Copy Phrase This Job copies the Phrase (created i the Patter ) to a specified track of the curret Sog. [F6] Sog Sog Jobs 0: Copy Sog This Job copies all data from a selected source Sog to a selected destiatio Sog. 0: Split Sog to Patter This Job allows you to copy a Part of the curret Sog to a specific Patter. 03: Clear Sog This job deletes all data from the selected Sog or all Sogs. It ca also be used to delete all 64 Sogs at the same time. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 95

196 Sog Job Sog Job Procedure [F] Udo/Redo Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Press the [JOB] butto to eter the Sog Job. Select the desired Job meu by pressig oe of the [F] [F6] buttos. 3 Move the cursor to the desired Job by usig the data dial, cursor buttos, [INC/DEC] ad [DEC/NO] buttos, the press the [ENTER] butto to call up the Job display. 4 Move the cursor to the desired parameter, the set the value by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. 5 After settig, press the [ENTER] butto to execute the Job. Completed will appear whe the Job is doe. I some Jobs, the operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 6 Press the [EXIT] butto twice to go back to the Sog Play display. If there is o data i the specified rage, No Data will appear o the display ad the Job caot be executed. If you make a mistake or wat to compare the soud of the data before ad after executig a Job, press the [F] butto to use the Udo/ Redo fuctio. Eve if a Job operatio has bee completed, selectig a differet Sog or turig the power off without storig will erase the Sog data. Make sure to store the Sog data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Sog or turig the power off. CAUTION CAUTION I some Jobs, you eed specify the rage (start poit ad ed poit as illustrated below) to which the Job is applied. Keep i mid that the ed poit itself is ot icluded i the rage. The actual rage to which the Job is applied is from the start poit to the poit that is oe clock less tha the ed poit. This rule applies to cases i which you specify oly the Measure; however, the example illustratio below shows specifyig the Measure, Beat ad Clock. The Udo Job cacels the chages you made i your most recet recordig sessio, editig sessio, or Job, restorig the data to its previous state. This allows you to recover from accidetal data loss. Redo is available oly after usig Udo, ad lets you restore the chages you made before udoig them. Idicates the operatio to be affected by Udo or Redo. Idicates the Udo/Redo target. Whe the chages you made i your most recet operatio caot be a target of the Udo/Redo, Impossible is show here. CAUTION Udo/Redo does ot work with Mixig operatios. CAUTION Eve if you have stored Sog data, you ca recall the data which was lost via the most recet operatio by executig Udo. Make sure to execute the Udo/Redo operatio before chagig the sog umber or leavig the Sog. This is because the Udo/ Redo caot be executed after chagig the sog umber or leavig the Sog. [F] Note Jobs 0: Quatize Quatizatio is the process of adjustig the timig of ote evets by movig them closer to the earest exact beat. You ca use this feature, for example, to improve the timig of a performace recorded i real time Start poit Ed poit Some of the Jobs which eable you to copy the Sample Voice from the source to the destiatio execute the actual copy operatio oly whe the Bak Select ad Program Chage evets which specify the Sample Voice are recorded i the source Track. Track ad rage Determies the track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) to which the Quatize is applied. 96 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

197 Sog Job Quatize (Resolutio) Determies the ote timig to which the ote data will be aliged. The umber show at right of each value idicates the resolutio of the /4 ote i clocks. Settigs: The Swig Rate is applied to otes which are located o eve-umbered beats (backbeats) by settig the Stregth to 00%. If the Stregth is set to less tha 00%, the Swig Rate may delay otes ot o eve-umbered beats ad produce a uexpected rhythm. To prevet this, you should set Stregth to 00% whe usig the Swig Rate. 60 /3 ote /6 ote triplets 6 0 /6 ote /8 ote triplets 8 40 /8 ote /4 ote triplets /4 ote /6 ote ad /6 ote triplets /8 ote ad /8 ote triplets You ca call up the list ad select the desired oe by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 3 Stregth Sets the stregth by which ote evets are pulled toward the earest quatize beats. A settig of 0% results i o chage, whereas a settig of 00% moves ote evets exactly to the quatize beats. A settig of 50% results i the ote evets beig pulled halfway betwee 0% ad 00%. Settigs: 000% 00% 4 Swig Rate Delays otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats) to produce a swig feel. Judicious use of this settig lets you create swig rhythms ad triplet feels, such as shuffle ad bouce. The fuctios ad settigs of this parameter differ depedig o the Quatize resolutio settig. Settigs: Depeds o the Quatize () settig. Refer to the settigs of the Swig parameter i the Play FX display (page 83). If the Quatize value is /4 ote, 8th ote, 6th ote, 3d ote: For example, if the meter is 4/4 ad the quatize value is quarter otes, the d ad 4th beats of the measure will be delayed. A settig of 00% is equivalet to twice the legth of the specified Quatize value. A settig of 50% produces exact timig ad therefore o swig feel. Settigs above 5% delays the ote timig to icrease the amout of swig. A settig of 66% moves the otes to a triplet delay, with 75% beig equivalet to a dotted-ote delay. If the Quatize value is /4 ote triplet, 8th ote triplet, 6th ote triplet: Whe a triplet quatize value is used, the last ote of each triplet is delayed. A settig of 00% is equivalet to twice the legth of the specified Quatize value. A settig of 66% produces exact timig ad therefore o swig feel. Settigs above 67% delays the ote timig to icrease the amout of swig. A settig of 75% moves the otes to a dotted-ote delay, with 83% beig equivalet to a sextuplet delay. If the Quatize value is 8th ote + 8th ote triplet, 6th ote + 6th ote triplet: Eve-umbered beats will be delayed. A settig of 00% is equivalet to twice the legth of a 8th ote or 6th ote. A settig of 50% produces exact timig ad therefore o swig feel. Settigs above 5% delays the ote timig to icrease the amout of swig. with 66% beig equivalet to a triplet delay. 5 Gate Time Determies the gate time (the legth of time a ote souds) of the eve-umbered backbeat otes to ehace the swig feel. Whe a triplet quatize value is used, the gate time of the last ote of each triplet is adjusted. Whe the quatize value is 8th ote + 8th ote triplet or 6th ote + 6th ote triplet, the gate time of the eve-umbered 8th ote or 6th ote beats will be adjusted. Settigs below 00% will shorte the gate times of otes o eve-umbered beats (backbeats), whereas settigs above 00% will legthe them. If a adjusted gate time value is less tha, the value is rouded off to. Settigs: 000% 00% 0: Modify Velocity This Job alters the velocity values of the specified rage of otes, lettig you selectively boost or cut the volume of those otes. Velocity chages are calculated as follows: Adjusted velocity = (origial velocity x Rate) + Offset If the result is 0 or less, the value is set to. If the result is higher tha 7, the value is set to Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Set All Sets the velocities of all target otes to the same fixed value ( to 7). Whe set to off the Set All parameter has o effect. Whe set to a value other tha off, the Rate ad Offset parameters below are uavailable ad caot be set. Settigs: off, Rate Determies the percetage by which the target otes will be shifted from their origial velocities. Settigs below 00% reduce the velocities, ad settigs above 00% icrease the velocities proportioately. A settig of 00 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 97

198 Sog Job produces o chage. Whe the Set All parameter (above) is set to other tha off, this parameter caot be set. 04: Crescedo Settigs: 000% 00% Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 4 Offset Determies the offset value by which the target otes will be shifted from their origial velocities. Settigs below 0 reduce the velocities, ad settigs above 0 icrease the velocities. A settig of 0 produces o chage. Whe the Set All parameter (above) is set to other tha off, this parameter caot be set. Settigs: : Modify Gate Time This Job alters the gate times of the specified rage of otes. Gate time chages are calculated as follows: Adjusted gate time = (origial gate time x Rate) + Offset. If the result is 0 or less, the value is rouded off to. 3 4 Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Set All Sets the gate times of all target otes to the same fixed value. Whe set to off the Set All parameter has o effect. Whe set to a value other tha off, the Rate ad Offset parameters below are uavailable ad caot be set. Settigs: off, Rate Determies the percetage by which the gate time of the target otes will be chaged. Settigs below 00% shorte the otes, ad settigs above 00% legthe the otes proportioately. A settig of 00 produces o chage. Whe the Set All parameter (above) is set to other tha off, this parameter caot be set. Settigs: 000% 00% This Job lets you create a crescedo or decrescedo over the specified rage of otes. Crescedo is a gradual icrease i volume, ad decrescedo is a gradual decrease. Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Velocity Rage Determies the itesity of the crescedo or decrescedo. The velocity values of the otes i the specified rage are gradually icreased or decreased startig at the first ote i the rage. The velocity of the last ote i the rage becomes the origial velocity of the ote plus the Velocity Rage value. If the resultat velocity is outside the 7 rage, it is set to or 7 accordigly. Settigs greater tha 0 produce a crescedo, ad settigs less tha 0 produce a decrescedo. A settig of 0 produces o effect. Settigs: Executig this Job chages velocities of the ote o evets i the specified rage to produce the crescedo/decrescedo. Note that this Job caot apply the crescedo/decrescedo to log sustaied ote havig a log gate time. If you wish to do this, use the Create Cotiuous Data Job with the Evet Type set to Cotrol Chage." 05: Traspose Chages the pitch of the otes i semitoes. 3 4 Offset Adds a fixed value to the Rate-adjusted gate time values. Settigs below 0 shorte the gate time, ad settigs above 0 legthe the gate time. A settig of 0 produces o chage. Whe the Set All parameter (above) is set to other tha off, this parameter caot be set. Settigs: Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. 98 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

199 Sog Job Note Determies the rage of otes for which Traspose is applied. You ca also set the Note directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key. Settigs: C - G8 3 Traspose Sets the traspose value. A settig of + trasposes up oe octave, while a settig of - trasposes dow a octave. A settig of 0 produces o chage. Settigs: : Glide This Job replaces all otes followig the first ote i the specified rage with pitch bed data, producig smooth glides from ote to ote. Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Glide Time Determies the time of the glide. Higher values produce a loger ad smooth glide betwee otes. Settigs: PB (Pitch Bed) Rage The Pitch Bed Rage value idicates the maximum rage of pitch cotrolled via the Pitch Bed evet i semitoes. This parameter determies the Pitch Bed rage for the Voice assiged to the Mixig Part correspodig to the selected track. Executig the Job replaces the ote evets with the Pitch Bed evets by followig the Pitch Bed rage specified here. Settigs: If the iterval betwee adjoiig otes is greater tha the Pitch Bed rage set here i the specified rage, the correspodig otes will ot be coverted by executig this Job. If such a situatio occurs, set the PB Rage (3) to the value more tha the iterval. If there is a oe octave iterval, for example, i the specified rage, set the PB Rage to a value of or higher. 07: Create Roll This Job creates a series of repeated otes (like a drum roll) i the specified rage with the specified cotiuous chages i clock step ad velocity. This is ideal for creatig fast staccato rolls ad special stutterig effects. This Job also allows you to program crescedo or decrescedo volume chages i the Roll data. Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Start Step 3 Ed Step Determies the size of the step (i.e., the umber of clocks) betwee each ote i the roll. The smaller the value, the fier the roll. Both the startig ad edig clock values ca be specified, makig it easy to create rolls i which the step size varies durig the roll. Settigs: Note If you wat to create a roll that goes from 64th 3d otes, set the Start ad Ed step values to aroud 30 60, respectively. Determies the specific ote (or istrumet i Drum Voices) for the roll effect. You ca also set the ote directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key. Settigs: C - G8 5 Start Velocity 6 Ed Velocity Determies the velocity of the otes i the roll. Both the startig ad edig velocity values ca be specified, makig it easy to create rolls i which the velocity icreases or decreases. This lets you create rolls that gradually icrease or decrease i volume (crescedo/ decrescedo). Settigs: 00 7 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Please ote that the Sog may ot play back properly if you set the PB Rage (3) to the value differet from the oe set via the Voice Edit. I order that the Sog plays back properly, isert the MIDI evet below to the correspodig track i the Sog Edit display (page 93). RPN [ ] xxx (Eter the Pitch Bed value to xxx.) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 99

200 Sog Job 08: Sort Chord Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig This job sorts chord evets (simultaeous ote evets) by order of pitch. The sort affects the order of the otes i the Evet List display (page 93), but does ot chage the timig of the otes. Whe used to pre-process chords before usig the Separate Chord Job (below), Chord Sort ca be used to simulate the stroke or strummig soud of guitars ad similar istrumets. 3 Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Type Determies how the chord ote data is sorted. Settigs: up, dow, up&dow, dow&up up The otes are sorted i ascedig order. After executig this Job with this settig, execute the Separate Chord Job to create a guitar-like upstroke strum. dow The otes are sorted i descedig order. After executig this Job with this settig, execute the Separate Chord Job to create a guitar-like dowstroke strum. up&dow Sorts chord otes o dowbeats i ascedig order ad chord otes o up beats i descedig order, based o the Grid settig, below. After executig this Job with this settig, execute the Separate Chord Job to create a guitar-like upstroke ad dowstroke strum. dow&up Sorts chord otes o dowbeats i descedig order ad chord otes o up beats i ascedig order. After executig this Job with this settig, execute the Separate Chord Job to create a guitar-like upstroke ad dowstroke strum. 3 Grid Determies the type of ote that serves as the basis for the Chord Sort Job. Settigs: 3d ote, 6th ote triplet, 6th ote, 8th ote triplet, 8th ote, /4 ote triplet, /4 ote Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Clock Determies the umber of clock cycles iserted betwee adjacet chord otes. Depedig o the settig here, the ote evet may overstep the ext ote or the rage (set above). If such a situatio occurs, the oversteppig ote evets are moved to the poit (clock) before the ext ote or withi the rage whe executig the Job. Settigs: [F3] Evet Jobs 0: Shift Clock This Job shifts all data evets i the specified rage forward or backward by the specified umber of clocks. 3 Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, scee, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. Clock Determies the amout by which the data will be delayed or advaced i measures, beats, ad clocks. Settigs: 00:: :4:479 (whe the Meter is 4/4) 09: Separate Chord This Job slightly separates otes i chords withi the specified rage, isertig a specified umber of clocks betwee each ote. Use this Job after the Chord Sort Job above, to create guitar-like upstroke or dowstroke effects. The available values of the beat ad clock differ depedig o the meter. 00 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

201 Sog Job 3 Directio Evet Type Determies the directio i which the data will be shifted. Advace moves the data toward the begiig of the sequece, while Delay shifts the data toward the ed of the sequece. Determies the evet type to be erased. All evets are cleared whe all is selected. Idividual Cotrol umbers ca be specified whe erasig CC & Ch.Mode evets. Settigs: Settigs: Advace, Delay 0: Copy Evet This Job copies all data from a specified source rage to a specified destiatio locatio. Whe Track is set to oe of 0 6: Note, Program Chage, Pitch Bed, CC & Ch.Mode (Cotrol Chage ad Chael Mode Message)*, Ch After Touch (Chael Aftertouch), Poly After Touch (Polyphoic Aftertouch), System Exclusive, all * You ca specify the Cotrol Number (000-7, all). Whe Track is set to tempo : Tempo Chage Whe Track is set to scee : Scee Memory, Track Mute Voice Performace 3 You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 04: Extract Evet This Job moves all istaces of specified evet data from a specified rage of a track to the same rage i a differet track. Samplig Sog Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, scee, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Number of Times Determies the umber of times the data is copied. 3 Patter Mixig Referece Settigs: x 0 x 99 3 Track ad locatio Determies the destiatio track (0 6, tempo, scee, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) of the destiatio. CAUTION Whe Copy Evet is executed, ay data already existig at the Destiatio locatio will be overwritte. 03: Erase Evet This Job clears all specified evets from the specified rage, effectively producig a segmet of silece. Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Evet Type Determies the evet type to be extracted. Specific Note Numbers ad Cotrol Numbers (of the Cotrol Chage ad Chael Mode message) ca also be specified as required. Settigs: Note*, Program Chage, Pitch Bed, CC & Ch.Mode (Cotrol Chage ad Chael Mode Message)*, Ch After Touch (Chael Aftertouch), Poly After Touch (Polyphoic Aftertouch), System Exclusive * You ca specify the Note Number (C - G8, all) ad Cotrol Number (000 7, all) respectively. Samplig Master Utility File Whe the Evet Type is set to Note, you ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. 3 Track Determies the destiatio track (0 6). Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, scee, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. CAUTION The origial data i the source rage specified above will be erased. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 0

202 Sog Job Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 05: Create Cotiuous Data This Job creates cotiuous pitch bed or cotrol chage data over the specified rage. Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Evet Type Determies the evet type to be created. Settigs: Whe the Track is set to oe of 0 6 ad all: Pitch Bed, Cotrol Chage*, Ch. After Touch (Chael Aftertouch), System Exclusive *You ca also specify the Cotrol Number (0 9) Whe the Track is set to tempo : Tempo Chage You ca produce accelerado/ritardado by applyig this Job to the Tempo track. This is useful, for example, i slowig dow the tempo i the Edig sectio of a Sog. Whe System Exclusive is selected, the cotiuous data of the Master Volume is created. You ca call up the list ad select the desired oe by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 3 Data Rage Determies the lower ad upper limits for the data rage to be created. Settigs: 0 7 ( whe the Evet Type is set to Pitch Bed ad whe the Evet Type is set to Tempo Chage. ) 4 Clock Determies the umber of clocks to be iserted betwee each created evet. Settigs: Number of Times Determies the umber of times the data creatio is to be repeated. For example, if data is created i the rage M00::000 M003::000 ad this parameter is set to 03, the same data will be created at M003::000 M005::000 ad M005::000 M007::000. This Job lets you isert cotiuous volume (expressio) or filter cutoff variatios to create tremolo or wah effects. Settigs: x 0 x 99 06: Thi Out This Job this out or selectively removes the specified type of cotiuous data i the specified rage allowig you to free up memory space for other data or further recordig. Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Evet Type Determies the evet type to be thied. The Thi Out Job will ot work o cotiuous data that has a clock iterval of greater tha 60 clocks per evet. Settigs: Whe the Track is set to oe of 0 6 ad all: Pitch Bed, CC & Ch. Mode (Cotrol Chage ad Chael Mode Message)*, Ch. After Touch (Chael Aftertouch), Poly After Touch (Polyphoic Aftertouch) *You ca also specify the Cotrol Number (0 7, all) Whe the Track is set to tempo : Tempo Chage 5 Curve Determies the curve of the cotiuous data. Refer to the graph below for approximate curve shapes. Settigs: Curve = +6 Curve = 0 (liear) Curve = -6 Ed poit Start poit The distace specified by Clock 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

203 Sog Job 07: Modify Cotrol Data 08: Beat Stretch This Job lets you chage the values of specified data such as Pitch Bed ad Cotrol Chage i the specified rage. Data chages are calculated as follows: This Job performs time-expasio or compressio over the selected rage. Modified value = (origial value x Rate) + Offset. Ay result lower tha the miimum is set to the miimum; ay result higher tha the maximum is set to the maximum. Voice Performace Track ad rage Samplig Track ad rage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Evet Type Determies the evet type to be modified. Settigs: Whe the Track is set to oe of 0 6 ad all: Pitch Bed, CC & Ch. Mode (Cotrol Chage ad Chael Mode Message)*, Ch. After Touch (Chael Aftertouch), Poly After Touch (Polyphoic Aftertouch) *You ca also specify the Cotrol Number (0 7, all) Whe the Track is set to tempo : Tempo Chage Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, all) ad rage (Measure : Beat : Clock) over which the Job is applied. Rate Determies the amout of time expasio or compressio as a percetage. Settigs higher tha 00% produce expasio, ad settigs below 00% produce compressio. A settig of 00 produces o chage. Settigs: 05% 400% Oly the ed poit of the rage will be shifted forward or backward by executig the Beat Stretch Job. The data outside the specified rage will be maitaied. Whe expadig the data, the coverted data may overlap the data outside the rage. Whe compressig the data, a iterval of silece will be created betwee the ed of the compressed data ad the start of the ext data outside the rage. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece 3 Set All Sets all target evets to the same fixed value. Whe set to off the Set All parameter has o effect. Whe set to a value other tha off, the Rate ad Offset parameters are uavailable ad caot be set. Settigs: off, (off, whe the Evet Type is set to Pitch Bed ad off, whe the Evet Type is set to Tempo Chage. ) 4 Rate Determies the percetage by which the target evets will be shifted from their origial values. Whe the Set All parameter (above) is set to other tha off, this parameter caot be set. Settigs: 000% 00% [F4] Measure Jobs 0: Create Measure This Job creates empty measures at the specified locatio i all tracks. Whe empty measures are iserted, measure ad meter data followig the isert poit are moved forward accordigly. If the isert poit is set after the last measure cotaiig data, oly the meter data at that poit is set without actually isertig ay measures. Master Utility File 5 Offset 3 Adds a fixed value to the Rate-adjusted evet values. Whe the Set All parameter (above) is set to other tha off, this parameter caot be set. Settigs: ( for pitch bed) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 03

204 Sog Job Isertio poit Determies the isert poit (measure umber) at which the ewly created blak measures will be iserted. [F5] Track Jobs Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Settigs: Number of measures to be iserted Determies the umber of empty measures to be created ad iserted. Settigs: Meter of measures to be iserted Determies the meter or time sigature of the measures to be created. You may fid it coveiet to use this parameter whe you eed to create a Sog that icorporates meter chages. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 0: Delete Measure This Job deletes the specified measures. Measure ad meter data followig the deleted measures are moved backward accordigly. Source data Delete rage Specifies the rage of measures to be deleted. Settigs: ~ ~ 06 8 measures iserted at measure 5 00~ ~ 0 03 ~ 04 Source data The iserted 8 measures 00~ ~ 0 03 ~ 04 0: Copy Track This Job copies all data of the selected type from a specified source track to a specified destiatio track. Source Sog ad Track Determies the copy source Sog ad track (0 6). Whe the Curret box is checked, the curret Sog is selected as Source. Data Type to be copied Determies the type(s) of data to be copied. Settigs: Sequecer Evet (all evets i the track), Play Effect, Mix Part Parameter (all Mixig Part parameters), Sample Voice 3 Whe there is o memory available i the destiatio Sog for Sample Voice data, a alert message will appear o the display ad the Sample Voice data will ot be copied eve though the check box of the Sample is marked. If this occurs, use the Delete Job (page 4) i the Mixig Voice Job to delete ay uused Sample Voices, the try agai. 3 Destiatio Sog ad Track Determies the destiatio Sog ad track (0 6). Whe the Curret box is checked, the curret Sog is selected as Destiatio. CAUTION The copy operatio overwrites ay data previously existig o the destiatio track. CAUTION Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Sample Voice copy operatio. Measures M005 M03 deleted 00~ ~ MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

205 Sog Job 0: Exchage Track This Job exchages or swaps the specified type of data betwee two specified tracks i the curret Sog. Track Determies the Sog track (0 6, tempo, scee, all) to which the Job is applied. Data type to be cleared Determies the type(s) of data to be cleared. Select the desired type by checkmarkig the appropriate box. Settigs: Sequecer Evet (all evets i the track), Play Effect, Mix Part Parameter (all Mixig Part parameters), Sample Voice CAUTION Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Clear operatio for tracks that cotai sample data. Voice Performace Track Determies the tracks (0 6) to which the Job is applied. The Waveform o DIMM caot be deleted via this Job eve if the Sample Voice box is checked. If you wat to actually delete the Waveform, use the Delete Job (page 77) i the Samplig Job. Samplig Data Type Determies the type(s) of data to be exchaged. Select the desired type by checkmarkig the appropriate box. Settigs: Sequecer Evet (all evets i the track), Play Effect, Mix Part Parameters 03: Mix Track This job mixes all data from two selected tracks ( ad ), ad places the result i track. Keep i mid that applyig this Job to tracks with Sample Voices does ot mix the Sample Voices. The Sample Voice itself will ot be mixed. 04: Clear Track This Job deletes all data of the selected type from the selected track. 05: Normalize Play Effect This job rewrites the data i the selected track so that it icorporates the curret Play Effect settigs. Track Determies the Sog track (0 6, all) to which the Job is applied. 06: Divide Drum Track This Job separates the ote evets i a drum performace assiged to a specified track, ad places the otes correspodig to differet drum istrumets i separate tracks (tracks through 8). The divisio table below is desiged assumig the GM Drum Voice is used. If you wat to apply this Job to the sequece data usig a Drum Voice other tha a GM Voice, you should cofirm the arragemet of the drum/percussio istrumets for each Drum Voice by usig the separate Data List booklet. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 05

206 Sog Job Track 3 ARP No. (Arpeggio umber/ame) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Determies the Sog track (0 6) to which the Job is applied. Track Track Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 Track 6 Track 7 Track 8 * The drum istrumets of the differet ote umbers will be assiged to each of tracks, meaig that the Bass Drum of Track is differet from the Bass Drum of Track, for example. Executig the Divide Drum Track overwrites ay data previously existig o the destiatio tracks 8. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). This Job copies data i the specified measures of a track for creatig Arpeggio data. Up to 6 uique ote umbers ca be recorded to the Arpeggio track. If more tha 6 differet ote umbers have bee recorded to the MIDI sequece data, the Covert operatio reduces the otes i excess of the limit. Because of this, be careful to record oly up to 6 differet otes whe you create a Arpeggio, especially whe usig all four tracks. Rage Bass Drum Click, Bass Drum, Sare Drum, etc. Sare Drum Brush SD, Side Stick, Had Clap, etc. Hi Hat CAUTION Ride Cymbal Tom, Crash/Splash/Chiese Cymbal Percussio, etc. 07: Put Track to Arpeggio 5 6 Determies the rage of measures to be copied to the Arpeggio data. 3 4 Determies the User Arpeggio umber (00 56) ad ame as destiatio. The Arpeggio ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. You ca call up the Character List display by pressig the [SF6] CHAR butto ad eter the ame. For detailed istructios i amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Ay previous Arpeggio data i this umber will be overwritte. 4 Origial Notes Root Determies the root ote whe the Covert Type of ay track is set to org otes. Settigs: C - G8 CAUTION 5 Track You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. Determies the track of the source Sog for each Arpeggio track. 6 Covert Type Determies how the MIDI sequece data (of Sog tracks) will be coverted to Arpeggio data from the three ways below. This parameter ca be set for each track. Settigs: ormal, fixed, org otes ormal The Arpeggio is played back usig oly the played ote ad its octave otes. fixed Playig ay ote(s) will trigger the same MIDI sequece data. org otes (origial otes) Basically same as fixed with the exceptio that the Arpeggio playback otes differ accordig to the played chord. 08: Copy Phrase This Job copies the Phrase (created i the Patter ) to a specified track of the curret Sog. 3 Settigs: ARP Category (Arpeggio Category) Determies the Category settig (Mai Category ad Sub Category) for the created Arpeggio data. The Mai Categories are listed o page 6. Source Patter, Phrase Determies the source Patter ad Phrase umber. You ca call up the list ad select the desired oe by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. Copy Sample Voice Whe this box is checkmarked, Sample Voices assiged to the source phrase (actually the correspodig Mixig Part) are copied to the destiatio track, ad are assiged to the 06 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

207 Sog Job correspodig Mixig Part of the curret Sog. This parameter has o effect whe o Sample Voice is used by the selected phrase. 3 Track, Measure Determies the destiatio Track (0 6) ad Measure umber (00 999) at which the copied Phrase starts. CAUTION This Job overwrites ay data already existig i the destiatio track with the exceptio of the Mixig setup. Copy Sample Voice Whe this box is checkmarked, Sample Voices used by the source Sog are copied to the destiatio Patter as Sample Voices, ad are assiged to the Mixig Part correspodig to the destiatio track. This checkbox has o effect if o Sample Voices are assiged to the tracks i the source Sog. 3 Patter, Sectio Determies the destiatio Patter ad Sectio (A P). CAUTION This Job overwrites ay data icludig the Mixig setup already existig i the destiatio Patter ad sectio. Voice Performace [F6] Sog Jobs 03: Clear Sog Samplig 0: Copy Sog This Job copies all data from a selected source Sog to a selected destiatio Sog. This job deletes all data (icludig the Sample Voices ad Mixig Voices) from the selected Sog or all Sogs. It ca also be used to delete all 64 Sogs at the same time. Sog Patter Mixig Referece Source Sog Destiatio Sog Sog Determies the Sog umber to be erased. Samplig CAUTION This Job overwrites ay data already existig i the destiatio Sog. The Waveform o DIMM caot be deleted via this Job eve if the Sample Voice is used i the specified Sog. If you wat to actually delete the Waveform assiged to the Sample Voice used i the specified Sog, use the Delete Job (page 77) i the Samplig Job. Master 0: Split Sog to Patter Utility This Job allows you to copy a Part of the curret Sog to a specific Patter, File 3 Rage Determies the rage of measures to be copied to a Patter. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 07

208 Patter Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The Patter lets you play, record, edit ad play your ow origial rhythm patters. The Patter Play is the mai portal by which you eter the Patter, ad it is here where you select ad play a Patter. You ca also create your ow Patters by assemblig Phrases short rhythmic passages ad buildig blocks ad create Patter Chais i which Patters ca be combied together i custom order. To eter the Patter Play, simply press the [PATTERN] butto. The word Patter refers to a short rhythmic passage of several measures which is looped ad played back idefiitely. A Patter icludes 6 variatios called Sectios. You ca use Sectios by chagig them durig playback. A Patter cosists of 6 tracks ad ca be created by assigig a Phrase to each track from the Patch display (page ). For details about the Patters, Sectios ad Phrases, see page 60. From the Play display i the Patter Play, you ca select the Voice of the Mixig Part correspodig to the curret Track by pressig the [CATEGORY SEARCH] butto. Patter Playback Procedure Press the [PATTERN] butto to call up the Patter Play display (page 0). Sectio Select a Patter. Patter umber, Patter ame Move the cursor to the Patter umber, the select the desired Patter by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] butto. The ame of the selected Patter is displayed. If you press the [PROGRAM] butto so that its lamp lights, you ca select the desired Patter by usig the Group [A] [D] buttos ad the Number [] [6] buttos. Patter umbers ad the correspodig buttos are as follows. Butto Combiatios Patter Number [A]+[] [6] 0 6 [B]+[] [6] 7 3 [C]+[] [6] [D]+[] [6] Select a Sectio (A P) of the selected Patter. Move the cursor to the Sectio, the select the desired Sectio by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/ NO] butto. If you press the [TRACK] butto so that its lamp lights, you ca select the desired Sectio by usig the SECTION [A] [H] buttos for Sectios A H, [USER ] [USER DR] buttos ad [ETHNIC] butto for Sectios I P. SECTION I-P SECTION A-H PRE PRE PRE 3 PRE 4 PRE 5 PRE 6 PRE 7 PRE 8 PIANO KEYBOARD ORGAN GUITAR BASS STRINGS BRASS USER USER USER 3 GM GM DR PRE DR USER DR SYN LEAD PADS/ CHOIRS SYN COMP A B C D E F G H SUB CATEGORY 4 Press the [F] (Play) butto to start playback of the Patter. Patter playback cotiues repeatedly util you press the [J] (Stop) butto. Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop playback of the Patter. Press the [F] (Play) butto agai to resume playback from that poit. Playback types CHROMATIC PERCUSSION SEQ TRANSPORT DRUM/ PERCUSSION LOCATE SOUND EFX MUSICAL EFX Startig playback by pressig a ote SAX/ WOODWIND ETHNIC Whe the Keyboard Start fuctio is set to o, Patter playback begis as soo as you press a key o the keyboard. Move the cursor to the Keyboard Start ico the press the [INC/YES] butto to eable Keyboard Start. I this status, press ay key to start Patter playback. Keyboard Start 08 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

209 Patter Playback Playback from the middle of the Patter To start playback of the Patter from midway through the Patter, set the desired locatio by usig the cotrols below, the press the [F] (Play) butto. These operatios ca also be executed durig playback. Forward Fast forward Rewid Fast Rewid Move to the top of the Patter Fast Forward/Rewid Press the [H] (Forward) butto. Hold the [H] (Forward) butto. Press the [G] (Rewid) butto. Hold the [G] (Rewid) butto. Press the [P] butto. This operatio is the same as i the Sog Play. See page 79. Jumpig to a specific locatio i the Patter This operatio is the same as i the Sog Play. See page 79. Chagig the Sectio durig playback To chage Sectios durig playback, press the [TRACK] butto (the lamp lights), the use the SECTION [A] [H] buttos, [USER] [USER DR] buttos ad [ETHNIC] butto. Whe selectig a differet Sectio durig Patter playback, NEXT ad the ext Sectio ame appear i the Sectio colum at the top of the display. After the curret Sectio reaches the specified timig, the ext Sectio starts. If you record rhythm patters such as itro, melody A, fill-i, mai theme, ad edig to each of Sectios, you ca play a etire Sog by selectig the appropriate Sectios durig playback. Curret Sectio or Next Sectio is idicated here. Track mute/solo This operatio is the same as i the Sog Play. See page 79. Chage the tempo Assigig various settigs related to Patter playback (Patter Scee) From the Patter Play display, you ca assig five differet sapshots of importat Patter-related parameters such as traspose, tempo, track mute/solo status, ad the basic Mixig setup to the [SF] [SF5] buttos as Patter Scees. Oe of the coveiet advatages of Patter Scee is that it lets you istatly ad automatically execute parameter settigs that ormally require may butto presses or cotroller operatios. Use it durig Patter recordig or playback to make istataeous settig chages. Patter Scee parameters are same as the oes of Sog Scee. See page 79. Registerig the Patter Scee After makig the desired settigs for the Scee, simultaeously hold dow the [STORE] butto ad press oe of the [SF] to [SF5] buttos. The 8th ote ico is show i the tab correspodig to the Sub Fuctio butto to which the Patter Scee is registered. Press the [STORE] butto to store the Patter data icludig the Patter Scee settig. CAUTION The Patter Scee settigs registered to the [SF] [SF5] buttos will be lost if you chage the Patter or tur the power off without executig the Store operatio. Recallig the Patter Scee You ca recall the Patter Scee by press oe of the [SF] to [SF5] buttos. Patter Chai Playback The Patter Chai fuctio lets you program Sectios i your ow custom order, ad have them chage automatically durig playback to create a seamless sequece of backig parts ad accompaimet for your live performace or recorded Sog. The Chai Play display (page 3) is the portal for eterig the Patter Chai fuctio ad lets you play back the programmed Patter Chai. Press the [F5] Chai butto from the Patter Play to go to the Patter Chai Play display. Patter Chais ca be created from the Chai Record display (page 4) ad the Isert fuctio (page 6) o the Chai Edit display. Patter Chais ca be edited i the Chai Edit display (page 4). Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece This operatio is the same as i the Sog Play. See page 79. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 09

210 Patter Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Mixig Setup for each track I the Patter as well as i the Sog, you ca set the Mixig parameters such as Voice, volume ad pa for each part (track). The structure ad parameters are the same as i the Sog. See page 8. Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders By usig the kobs ad sliders o the frot pael, you ca adjust various parameters such as pa, effect, cutoff frequecy ad resoace for each Part (track) of the Patter. For more iformatio, see page 80. Patter Playback [F] Play This display always appears first whe the Patter is egaged. You ca play the Patter by specifyig a Sectio after selectig a Patter. 9 ) & * ( º Depedig o the selected parameter, the NUM ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca use the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos as umber buttos by pressig the [SF6] NUM butto. For details, see page 8. Patter umber, Patter ame 8 # Determies the Patter by specifyig the umber (0 64). The ame of the selected Patter is show. You ca chage the Patter ame by movig the cursor here ad pressig the [SF6] CHAR butto. $ ^ 3 Measure Determies the locatio at which playback starts. This also idicates the curret locatio of playback. The Measure ca be set via the SEQ TRANSPORT buttos. For details, see page 78. Settigs: Measure: (Available rage of measure differs depedig o the legth below.) Beat: Idicatio oly Measure Beat Legth 4 Legth Determies the Patter Legth. Settigs: Tras (Traspose) 6 Time sigature (Meter) 7 Tempo These are the same as i the Sog Play. See page 0. 8 Keyboard Start Whe Keyboard Start is set to o, Patter playback begis as soo as you press a key o of the keyboard. Settigs: (o), (off) 9 Track umber (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track umber. ) Track type (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track type: MIDI track or Audio track. For Mixig Parts that correspod to Audio tracks, a Sample Voice is assiged. For Mixig Parts that correspod to MIDI tracks, a Voice other tha a Sample Voice is assiged. For Mixig Parts that correspod to empty tracks, o Voice is assiged. For more about MIDI Tracks ad Audio Tracks, see page 6. Settigs: M (MIDI Track), W (Audio Track)! Mute/Solo (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Mute/Solo status for each track. For detailed istructios o settig Mute/Solo, see page 79. Blak: Neither Mute or Solo are ot assiged to this track. m: Idicates muted track. s: Idicates soloed track. Sectio For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Selects a Sectio of the selected Patter. A Patter ca iclude up to 6 variatios called Sectios, which ca be chaged i real time durig playback. The Sectio ca be selected via the [A] [H] buttos (prited SECTION A H ) ad the [USER] [ETHNIC] buttos (prited SECTION I P ). For details, see page 09. Settigs: A Voice (Voice Name) Idicates the Voice ame of the Mixig Part correspodig to each track. # Sectio $ Data idicator Idicates whether the data is recorded or ot to each track of Sectios A P. The data idicator is show at the colum of which the Sectio/Track cotais recorded data. 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

211 Patter Playback % [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee5 You ca assig the settigs of the Patter-related parameters (Patter Scee) ad Arpeggio-related parameters to these buttos. You ca also recall these settigs by pressig these buttos. For detailed istructios o registerig Scees, see page 79. For detailed istructios o settig the Arpeggio-related parameters, see page 89. The Arpeggio is ot available durig Patter playback. Pressig the [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee 5 buttos durig playback chages oly the Patter Scee. After registerig the Patter Scee, the 8th ote ico will appear o the tab correspodig to the pressed butto. You ca cofirm whether or ot the Arpeggio Type is assiged to that butto i the Arpeggio display (page 89) of the Patter Record. ^ [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) You ca view the amout of free ad used sequecer memory. The sequecer memory covers the all Sogs ad Patters recorded i the respective s. Whe the used memory amout reaches the maximum capacity, o further Sogs or Patters ca be stored. If this occurs, use the Sog Job or Patter Job to delete ay uecessary Sogs or Patters. You ca go back to the previous display by pressig the [SF6] butto or the [EXIT] butto. Chagig the rhythmic feel of the Patter [F] Play FX (Play Effect) By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of Patter playback. The Play Effect settigs made here are oly temporary ad do t chage the actual data i the Patter. The Play Effect settigs ca be applied actually to the Patter data by usig the Normalize Play Effect Job. The operatio is same as i the Sog Play. See page 83. Track Settigs [F3] Track This display lets you set the MIDI Trasmit Chael for each track. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece & [F] Play Calls up the Play display Samplig * [F] Play FX (Play Effect) Calls up the Play Effect display. ( [F3] Track Calls up the Track display. º [F4] Patch Calls up the Patch display (page ). [F5] Chai (Patter Chai) Calls up the Patter Chai display (page 3). [F6] Remix Regardig parameters with o umber, refer to the Play display (page 0). Patter ame (Idicatio oly) Idicates the ame of the curret Patter. Voice (Voice ame) (Idicatio oly) 3 TxCh (Trasmit Chael) 4 It (Iteral Switch) 5 Ext (Exteral Switch) These are the same as i the Sog Play. See page 84. Master Utility File Calls up the Remix display (page 7). This meu is show oly whe the cursor is located o the track cotaiig data. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

212 Patter Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Patter Creatig [F4] Patch This display lets you assig a Phrase to each track to create a Patter. 6 Sectios amed A P ca be created for each Patter. You ca assig a User Phrase created with the curret Patter selected. If you wish to use User phrases recorded to tracks of other Patters, use the Phrase Data Copy fuctio, selected with the [SF5] butto. Regardig parameters with o umber, refer to the Play display (page 0). No. (Phrase Number) Determies the Phrase umber to be assiged to a track. You ca select oe of the 56 User Phrases stored to the selected Patter. Please ote that the User Phrases have o data by default. Whe set to ---, the track becomes empty. Settigs: --- (off), The MOTIF XS features o Preset Phrase data. Phrase Name Idicates the ame of the selected Phrase. You ca chage the Phrase ame by movig the cursor here ad pressig the [SF6] CHAR butto. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. 3 [SF4] Clear Pressig this butto clears the Phrase assigmet to the curretly selected track ad leaves the track empty. Move the cursor to the Phrase (track) to be cleared the press the [SF4] butto. 4 [SF5] Copy Pressig this butto copies a Phrase i aother Patter to the selected oe the assig it to the specified track. This is useful if you are creatig a Patter ad wish to use the Phrase data from aother Patter. 3 Source phrase Determies the Patter umber ad the Phrase umber (00 56) to be copied. Copy Sample Voice Whe this box is checkmarked, Sample Voices assiged to the source phrase are copied to the destiatio phrase as Sample Voices, ad are assiged to the correspodig tracks i the selected Patter. 3 Curret Patter Phrase ad Track Determies the umber (00 56) of the destiatio Phrase ad track ( 6) to which the Phrase is assiged. CAUTION Ay previous data i the copy destiatio will be overwritte. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). CAUTION Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Sample Voice copy operatio. 5 Legth (Idicatio oly) Idicates the legth of each Phrase assiged to each track. Creatig a Patter Select a Patter from the Play display (page 0). Press the [F4] butto to call up the Patch display. 3 Select a Sectio (A P). Move the cursor to the Sectio, the select the desired Sectio by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/ NO] butto. 4 Set the meter (time sigature), tempo, ad legth of the Patter. Move the cursor to the desired parameter (such as legth, time sigature or tempo), the set the value by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] butto. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

213 Patter Playback 5 Assig the desired Phrase to each track. Move the cursor to a track the set a Phrase umber by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. Phrase assigmet ca be executed also durig Patter playback. To cofirm whether the Phrase is assiged properly or ot, solo the track to which the Phrase is assiged by followig the procedure below. Press the [SOLO] butto so that its idicator lights ad press ay of the Number [] [6] buttos to select a track to which you assiged the Phrase. There are three methods that ca be used to create a Phrase: Recordig the ew phrase usig the Patter Record fuctio (page 8) Copyig the Phrase from aother Patter by usig the [SF5] butto. Covertig a Part of the Sog data to a Phrase by usig the Get Phrase from Sog Job (page 5). There are two methods to create a Patter Chai: Recordig playback of a Patter i the Patter Record display i real time, ad programmig the playback order of Sectios oe by oe i the Patter Chai Edit display. The Patter Chai data recorded i real time ca be edited i the Patter Chai Edit display. Patter Chai Playback [F5] Chai The Patter Chai display lets you play the Patter Chai data you ve created. Press the [F5] Chai butto from the Patter Play to go to the Patter Chai Play display. Voice Performace Samplig 6 Repeat steps 3 through 5 above to fialize a etire Patter. Create Sectios used for the itro, melody A, melody B, mai theme ad edig of the etire Sog. It is a good idea to use the Copy Patter Job (page 7) if you wish to create a Sectio that is based o or souds similar to a already existig Sectio. 7 Press the [STORE] butto to store the Patter. For detailed istructios o storig a Patter, see page 8. Patter Chai [F5] Chai (Patter Chai) Patter Chai allows you to strig several differet Sectios together to make a oe complete Sog. For example, create a Sectio A for the itro, a Sectio B for the verse, a Sectio C for the chorus, ad a Sectio D for the edig ad you have the basic blocks to build a origial Sog. The created Patter Chai data ca be coverted to MIDI sequece data ad stored to a Sog. To call up the Patter Chai display, press the [F5] Chai butto from the Patter Play. A Patter Chai ca be created for each Patter, lettig you call up a differet, dedicated Patter Chai each time you select a Patter. The followig evets ca be recorded to the Patter Chai. The operatio i the Patter Chai display is basically same as i the Patter Play display with the exceptio that the Patter umber caot be selected. For details o parameters which are ot explaied here, refer to the Patter Play display (page 0). Sectio Depedig o the selected parameter, the NUM ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca use the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos as umber buttos by pressig the [SF6] NUM butto. For details, see page 8. Idicates the curretly played Sectio. NEXT will be show here whe playback is waitig for the timig of the Sectio chage. Tras (Traspose) Adjusts the pitch of the Patter Chai playback i semitoe icremets. Settigs: Time sigature Idicates the time sigature curretly assiged to the Patter. Durig playback, the curret time sigature is show here. 4 Measure Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Playback order of Sectios Patter track o/off Solo ad Mute Tempo chage Time sigature chage Idicates the measure umber of the curretly playig Patter Chai. You ca start playback from the middle of the Patter Chai by specifyig the measure here the pressig the [F] (Play) butto. Settigs: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

214 Patter Playback 5 Tempo Idicates the tempo curretly assiged to the Patter. Durig playback, the curret tempo is show here. Settigs: For details o parameters idicated with umbers above, refer to the Chai display (page 3). For details o all other parameters, refer to the Patter Play display (page 0). Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 6 Keyboard Start Whe Keyboard Start is set to o, Patter Chai playback begis as soo as you press a key o of the keyboard. Settigs: o, off Patter Chai Playback Procedure To start Patter Chai playback, call up the Patter Chai display, the press the [F] (Play) butto. Whe the ed of the Patter Chai data is reached, playback automatically stops. You ca also press the [J] (Stop) butto durig playback to stop playback of the Patter Chai. Press the [F] (Play) agai to resume playback from that poit. Depedig o the particular Chai data, the Patter plays back with automatic chages of the Sectio, track mute ad tempo all of which are idicated o the display i real time. You ca cofirm the Patter Chai data by callig up the Patter Chai Edit display. Patter Chai Recordig i Realtime [I] Chai Record From the Patter Chai Record display, you ca record playback of the Patter alog with ay realtime chages you make. Press the [I] (Record) butto from the Patter Chai Play display to call up the Patter Chai Record display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Chai Play display. Evets such as Sectio chage, Track mute o/off ad Tempo chage ca be recorded as Patter Chai data. The Record Type is fixed to replace ad caot be chaged. Accordigly, recordig the evets overwrites data i the already recorded rage. You ca also use the Isert fuctio (page 6) o the Chai Edit display to create the Patter Chai data Patter Chai Recordig Procedure Select a Patter i the Chai Play display. This step is ecessary because each Patter has its ow dedicated Patter Chai data. Press the [I] (Record) butto. The [I] (Record) idicator lights ad the Chai Record display appears. 3 Set up the parameters for the start of recordig. Set the basic parameters for recordig (e.g., Sectio, Recordig Track mute settig, Time Sigature, Tempo ad so o). After settig, move the cursor to the Tempo. 4 Set the measure at which recordig starts. Normally, press the [P] (Top) butto to set the top as recordig start measure. 5 Press the [F] (Play) butto to start recordig. To chage Sectios i realtime ad record them, press the [TRACK] butto (the lamp lights), the use the [A] [H] buttos, [USER ] [USER DR] buttos ad [ETHNIC] butto. To make Track Mute o/off settigs, press the [MUTE] butto (the lamp lights), the press the appropriate Number [] [6] buttos. The tempo ca be chaged by pressig the [DEC/NO]/[INC/YES] butto, turig the data dial, or usig the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F5] buttos as umeric keys after pressig the [SF6] NUM butto. 6 Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig. 7 Press the [STORE] butto to store the recorded Chai data o the iteral User Memory. For more iformatio o storig a Patter, see page 8. Editig a Patter Chai [EDIT] Chai Edit This gives you comprehesive, detailed cotrols for editig the evets of the recorded Patter Chai. Evets such as Sectio chage, Track mute o/off, Tempo chage ad Meter ca be recorded as Patter Chai data. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Chai Play display to call up the Chai Edit display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Chai Play display. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

215 Patter Playback [SF] Copy The fuctio of this display lets you copy evets from a specified rage to aother rage. Voice 3 Performace MEAS (Measure) BEAT 3 CLOCK Idicates the locatio of the correspodig evet. Chagig ay of these values chages the locatio of the evet accordigly. Settigs: MEAS (Measure): BEAT: 0 6 (The available rage may chage depedig o the Meter.) CLOCK: (The available rage may chage depedig o the Meter.) 4 Evet Type 5 Settig Values The followig evets are available i the Patter Chai. Sectio [SF] View Filter Chage timig of Sectios A P ad Ed evet of the data. TrackMute The m idicates the correspodig track is muted. Tempo TimeSig (Time Sigature) /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 This display lets you select the evet types that appear o the Chai Edit display. This is particularly useful whe may types of evets are mixed together, but you oly wat to display the evets you ited to edit. Source Rage Destiatio Locatio (Top Measure) Determies the source rage ad the top measure of the destiatio. Settigs: Number of Times Determies the umber of times the data is copied. Settigs: 0 99 [SF3] Sog (Covert to Sog) Coverts the curret Patter chai to MIDI sequece data ad copies the data to a specified Sog. This fuctio is useful for quickly creatig backig ad accompaimet parts for Sog data. 3 Destiatio Sog Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece 3 4 Determies the destiatio Sog by specifyig the umber (0 64). The ame of the selected Sog is displayed. Destiatio Locatio (Top Measure) File Determies the begiig measure umber of the destiatio. Settigs: Time Sigature Sectio 3 Track Mute 4 Tempo Chage Oly evets with checked boxes will appear i the Chai Edit display. If the box is set to off, the correspodig evet will disappear i the Chai Edit display. 3 Without Program Chage Whe this box is checkmarked, the settigs of the Mixig ad Tempo are copied to the destiatio Sog (). The Tempo value is copied to the top measure () of the destiatio Sog. Whe the checkmark is removed, the Voice settigs i each Phrase are also copied to the top measure () of the destiatio Sog as Program Chage evets. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

216 Patter Playback Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig CAUTION This Job operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio Sog ad the Udo/Redo (page 3) Job caot be used after executig this Job. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). [SF4] Isert From this display, you ca isert a ew evet to the Patter Chai. After settig the followig parameters, press the [F6] Set butto or [ENTER] butto to actually isert the evet. 3 Evet Type Determies the evet type to be iserted. Settigs: Time Sigature, Sectio, ed, Tempo Chage, Track Mute ed Idicates the ed positio of the Patter Chai. Isertig locatio Specifies the locatio at which the ew evet will be iserted. Settigs: MEAS (Measure): BEAT: 0 6 (depeds o the meter) CLOCK: (depeds o the meter) 3 Value of the selected evet type Eters the value of the evet to be iserted. The values available differ depedig o the selected Evet Type (). Settigs: Time Sigature: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 Sectio: A P, ed (ed of the data) Tempo Chage: Track Mute: m (mute o), blak (mute off) [SF5] Delete Deletes the curretly selected evet. This butto is ot available whe the cursor is located at the Time Sigature evet, Tempo Chage or top/bottom of the data. Patter Chai Edit Procedure Select a Patter o the Chai Play display. This step is ecessary because each Patter has its ow dedicated Patter Chai data. 3 Edit the already-recorded evets. Move the cursor to each of parameters, the set the value by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. To make it easier to fid desired parameters, use the View Filter display called up via the [SF] butto. You ca use the Copy fuctio called up via the [SF] butto to copy the evets from a specified rage to aother rage. If you wish to delete the evet, move the cursor to the evet to be deleted the press the [SF5] butto. If you wish to isert a ew evet, press the [SF4] butto to call up the Isert display. From this display, you ca iput the evets oe by oe. 4 Covert the created Patter Chai data to a Sog. By usig the Covert To Sog display called up via the [SF3] butto, you ca covert the created Patter Chai data to MIDI sequece data ad copy the coverted data to a specified Sog. This fuctio is useful for quickly creatig backig ad accompaimet parts for Sog data. 5 Store the created Patter Chai data to iteral User Memory. From the Store widow called up via the [STORE] butto, you ca store the curret Patter icludig the created Patter Chai data to iteral memory. After storig the Patter data, the Patter Chai icluded i the Patter is maitaied eve if the power is tured off. Eterig New Evets From the Chai Edit display, press the [SF4] Isert butto to call up the Isert widow. Specify the evet type to be iserted, the isertio poit (measure, beat, ad clock), ad parameter value of the evet. 3 Press the [F6] Set butto to isert the specified evet at the specified locatio. You ca cotiue isertig ew evets sice the Isert Evet widow remais ope. Press the [ENTER] butto to actually isert the evet ad close the Isert widow. 4 Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Chai Play display. Press the [EDIT] butto to call up the Chai Edit display. 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

217 Patter Playback Dividig the Patter data to create a ew Patter [F6] Remix The Remix fuctio divides the MIDI data i a selected track ito several pieces of a specified ote legth, ad radomly rearrages a portio of the data, lettig you easily create completely ew ad uique rhythm variatios all from a sigle Patter. Whe Remix is used o a track cotaiig a sliced sample voice, the various segmets of the sample are rearraged with varied timig. The sample voices ca be created by executig the Samplig with the Samplig Type set to slice+seq or executig the Sample Slice Job. The Remix display is available oly whe the cursor is located o the track cotaiig data. this parameter is set to, Remix is applied to all measures. Whe set to, Remix is applied to the data of the d measure, 4th measure, 6th measure, ad so o. Whe set to 3, Remix is applied to the data of the 3rd measure, 6th measure, 9th measure, ad so o. The measures to which Remix is applied are show o the display. See below (5). Settigs: 8 4 Type diagram Idicates the divisio poit ad the amout of divisio determied by Type (). The diagram below idicates the divisio poits i 6th ote resolutio. Whe Type is set to, for example, the data is divided at the upbeat before beat 4. Whe Type is set to, the data is divided at three poits: the upbeat before beat, the dowbeat of beat 3, ad the upbeat before beat 4. Voice Performace Samplig 4 5 Type= st beat d beat 3rd beat 4th beat Sog Type Determies how a sigle measure is divided. The dividig poit ad the amout differ depedig o the Type settig here. The diagram of the selected Type will be show. See below (4). Settigs: 6 Variatio Determies how the segmets divided by Type () will be rearraged. The divisio ad rearragemet rules differ depedig o the Variatio settig. Settigs: ormal 0 6, reverse 0 6, break 0 6, pitch 0 6, roll 0 6, fill 0 48 ormal 0 6 The divided data is oly rearraged. 6 variatios are provided. reverse 0 6 I additio to rearragemet of the divided data, some portios of the data may be played i reverse. 6 variatios are provided. break 0 6 I additio to rearragemet of the divided data, some portios of the data may be deleted to create breaks. 6 variatios are provided. pitch 0 6 I additio to rearragemet of the divided data, some portios of the data may be pitch-shifted. 6 variatios are provided. roll 0 6 I additio to rearragemet of the divided data, some portios of the data may be played with a roll effect. 6 variatios are provided. fill 0 48 I additio to rearragemet of the divided data, some portios of the data may be played with fill-i. 48 variatios are provided. 6 7 Type= 5 Iterval diagram Idicates the measures to which the Remix is applied. These measures are located at the same iterval determied by the Iterval (3) parameter. The example below results whe settig the Iterval (3) to. 6 [SF4] Cacel Pressig this butto cacels the most recet Remix which has ot bee fixed yet. This butto is ot available after the result of Remix is fixed or before Remix is executed. 7 [SF5] Apply Pressig this butto executes Remix. If you are ot satisfied with the result after Remix is executed, press the [SF4] butto ad try Remix agai. If you are satisfied with the result, press the [ENTER] butto to fix the remixed data. Remix Procedure Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 3 Iterval Set the Type (), Variatio () ad Iterval (3). Press the [SF5] butto to execute Remix. 3 Cofirm the result of the Remix operatio. If you are ot satisfied with the result of the Remix, press the [SF4] butto the try agai. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto to fix the Remix result. 5 Press the [STORE] butto to store the Patter to iteral User Memory. Determies the measure iterval with which the Remix operatio is executed. I other words, this parameter determies the measures to which Remix is applied. Whe MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

218 Patter Recordig Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig I the Patter Record, you ca record your keyboard performace to create a Phrase as a basic material of the Patter data. The created Phrase is assiged to the specified track automatically. Press the [I] (Record) butto from the Patter Play to eter the Patter Record. Recordig of audio data ca be doe i the Samplig Record (page 4). Realtime Recordig This method lets you record the performace data as it is played, allowig you to capture all the uaces of a actual keyboard performace. Recordig ca be doe while moitorig playback of other already-recorded tracks. You ca select oe of two methods for Realtime recordig: Replace ad Overdub. Patter Recordig procedure Here i outlie form is the process of recordig a Patter. Select a Patter, the select a Sectio to be recorded. Press the [PATTERN] butto to go to the Patter Play display (page 0), ad select a Patter, the a Sectio to be recorded. Select a empty Patter if you wish to create a ew Patter from scratch. If a empty Patter is ot available, delete a uecessary Patter by usig the Clear Patter Job (page 8). Press the [I] (Record) butto to call up the Record Setup display (page 9). 3 Set recordig-related parameters i the Record Setup display. Select the track to be recorded ad the Recordig method to prepare for Patter Recordig. Whe selectig a track to which o Phrase has bee assiged, your keyboard performace will be recorded to a empty Phrase which will be assiged to the recordig track. Whe selectig a track that already has a assiged Phrase, that Phrase will be replaced by your recorded performace. If you wish to record usig a Arpeggio, set the ecessary parameters from the Arpeggio display (page 9). 4 Record your keyboard performace i real time to create a Phrase. Press the [F] (Play) butto to start recordig. Press the [J] (Stop) butto to stop recordig. 5 Edit the recorded Phrase usig the Patter Job (page ) ad Patter Edit (page 0). 6 Store the Patter (icludig the recorded Phrase) to iteral User Memory. Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Patter Store widow the store the created Patter. This esures that the created Patter will be retaied eve if the power is tured off. The recorded Patter will be lost whe selectig a differet Patter, callig up a differet, or turig the power off. Make sure to store the Patter data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Patter, callig up a differet, or turig the power off. 7 Save the created Patter data to a USB storage device or to a coected computer as desired (page 78). Storig a Patter [STORE] (Patter Store) This sectio covers how to store the Patter you have recorded ad edited. By executig the Store operatio, the Patter data you have created will be retaied eve if the power has bee tured off. Pressig the [STORE] butto calls up the Patter Store widow. The followig data will be stored by Patter Store. Sequece data Curretly selected Patter (Sectio A P), Patter Chai, Phrase Toe Geerator data Mixig settigs (Commo Edit parameters ad Part Edit parameters) The Mixig Voices ca be edited i the Mixig Voice Store widow (page 40). The Patter Store operatio is the same as that of Voice Store (page 97) ad Sog Store (page 86). This operatio overwrites ay data already existig i the destiatio Patter. Select a Patter umber cotaiig o data or uecessary data. CAUTION CAUTION If there is ot eough memory space for the Sog/Patter, a alert message appears, ad you will ot able to store ay additioal Sogs/Patters. If this happes, delete uecessary Patters/Sogs by usig the Sog/Patter Job, the try the Store operatio agai. 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

219 Patter Recordig Preparig the Patter Recordig [F] Setup ) 8 9 Patter ame (Idicatio oly) Idicates the ame of the curret Patter. The Patter ca be selected i the Patter Play display (page 0). Measure Determies the measure from which recordig starts. This also idicates the curret locatio of recordig. Settigs: Measure: Beat: Idicatio oly Measure Beat Legth 3 Legth Determies the Patter Legth. This also represets the legth of the Phrase created via Recordig procedure. Settigs: Sectio (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Sectio to be recorded. The Sectio ca be set from the Patter Play display (page 0). 5 Time sigature (Meter) Specifies the meter (time sigature) for the Patter. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 6 Tempo This is the same as i the Sog Record. See page # $ % ^ & * ( º 8 Track umber (Idicatio oly) 9 Track type (Idicatio oly) ) Mute/Solo (Idicatio oly)! Voice Name (Idicatio oly) These are the same as i the Sog Record. See page REC TR (Record Track) Determies the track to be recorded. Move the cursor to the desired track or press ay of the Number buttos [] [6] with the TRACK lamp tured o so that the red circle is show i the correspodig colum of the REC TR. Settigs: 6 # Record Type Determies the Recordig method. Settigs: replace, overdub replace You ca use this method whe you wat to overwrite a already recorded track with ew data i real time. The origial data will be erased. overdub You ca use this method whe you wat to add more data to a track that already cotais data. Previously recorded data will be maitaied. $ Loop (Loop Recordig) Determies whether the Recordig is looped or ot whe executig Realtime recordig. Whe set to o, the phrase will play repeatedly durig real-time recordig. This ca be hady whe recordig drum Parts with the Recordig type set to overdub, allowig you to add differet istrumets o each pass. Whe set to off, recordig stops after oe pass through the phrase. % Record Part ^ Quatize (Record Quatize) & Voice * Volume ( Pa º Is Effect Sw (Isertio Effect Switch) These are the same as i the Sog Record. See page 88. [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee5 You ca chage the settigs of the Patter-related parameters (Patter Scee) ad Arpeggio-related parameters by pressig these buttos. For details, refer to the descriptio of the same buttos i the Patter Play o page. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 7 Keyboard Start Whe Keyboard Start is set to o, Patter recordig begis as soo as you press a key o of the keyboard. Settigs: (o), (off) [F] Setup Pressig this butto returs from the previous display to the Record Setup display. [F] Arpeggio (Record Arpeggio) The operatio is same as the oe i the Record Arpeggio display (page 89) i the Sog. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

220 Editig MIDI Evets (Patter Edit) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig [F4] Erase This meu appears as soo as Recordig starts. Durig Patter recordig, pressig the key while holdig the [F4] butto erases all the ote evets of the pressed key. This is useful i loop recordig sice it allows you to quickly delete wrog otes played for a specific key. [F5] Click This is the same as i the Sog Record. See page 88. Realtime Recordig Procedure This sectio explais how to record your performace usig the Realtime Recordig features. Please keep i mid that the procedure differs depedig o the Record Type ad Record Track set from the Record Setup display. The operatio is same as the oe i the Sog Record display (page 89). Editig MIDI Evets (Patter Edit) The Patter Edit lets you edit the already recorded Phrases or isert the ew data to the Phrases. It ca be used to correct mistakes as well as add dyamics or effects such as vibrato to refie ad fiish the Phrase. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Patter Play to go to the Patter Edit. The Patter Edit gives you comprehesive, detailed cotrols for editig the MIDI evets of idividual Patter tracks. MIDI evets are messages (such as ote o/off, ote umber, program chage umber, etc.) that make up the data of a recorded phrase. Like the Sog Edit, Patter Edit cosists of the Evet List display ad the Isert Evet widow. The Evet List display lets you correct or delete already iserted MIDI evets ad the Isert Evet widow lets you isert ew evets to the Patter. By usig the Isert Evet widow, you ca iput the evets oe by oe. The Evet List display will always appear whe the Patter Edit is first called up. Editig the recorded data Here i outlie form is the process of correctig or deletig already recorded evets. Select a track to be edited i the Patter Play display. If you wish to edit a certai phrase, press the [F4] butto to call up the Patch display (page ), the select the desired Phrase. Press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Patter Edit. The Evet List display (page ) of the Patter appears. You ca select the desired track with the Number buttos [] [6] by pressig the [TRACK] butto (the lamp lights) after eterig the Patter Edit. 3 Move the cursor to the evet or parameter to be edited. Use the [L]/[M] (Cursor Up/Dow) butto to move the cursor to the desired timig. Press the [G] (Rewid)/ [H] (Fast Forward) butto to move the cursor by sigle measures. Use the [<]/[>] (Cursor Left/Right) butto to move the cursor to the parameter to be edited. 4 Chage the parameter settigs or locatio of the evet. Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/NO] buttos ad the data dial. The edited evet will flash o the display. Chage the evet locatio by editig the MEAS (measure), BEAT, ad CLOCK. Press the [F6] butto to delete the evet at the cursor locatio. 5 After you ve fiished editig a parameter, press the [ENTER] butto to cofirm ad eter the edit (the evet will stop flashig). If the cursor is moved to a ew evet while the curret evet is still flashig, editig of the curret evet is cacelled. 6 Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Patter Play display. 7 Press the [STORE] butto to call up the Patter Store widow (page 8), the store the created Patter. For details about each evet ad parameter, see page 76. Use the View Filter fuctio (page ) to help you quickly fid desired evets. 0 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

221 Editig MIDI Evets (Patter Edit) Isertig the New Evet This sectio shows how to isert ew evets to the curret Sog. From the Evet List display, press the [F5] Isert butto to call up the Isert Evet widow. Voice Evet type Performace Isertio poit Parameter Samplig Specify the evet type to be iserted, the isertio poit (measure, beat, ad clock), ad parameter value of the evet. Whe the cursor is located o the Evet Type, you ca call up the list of evet types to be iput by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto ad select oe from the list. For details about each evet ad parameter, see page Press the [F6] Set butto to isert the specified evet at the specified locatio. The Isert Evet widow remais ope, allowig you to cotiue isertig ew evets. Press the [ENTER] butto to actually isert the evet ad close the Isert Evet widow. 4 Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Evet List display. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece Evet List display I the Evet List display, MIDI evets (icludig maily values such as ote umber, velocity, ad cotrol chage value) are listed ad ca be edited. Here you ca edit or delete previously recorded evets. This is the same as the Evet List display i the Sog Edit. For details, see page 93. Utility File Chagig the MIDI evet view [F] ViewFilter This is the same as the View Filter i the Sog Edit. For details, see page 94. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

222 Patter Jobs Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The Patter Job cotais a comprehesive set of editig tools ad data trasform fuctios you ca use to chage the soud of the Patter or Phrase. It also icludes a variety of coveiet operatios, such as copyig or erasig data. 36 Patter Jobs are available. Fuctio [F] Udo/Redo Descriptio Udo Job cacels the chages made by the most recet operatio, restorig the data to its previous state. Redo Job cacel Udo ad restores the chages. [F] Note Note data Jobs 0: Quatize These are the same as i the Sog Job. See page 95. 0: Modify Velocity 03: Modify Gate Time 04: Crescedo 05: Traspose 06: Glide 07: Create Roll 08: Sort Chord 09: Separate Chord [F3] Evet Evet Jobs 0: Shift Clock These are the same as i the Sog Job. See page 95. 0: Copy Evet 03: Erase Evet 04: Extract Evet 05: Create Cotiuous Data 06: Thi Out 07: Modify Cotrol Data 08: Beat Stretch [F4] Phrase Phrase Jobs 0: Copy Phrase This Job copies a selected Phrase to the desigated destiatio Phrase. 0: Exchage Phrase This Job exchages the cotets of two specified Phrases. 03: Mix Phrase This Job mixes all data from two selected user Phrases. 04: Apped Phrase This Job appeds oe Phrase to the ed of aother to create oe loger Phrase. 05: Split Phrase This Job splits a selected Phrase ito two separate Phrases. 06: Get Phrase from Sog This Job copies a segmet of sequece-track data from a Sog ito the desigated destiatio Phrase. 07: Put Phrase to Sog This Job copies a selected user Phrase ito a specified area of a selected Sog. 08: Clear Phrase This Job deletes all data from the selected Phrase. [F5] Track Track Jobs 0: Copy Track This Job copies all data of the selected type from a specified source track to a specified destiatio track. 0: Exchage Track This Job exchages or swaps the specified type of data betwee two specified tracks i the curret Sog. 03: Mix Track This Job mixes all data from two selected tracks. 04: Clear Track This Job deletes all data of the selected type from the selected track. 05: Normalize Play Effect This Job rewrites the data i the selected track so that it icorporates the curret Play FX/Groove/MIDI Delay settigs. 06: Divide Drum Track This Job separates the ote evets i a drum performace assiged to a specified track, ad places the otes correspodig to differet drum istrumets i separate tracks (tracks through 8). 07: Put Track to Arpeggio This Job copies data i the specified measures of a track for creatig Arpeggio data. [F6] Patter Patter Jobs 0: Copy Patter This Job copies all data from a selected source Patter to a selected destiatio Patter. 0: Apped Patter This Job appeds oe Patter to the ed of aother to create oe loger Patter. 03: Split Patter This Job splits a selected Patter ito two separate Patters. 04: Clear Patter This Job deletes all data from the selected Patter, or from all Patters. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

223 Patter Jobs Patter Job Procedure, Patter Note Jobs are applied to the Phrases (00 56) ad a selected rage i the Phrase (measure : beat : clock). From the Patter Play display, press the [JOB] butto to eter the Patter Job. Select the desired Job meu by pressig oe of the [F] [F6] buttos. 3 Move the cursor to the desired Job by usig the data dial, [INC/DEC] ad [DEC/NO] buttos, the press the [ENTER] butto to call up the Job display. 4 Move the cursor to the desired parameter, the set the value by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. 5 After settig, press the [ENTER] butto to execute the Job. Completed will appear whe the Job is doe. I some Jobs, the operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 6 Press the [EXIT] butto twice to go back to the Patter Play display. CAUTION If there is o data i the specified rage, No Data will appear o the display ad the Job caot be executed. [F3] Evet Jobs The Evet Jobs i the Patter are basically same as i the Sog Job. However, ulike i the Sog Job, Patter Evet Jobs are applied to the Phrases (00 56) ad a selected rage i the Phrase (measure : beat : clock). I 03: Erase Evet Job, Tempo Chage, Scee Memory, or Track Mute caot be selected as Evet Types, ulike i the Sog Erase Evet Job. I 05: Create Cotiuous Data Job ad 07: Modify Cotrol Data Job, Tempo Chage caot be selected as Evet Types, ulike i the Sog Job. [F4] Phrase Jobs 0: Copy Phrase This Job copies a selected Phrase to the desigated destiatio Phrase. Also the Sample Voices used i the selected Phrase ca be copied. This is useful if you are creatig a Patter ad wish to use the Phrase data from aother Patter. 3 Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece If you make a mistake or wat to compare the soud of the data before ad after executig a Job, press the [F] butto to use the Udo/Redo fuctio. CAUTION Master Eve if a Job operatio has bee completed, selectig a differet Patter or turig the power off without storig will erase the Patter data. Make sure to store the Patter data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Patter or turig the power off. Source Phrase Destiatio Phrase Utility Some of the Jobs which eable you to copy the Sample Voice from the source to the destiatio execute the actual copy operatio oly whe the Bak Select ad Program Chage evets which specify the Sample Voice are recorded i the source Track. Determies the Patter umber (0 64) ad Phrase umber (00 56) of the source ad destiatio respectively. 3 Copy Sample Voice File [F] Udo/Redo This is the same as i the Sog Job. See page 96. [F] Note Jobs The Note Jobs i the Patter are basically same as i the Sog Job. However, ulike i the Sog Job Whe this box is checkmarked, Sample Voices assiged to the source Phrase are copied to the destiatio Phrase as Sample Voices, ad are assiged to the correspodig tracks i the selected Patter. Make sure to set this parameter to o whe copig the Phrase usig the Sample Voice. Whe there is o memory available i the destiatio Patter for Sample Voice data, a alert message will appear o the display ad the Sample Voice data will ot be copied. If this occurs, use Sample Job 0: Delete to delete ay uused samples, the try agai. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

224 Patter Jobs CAUTION Ay previous data i the copy destiatio will be overwritte. 04: Apped Phrase Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Sample Voice copy operatio. This Job exchages or swaps the cotets of two specified Phrases. This is useful if you wish to exchage two Phrases each of which is assiged to a differet Patter. Phrase to be exchaged Phrase to be exchaged Determies the Patter umber (0 64) ad Phrase umber (00 56) to be exchaged respectively. CAUTION 0: Exchage Phrase If this Job is applied to Phrases which use Sample Voices, the Sample Voices will ot be exchaged. 03: Mix Phrase This Job mixes all data from two selected user Phrases ad ad places the result i Phrase. This is useful if you wish to create a ew Phrase by mixig two Phrases played, for example, by differet drum istrumets. This Job appeds oe Phrase () to the ed of aother () to create oe loger Phrase. Origial Phrase Origial Phrase ad Destiatio Phrase Determies the Patter umbers (0 64) ad Phrase umbers (00 56) to be appeded respectively. Executig the Job appeds oe Phrase () to the ed of the Phrase (). If this Job is applied to Phrases which use Sample Voices, the Sample Voices of the source Phrase () will ot be appeded. If the Patter legth becomes greater tha 56 measures as a result of the this Job, a error message will be displayed ad the Job will be aborted. 05: Split Phrase This Job splits a selected Phrase () ito two separate Phrases ( ad ). Phrase is divided at the Split Poit (3). 3 Origial Phrase Determies the origial Phrase to be split by selectig the Patter umber (0 64) ad Phrase umber (00 56). Executig the Job leaves the part before the Split Poit (3) of the origial Phrase. Origial Phrase Origial Phrase ad Destiatio Phrase Determies the Patter umbers (0 64) ad Phrase umbers (00 56) to be mixed respectively. Executig the Job mixes all data from two selected user Phrases ad ad places the result i Phrase. Keep i mid that applyig this Job to Phrases with Sample Voices does ot mix the Sample Voices. Destiatio Phrase Determies the split destiatio Phrase by selectig the Patter umber (off, 0 64) ad Phrase umber (off, 00 56). Executig the Job copies the part after the Split Poit to this split destiatio Phrase. Whe either the Patter or the Phrase is set to off, the part after the Split Poit of the origial Phrase will be deleted. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

225 Patter Jobs CAUTION This Job overwrites ay data already existig i the split destiatio Phrase (). 3 Split Poit Measure Determies the measure (00 56) at which the Phrase will be split. 06: Get Phrase from Sog This Job copies a segmet of sequece-track data from a Sog ito the desigated destiatio Phrase. This Job is useful whe you ve foud a drum or bass patter i a Sog ad wat to use it i the Patter. 07: Put Phrase to Sog This Job copies a selected user Phrase ito a specified area of a selected Sog. 3 Source Phrase Determies the Phrase umber (00 56) to be copied. Voice Performace Samplig 3 Source Sog, Track ad Measures Determies the source Sog umber (0 64), Track umber (0 6) ad measure rage (00 999) of the Sog. If the specified measure rage is more tha 57, a alert message will appear o the display ad the Job will be aborted. If this occurs, set the Measure agai so that this rage is withi 56 measures. Destiatio Phrase Determies the destiatio Phrase by selectig the Phrase umber (00 56). The destiatio Phrase ca be specified amog the Phrases of the curret Patter. CAUTION Ay previous data i the copy destiatio will be overwritte. 3 Copy Sample Voice Whe the Copy Sample box is checkmarked, Sample Voices used i the source data are copied to the destiatio Phrase as Sample Voices, ad are assiged to the destiatio Patter track. Make sure to set this parameter to o whe copyig a track usig a Sample Voice. Whe there is o memory available i the destiatio Patter (curret Patter) for Sample Voice data, a alert message will appear o the display ad the Sample Voice data will ot be copied. If this occurs, use Sample Job 0: Delete to delete ay uused samples, the try agai. Destiatio Sog, Track ad Measure Determies the destiatio Sog umber (0 64), Track umber (0 6) ad measure rage (00 999). CAUTION The copy operatio overwrites ay data previously existig o the destiatio track ad measure rage. 3 Copy Sample Voice Whe the Copy Sample box is checkmarked, Sample Voices used by the source Phrase are copied to the destiatio Sog as Sample Voices, ad are assiged to the destiatio Sog track. Make sure to set this parameter to o whe copig a Phrase usig a Sample Voice. Whe there is o memory available i the destiatio Sog for Sample Voice data, a alert message will appear o the display ad the Sample Voice data will ot be copied. If this occurs, use Sample Job 0: Delete to delete ay uused samples, the try agai. CAUTION Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Sample Voice copy operatio. 08: Clear Phrase This Job deletes all data from the selected Phrase. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece CAUTION Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Sample Voice copy operatio. Phrase Determies the Phrase umber (00 56) to be cleared. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

226 Patter Jobs Clear Sample Voice Whe the checkbox is checked, the Sample Voice used i the Phrase specified above will also be cleared. 0: Exchage Track This is the same as i the Sog Job. See page 05. CAUTION Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Udo/Redo (page 96) caot be used to udo/redo a Delete sample operatio. [F5] Track Jobs 0: Copy Track This Job copies all data of the selected type from a specified source track to a specified destiatio track. This is useful if you are creatig a Patter ad wish to use the track data from aother Patter. Source Track Destiatio Track Determies the Patter umber (0 64), Sectio (A P) ad Track (0 6) of source ad destiatio respectively. Ay previous data i the copy destiatio will be overwritte. 3 Data Type to be copied Determies the type(s) of data to be copied. Settigs: Sequecer Evet (all evets i the track), Play Effect, Mix Part Parameter (all Mixig Part parameters), Sample Voice CAUTION Whe there is o memory available i the destiatio Patter for Sample Voice data, a alert message will appear o the display ad the Sample Voice data will ot be copied eve though the check box of the Sample Voice is marked. If this occurs, use Sample Job 0: Delete to delete ay uused samples, the try agai. 3 03: Mix Track This is the same as i the Sog Job. See page : Clear Track This Job deletes all data of the selected type from the selected track. Tracks Determies the track to be cleared by specifyig the Sectio (A P, all) ad Track (0 6, all). Data type to be cleared Determies the type(s) of data to be cleared. Select the desired type by checkmarkig the appropriate box. Settigs: Sequecer Evet (all evets i the track), Play Effect, Mix Part Parameter (all Mixig Part parameters), Sample Voice CAUTION Udo/Redo caot be used to udo/redo a Clear operatio for tracks that cotai sample data. 05: Normalize Play Effect This is the same as i the Sog Job. See page : Divide Drum Track CAUTION This is the same as i the Sog Job. See page 05. Udo/Redo (page 96) caot be used to udo/redo a Delete sample operatio. 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

227 Patter Jobs 07: Put Track to Arpeggio This Job copies data i the specified measures of a track for creatig Arpeggio data. Up to 6 uique ote umbers ca be recorded to the Arpeggio track. If more tha 6 differet ote umbers have bee recorded to the MIDI sequece data, the Covert operatio reduces the otes i excess of the limit. Because of this, be careful to record oly up to 6 differet otes whe you create a Arpeggio, especially whe usig all four tracks. 3 Copy Patter Chai Whe this box is checkmarked, Patter Chai data as well as Patter data will be copied. 0: Apped Patter This Job appeds oe Patter () to the ed of aother () to create oe loger Patter. Actually, the Phrases makig up the source Patter () will be appeded to the ed of the Phrases makig up the destiatio Patter (). This Job is useful if you wish to coect differet Patters together. Voice Performace Samplig Rage 3 Sog Determies the rage which will be coverted to the arpeggio data by specifyig the Sectio (A P) ad Measure (00 56). Other parameters are the same as i the Sog Job. See page 06. [F6] Patter Jobs 0: Copy Patter This Job copies all data from a selected source Patter to a selected destiatio Patter. 3 Origial Patter Origial Patter ad Destiatio Patter Determies the two Patters to be coected by selectig the Patter umbers (0 64) ad Sectios (A P) respectively. Executig the Job appeds oe Patter () to the ed of the other Patter (). The result of this Job will be overwritte to the destiatio Patter (). 3 Keep Origial Phrase Whe this box is checkmarked, the origial destiatio Patter data is retaied i memory, alog with the ew appeded Patter data. Whe the Keep Origial Phrase checkbox is checked, this Job requires twice the umber of empty user Phrases as the umber of tracks cotaiig data i which to store the appeded Phrase data. If the required space is ot available, a alert message will appear ad the Job will be aborted. If this occurs use the Clear Phrase Job to delete uused Phrases the try agai. If the box is ot checkmarked, the origial destiatio Patter is erased ad replaced with the ewly created Phrases. If this Job is applied to Patters which use Sample Voices, the Sample Voices of the source Phrase () will ot be appeded. Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Source Patter Destiatio Patter Determies the source ad destiatio Patter by selectig the Patter umber (0 64) ad Sectio (A P, all). If you set the source Sectio to all, the destiatio Sectio is also set to all automatically, with the result that all source Patter data is copied to the destiatio. If the Patter legth becomes greater tha 56 measures as a result of this Job, a error message will be displayed ad the Job will be aborted. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

228 Patter Jobs Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 03: Split Patter This Job splits a selected Patter () ito two separate Patters ( ad ). The Patter is divided at the Split Poit (3). Actually, the Phrases makig up the source Patter () will be divided ad the divided Phrases after the Split Poit will be assiged to the tracks of the destiatio Patter Origial Patter Determies the origial Patter to be split by selectig the Patter umber (0 64) ad Sectio (A P). Executig the Job leaves the part before the Split Poit i the origial Phrase. Destiatio Patter Determies the split destiatio Patter by selectig the Patter umber (0 64) ad Sectio (off, A P). Executig the Job moves the part after the Split Poit to this split destiatio Patter. Whe either of the Patter umber or Sectio is set to off, the part after the Split Poit (3) of the origial patter () will be deleted. CAUTION This Job overwrites ay data already existig i the split destiatio Patter (). 3 Splitpoit Measure Specifies the measure at which the Patter will be split. Settigs: Keep Origial Phrase Whe this box is checkmarked, the Phrase of the origial Patter is retaied i memory ad the results of the Split Job are writte to empty Phrases. Whe the Keep Origial Phrase checkbox is checked, this Job requires twice the umber of empty user Phrases as the umber of tracks cotaiig data i which to store the appeded Phrase data. If the required space is ot available, a alert message will appear ad the Job will be aborted. If this occurs, use the Clear Phrase Job to delete uused Phrases ad try agai. Whe this box is ot checkmarked, the Phrases makig up the origial Patter are erased ad replaced with the ewly created Phrases. 5 Copy Sample Voice Whe this box is checkmarked, Sample Voices (if icluded i the origial Patter) are copied to the destiatio Patter. 04: Clear Patter This Job clears specified Patter. You ca also clear oly the specified Sectio of the selected Patter. Patter (Patter ad Sectio) to be cleared Determies the Patter to be cleared. Whe the Patter is set to all, all the Patter data will be cleared. Whe the Sectio is set to all, all data from the selected Patter will be cleared. Clear Patter Chai Whe the checkbox is checked, the Patter Chai data will also be cleared. Whe the checkbox is ot checked, the Patter Chai data will ot be cleared. The Waveform o DIMM caot be deleted via this Job eve if the Sample Voice is used i the specified Sectio. If you wat to actually delete the Waveform assiged to the Sample Voice used i the specified Sectio, use the Delete Job (page 77) i the Samplig Job. 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

229 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) The settig of the toe geerator block for Sog/Patter playback is referred to as Mixig. The Mixig lets you chage the Voice ad effect settigs for each Part. To eter the Mixig, press the [MIXING] butto i the Sog or Patter. The Mixig caot be called up from the Voice, Performace, or Master. The Mixig structure This sectio explais i detail about the Mixig ad what you ca do i the Mixig. About Mixig I the Sog/Patter, the iteral toe geerator block fuctios as the multi-timbral toe geerator i order to receive ad hadle MIDI sequece data cosistig of multiple chaels. The settigs for the multi-timbral toe geerator are collectively referred to as a Mixig. A Mixig program is provided for each Sog or Patter. Selectig a differet Sog/Patter calls up the differet Mixig program. Commo Edit ad Part Edit The Mixig Edit cosists of two sub s: Commo Edit ad Part Edit. Commo Edit lets you edit the global settigs commo to all Parts, such as the Master Effect, the Master EQ, ad the Cotroller settigs. Part Edit lets you adjust various parameters for each of 6 Parts accordig to the correspodig Sog/Patter track. Mixig Edit Effect ad EQ structure i the Mixig I the Mixig, two EQ blocks ad three Effect blocks are available. The two EQ blocks i the Mixig are Part EQ ad Master EQ. Part EQ is applied to each of the Mixig Parts ad ca be set i the EQ display (page 36) of Part Edit. I additio, the Part EQ parameters ca be adjusted at the same time for all parts i the Part EQ display (page 33) of Commo Edit. O the other had, Master EQ is applied to the overall soud (all the Mixig Parts) ad ca be set i the Master EQ display (page 34) of Commo Edit. The Effect blocks i the Mixig are Reverb, Chorus, ad Master Effect. Reverb ad Chorus are applied to the overall soud ad the related parameters ca be set i the Reverb/Chorus display (page 35) of Commo Edit. The depth (sed level) of the Reverb/Chorus ca be set for each Part i the Coect display (page 34) of Part Edit. O the other had, Master Effect is applied to the overall soud (all the Mixig Parts) ad ca be set i the Master Effect display (page 34) of Commo Edit. Mixig Edit Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece Commo Edit Part Edit Part Part Part EQ Part Edit Isertio Effect Switch Commo Edit Part EQ Offset Reverb Effect File Part 6 Part Part 6 A/D Iput Part Chorus Effect Isertio Effect Switch Master Effect Isertio Effect Settigs Master EQ MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 9

230 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Isertio Effect i the Mixig Mixig Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig I additio to the three Effect blocks above, special Isertio Effects are available i the Mixig. Keep i mid that Isertio Effects caot be applied to all 6 parts simultaeously. The MOTIF XS features eight Isertio Effects, allowig you to idepedetly process up to eight Parts from amog the 6 parts ad the A/D Iput part. You ca specify the parts to which the Isertio Effect is applied by settig the Isertio Effect Switch parameter i the 6 display (page 3) ad the Audio Part display (page 3) of the Mixig Play. The most commo use for Isertio Effects is i applyig compressio or dyamics processig to a idividual Part, or applyig a special effect that is oly to be used o oe Part, such as distortio or rotary speaker. The Isertio Effect parameters ca be set i the followig displays. Part -6: The Isertio Effect parameters for each of the Parts 6 ca be set by editig the Voice assiged to each Part i the Coect display ad Isertio A/B display of Mixig Voice Edit (page 39). The edited voice ca be stored (page 40) as a Mixig Voice or User Voice. A/D Iput Part: The Isertio Effect parameters for the A/D Iput Part ca be set i the Isertio A/B display (page 34) of Commo Edit. Mixig Voices Up to 6 Normal Voices ca be stored for each Sog/ Patter Mixig. This type of Voice is called a Mixig Voice. Normally, the Voice stored i the Voice is assiged to each Mixig Part. I this method, the soud of the Sog/ Patter you created may be chaged uexpectedly if you edit or delete the Voice used for the Sog/Patter Mixig. Mixig Voices are provided to prevet these accidetal soud chages. To use this feature, call up a Voice from User Baks 3, store the selected Voice to the Mixig Voice Bak, assig it to the desired Part, the edit the Mixig as eeded. I additio, make sure to store the Voice as a Mixig Voice after editig the Voice i the Mixig. Up to 6 Mixig Voices are provided for each Mixig program, or i other words, for each Sog/Patter. Selectig a differet Sog/Patter calls up a differet Mixig belogig to the ew selected Sog/Patter. If you wish to use a Mixig Voice of a certai Sog/Patter for aother Sog/Patter, execute the copy operatio (page 4) i the Mixig Voice Job. Note that up to 56 Mixig Voices ca be stored for all Sogs ad Patters. Accordigly, the Mixig Voice memory will become full ad additioal Voices caot be stored if you ve stored 6 differet Voices for 6 differet Sogs. If such a situatio occurs, use the Delete Job (page 4) to delete ay uecessary Mixig Voices i the Mixig Voice Job. Select Part 6 Voice Store Mixig Voice 6 Select You ca cofirm the amout of curretly uused (available) memory via the Mixig Voice Iformatio widow (page 40). Mixig Setup Procedure Voice memory Preset Bak PRE 8 User Bak USR 3 etc. I the Sog or Patter, select a Sog or Patter to be edited. Press the [MIXING] butto to eter the Mixig. The Part 6 display (page 3) of the Mixig Play appears. 3 Select a Voice ad set other parameters such as volume ad pa for each Part from the Part 6 display or the Audio Part display. 4 Set the parameters commo to all Parts or those exclusive for each Part. If you wish to edit parameters commo to all parts such as Master Effect, Master EQ ad Cotroller settigs, press the [EDIT] butto from the Mixig Play display, the press the [COMMON EDIT] butto to eter the Commo Edit display (page 33). If you wish to edit more detailed Mixig Part parameters, eter the Part Edit (page 35) by pressig the [EDIT] butto, the press the desired oe of the Number buttos [] [6]. If you wish to edit parameters for the Audio Part, press the [EDIT] butto from the Mixig Play ad press the [COMMON EDIT] butto the [F4] butto to call up the Audio I display (page 34). 30 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

231 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) 5 Edit the Voice assiged to the Part as desired. If you wish to edit a Voice assiged to each Part, press the [F6] butto i the Mixig Play display to call up the Mixig Voice Edit display (page 39). The Mixig Voice Commo Edit (page 4) ca be called up by pressig the [COMMON EDIT] butto. The Mixig Voice Elemet Edit (page 4) ca be called up by pressig oe of the Number buttos [] [8]. 6 Store the edited voice as a Mixig Voice as desired. I the Mixig Voice Edit, press the [STORE] butto to call up the Mixig Voice Store widow (page 40). Mixig structure The Mixig structure is as follows: [MIXING] Mixig Play (page 3) [EDIT] Mixig Edit (page 33) [COMMON EDIT] Commo Edit (page 33) [] [6] Part Edit (page 35) [JOB] Mixig Job (page 36) [STORE] Sog Store (page 86)/ Patter Store (page 8) [F6] Mixig Voice Edit (page 39) [COMMON EDIT] Mixig Voice Commo Edit (page 4) [] [6] Mixig Voice Elemet Edit (page 4) [JOB] Mixig Voice Job (page 40) [STORE] Mixig Voice Store (page 40) Voice Performace Samplig 7 Store the edited Mixig program to the Sog/ Patter. I the Sog Play, press the [STORE] butto to call up the Sog Store widow or Patter Store widow. For detailed istructios o storig, see page Press the [SONG] or [PATTERN] butto to exit from the Mixig to the previous. Mixig Play Sog Patter Mixig Referece The Mixig Play display will appear whe pressig the [MIXING] butto i the Sog or Patter. Here you ca edit the Mixig parameters which are importat for creatig a Sog/Patter. Samplig Part Settigs o the Mixer display [F] Part 6 Here you ca edit the mai parameters for each Mixig Part. The basic parameters for creatig a Sog are gathered o this display from the Voice display (page 35) ad the Output display (page 35) i the Mixig Part Edit. The settigs made here are automatically applied to the correspodig parameters i the displays i the Mixig Part Edit, ad vice versa ) Part (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Part umbers. Whe the [TRACK] lamp is tured o, the Part ca be selected via the Number buttos [] [6]. Mute/Solo/Edit (Idicatio oly) Idicates the status of each Part. Whe the [MUTE] lamp is tured o, the Mute o/off status for each Part ca be switched via the Number buttos [] [6]. Whe the [SOLO] lamp is tured o, the Solo Part ca be selected via the Number buttos [] [6]. Settigs: m (Mute), s (Solo), E (Edit Idicator) Edit Idicator Idicates that the Mixig Voice for the Part is modified but ot stored yet. 3 Category (Idicatio oly) Idicates the two mai categories of the curret Voice. Whe the [CATEGORY SEARCH] lamp is tured o, you ca select the desired Voice by usig the Category Search fuctio (page 4). The ame of the selected Voice is show at the top right of the display. Master Utility # $ MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 3

232 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 4 Bak 5 Number These determie the selected Voice. Press the [PROGRAM] butto (the lamp lights), the the desired Voice by usig the [PRE ] [USER DR] buttos, [A] [H] buttos ad the [] [6] buttos. The ame of the selected Voice is show at the right top of the display. Settigs: Number: 8 Bak: PR 8 (Preset 8), US 3 (User 3), GM, GD (GM Drum), PD (Preset Drum), UD (User Drum), SP (Sample Voice), MV (Mixig Voice) 6 Rev Sed (Reverb Sed) Adjusts the Reverb sed level for each Part. The higher the value, more proouced the Reverb effect. Settigs: Cho Sed (Chorus Sed) Adjusts the Chorus sed level for each Part. The higher the value, more proouced the Chorus effect. Settigs: Pa Determies the positio i the stereo field for each Part. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) 9 Is FX Sw (Isertio Effect Switch) Determies the Parts available for the Isertio Effect. Whe this switch is set to o, the Isertio Effect of the Voice assiged to the Part eabled. Make sure that this parameter is set to o for ay Parts/Voices to which you eed to apply Isertio Effects. The MOTIF XS features eight Isertio effect systems, lettig you set this parameter to o for up to eight Parts. If eight Parts are already tured o, the parameter caot be tured o for additioal Parts. I this case, the switch for aother Part must be tured off before you ca tur the switch for the desired Part o. Please ote that the Isertio Effects are available simultaeously for up to eight Parts icludig the A/D Iput Part. Settigs: B (o), A (off) ) Volume Determies the output level of the Part. Settigs: 0 7 $ [F6] Vce Edit (Mixig Voice Edit) Eters the Mixig Voice Edit, lettig you edit the Voice assiged to the curret Part. If the Drum Voice or Sample Voice is assiged to the curret Part, this butto does ot appear ad the Mixig Voice is ot available. Audio Iput settigs [F] Audio From this display you ca set parameters related to audio iput from the [A/D INPUT] coector ad the mlan coector (available for the MOTIF XS8 ad available for the MOTIF XS6/7 with the mlan6e istalled). The basic parameters for creatig a Sog are gathered o this display from the Audio I display (page 34) i the Mixig Commo Edit. The settigs made here will be applied to the same parameters o the displays i the Mixig Commo Edit, ad vice versa Part (Idicatio oly) Idicates the Part umbers. AD (A/D Iput Part) Lets you set parameters related to audio iput from the A/D INPUT coector. ml (mlan) Lets you set parameters related to audio iput from the mlan coector (available for the MOTIF XS8 ad available for the MOTIF XS6/7 with the mlan6e istalled). The audio sigal here is trasmitted from the computer via mlan Ports 3 ad 4. The settigs made here are automatically applied to the correspodig parameters i the Part 6 display (page 3).! [F] Part 6 Calls up this display from the Audio Mixer [F] Audio (Audio Part) Calls up the Audio Part display for settig the Audio Iput. Rev Sed (Reverb Sed) 3 Cho Sed (Chorus Sed) 4 Pa 5 Is FX Sw (Isertio Effect Switch)* 6 Volume * Available for the A/D Iput Part oly # [F5] Effect Calls up the Effect display (page 34) i the Commo Edit. 3 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

233 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Mixig Edit The Mixig Edit lets you cotrol typical mixer settigs such as volume balace, pa positio ad effects, allowig you to fie tue the Sog/Patter data. Mixig Edit cosists of Part Edit ad Commo Edit. Useful fuctios for editig Mixig The [E] Idicator Voice Turig specific Parts o/off (Mute fuctio) You ca tur idividual Parts o/off by usig the Mute fuctio. Whe chagig the value of the parameter i the Mixig Play or Edit, the [E] (Edit Idicator) will appear o the top right corer of the LCD display. This gives a quick cofirmatio that the curret Mixig has bee modified but ot yet stored. To store the curret edited status, follow the istructios o page 97. Edit Idicator Performace Samplig TRACK PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE SOLO Compare fuctio Sog Press the [MUTE] butto. The [MUTE] lamp lights, idicatig that each Part ca be tured o/off. Press ay of the Number buttos [] [6]. The lamp of the pressed butto will be tured off ad the correspodig Part will be muted. Press the same butto agai to tur the lamp o ad disegage the mute fuctio for that Part. You ca tur multiple Parts o/off by pressig their buttos. Soloig a specific Part The Compare fuctio lets you switch betwee the justedited Mixig ad its origial, uedited coditio, allowig you to hear how your edits affect the soud. For istructios o usig Compare, refer to the same fuctio i the Voice o page 97. Storig the created Mixig The created mixig setup ca be stored as part of the data of a Sog or Patter. For istructios o storig a Sog/ Patter, see pages 86 ad 8. Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece The Solo fuctio is the opposite of Mute, ad lets you istatly solo a specific Part ad mute all others PART SELECT ARP ON/OFF PART MUTE ARP HOLD PERFORMANCE CONTROL MUTE TRACK SOLO Commo Edit parameters [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] The Commo Edit lets you edit the parameters commo to all Mixig Parts. Utility File Press the [SOLO] butto. Cotroller settigs [F] Geeral The [SOLO] lamp lights, idicatig that the specific Part ca be soloed. Press ay of the Number buttos [] [6]. The lamp of the pressed butto will be tured o ad oly the correspodig Part will be souded. Press ay other umber butto to chage the solo Part. Determies the fuctio for the Kobs ad ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos for each Sog/Patter. The fuctio is the same as the oe i the Other display (page 45) i the Performace Commo Edit. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 33

234 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Master Effect ad Master EQ settigs [F] MasterFX (Master Effect) [SF3] Is A (Isertio Effect A) [SF4] Is B (Isertio Effect B) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig [SF] MasterFX (Master Effect) This display lets you set the type ad parameters of the Master Effect. The fuctio is the same as the oe i the Master Effect display (page 46) i the Performace Commo Edit. [SF3] MasterEQ From this display you ca apply five-bad equalizatio to all Parts of the selected Mixig. The fuctio is the same as the oe i the Master EQ display (page 46) i the Performace Commo Edit. Cotroller Settigs [F3] Ctrl Asg (Cotroller Assig) The cotrollers ad kobs o the frot pael ca be used to chage ad adjust a variety of parameters i real time, ad simultaeously. For example, you could use the ASSIGN ad kobs to cotrol effect depth, while usig the Foot Cotroller to cotrol modulatio. These cotrol assigmets are called Cotroller Assig. You ca set differet Cotrol Set assigmets for each Mixig. The fuctio is same as the oe o the Cotroller Assig display (page 47) i the Performace Commo Edit. Audio Iput Part Settigs [F4] Audio I You ca set parameters related to audio iput from the A/D INPUT coector ad the mlan coector. The mlan Iput is available oly for the MOTIF XS8. This is available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled. [SF] Output From this display you ca set the Sed level of the Audio Iput Part sigal set to the Reverb/Chorus effect ad the output jack assigmet for the Audio Iput Part. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Output display (page 47) i the Performace Commo Edit. From this display, you ca also set the type ad its parameters of the Isertio Effect. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Isertio Effect A/Isertio Effect B display (page 49) i the Performace Commo Edit. Effect Settigs [F5] Effect From the followig displays, you ca set the Effect coectio ad values of other parameters. For details about the Effect structure i the Mixig, see page 70. [SF] Coect From this display, you ca set the Retur level of the Reverb/Chorus effect, Effect Pa, ad Chorus to Sed Level. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Coectio display (page 49) i the Performace Commo Edit. [SF] Is Switch (Isertio Effect Switch) I this display, you ca select which Parts (from Mixig Parts 6 ad the Audio Iput Part) will be assiged to the eight Isertio Effects. Part 6, A/D Determies the Parts available for the Isertio Effect. Whe this switch is set to o, the Isertio Effect of the Voice assiged to the Part is eabled. Make sure that this parameter is set to o for ay Parts/Voices to which you eed to apply Isertio Effects. The MOTIF XS features eight Isertio effect systems, lettig you set this parameter to o for up to eight Parts. If eight Parts are already tured o, the parameter caot be tured o for additioal Parts. I this case, the switch for aother Part must be tured off before you ca tur the switch for the desired Part o. [SF] Coect Determies the effect routig for Isertio Effects A ad B. The settig chages are show o the diagram i the display, givig you a clear picture of how the sigal is routed. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Isertio Effect Coectio display (page 48) i the Performace Commo Edit. For the Audio Iput Part, the Isertio Effect type/parameter ca be set o the Isertio A/B display (page 34) i the Mixig Commo Edit. For Parts 6, the Isertio Effect type/parameter settigs caot be set i the Mixig Edit because their settigs are icluded i the Voice assiged to each Part. If you wish to edit the Isertio Effect settigs for each Part, eter the Mixig Voice Edit, the edit the Effect settigs for the Voice. 34 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

235 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) [SF3] Reverb [SF4] Chorus From the Type colum o these displays, you ca select the Reverb/Chorus type. From the Preset colum, you ca select oe of the templates that call up the pre-programmed settigs of various parameters of the selected Reverb/Chorus type. From these displays, you ca also set each parameter of the selected Effect type idividually ad maually. The fuctio of these displays is the same as those of the Reverb display ad Chorus display (page 50) i the Performace Commo Edit. Receive Chael Determies the MIDI receive chael for the selected Part. Sice MIDI data may be comig from may chaels at oce, you should set this to match the particular chael over which the desired cotrollig data is beig set Settigs: 0 6, off [SF] Output From this display, you ca set the Reverb/Chorus depth ad the Output jack assigmet for each Part. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Output display (page 5) i the Performace Part Edit. Voice Performace Part Edit parameters [SONG]/[PATTERN] [MIXING] [EDIT] [] [6] Part selectio I the Part Edit, you ca edit the parameters of the idividual Parts such as Voice, Arpeggio, EG ad EQ settigs. [SF3] Other From this display, you ca set parameters related to pitch bed ad velocity. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Other display (page 53) i the Performace Part Edit. Samplig Sog Selected Part display/four-part display Just as with the Performace Part Edit, you ca use two types of display i the Mixig Part Edit. Oe type of display lets you edit parameters for the curretly selected Part ad the other type of display lets you view parameters for four Parts. You ca switch betwee these two types by pressig the [SF5] butto. Note that the display for four Parts is ot available for the [F] ARP Mai ad the [F3] ARP Other displays. Arpeggio Basic Settigs [F] ARP Mai (Arpeggio Mai) This display determies the basic settigs of the Arpeggio. The settigs of parameters show at the bottom of the display ca be registered to the [SF] [SF5] buttos. The fuctio is the same as the oe i the Arpeggio Mai display (page 54) i the Performace Part Edit. Patter Mixig Referece Selectig a Part to be edited Press oe of the [] [6] buttos to select a Part to be edited. For details about useful fuctios such as Mute ad Solo, see page 33. Part Basic Settigs [F] Voice [SF] Voice Chagig rhythmic feel of the Arpeggio [F3] ARP Other (Arpeggio Other) By chagig the timig ad velocity of the otes, you ca chage the rhythmic feel of the Arpeggio playback. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the Arpeggio Other display (page 56) i the Performace Part Edit. Samplig Master Utility This display lets you specify the MIDI receive chael for the curret Part as well as the Voice. The other parameters except for Receive Chael () are the same as those i the Voice display (page 5) i the Performace Part Edit. EG Settigs [F4] EG (Evelope Geerator) These settigs let you cotrol the soud trasitio from the momet a key is pressed to the momet at which it is released. You ca also adjust the toe brilliace by settig the Cutoff Frequecy ad Resoace. The fuctio of this display is the same as the oe i the EG display page 57) i the Performace Part Edit. File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 35

236 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Equalizer (EQ) Settigs [F5] EQ (Equalizer) MIDI Receive Settigs [F6] RcvSwitch (Receive Switch) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig You ca apply 3-bad parametric EQ to each Part to adjust the soud. The fuctio is the same as the oe i the EQ display (page 58) i the Performace Part Edit. Mixig Job Coveiet fuctios From this display you ca set how each idividual Part respods to various MIDI data, such as Cotrol Chage ad Program Chage messages. Whe the relevat parameter is set to o, the correspodig Part respods to the appropriate MIDI data. The fuctio is the same as the oe i the Receive Switch display (page 58) i the Performace Part Edit. I additio to the parameters which ca be set i the Performace Part Edit, the Program Chage ad Bak Select ca be set i this display of the Mixig. The Mixig Job features some coveiet data orgaizatio ad iitializatio tools, for use whe creatig Performaces ad archivig them. To eter the Mixig Job, press the [JOB] butto i the Mixig. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the Mixig Play. Mixig Job Procedure I the Mixig or Mixig Edit, press the [JOB] butto to eter the Mixig Job. Call up the desired Mixig Job meu by pressig the appropriate butto ([F] [F6]). 3 Set the parameters for executig the Job. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Job, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Job. After the Job has bee completed, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. 6 Press the [MIXING] butto to retur to the Mixig Play. CAUTION Eve if you execute the Job, selectig a differet Sog/Patter or turig the power off without storig will erase the Mixig data. Make sure to store the Sog/Patter data (icludig the Mixig) to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Sog/Patter or turig the power off. Iitializig the Mixig [F] Iit This fuctio lets you reset (iitialize) all Mixig parameters to their default settigs. It also allows you to selectively iitialize certai parameters, such as Commo settigs, settigs for each Part, ad so o. All Parameters All settigs for the selected Mixig are iitialized. Whe this is set to o, the Commo parameters () ad Part parameters (3) caot be set. Commo Parameters Commo parameter settigs for the selected Mixig are iitialized. 4 3 The Isertio Effect Switch is a Part parameter. Therefore, checkmark the desired boxes of Parts 6 (described below) if you wish to iitialize the Isertio Effect Switch parameter settigs. 3 Part Parameters Part 6 Mixig Part Edit settigs (page 35) for Parts which are tured o are iitialized. A/D (A/D Iput) This Part is iput from the exteral audio equipmet coected to the A/D INPUT jack. Parameter settigs for the A/ D iput Part (page 34) of Commo Edit are iitialized. mlan This Part is iput from the exteral audio equipmet coected to the mlan jack. Whe this is checkmarked, parameter settigs for the mlan Part (page 34) of Commo Edit are iitialized. The ml settig is available oly for the MOTIF XS8. This is available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled. 36 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

237 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) 4 Iitialize selected Parts to GM Whe this box is checked, executig the Job resets the selected Parts to stadard GM toe geerator settigs. Whe the checkbox of All Parameters () is marked, all parameters will be reset to the GM settigs. Whe the checkbox of All Parameters () is ot marked, checked parameters (from Commo, 6, AD ad mlan) will be reset to the GM settigs. Destiatio setup 3 Curretly edited Part Determies the destiatio Part of the curretly edited Mixig. Settigs: Commo, Part 6, A/D, mlan Copyig the Voice Commo Edit settigs to the Mixig (Copy Voice) [SF] Voice Voice [F] Recall If you are editig a Sog/Patter Mixig program ad select a differet Sog/Patter without storig the oe you re editig, all the edits you ve made will be erased. If this happes, you ca use Recall fuctio to restore the Mixig with your latest edits itact. Copyig parameter settigs from aother Mixig, Voice ad Performace [F3] Copy This Job lets you copy the Commo Edit effect settigs of the Voice assiged to the specified Part to the curret Mixig. This would come i hady whe a certai Voice has effect settigs that you wat to use i your Mixig program. 3 Performace Samplig Sog Copyig parameter settigs from aother Mixig (Copy Part) [SF] Part This coveiet operatio lets you copy Commo Edit ad Part Edit settigs of a certai Mixig to the curretly edited Mixig. This is useful if you are creatig a Mixig ad wish to use some parameter settigs from aother Mixig. I the Sog : Sog umber I the Patter : Patter umber, Sectio Determies the Bak ad the Mixig program umber to be copied. The ame of the selected Sog or Patter is idicated at right. If you wish to select the curret Mixig as source, eter the checkmark i the Curret Mix check box. Patter Mixig Referece 3 Source setup Part umber Selects the Part (0 6) to which the source Voice is assiged. The ame of the selected Sog or Patter is idicated at right. 3 Data type Determies the source data type. By checkig the appropriate box, the correspodig data settigs are copied from the source Voice to the destiatio Mixig. The other parameter settigs are ot copied from the Voice to the curret Mixig. Samplig Master Utility I the Sog : Sog umber I the Patter : Patter umber Determies the source Mixig by selectig the Sog umber (Patter umber while i the Patter ). The ame of the selected Sog or Patter is idicated at right. To select the curret Mixig as source, eter the checkmark i the Curret Mix checkbox. Copyig the Performace Edit settigs to the Mixig Edit (Copy Performace) [SF3] Perf This Job lets you copy the settigs of the Performace Edit to the curret Mixig. This would come i hady whe a certai Performace has settigs that you wat to use i your Mixig program. File Data type Determies the source data type. Settigs: Commo, Part 6, A/D, mlan The Isertio Effect Switch is a Part parameter. Therefore, the Isertio Effect Switch parameter settigs are copied oly whe selectig oe of the Parts 6. 3 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 37

238 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Bak, Performace umber Determies the Bak ad the Performace umber to be copied. The ame of the selected Performace is show at right. Data type Determies whether or ot the settigs of the listed parameters are copied. By checkig the box of the Isertio Effect Switch, the Isertio Effect Switch settigs are copied from Performace Parts 4 to the Mixig Parts set as Destiatio Parts (3). If the boxes of the other parameters are checkmarked, the settigs of the checked parameters are copied from the Performace Commo to the Mixig Commo. All other parameter settigs i the Commo Edit ad Part Edit s will be copied from the Performace to the curret Mixig. 3 Destiatio Parts Determies the four parts of the curret Mixig as destiatio. Settigs: 4, 5 8, 9, 3 6 Trasmittig the Mixig Settigs to a exteral MIDI device (Bulk Dump) [F4] Bulk This fuctio lets you sed specified parameter settigs for the curretly edited Mixig to a computer or aother MIDI device for data archivig. To execute the Bulk Dump, press the [ENTER] butto. The Bulk Dump data icludes oly the MIDI messages ad does ot iclude the Waveforms. I order to execute Bulk Dump, you ll eed to set the correct MIDI Device Number. For details, see page 68. Mixig Template [F5] Template Storig/Recallig the Mixig to/from the Template [SF] Mix This Job lets you store your edited Mixig program to User memory as a Mixig Template ad recall it. 3 Mixig Templates ca be stored. 3 Mixig Templates ca be used both i the Sog ad the Patter. Template Determies the Mixig Template to be stored or recalled. Pressig the [SF5] butto to store the curret Mixig while pressig the [SF4] butto to recall the Mixig Template stored to User Memory. Settigs: 0 3 Mixig Template ame Eters the ame of the Mixig Template. For detailed istructios o amig, see page 8. Copyig the Performace Edit settigs to a Mixig (Template Performace) [SF] Perf This Job lets you copy the settigs of the Performace Edit settigs to the curret Mixig. This would come i hady whe a certai Performace has settigs that you wat to use i your Mixig program. Bak, Performace umber Determies the Bak (USR 3) ad the Performace umber (00 8) to be copied. The ame of the selected Performace is idicated at right. The differece betwee the Copy Performace ad the Template Performace is the MIDI receive chael set via the Job executio. All the Mixig parts set via the Copy Performace have the same MIDI chael whereas all the Mixig parts set via the Template Performace have differet MIDI chaels. This meas that a Mixig setup created via the Template Performace ca be used as a multi-timbral toe geerator. Destiatio Parts Determies the four parts of the curret MIxig as destiatio. Settigs: 4, 5 8, 9, MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

239 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Mixig Voice Edit Mixig Voices are Normal Voices that have bee specially edited for ad saved to specific Sog/Patter Mixigs. Up to 6 Mixig Voices ca be stored to each Sog/Patter Mixig. I this, you ca edit the Voices assiged to Mixig Parts 6 respectively ad store them as Mixig Voices. Mixig Voice Jobs are also available, providig coveiet tools for orgaizig your created Mixig Voices. Keep i mid that Drum Voices caot be edited i the Mixig Voice Edit. Press the [F6] Vce Edit butto to eter the Mixig Voice Edit. Voice For more iformatio about Mixig Voices, see page 30. Editig Mixig Voices Press the [MIXING] butto i the Sog or Patter to call up the Mixig Play display (page 3) i the Mixig. Voice Category Voice Number Voice Bak Move the cursor to the Part to which the desired Voice is assiged. The ame of the selected Voice is show at right top of the display. You ca also select the Voice here. To do this, press the [PROGRAM] butto (the lamp lights), the select the desired Voice by usig the Bak buttos [PRE ] [GM], Group buttos [A] [H] ad the Number buttos [] [6]. Voice ame [F6] butto Keep i mid that Drum Voices caot be edited i the Mixig Voice Edit. 3 Press the [F6] Vce Edit butto to eter the Mixig Voice Edit. 4 Call up the Commo Edit display or Elemet Edit display. To call up the Commo Edit display, press the [COMMON EDIT] butto. To edit more global parameters related to the overall Voice ad how it s processed, such as Arpeggio, Cotroller, ad Effects, call up the Commo Edit display. To call up the Elemet Edit display, press oe of the Number buttos [] [8] to select the Elemet to be edited. If you wish to edit the souds that make up a Voice ad the basic parameters that determie the soud, such as Oscillator, Pitch, Filter, Amplitude, ad EG (Evelope Geerator), call up the Elemet Edit display. COMMON EDIT Commo Edit display PART SELECT Elemet Edit display ARP ON/OFF 5 Call up the Edit display icludig the parameters you wish to edit by pressig the [F] [F6] buttos ad [SF] [SF5] buttos. Both Commo Edit ad Elemet Edit cosist of several displays. To fid a desired display, ote the tab meu correspodig to the [F] [F5] buttos ad [SF] [SF5] buttos. 6 Move the cursor to the desired parameter. 7 Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/ NO] buttos ad the data dial. 8 Edit the Mixig Voice by repeatig steps 4 7 as desired. 9 Eter a ame for the Mixig Voice from the Name display (page 98) of the Commo Edit. For detailed istructios o amig, see page 8. 0 If you wish to store the edited Voice, press the [STORE] butto to call up the Store widow (page 33). For detailed istructios o storig, see page 86. Press the [EXIT] or [MIXING] butto to retur to the Mixig Play. Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 39

240 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Useful fuctios i the Mixig Voice Edit You ca store the Voice edited i the Mixig Voice Edit also as a User Normal Voice by settig the Voice Bak to USR, USR, ad USR3. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto. The display prompts you for cofirmatio. To cacel the Store operatio, press the [DEC/NO] butto. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Switchig a Elemet o/off This is the same as i the Voice Elemet Edit (page 97). Soloig a Elemet to be edited This is the same as i the Voice Elemet Edit (page 97). The [E] Idicator This is the same as i the Voice Elemet Edit (page 97). Compare fuctio This is the same as i the Voice Elemet Edit (page 97). Mixig Voice Iformatio [SF6] INFO This widow idicates the iformatio of the curret Mixig Voice. You ca call up this display by pressig the [SF6] INFO butto i the Mixig Voice Edit. Keep i mid that the Iformatio widow ca be called up oly whe the [SF6] tab meu idicates INFO. Press ay of the pael buttos to retur to the origial status. Storig the created Mixig Voice [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit [STORE] Whe the [E] idicator is show o the display i the Mixig Voice Edit, press the [STORE] butto. The Mixig Voice Store widow appears. 4 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Store operatio. After the Mixig Voice has bee stored, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. CAUTION Whe you execute the Store operatio, the settigs for the destiatio memory will be overwritte. Importat data should always be backed up to a separate USB storage device or to a computer coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS. For detailed istructios o savig, see page 78. Mixig Voice Job [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit [JOB] The Mixig Voice Job provides coveiet tools for orgaizig your created Mixig Voices. Mixig Voice Job Procedure Press the [JOB] butto i the Mixig Voice Edit to eter the Mixig Voice Job. Call up the desired Mixig Voice Job by pressig the appropriate butto ([F] [F4]). 3 Set the parameters for executig the Job. Move the cursor to the desired parameter, the set the value. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Job, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Job. After the Job has bee completed, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. CAUTION Specify the destiatio for storig the Mixig Voice. Select a Mixig Voice (MIXV) umber as destiatio by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] buttos. Eve if a Job operatio has bee completed, selectig a differet Voice or turig the power off without storig will erase the Voice data. Make sure to store the Voice data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Voice or turig the power off. 6 Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the Mixig Voice Edit. 40 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

241 Multi-timbral Toe Geerator Settigs for Sog/Patter Playback (Mixig ) Recallig the uedited soud [F] Recall If you are editig a Mixig Voice but have ot stored it before switchig to aother Mixig Voice, the edits you have made will be cleared. If this happes, you ca use the Recall fuctio to restore the Mixig Voice with your latest edits itact. Mixig Voice to be deleted Determies the Mixig Voice to be erased. Settigs: Sog/Patter: sog, patter Sog/Patter umber: 0 64 Mixig Voice umber: 0 6, all Voice Copyig aother Mixig Voice Elemet to the curret oe [F3] Copy This Job lets you copy the Mixig Voice stored to a specified Sog/Patter to aother Sog/Patter. Commo Edit parameters [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit [COMMON EDIT] This is the same as i the Normal Voice Commo Edit. See page 98. However, some parameters havig the same ame as those i the Voice Commo Edit are ot available i the Mixig Voice Edit. Performace Samplig Elemet Edit parameters Sog Source Mixig Voice Determies the source Mixig Voice by selectig Sog or Patter (0 64) the specifyig the umber (0 6, all). The mai category /mai category ad ame of the selected Mixig Voice is idicated i the lower lie. Destiatio Mixig Voice [MIXING] [F6] Vce Edit Elemet selectio from [] [8] This is the same as i the Normal Voice Elemet Edit. See page. Patter Mixig Samplig Referece Determies the destiatio Mixig Voice. Same as above. Deletig a Mixig Voice [F3] Delete Master This Job deletes a uecessary Mixig Voice. Note that up to 56 Mixig Voices ca be stored for all Sogs ad Patters. Accordigly, the Mixig Voice memory will become full ad additioal Voices caot be stored if you ve stored 6 differet Voices for 6 differet Sogs. If this occurs, use this Job to delete ay uused Mixig Voices. Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 4

242 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig I additio to its use i the Voice ad Performace s, the Samplig ca also be etered from the Sog ad Patter s. This lets you record audio (such as vocals, electric guitar, or audio from a exteral device), ad use it directly o a Sog/Patter track as a Sample Voice. This sectio covers the Samplig fuctios whe eterig the Samplig by pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto i the Sog or the Patter. You ca also eter the Samplig by pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto i the Voice or the Performace. Keep i mid that the Samplig fuctios differ depedig o from which the Samplig is called up, the Voice/Performace or the Sog/Patter. See page 6 for istructios o usig the Samplig fuctio i the Voice /Performace. The Samplig structure I this sectio, you ll lear about the structure ad orgaizatio of Samples whe recordig audio to a Sog/Patter, as well as the relatioship betwee Samples, Sample Voices, ad Mixigs. For details about Samples, Waveforms, ad Key Baks, see page 6. Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter Because Sogs ad Patters o the MOTIF XS hadle oly MIDI data, audio sigal caot be recorded directly to a track eve by executig the Samplig operatio. Audio data you ve recorded to a track via the Samplig operatio will be stored as a Sample Voice to a Sog/ Patter. The stored Sample Voice will automatically be assiged to the Mixig Part correspodig to the recorded track. I additio, the MIDI data for triggerig the Sample Voice will be recorded to the track. Durig playback, the MIDI data of the track will trigger the Sample Voice. Cosequetly, the resultig track effectively fuctios as a Audio track. Recordig Audio recordig Sequecer block Sequece data (Sog, Patter) Track Track Track 3 Track 6 Audio data Sample Voice MIDI data Audio data MIDI data for triggerig the Sample Voice Toe Geerator block Mixig Part : Voice Part : Voice Part 3: Sample Voice Part 6: Voice 6 Assigig Sample Voice Audio data is recorded to a Sample Voice which is to be assiged to a Sog/Patter, ad ote o/off evets for triggerig the recorded audio sigal are recorded to Track 3. About Slice The Slice fuctio is a importat operatio of Samplig i the Sog/Patter s, sice it allows you to easily divide the audio ito smaller parts which ca the be triggered ad cotrolled i may musically useful ways. Slice actually performs two operatios o a Sample simultaeously. First, Slice creates a Sample Voice by dividig the origial Sample ito smaller Samples of a specific ote value (such as 8th otes or 6th otes) depedig o the rhythm, the assigs the Samples to Key Baks. The created Sample Voice is automatically assiged to the Mixig part correspodig to the recorded Track. Secod, the Slice fuctio creates sequece data cosistig of ote evets to which the sliced Samples are assiged i order. The ote evets i the created sequece data are arraged accordig to the Key Bak assigmet chromatically, with each gate time of the ote evets matchig the origial Sample s rhythm (e.g., 8th otes or 6th otes). The ed result is that you ca hear the same soud from both of the origial Sample ad the sliced Sample. If this were the oly result, Slice would t be of much use. However, oce a Sample is sliced i this way, it ca be chaged ad played back i may coveiet ad creative ways. Firstly, you ca chage the tempo of the Sample i real time. While the MOTIF XS features a Time Stretch Job for chagig the tempo of the Sample, this Job caot be used i real time durig your keyboard performace because it takes some time to covert the Sample data. O the other had, by usig sliced Samples, you ca chage the speed of Sample playback by chagig the tempo value of the Sog/Patter i real time. 4 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

243 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) The secod beefit is that you ca quickly ad easily create variatios of the origial Sample by chagig the playback of the sliced Samples. Sliced, assiged Samples For example, you could chage the velocities ad timig poits of the ote evets to which the sliced Samples are assiged. This lets you create accets i the playback or chage the rhythm of the Sample to a swig feel, for example. Furthermore, you ca chage the actual order of the Sample slices (as ote evets), makig it exceptioally easy to come up with ew ad uusual soud variatios C D E F G A B Example Phrase order to be played,, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 Voice Performace Samplig Samplig Mai display The Samplig Mai display, the etrace of the Samplig, is called up whe eterig the Samplig from the curret. Pressig the [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] butto i the Sog or Patter calls up the Samplig dedicated to creatio of Sample Voices assiged to a Sog/Patter track. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the origial, Sog or Patter. Example, 3,, 4, 5, 8, 3, 6 You ca produce melodic or rhythmic variatios simply by chagig the sequece of the ote evets. This sectio covers the Samplig called up from the Sog/Patter. See page 6 for istructios o usig the Samplig fuctio i the Voice /Performace. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece Selectig a Waveform ad Key Bak [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] The Samplig Mai display lets you select the Waveform ad its Key Bak ad hear the soud of the Sample assiged to the selected Key Bak. The parameters 7 ad the [SF], [SF5], [SF6], ad [F6] buttos are same as i the Samplig called up from the Voice /Performace. See page 6. 8 Track (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track umber of the curretly selected Sog/ Patter. Master Utility Measure (Idicatio oly) Idicates the measure umber of the curretly selected Sog/Patter. Keep i mid that you ca assig the User Voices created i the Samplig etered from the Voice/Performace to Mixig parts of the Sog/Patter. You ca also assig the Waveforms created i the Samplig etered from the Sog/Patter to Elemets of the Voice i the Voice Edit. File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 43

244 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) Samplig Record Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [F6] Rec The Samplig Record fuctio lets you record souds such as vocals from a coected microphoe, the sigal from a electric guitar, or audio from a exteral CD or MP3 player ad store the audio as a Sample Voice, which is used i the tracks of a Sog/Patter. See page 39 for istructios o usig the Samplig fuctio i the Sog /Patter. This sectio covers the Samplig called up from the Sog/Patter. See page 63 for istructios o usig the Samplig fuctio i the Voice /Performace. Importat I order to use the Samplig fuctio, DIMM modules must be istalled to the istrumet. For details o istallig DIMMs, see page 95. The recorded (edited) Sample data residig temporarily i DIMM is lost whe the power is tured off. Make sure to prepare the USB storage device or a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS before usig the Samplig fuctio. Samplig Setup [F6] Rec From this display you ca set up various parameters for Samplig. Press the [F6] butto from the Samplig mai display to call up this display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Samplig Mai display. After settig up, press the [F6] Stadby butto to call up the Record Stadby display (page 45). 3 4 Recordig Type Determies the recordig method. The Samplig procedure ad created Sample data differ depedig o the settig here. Settigs: slice+seq, sample, sample+ote slice+seq The recorded Sample is automatically divided ito slices to be stored as a Sample Voice the these slices are assiged to successive otes o the keyboard. These otes are the automatically arraged i MIDI sequece data (to the specified track) for playback. For example, if a -measure drum patter is sampled ad a 8th ote size is specified, the recorded measure will be sliced ito (approximately) eight Samples which will be assiged to the eight cosecutive otes o the keyboard. sample The recorded audio sigal is just stored as a Sample Voice. This settig produces o MIDI sequece data resultig that the recorded Sample is ot played back eve whe playig back the Sog/Patter. sample+ote I additio to sample data, the appropriate ote data for playig the sample is created ad recorded to the specified Track (8). Iput Source )! Determies the iput coector via which the sigal to be sampled will be received. Refer to the descriptio of the same-amed parameter o page 64. # 3 Stereo/Moo Determies whether ew Samples will be recorded as stereo or moo Samples. Refer to the descriptio of the same-amed parameter o page Record Next This is available whe the Recordig Type i the Setup display is set to sample. Refer to the descriptio of the same-amed parameter o page Frequecy Specifies the samplig frequecy. Refer to the descriptio of the same-amed parameter o page Waveform Determies the Waveform umber as destiatio. Settigs: This operatio overwrites ay data previously existig at the destiatio Waveform umber. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 7 Keybak Determies the ote umber of the Key Bak as destiatio. The value set here ca be chaged i the Samplig Edit (page 50). Keep i mid that this parameter caot be set whe the Recordig Type is set to slice+seq. Settigs: C - G8 CAUTION 8 Track Whe the Recordig Type is set to slice+seq, sliced Samples will be assiged to the otes i order chromatically, startig with C (MOTIF XS6), E0 (MOTIF XS7) ad A - (MOTIF XS8) respectively. You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. Determies the track umber to which the recorded Sample is assiged. After recordig is fiished, the created Sample Voice is to be assiged to the Mixig part correspodig to the Track specified here. Whe the Recordig Type is set to slice+seq or sample+ote, 44 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

245 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) the ote data for playig back the Sample Voice will be created i the Track specified here. Settigs: 0 6 specified Puch I measure, ad ed at the specified Puch Out measure. Whe the Trigger Mode ()) is set to maual : Actual Samplig (Recordig) starts whe you press the [F5] Start butto. 9 Part This parameter is ot available whe eterig the Samplig from the Sog /Patter. ) Voice This parameter is ot available whe eterig the Samplig from the Sog /Patter.! Drum Key Voice Performace This parameter is ot available whe eterig the Samplig from the Sog Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) 6 7 # 8 9 Samplig Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue lie. # [F6] Stadby Pressig this butto to call up the Samplig Stadby display. This display is used for executig the Samplig. For details, see page 45. $ % Waveform (Idicatio oly) Idicates the umber ad ame of the selected Waveform. Key Rage (Idicatio oly) Idicates the key rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. 3 Velocity (Velocity Rage) (Idicatio oly) Idicates the velocity rage of the curretly selected Key Bak. Sog Patter Mixig Referece Samplig Stadby ad Start [F6] Stadby 4 Track (Idicatio oly) Idicates the track umber to which the recorded Sample is assiged. Samplig This display is used for startig Samplig. Press the [F6] butto from the Setup display to call up this display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Setup display. After settig the parameters as ecessary, press the [F5] Start butto to start the Samplig procedure. Note that the actual Samplig start timig differs depedig o the Trigger Mode settig. 5 Measure Idicates the measure umber of the curretly selected Sog/Patter. You ca chage the measure umber by usig the [G]/[H] (Reverse/Fast Forward) buttos. Settigs: Whe eterig the Samplig from the Sog : Whe eterig the Samplig from the Patter : Master Utility Whe the Trigger Mode ()) is set to level : Eve if you press the [F5] Start butto, the WAITING idicatio just appears o the display ad actual Samplig does ot start. Whe audio sigal exceedig the specified Trigger Level (9) is iput, the RECORDING idicatio replaces the WAITING idicatio ad Samplig starts. 6 Record Moitor Determies the output level of the moitor for the iput sigal. This moitor sigal is output from the PHONES jack or the OUTPUT R ad L/MONO jacks. Settigs: Record Gai File Whe the Trigger Mode ()) is set to meas : Eve if you press the [F5] Start butto, the WAITING idicatio just appears o the display ad actual Samplig does ot start. Set the Measure (5) at which the Sog/ Patter playback starts, iput a measure umber larger tha the Measure value (5) to the Puch I/Out parameter (!), the press the [F] (Play) butto to start playback. After startig playback, actual samplig will begi at the This parameter is available oly whe the Iput Source (page 44) is set to resample. Determies the recordig gai whe resamplig. The higher the value, the greater the volume of the resampled soud. Before executig the Samplig (Recordig) operatio, you ca set the appropriate gai by checkig the volume via the Level Meter (@) while playig the keyboard. Settigs: -db, -6dB, +0dB, +6dB, +db MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 45

246 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) 8 Key Idicates the Key Bak (page 44) set i the Samplig Record Setup display. The Key Bak ca be chaged both here ad i Samplig Edit (page 50) after the Recordig is fiished. Settigs: C - G8 Samplig RECORDING display Durig Samplig, a graphic represetatio of the recorded audio appears i the display. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig You ca also set the Key directly from the keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] KBD butto ad pressig the desired key. For details, see page 8. 9 Trigger Level Whe the Trigger Mode ()) is set to level, you ll also eed to set the Trigger Level. Samplig (Recordig) will begi as soo as a iput sigal exceedig the specified trigger level is received. The level set here will be idicated as a red triagle i the level meter. For best results, set this as low as possible to capture the etire sigal, but ot so low as to record uwated oise. Settigs: ) Trigger Mode Determies the method by which Samplig will be triggered. Settigs: level, meas, maual level Samplig starts as soo as a iput sigal exceedig the specified trigger level (9) is received. meas (measure) This should be set together with the Puch I/Out measure (!). After the [F6] Start butto is pressed, actual samplig will begi at the specified Puch I measure, ad ed at the specified Puch Out measure. Samplig will also stop whe the Sog/Patter is stopped by pressig the [J] (Stop) butto. This method lets you recordig the audio sigal while moitorig the soud of other Tracks. maual Samplig starts soo after you press the [F6] REC butto. This settig lets you start Samplig at the desired timig regardless of the iput level from audio source.! Puch I/Out This parameter is available oly whe the Trigger Mode ()) is set to meas. The Puch I value determies the measure umber at which samplig starts automatically while the Puch Out value determies the measure umber at which samplig stops automatically. Settigs: (Sog ), (Patter Level Meter # Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) [F6] Stop Press this butto to stop Samplig (Recordig). I each of the followig cases, the FINISHED display appears after Samplig is fiished. Whe Recordig Type (page 44) is set to sample or sample+ote ad [SF] Cofirm is tured o Whe Recordig Type (page 44) to slice+seq From the FINISHED display, you ca liste to the justrecorded Sample by pressig the [SF] butto. See below for details. Samplig FINISHED display Whe [F] Cofirm is tured o before the Samplig starts, the FINISHED display below appears as soo as the Samplig is fiished. From this display, you ca hear ad cofirm the Sample by pressig the [SF] Auditio butto. If you are satisfied with the soud, press the [ENTER] butto to fix the Samplig result as Sample data. If you are ot satisfied with the Samplig result, press the [EXIT] butto the try agai. Whe [F] Cofirm is tured off before Samplig starts, the Samplig operatio will automatically fix the Sample data ad retur to the Setup display (page 44). Refer to the descriptio of the same-amed parameter o page 65. $ [SF] Cofirm This is available whe Recordig Type i the Setup display (page 44) is set to sample or sample+ote. % [F5] Start Press this butto to start Samplig. [SF] Auditio You ca hear the recorded Sample by holdig this butto. This lets you hear precisely how the Sample is played back. 46 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

247 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) Whe Recordig Type (page 44) is set to sample or sample+ote ad [SF] Cofirm is tured off, stoppig Recordig will automatically fix the just-recorded Sample data ad the istrumet will retur to the Setup display (page 44). Please ote that the istrumet returs to the STANDBY display as soo as Samplig is fiished if Record Next is tured o i the Setup display before the Samplig operatio. Whe Recordig Type (page 44) is set to slice+seq, stoppig Recordig calls up the Record Trim display (page 47). If you wish to cacel the operatio, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Extract operatio to delete uwated portios of the Sample. 6 Press the [F6] Slice butto to call up the Slice display. Voice Trimmig the Sample Record Trim display Whe Recordig Type (page 44) is set to slice+seq, stoppig Recordig (ad subsequetly fixig the sampled data whe Cofirm is tured o) calls up this display. From this display, you ca delete uwated portios of the Sample, located ahead of the Start poit ad located after the Ed poit). Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Setup display. The procedure i the Record Trim display is as follows. Set the Start Poit to the poit at which the actual soud of the recorded Sample starts. You ca use the [SF] Auditio butto to liste to the Sample ad [SF4] Zoom Out/[SF5] Zoom I butto to view the wave of the Sample. The data deleted via the Extract operatio caot be recovered. If you have accidetally deleted a ecessary portio of the Sample, press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the Setup display, the execute the Samplig operatio agai. 6 7 CAUTION 3 # $ % ^ & * )! ( Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece By pressig the [SF6] NUM butto, you ca use the [SF] [SF5] ad [F] [F6] buttos as umber buttos. Pressig the [EXIT] butto retur their buttos to the origial status. For details, see page 8. Parameters 5 are the same as the oes i the Stadby display (page 45). 6 Start Poit Samplig Set the Tempo (9), Meter ()), ad Measure (!) for Sample playback. The Ed Poit (8) will be automatically chaged so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs here. 3 Set the Loop Poit (7) as ecessary. Whe the meu idicatio of the [SF] butto is LP=ST, the Start (Start Poit) ad the Loop (Loop Start Poit) will share the same address, meaig that both of them will be chaged simultaeously, eve if just oe of them is chaged. Pressig the [SF] butto i this coditio chages the meu from LP=ST to LP ST. Whe the meu idicatio here is LP ST, the Start (Start Poit) ad the Loop (Loop Start Poit) ca be chaged idepedetly. Whe pressig the [SF] butto i this coditio, the address value of the Start will be copied to the oe of the Loop, with the result that both of them share the same address value. The meu idicatio of the [SF] butto also chages from LP ST to LP=ST. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) Determies the Start poit for Sample playback. The part at the left side of this poit will ot be played back. Settigs: Ed poit 7 Loop Poit Determies the Loop poit at which the loop playback starts. Whe the Play is set to loop, the Sample is played back betwee this Loop poit ad the Ed poit (6). Settigs: Ed poit 8 Ed Poit Determies the Ed poit for Sample playback. The part at the right side of this poit will ot be played back. The Ed Poit will be automatically determied so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Tempo (9), Meter ((), ad Measure (!). Settigs: (depedig o the Sample s legth) 9 Tempo Determies the Tempo of Sample playback. Settig the Tempo chages the Ed Poit (8) so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Meter ad Measure. Settigs: Master Utility File MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 47

248 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig ) Meter Determies the meter (time sigature) of Sample playback. Settig the Meter chages the Ed Poit (8) so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Tempo ad Measure. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4! Measure Determies the amout of measures for Sample playback. Settig the Measure chages the Ed Poit (8) so that the legth betwee the Start Poit ad the Ed Poit matches the settigs of the Tempo ad Meter. Settigs: Measure: Beat: 00 5 (Varies depedig o the Meter Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue lie. # [SF] Auditio You ca hear the selected Sample by holdig this butto. This lets you hear precisely how the Sample is played back. $ [SF] LP=ST Whe the meu idicatio here is LP=ST, the Start (Start Poit) ad the Loop (Loop Start Poit) will share the same address, meaig that both of them will be chaged simultaeously, eve if just oe of them is chaged. Pressig the [SF] butto i this coditio chages the meu from LP=ST to LP ST. Whe the meu idicatio here is LP ST, the Start (Start Poit) ad the Loop (Loop Start Poit) ca be chaged idepedetly. Whe pressig the [SF] butto i this coditio, the address value of the Start will be copied to the oe of the Loop, with the result that both of them share the same address value. The meu idicatio also chages from LP ST to LP=ST. % [SF3] Display Pressig the [SF3] butto adjusts the zoom level so that the etire wave, icludig the Start Poit ad Ed Poit, is show o the display. Slicig the Sample Record Slice display Whe the Recordig Type (page 44) is set to slice+seq, you ca call up this display by pressig the [F6] Slice butto i the Record Slice display. From this display, you ca divide the recorded Sample ito several slices accordig to the rhythm of the origial Sample. By executig the Slice operatio, the recorded Sample is first divided ito slices to be stored as a Sample Voice, the these slices are assiged to successive otes o the keyboard. These otes are the automatically arraged i MIDI sequece data (to the specified track) for playback. The procedure o the Record Slice display is as follows. Select a Slice Type (6). Set the amout of Measures (7) for Sample playback. 3 Set the Meter (8), Sub Divide (9), ad Sesitivity ()). 4 Press the [SF4] Apply butto to execute Slice. The Apply idicatio color will chage from gree to gray. At this time, the Sample has bee modified temporarily ad is ot fixed as data. 5 Cofirm the result of the Slice operatio. Press the [SF] Auditio butto to hear the modified Sample. If you are satisfied with the result, go o to the step 6. If you are ot satisfied with the results ad wat to try agai, press the [SF4] Apply butto agai to abort the Slice operatio ad retur the Sample to the origial status. The Apply idicatio color returs to gree. I this case, attempt the operatio agai from step. 6 Press the [ENTER] butto to fix the Slice result as Sample data. The istrumet returs to the Setup display. 7 Press the [EXIT] butto a umber of times to go back to the Sog or Patter. Liste to the recorded track havig the sliced Sample. ^ [SF4] Zoom Out & [SF5] Zoom I Press these buttos to zoom i ad out of the wave idicatio of the Sample i the display. * [F6] Slice Pressig this butto calls up the Record Slice display. ( [SF6] NUM 8 Before turig the power off, store the Sog or Patter data to iteral memory the save the created Waveform to a USB storage device or to a computer coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS. For iformatio about how to store ad save, see pages 86 ad 78. Whe NUM is show i the tab, you ca use the [F] [F6] buttos ad the [SF] [SF5] buttos as umeric keys by pressig the [SF6] butto. 48 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

249 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) 3 /. This parameter has o effect whe the Slice Type parameter is set to beat. Settigs: Whe Meter is set to 8/4: quarter ote (/), 8th ote (/), 4th ote triplet (/3), 6th ote (/4), 8th ote triplet (/6), 3d ote /8), 6th ote triplet (/) Whe Meter is set to 6/8: 8th ote (/), 6th ote (/), 8th ote triplet (/3), 3d ote (/4), 6th ote triplet (/6) Whe Meter is set to 6/6: 6th ote (/), 3d ote (/), 6th ote triplet (/3) 6 7 Parameters 5 are the same as the oes i the Stadby display (page 45). 6 Type Select the type that best suits the origial phrase. Specifies how the Sample is sliced, ad to some extet determies the resultig soud quality. Settigs: beat 3, phrase 4, quick beat 3 This slice type is suited for percussive phrases such as drums or bass with a fast attack ad short decay. Three variatios are provided. Phrase 4 Ideal for phrases cotaiig cymbals or other istrumets with a log decay. Four variatios are provided. quick Regardless of the phrase cotet, the Sample is divided at the specified ote sub-divisios. The umber of slices per measure is calculated by multiplyig the top umber of the Meter (time sigature) parameter by the bottom umber of the Sub Divide parameter. For helpful hits o gettig the Slice Type parameter to work for differet Samples, see Tips for usig the Slice Types below. You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 7 Measure # $ )! Determies the amout of measures for Sample playback. Whe the Slice operatio is executed, sequece data correspodig to the specified umber of measures is created. The sequece data is created from the begiig of the curret measure at which Samplig is started. Settigs: 8 The maximum slice resolutio for stereo Samples is 64 slices, ad for moo Samples 8 slices. ) Ses (Sesitivity) Further adjusts the sub-divisios specified by the Sub Divide parameter. Higher values result i higher resolutio, allowig eve fier otes ad smaller souds to be detected ad sliced. Use the Auditio fuctio (press [SF]) to hear the results, ad if you re ot satisfied with them, chage the settig ad try agai. This parameter has o effect whe the quick slice type is selected. Settigs: 5! Tempo Determies the Tempo with which the sliced Samples are to be played back via the [SF] Auditio butto. The value set here is applied to the tempo of Sog/Patter playback. Settigs: 005 Recordable Time (Idicatio oly) Idicates the available Samplig time usig the available memory. The time idicated here is calculated assumig a moo sigal with a samplig frequecy of 44. khz. The amout of memory space curretly beig used is show i the display as a blue lie. # [SF4] Apply Whe this tab meu is displayed i gree, Samplig (Recordig) has already fiished ad the Slice operatio has ot bee executed yet. I such a situatio, pressig this butto executes the Slice ad chages the tab meu color to gray. Whe this tab meu is displayed i gray, both the Samplig (Recordig) ad the Slice operatios have bee executed. I this status, pressig this butto returs to the beforeslice status with the Apply color i gree. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece 8 Meter Specifies the meter (time sigature) of the Sample. The settig here is the basic slice uit. Settigs: /6 6/6, /8 6/8, /4 8/4 $ [F6] Trim Pressig this butto calls up the Record Trim display (page 47), allowig you to delete uwated portios of the Sample. 9 Sub Divide The Meter parameter sets the basic slice uit, ad Sub Divide specifies eve fier resolutio for phrases cotaiig regios with shorter otes. For a oe-measure phrase icludig quarter otes ad eighth otes, for example, the Meter should be set to 4/4 ad Sub Divide to MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 49

250 Audio Recordig to Sog/Patter (Samplig ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Tips for usig the Slice Types Slicig percussive phrases havig short decays First, try slicig usig beat. If the result has a weak attack or the release portios of the phrase seem to overlap, try agai usig beat. Try adjustig the evelope sesitivity for fier cotrol. If after usig beat the attack portios overlap or the overall rhythmic feel is degraded, try agai usig beat3. Make fial adjustmets with the Evelope Sesitivity parameter. Slicig phrases havig log decays First, try slicig usig phrase. If the result has a weak attack or the release portios of the phrase seem to overlap, try agai usig phrase. Make fial adjustmets with the Evelope Sesitivity parameter. If after usig phrase the poits betwee the slices souds rough ad the overall feel is choppy, try agai usig phrase3 or phrase4 ad set Sub Divide to a fier resolutio. Make fial adjustmets with the Evelope Sesitivity parameter. The phrase3 settig is geerally best for sustaied strigs or brass type souds with o vibrato i other words, the pitch remais costat. It ca also produce echo-like effects whe applied to percussive phrases with short decay. If after usig phrase the poits betwee the slices souds rough ad the overall feel is choppy, try agai usig phrase4 ad set Sub Divide to a fier resolutio. Make fial adjustmets with the Evelope Sesitivity parameter. The phrase4 settig is geerally best for sustaied strigs or brass type souds with vibrato, as well as vocal phrases. Samplig Edit Wave Memory Required for Slice Operatios Idividual wave data slices created through Slice operatios require approximately.5 times the origial memory because a tail sectio is automatically added ad fade-i ad fade-out sectios are automatically created at the begiig ad ed of the wave data. This helps to maitai maximum soud quality whe the tempo is icreased, ad results i smoother coectios betwee slices (o tail sectio is created whe the quick slice type is selected). A memory work area is required for the processig calculatios carried out for each Slice operatio, as well as sufficiet memory to hold the completed waveforms. Whe the samplig frequecy is 44. khz, the approximate amout of memory (expressed i kilobytes) required for each Slice type is listed below. beat beat beat 3 phrase phrase phrase 3 phrase 4 quick Origial wave size X N + (0.3 X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (0. X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (0.3 X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (5.8 X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (.4 X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (0.4 X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (.4 X umber of slices) Origial wave size X N + (0.7 X umber of slices) For moo Samples N = 5.5, ad for stereo Samples N = 8. Also, the umber of slices is doubled for stereo Samples. [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [EDIT] The Samplig Edit gives you comprehesive, detailed cotrols for editig the recorded Sample ad chagig the Sample settigs. Press the [EDIT] butto from the Samplig Mai display to call up the Samplig Edit display. Press the [EXIT] butto to go back to the Samplig Mai display. Same as i the Samplig called up from the Voice /Performace. For iformatio about Samplig Edit, see page 67. Samplig Job [INTEGRATED SAMPLING] [JOB] The Samplig Job lets you process ad modify Samples you have recorded. 8 Samplig Jobs are available. Same as i the Samplig called up from the Voice /Performace. For iformatio about the Samplig Jobs, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

251 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) This sythesizer is loaded with such a wealth of differet features, fuctios ad operatios, you may fid it difficult to locate ad call up the particular feature you eed. This is where the Master fuctio comes i hady. You ca use it to memorize the operatios you use most ofte i each, ad call them up istatly aytime you eed them with a sigle butto press. The MOTIF XS has space for a total of 8 of your ow User Master settigs. Press the [MASTER] butto to eter the Master Play. Voice Master Play To eter the Master Play ad call up the Master Play display, press the [MASTER] butto from the curret. Selectig a Master Program The MOTIF XS features 8 specially programmed Masters, stored to iteral User Memory (Flash ROM). The Bak cosists of eight Groups (A to H), each of which cotais 6 Master programs. To call up the desired Master program, select the appropriate Group ad Number. Playig the Keyboard i the Master Play [MASTER] I the Master Play, you ca select a Master program ad play the keyboard accordig to the settigs of the selected Master program. Chagig the Master umber lets you call up oe of the s ad various settigs such as toe geerator settigs (multi-timbral or sigle) ad MIDI settigs Master ame (Idicatio oly) Idicates the ame of the curret Master. 3 Mode (Idicatio oly) Idicates the memorized to the curret Master. Oe the s (Voice, Performace, Patter or Sog) is idicated here. 4 Program umber (Idicatio oly) Determies the Program umber (Voice umber, Performace umber, Sog umber, or Patter umber) that is called up whe the Master is selected. The program type differs depedig o the memorized. 5 Octave Group/Number Program Number A B C D E F G H Whe the Voice is memorized: Whe the Performace is memorized: Whe the Sog is memorized: Whe the Patter is memorized: Voice Bak/Number Performace Bak/ Number Sog Number Patter Number Idicates the Keyboard Octave settig set via the OCTAVE buttos. This parameter determies how much higher or lower the pitch of each key is compared to ormal pitch. Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Master Number (Group/Number) Idicates the selected Master umber. Master umbers 00 to 8 are coverted to the format (show i the paretheses) related to Baks A to H ad Program Numbers to 6 (for the Bak). This format is related to the Group buttos [A] [H] ad the Number buttos [] [6]. The Master umbers ad the correspodig Group/ Numbers are listed below. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 5

252 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 6 Kobs 8 Idicates the parameters to which respective Kobs 8 are assiged ad their curret values. Pressig the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] butto repeatedly switches amog the parameter sets (idicated by the lamps). For iformatio about the parameters, see below. Whe the Voice is memorized: See page 89. Whe the Performace is See page 36. memorized: Whe the Sog is memorized: See page 80. Whe the Patter is memorized: See page 0. 7 Cotrol Sliders 8 Idicates the levels of respective Cotrol Sliders 8. The target to be adjusted by the Cotrol Sliders differs depedig o the memorized to the curret Master. Whe the Voice is memorized: Volume for Elemets 8 Whe the Performace is Volume for Parts 4 memorized: Whe the Sog is memorized: Volume for Parts 6 Whe the Patter is memorized: [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 (Arpeggio 5) Whe the memorized is Voice or Performace, a differet Arpeggio type is assiged to each of the [SF] ARP [SF5] ARP5 buttos accordig to the Voice or Performace umber. The Arpeggio types are assiged to the buttos with the 8th ote ico o the display tab. You ca call them up by pressig these buttos ay time durig your keyboard performace. [SF] Scee [SF5] Scee5 Whe the memorized is Sog or Patter, a differet Scee settig is assiged to each of the [SF] [SF5] buttos accordig to the Sog or Patter umber. [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) Press this butto to call up the iformatio widow of the curret Master. Master Iformatio [SF6] INFO (Iformatio) This widow idicates the iformatio of the curret Master. Settigs caot be chaged here Master Name Idicates the ame of the curret Master. Mode Idicates the memorized to the curret Master. Oe of the s (Voice, Performace, Patter or Sog) is idicated here. 3 Program Idicates the umber ad ame of the program (Voice, Performace, Sog, or Patter) that is called up whe the Master is selected. The program differs depedig o the memorized. Whe the Voice is memorized: Whe the Performace is memorized: Whe the Sog is memorized: Whe the Patter is memorized: 4 Zoe Switch Determies whether or ot the keyboard will be divided ito (up to) eight idepedet areas (called Zoes ). For details about Zoes, see page Trasmit Chael Voice Bak, Number, Category, Name Performace Bak, Number, Category, Name Sog umber, Sog ame Patter umber, Patter ame Idicates the MIDI trasmit chael of each Zoe (whe the Zoe Switch is set to o). 5 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

253 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) Master Edit The Master Edit lets you create your ow origial Master programs cotaiig up to eight differet Zoes (keyboard areas) by editig the various parameters. To eter the Master Edit, press the [EDIT] butto i the Master Play. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the origial display. Commo Edit ad Zoe Edit I the Master, you ca divide the keyboard ito (up to) eight idepedet areas (called Zoes ). Differet MIDI chaels ad differet fuctios of the Kobs ad Cotrol Sliders ca be assiged to each Zoe. This makes it possible to cotrol several Parts of the multi-timbral toe geerator simultaeously by a sigle keyboard or to cotrol Voices of a exteral MIDI istrumet over several differet chaels i additio to the iteral Voices of this sythesizer itself lettig you use the MOTIF XS to effectively do the work of several keyboards. You ca set the parameters related to the eight Zoes i the Master Edit ad store the settigs as a User Master. There are two types of Master Edit displays: those for editig parameters commo to all eight Zoes ad those for editig idividual Zoes. Master Edit Procedure Press the [MASTER] butto to eter the Master Play, the select a Master. Press the [EDIT] butto to eter the Master Edit. 3 Set the Zoe Switch parameter to o i the Other display as ecessary. 4 Call up the Commo Edit display or Zoe Edit display. To call up the Commo Edit display, press the [COMMON EDIT] butto. You ca specify the ad program umber called up whe the Master is selected, ad the Master ame i the Commo Edit. To call up the Zoe Edit display, press oe of the Number buttos [] [8] to select the Zoe to be edited. Here you ca set various parameters such as the keyboard rage ad MIDI Trasmit Chael for each Zoe i the Zoe Edit. COMMON EDIT 5 Call up the Edit display icludig the parameters you wish to edit by pressig the [F] [F5] buttos ad [SF] [SF] buttos. For iformatio about the parameters, see pages 54 ad Move the cursor to the desired parameter. 7 Edit the value by usig the [INC/YES], [DEC/ NO] buttos ad the data dial. 8 Repeat steps 4 7 as desired. 9 Eter a ame for the Master i the Name display (page 54) of Commo Edit. 0 If you wish to store the edited Master, press the [STORE] butto to call up the Store widow (page 54). For detailed istructios o storig, see page 54. The edited Master will be lost whe selectig a differet Master, callig up a differet, or turig the power off. Make sure to store the Master data to iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before selectig a differet Master, callig up a differet, or turig the power off. Commo Edit display PART SELECT Zoe Edit display CAUTION ARP ON/OFF Save the edited ad stored Master data to a USB storage device or to a computer coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS as ecessary. Keep i mid that edited Master data is stored to iteral User memory (Flash ROM) ad is maitaied eve whe power is tured off. Therefore it is ot ecessary to save the data to a exteral device; however, we still recommed that you save or archive all importat data to a exteral device. Refer to page 78 for details. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 53

254 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) The [E] Idicator Commo Edit parameters Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Whe chagig the value of the parameter i the Master Edit, the [E] (Edit Idicator) will appear o the top right corer of the display. This gives a quick cofirmatio that the curret Master has bee modified but ot yet stored. To store the curret edited status, follow the istructios below. Storig the created Master [MASTER] [STORE] Press the [STORE] butto i the Master. The Master Store widow appears. Specify the destiatio for storig the Master. Select a Master umber as destiatio by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] butto. You ca use the [USER ] butto, [A] [H] buttos ad [] [6] buttos to select a Master umber. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Store operatio, press the [DEC/NO] butto. 4 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Store operatio. After the Master has bee stored, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the Master Play display. CAUTION Whe you execute the Store operatio, the settigs for the destiatio memory will be overwritte. Importat data should always be backed up to a separate USB storage device or to a computer coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS. For detailed istructios o savig, see page 78. [MASTER] [EDIT] [COMMON EDIT] Commo Edit lets you edit the parameters commo to all Zoes of the selected Master. Namig the edited Master [F] Name From this display, you ca ame the edited Master. Press the [F] butto from the Commo Edit display to call up this display. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the origial display. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Other Parameter Settigs [F] Other From this display you ca set basic parameters for the Master, icludig the that is called up with the Master ad the program umber. 3 4 Mode Determies the that is called up whe the Master umber is selected. Settigs: voice, performace, patter, sog Memory Determies the Program umber that is called up whe the Master is selected. The ame of the selected Voice/ Performace/Sog/Patter is show. Settigs: Differs depedig o the Mode settig above. Whe the Mode is set to Voice: Voice Bak: PRE 8, USR 3, GM, GMDR, PDR, UDR Voice Number: 00 (A0) 8 (H6) 5 Whe the Mode is set to Performace: Performace Bak: USR 3 Performace Number: 00 (A0) 8 (H6) Whe the Mode is set to Patter: Patter Number: 0 64 Whe the Mode is set to Sog: Sog umber: Zoe Switch Determies whether or ot the keyboard will be divided ito (up to) eight idepedet areas (called Zoes ). For details about Zoes, see page 53. Settigs: o, off 54 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

255 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) 4 Kob Ctrl Assig (Kob Cotrol Assig) From this display you ca set which row of Kob fuctios will be lit ad selected. Whe set to zoe, selectig the Master lights o lamp ad automatically calls up the Kob/ Slider fuctios specifically set for each respective Zoe (page 57). Settigs: Differs depedig o the Mode settig above. Note that zoe ca be selected oly whe the Zoe Switch (3) is set to o. Whe the Mode is set to Voice: toe, toe, ARP FX, zoe Whe the Mode is set to Performace, Patter or Sog: toe, toe, ARP FX, reverb, chorus, pa, zoe Note Rage Settig for each Zoe [F] Note From this display you ca set the pitch- ad keyboardrelated parameters for each Zoe allowig you to set up Zoe splits ad determie the pitch rage for each Zoe. 3 4 Voice Performace 5 [F6] Get Name Pressig the [F6] butto assigs the ame of the curretly selected Voice/Performace/Sog/Patter to the Master ame. Zoe Edit parameters [MASTER] [EDIT] [] [8] These parameters are for editig the idividual Zoes that make up a Master. To call up the Zoe Edit display, press the [EDIT] butto i the Master Play, the press ay of the Number buttos [] [8]. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the Master Play display. MIDI Trasmit Chael/Switch Settigs [F] Trasmit Octave Determies the amout i octaves by which the rage of the Zoe is shifted up or dow. You ca adjust the offset up or dow over a maximum rage of three octaves. Settigs: (Default) +3 Traspose Determies the amout i semitoes by which the rage of the Zoe is shifted up or dow. Settigs: - +0 (Default) + 3 Note Limit Low 4 Note Limit High Determies the lowest ad highest otes of the rage for each Zoe. Settigs: C - G8 You ca also set the ote directly from the Keyboard, by holdig dow the [SF6] butto ad pressig the desired key. Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Referece From this display you ca set how each Zoe trasmits MIDI messages whe you play the keyboard. 3 MIDI Trasmit Switch Settigs [F3] Tx Switch (Trasmit Switch) MIDI Trasmit Switch for the Voice related messages [SF] Program Master Utility Trasmit Chael Determies the MIDI Trasmit Chael for each Zoe. From this display, you ca determie whether or ot MIDI messages cotrollig Voice selectio for each Zoe are trasmitted to the iteral/exteral toe geerator. File Settigs: 6 It Switch (Iteral Switch) Determies whether or ot MIDI data for each Zoe is trasmitted to the iteral toe geerator. 3 4 Whe the Local Cotrol parameter is set to off o the MIDI display (page 67) i the Utility, MIDI data for each Zoe will ot be trasmitted to the iteral toe geerator, eve if the It Switch parameter is set to o. 3 Ext Switch (Exteral Switch) It Bak Select (Iteral Bak Select) Determies whether or ot to trasmit Bak Select MSB/ LSB messages to the iteral toe geerator. Determies whether or ot MIDI data for each Zoe is trasmitted to a exteral MIDI device. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 55

256 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig It Prog Chage (Iteral Program Chage) Determies whether or ot to trasmit Program Chage messages to the iteral toe geerator. 3 Ext Bak Select (Exteral Bak Select) Determies whether or ot to trasmit Bak Select MSB/ LSB messages to the exteral toe geerator via MIDI. 4 Ext Prog Chage (Exteral Program Chage) Determies whether or ot to trasmit Program Chage messages to the exteral toe geerator via MIDI. MIDI Trasmit Switch for the Other messages [SF] Cotrol From this display, you ca determie whether or ot MIDI messages cotrollig o-voice-related settigs such as Cotrol Chage, Pitch Bed ad Chael Aftertouch are trasmitted to the iteral/exteral toe geerator # $ Whe you wish to trasmit a certai MIDI message from a certai Zoe to the iteral/exteral toe geerator, checkmark the correspodig box. Pitch Bed MIDI messages geerated by usig the Pitch Bed Wheel. Ch After Touch (Chael After Touch) MIDI messages geerated by pressig ad holdig a ote o the keyboard. 3 Modulatio Wheel MIDI messages geerated by usig the Modulatio Wheel. 4 Ribbo Cotroller MIDI messages geerated by usig the Ribbo Cotroller. 5 Foot Cotroller 6 Foot Cotroller MIDI messages geerated by usig the optioal Foot Cotroller coected to the rear pael. 8 Foot Switch MIDI messages geerated by usig the optioal Footswitch coected to the ASSIGNABLE jack o the rear pael. 9 Kob MIDI messages geerated by usig the Kobs. ) Slider MIDI messages geerated by usig the Sliders.! A. Fuctio (Assigable Fuctio A. Fuctio (Assigable Fuctio ) MIDI messages geerated by usig the ASSIGNABLE FUNCTION buttos. # Volume/Express (Expressio) MIDI Volume messages geerated by usig the Kobs ad Sliders. $ Pa MIDI Pa messages geerated by usig the Kobs ad Sliders. Default Settigs for each Zoe [F4] Preset From this display you ca make the Voice-related settigs for each Zoe which will be trasmitted as MIDI messages automatically whe the Master is selected Bak MSB (Bak Select MSB) Bak LSB (Bak Select LSB) 3 Program Chage Determies the Voice-related settigs for each Zoe i the selected Master. These MIDI messages are trasmitted to a exteral/iteral toe geerator whe the Master is selected. 6 7 Sustai MIDI messages geerated by usig the optioal Footswitch coected to the SUSTAIN jack o the rear pael. Settigs: Bak MSB (Bak Select MSB): Bak LSB (Bak Select LSB): Program Chage: MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

257 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) 4 Volume Determies the Volume settigs for each Zoe i the selected Master. The MIDI messages of the Volume are trasmitted to a exteral/iteral toe geerator whe the Master is selected. Settigs: Pa Determies the Pa settigs for each Zoe i the selected Master. The MIDI messages of the Pa are trasmitted to a exteral/iteral toe geerator whe the Master is selected. Settigs: L64 C R63 6 [F6] MIDI Sed Whe set to o, chagig the value i this display trasmits the correspodig MIDI messages to a exteral/ iteral toe geerator. Kob ad Slider Settigs [F5] KobSlider From this display, you ca determie which Cotrol Chage umbers are trasmitted to a exteral/iteral toe geerator whe you use the Kobs ad Sliders for each Zoe. This parameter is available oly whe the Kob Cotrol Assig parameter is set to zoe i the Other display (page 54) of the Commo Edit. I other words, this parameter is available oly whe all the lamps of the [SELECTED PART CONTROL] ad [MULTI PART CONTROL] are tured off. Cotrol Kob No. Determies which Cotrol Chage umbers are trasmitted whe you use the Kobs for each Zoe. The fuctio ame is automatically show below the umber you select. Settigs: 0 95 Cotrol Slider No. Determies which Cotrol Chage umbers are trasmitted whe you use the Cotrol Sliders for each Zoe. The fuctio ame is automatically show below the umber you select. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece Settigs: 0 95 Samplig Master Job The Master Job features coveiet data iitializatio ad archivig tools. To eter the Master Job, press the [JOB] butto i the Master. Press the [EXIT] butto to retur to the origial display. Master Job Procedure I the Master, press the [JOB] butto to eter the Master Job. Select the Job you wish to execute by pressig the [F] or [F4] butto. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Job. After the Job has bee completed, a Completed message appears ad operatio returs to the origial display. 6 Press the [MASTER] butto to retur to the Master Play display. Master Utility File 3 Set the parameters for executig the Job. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) To cacel the Job, press the [DEC/NO] butto. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 57

258 Usig as a Master Keyboard (Master ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Iitializig the Master [F] Iit This fuctio lets you reset (iitialize) all Master parameters to their default settigs. It also allows you to selectively iitialize certai parameters, such as Commo settigs ad Zoe settigs All Parameters Determies whether or ot all settigs for the selected Master are iitialized. Whe set to o, other parameters i this display caot be set. Settigs: B (o), A (off) Commo Determies whether or ot all Commo parameter settigs for the selected Master are iitialized. Whe set to o, ZONE caot be set. Settigs: B (o), A (off) 3 Zoe Determies whether or ot all Zoe parameter settigs for the selected Master are iitialized. Whe set to o, executig the Job iitializes all the parameter settigs of Commo Edit. Settigs: B (o), A (off) 4 Iitialize Type Determies how the Zoe parameter settigs for the selected Master are iitialized. Three methods of Iitializig are available. Settigs: split, zoe, layer split Sets the Zoe ad Zoe to o, the splits the keyboard rage usig Zoe ad Zoe. Upper Ch determies the MIDI trasmit chael of the upper rage of the keyboard, Lower Ch determies the MIDI trasmit chael of the lower rage of the keyboard, ad Split Poit determies the ote (C - G8) umber which separates the upper rage ad lower rage of the keyboard. zoe Sets Zoes 4 to o, Zoes 5 8 to off, ad the MIDI Trasmit Chaels to 8 respectively. layer Sets the Zoe ad Zoe to o, the lets you layer two Parts. Upper Ch ad Lower Ch determie the MIDI trasmit chaels of the two Zoes respectively. 5 Upper Ch (Upper Chael) 6 Lower Ch (Lower Chael) Determies the MIDI trasmit chaels of Zoe ad Zoe respectively whe the Iitialize Type is set to layer or split. Settigs: 6 7 Split Poit Determies the Split Poit that divides the keyboard ito the Zoe ad Zoe whe the Iitialize Type is set to split. By settig this parameter, the Note Limit High of Zoe is automatically set to the ote oe semitoe lower tha the Split Poit set here ad the Note Limit Low of Zoe is automatically set to the ote same as the Split Poit set here. Settigs: C - G8 The Note Limit High ad Note Limit Low parameters ca be set i the Note display (page 55) of the Zoe Edit. Trasmittig the Master Settigs to a exteral MIDI device (Bulk Dump) This fuctio lets you sed all your edited parameter settigs for the curretly selected Master to a computer or aother MIDI device for data archivig. Press the [ENTER] butto to execute the Bulk Dump. The Bulk Dump data icludes oly the MIDI messages ad does ot iclude the Waveforms. I order to execute Bulk Dump, you will eed to set the correct MIDI Device Number. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

259 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) I the Utility, you ca set parameters that apply to the etire system of the MOTIF XS. To eter the Utility, press the [UTILITY] butto. Pressig the [EXIT] butto returs to the origial display. For system settigs related to the sequecer i Sog/Patter/Arpeggio playback, call up the Sequecer Setup display by pressig the [SEQ SETUP] butto i the Sog/ Patter/Performace. Voice Basic Procedure i the Utility Eter the Utility. MIDI IN/OUT (Idicatio oly) Idicates the hardware termial via which the MIDI data is iput or output. The related parameters ca be set i the MIDI display (page 68). Performace Press the [UTILITY] butto to eter the Utility. (The idicator lights.) Calls up the desired display. Note the tab meus of the [F] [F6] ad [SF] [SF5] buttos to fid the desired fuctio, the press the relevat butto to call up the desired display. 3 Set the desired parameter. Move the cursor to each parameter, the set the value by usig the data dial, [INC/YES] ad [DEC/NO] butto. Whe Press [ENTER] to set is show o the display, make sure to press the [ENTER] butto before goig to the ext step. If you do ot, the settigs will ot be stored, eve if you press the [STORE] butto i the ext step. 4 Press the [STORE] butto to store the Utility settig ad Sequecer Setup to iteral memory. All Utility settigs will be lost whe the power is tured off without storig. CAUTION CAUTION The parameter settigs i the Utility displays ad Sequecer Setup displays are treated ad stored as a sigle uit. This meas that whe you execute the Store operatio i the Utility, the settigs i the Sequecer Setup displays are also stored, ad vice versa. 5 Press the [EXIT] butto to exit from the Utility to the origial. Network Iformatio Idicates the etwork settigs. The related parameters ca be set i the Network display (page 60). Geeral Settigs [F] Geeral Toe Geerator ad Keyboard settigs [SF] Play Toe Geerator From this sectio, you ca make overall settigs for the iteral toe geerator. The settigs here oly affect the iteral toe geerator block. The MIDI output will ot be affected. Volume Determies the overall volume of the istrumet. Settigs: 0 7 Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece System Iformatio [SF6] INFO This display idicates the MIDI IN/OUT settigs ad Network settigs. This display caot be edited. Note Shift Determies the amout (i semitoes) by which the pitch of all otes is shifted. Settigs: -4 semi +0 semi +4 semi 3 Tue Determies the fie tuig of the overall soud. You ca adjust the tuig i cet icremets. Settigs: -0.4 cets +0 cets +0.3 cets MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 59

260 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) 4 Sustai Pedal 8 Fixed Velocity Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Determies which l of a optioal Foot Cotroller coected to the FOOT SWITCH SUSTAIN jack is recogized. Whe you coect a optioal FC3 (equipped with the halfdamper feature) for producig a half-damper effect (as o a real acoustic piao), set this parameter to FC3 (half o) ad set the Half Damper Switch parameter to o i the Amplitude EG display (page 3) of Voice Elemet Edit. If you do t eed or wat to disable the half-damper feature ad still use a FC3, set this parameter to FC3 (half off). Whe you coect a optioal FC4 or FC5 (which is ot equipped with the half-damper feature), set this parameter to FC4 or FC5. Settigs: FC3 (half o), FC3 (half off), FC4/5 Keyboard Note that this settig is ot ecessary whe cotrollig the half-damper feature via Cotrol Chage messages from a exteral MIDI device to the istrumet. From this sectio, you ca set the keyboard-related parameters. The settigs here affect the MIDI messages geerated by playig the keyboard. 5 Octave Determies the amout i octaves by which the rage of the keyboard is shifted up or dow. This settig ca be chaged also by pressig ay of the OCTAVE buttos. Settigs: Traspose Determies the amout i semitoes by which the rage of the keyboard is shifted up or dow. Settigs: - semi +0 semi + semi If you traspose beyod the ote rage limits (C - ad G8), otes i the adjacet octaves will be used. 7 Velocity Curve The five curves determie how the actual velocity will be geerated ad trasmitted accordig to the velocity (stregth) with which you play otes o the keyboard. The graph show i the display idicates the velocity respose curve. (The horizotal lie represets the received velocity values (stregth of your playig), while the vertical lie represets the actual velocity values trasmitted to the iteral/exteral toe geerators.) Settigs: ormal, soft, hard, wide, fixed ormal This liear curve produces oe-to-oe correspodece betwee the stregth of your keyboard playig (velocity) ad the actual soud chage. soft This curve provides icreased respose, especially for lower velocities. hard This curve effectively lesses the overall respose compared to the orm curve. wide This settig provides opposite respose curves for lower ad higher velocities. It wides the apparet dyamic rage of the cotroller, producig less soud chage i the softer rage ad more chage i the higher rage. fixed This settig produces the same amout of soud chage (set i Fixed Velocity below), o matter what your playig stregth. This parameter is available oly whe you select the fixed Velocity Curve above. The velocity of the ote you play is fixed at the value set here. Settigs: 7 System Effect Bypass Settigs [SF] FXBypass From this display you ca select the specific effect(s) to be bypassed whe the EFFECT BYPASS [SYSTEM] butto is tured o. The bypassed effect is the temporarily disabled. Reverb Whe this is set to o ad the [SYSTEM] butto is tured o, the Reverb effect is bypassed. Chorus Whe this is set to o ad the [SYSTEM] butto is tured o, the Chorus effect is bypassed. Network Settigs [SF3] Network From this display, you ca set parameters for coectig the MOTIF XS to the etwork system via the ETHERNET coector. Make sure to press the [ENTER] butto after settig i this display. If you do ot, the settigs will ot be stored, eve if you press the [STORE] butto Host Name % 4 # $ Determies the Host Name (NetBIOS ame) of the MOTIF XS. This is used whe accessig the MOTIF XS from a computer coected to the etwork. Set a uique Host Name that will ot coflict with ay other computer. I geeral, the default Host Name will suffice, so there should be o eed to chage this. For detailed istructios o amig, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

261 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Descriptio 7 Gateway Here, you ca iput a short summary or memo about your MOTIF XS. The descriptio iput here ca be browsed from the other computer coected to the etwork. This is useful whe several MOTIF XSs are coected to the same etwork. I geeral, the default Descriptio will suffice, so there should be o eed to chage this. For detailed istructios o iputtig a character, see page 8. 3 DHCP Cliet Determies whether or ot the MOTIF XS is hadled as the cliet device of the DHCP server. Whe this is set to o, the MOTIF XS is hadled as a cliet device of the DHCP server. The DHCP (Dyamic Host Cofiguratio Protocol) is a stadard or protocol by which IP addresses ad other low-level etwork cofiguratio iformatio ca be dyamically ad automatically assiged each time your MOTIF XS is coected to the etwork. If the DHCP server covers the etwork, set this parameter to o. If you wish to set a specific IP address or there is o DHCP server, set this parameter to off. Settigs: o, off Determies the Gateway, a system which liks differet etworks or systems, ad makes possible data trasfer ad coversio despite differig commuicatios stadards. Whe the MOTIF XS is coected to the etwork which the DHCP server covers ad the DHCP Cliet parameter above is set to o, this parameter is automatically set, ad you will ot eed to iput it maually. Settigs: DNS (Domai Name Server) 9 DNS (Domai Name Server) Determies the address for the Domai Name server. Up to two servers (primary DNS ad secodary DNS) ca be set. Whe you do ot use the Domai Name server, set both of the DNS ad DNS to Whe you use oly the DNS, set the DNS to Whe the MOTIF XS is coected to the etwork which the DHCP server covers ad the DHCP Cliet parameter above is set to o, this parameter is automatically set, ad you will ot eed to iput it maually. Settigs: 0 55 Voice Performace Samplig Sog 4 File Server Determies whether the File Server fuctio of the MOTIF XS is active or ot. Whe this parameter is set to o, the aother computer o the same etwork ca access files o the USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector of the MOTIF XS. Settigs: o, off Make sure to set the Password (%) of this istrumet before settig this parameter to o. If this is set to o before the Password is set, Password is uspecified appears. 5 IP Address Determies the IP Address, a strig of umbers assiged to each computer or your MOTIF XS coected to a etwork, idicatig the device s locatio o the etwork. Whe the MOTIF XS is coected to the etwork which the DHCP server covers ad the DHCP Cliet parameter above is set to o, this parameter is automatically set, ad you will ot eed to iput it maually. Whe the DHCP Cliet (3) is set to off ad you do ot kow how to set this parameter, cosult your etwork admiistrator or Iteret provider. Settigs: Subet Mask Idicates the Subet Mask, a settig used to divide a large-scale etwork ito several smaller etworks. Whe the MOTIF XS is coected to the etwork which the DHCP server covers ad the DHCP Cliet parameter above is set to o, this parameter is automatically set resultig that you eed ot iput here. Whe the DHCP Cliet (3) is set to off ad you do ot kow how to set this parameter, cosult your etwork admiistrator or Iteret provider. Settigs: 0 55 ) Security Determies the certificatio type whe aother computer o the etwork accesses the MOTIF XS. If you wish to certificate the computer by usig the Accout ($) ad password, set this parameter to workgroup. If you wish to certificate the computer by usig the domai cotroller o the etwork, set this parameter to domai. Settigs: domai, workgroup! Domai Eters the Domai ame or Workgroup ame. Iput the Domai ame or Workgroup ame to the same ame as that of the olie device you wish to use for accessig the MOTIF XS. For detailed istructios o iputtig characters, see page WINS Determies the address for the WINS (Widows Iteret Name Service) server. Whe the PDC Name (#) is set to the Host ame (NetBIOS ame), you will set the address of the WINS server. If you are ot usig the WINS server, set this parameter to Settigs: 0 55 # PDC Name (Primary Domai Cotroller Name) Determies the Host ame (NetBIOS ame) of the Domai Cotroller or IP address o the etwork. Whe the Security ()) is set to domai, the certificatio will be executed by usig the Domai Cotroller set here. $ File Server Accout Determies the accout ame (user ame) used whe aother computer o the etwork accesses the MOTIF XS. For detailed istructios o iputtig characters, see page 8. Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece The accout is ot set by default. Whe o accout is set, the MOTIF XS ca be accessed by the accout amed obody. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 6

262 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig % [SF5] Password Pressig this butto calls up the Password display that lets you set or chage the password ecessary for accessig the MOTIF XS from a olie device coected to the etwork. Whe shipped from the factory, the password is ot set. Make sure to set the password if you wish to access the MOTIF XS from a exteral computer via the LAN etwork. Password Settigs [SF3] [SF5] Password From this display, you ca set the password of the MOTIF XS. By usig the password set here, exteral olie devices ca access the File of the MOTIF XS. 3 Curret Password This colum is provided for iputtig the curret password. The password ca be up to eight characters ad o less tha five characters. For detailed istructios o iputtig characters, see page 8. Noe is show whe the password is ot set. New Password This colum is provided for iputtig the ew password. The password ca be up to eight characters ad o less tha five characters. For detailed istructios o iputtig characters, see page 8. 3 Cofirm Password This colum is provided for iputtig the ew password oce agai to cofirm it. The password ca be up to eight characters ad o less tha five characters. For detailed istructios o iputtig characters, see page 8. Password Settig After iputtig the Curret Password, New Password ad Cofirm Password (New Password), press the [ENTER] butto to set the New Password. If a error occurs, oe of the followig error messages will be show o the display. Password is ivalid. The password you iput to Curret Password is wrog. Iput the correct password agai. Cofirmed password is ivalid. The password you iput to Cofirm Password is ot same as the password you iput to New Password. Password is too short. The password you iput to New Password is too short. Iput the password agai, usig five or more characters. If you forget the curret password, execute the Factory Set Job (page 69) to reset the password settig, the iput the ew password agai. Settig the default display whe turig the power o [SF4] Auto Load From this display, you ca specify certai automatic tasks that the MOTIF XS will perform whe power is tured o. Auto Load Determies whether the Auto Load fuctio is o or off. Whe this is o, the istrumet will automatically load the specified files (from the USB storage device) to User memory wheever the power is tured o. The file to be loaded is show o this display. The file to be loaded ca be specified via the [SF5] Get butto. Settigs: o, off Power O Mode This determies the default power-o (ad memory bak) lettig you select which coditio is automatically called up whe you tur the power o. Settigs: performace Whe turig the power o ext time, the Performace Play is etered ad the first program umber (USER: 00) is selected automatically. voice (USER) Whe turig the power o ext time, the Voice Play is etered ad the first program umber of User Voices (USR: 00) is selected automatically. voice (PRE) Whe turig the power o ext time, the Voice Play is etered ad the first program umber of Preset Voices (PRE: 00) is selected automatically. voice (GM) Whe turig the power o ext time, the Voice Play is etered ad the first program umber of Preset GM Voices (GM: 00) is selected automatically. master Whe turig the power o ext time, the Master Play is etered ad the first program umber (00) is selected automatically. 3 Make sure to store the Utility settigs to the iteral memory by pressig the [STORE] butto before turig the power off. Please keep i mid that the Utility settigs will be lost if you tur off the power without executig the Store operatio. 6 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

263 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) 3 [SF5] Select Pressig this butto calls up the Select Auto Load File display. From this display you ca specify the file (i the exteral storage device) to be loaded automatically whe turig the power o (whe Auto Load is set to o). Specifyig the Auto Load File [SF4] [SF5] Select From this display you ca specify the file (i the exteral storage device) to be loaded automatically whe turig the power o (whe Auto Load is set to o). Move the cursor to the desired file the press the [ENTER] butto to determie the Auto Load File. Upper Level Directory Parameters 4 are the same as the oes i the File widow (page 75) of the File. Audio I/Out Settigs [F] I/O (Iput/Output) From this display you ca set Audio I/Out parameters.! ) L&R Gai Determies the output gai of the OUTPUT L/MONO ad R jacks. Settigs: 0dB, +6dB 3 Assig L&R Gai Determies the output gai of the ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L ad R jacks. Settigs: 0dB, +6dB 4 ) mlan Gai Determies the output gai of the mlan coector. Settigs: 0dB, +6dB! mlan Moitor Setup Determies the audio sigal flow for moitorig the soud whe usig the MOTIF XS with DAW software istalled o a computer coected to the MOTIF XS via a IEEE394 cable. You will eed to properly set up the DAW software i additio to makig the settigs here. For details, see page 47. Settigs: stad aloe, with PC, with PC (DirectMoitor) stad aloe This should be selected whe you are usig the MOTIF XS aloe or are ot usig the DAW software eve with a computer coected to the MOTIF XS via a IEEE394 cable. Whe this is selected, the audio sigal of the MOTIF XS will be output directly via the OUTPUT L/MONO ad R jacks ormally. with PC This should be selected whe you are usig the MOTIF XS as a audio device with the DAW software. Whe this is selected, the audio sigal of the MOTIF XS will be output to the DAW software o a computer via a IEEE394 cable, merged ad mixed with the DAW soud, retured back to the MOTIF XS, the output via the OUTPUT L/MONO ad R jacks. Selectig this allows you to apply VST Effects withi the DAW software to the MOTIF XS soud. with PC (DirectMoitor) This should be selected whe recordig your keyboard performace to the DAW software o the computer. The audio sigal of the MOTIF XS will be output directly via the OUTPUT L/MONO ad R jacks with the audio sigal set from the DAW software via a IEEE394 cable. Keep i mid that the Rec Moitor of the DAW software should be set to off i order to prevet double soud from occurrig. Whe with PC is selected, there may be a short delay betwee whe you play the keyboard ad whe you hear the resultig soud. Set this parameter to stad aloe whe the MOTIF XS is ot coected to a exteral device via a IEEE394 cable. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Mic/Lie Whe usig the A/D INPUT jacks, this determies the iput source, microphoe (mic) or lie. Settigs: mic, lie mic Iteded for low output equipmet, such as a microphoe, electric guitar or bass. lie Iteded for high output equipmet, such as a keyboard, sythesizer, or CD player. System Settigs for the Voice [F3] Voice From the followig displays, you ca set parameters related to the Master Effect, Master EQ, Audio Iput part, Cotroller, ad Micro Tuig i the Voice. These settigs will be applied to all Voices. The followig displays are available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 63

264 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Master Effect Settigs [SF] MasterFX (Master Effect) This display lets you set Master Effect parameters i the Voice. This display ca be called up by pressig ad holdig the [MASTER EFFECT] butto o the frot pael i the Voice. Switch Determies whether the Master Effect is applied or ot to the Voice. Whe this is set to o, eterig the Voice turs the [MASTER EFFECT] lamp o. Settigs: o, off Other parameters are same as the oes o the Master Effect display (page 46) i the Performace Commo Edit. Master EQ settigs [SF] MasterEQ This display lets you set Master EQ parameters i the Voice, allowig you to cotrol EQ over five idepedet frequecy bads. This EQ affects all Voices. This display is available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. Cotroller Settigs [SF3] Cotrol From this display you ca set parameters related to output of the Arpeggio MIDI data ad the cotroller assigmet i the Voice. The settigs here affect all Voices. This display is available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. 3 ARP MIDI Out Switch Whe this is set to o, Arpeggio playback data is output from the MIDI termial. Settigs: o, off ARP Trasmit Ch (Arpeggio Trasmit Chael) Determies the MIDI trasmit chael through which Arpeggio playback data will be set (whe the Switch parameter above is set to o). Settigs: 6 3 Cotroller Assig You ca assig MIDI Cotrol Chage Numbers to the cotrollers ad kobs o the frot pael. For example, you could use the ASSIGN ad kobs to cotrol effect depth, while usig the Foot Cotroller to cotrol modulatio. These cotrol assigmets are called Cotroller Assig. The fuctio is same as the oe i the Cotroller Assig display (page 47) i the Performace Commo Edit. The fuctio is same as the oe o the Master EQ display (page 46) i the Performace Commo Edit. 64 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

265 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Creatig your origial Micro Tuig [SF4] Tuig Audio Iput Settigs i the Voice [F4] VoiceAudio From this display, you ca create your origial Micro Tuig i the User Bak. You ca copy a Micro Tuig to aother umber, the create ew oe based o it. This display is available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. 3 You ca set parameters related to audio iput sigal from the [A/D INPUT] coector ad the mlan coector i the Voice. This display is available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. The mlan Iput (m m4) is available oly for the MOTIF XS8. This is available for MOTIF XS6/7 oly whe a optioal mlan6e has bee istalled. Output Settigs [SF] Output From this display you ca set various parameters of the Audio Iput sigal i the Voice, such as Output jacks, Volume, Pa, ad Effect depth. This display is available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Micro Tuig No. Determies the destiatio to which the created Micro Tuig settig is stored. Settigs: 8 Micro Tuig Name Eters the desired ame for the Micro Tuig. For detailed istructios o amig, see page Volume Determies the output level of the Audio Iput Part. Settigs: 0 7 Patter Mixig Referece 3 Tuig Offset Lets you tue the idividual otes of the keyboard i cets to create your origial Micro Tuig. Settigs: cets [SF5] Copy From this display called up via this butto, you ca copy a Micro Tuig to aother umber the create a ew Micro Tuig based o it. Micro Tuig Copy Procedure Select a Micro Tuig umber as source. Press the [SF5] butto to call up the Copy display. Pa Determies the stereo pa positio of the Audio Iput Part. Settigs: L63 (far left) C (ceter) R63 (far right) 3 Moo/Stereo Determies the sigal cofiguratio for the Audio Iput Part, or how the sigal or sigals are routed (stereo or moo). Settigs: stereo, L moo, R moo, L+R moo stereo Both the L ad R chaels of the audio iput are used. L moo Oly the L chael of the audio iput is used. R moo Oly the R chael of the audio iput is used. L+R moo The L ad R chaels of the audio iput are mixed ad processed i moo. Samplig Master Utility File 3 Select a Micro Tuig umber as destiatio. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto to execute the Copy operatio. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 65

266 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) 4 Output Select Determies the output jack assigmet for the Audio Iput Part. Settigs: See the table below. Isertio Effect Coectio Settigs [SF] Coect Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig LCD Output jacks Stereo/Moo L&R OUTPUT L ad R Stereo asl&r ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L ad R Stereo m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) m5&6 mlan OUTPUT 5 ad 6 Stereo (5: L, 6: R) m7&8 mlan OUTPUT 7 ad 8 Stereo (7: L, 8: R) m9&0 mlan OUTPUT 9 ad 0 Stereo (9: L, 0: R) m& mlan OUTPUT ad Stereo (: L, : R) m3&4 mlan OUTPUT 3 ad 4 Stereo (3: L, 4: R) asl ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT L Moo asr ASSIGNABLE OUTPUT R Moo m mlan OUTPUT Moo : : : m4 mlan OUTPUT 4 Moo is L (A/D Iput oly) Iteral Vocoder module Moo You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page 8. 5 Reverb Sed Determies the Sed level of the Audio Iput Part sigal set to the Reverb effect. The higher the value, the more proouced the Reverb. Settigs: Chorus Sed Determies the Sed level of the Audio Iput Part sigal set to the Chorus effect. The higher the value, the more proouced the Chorus. Settigs: Dry Level Determies the level of the Audio Iput Part which has ot bee processed with the System Effects (Reverb, Chorus). The higher the value, the less proouced the Reverb ad Chorus. Settigs: 0 7 The Reverb Sed (5), Chorus Sed (6), ad Dry Level (7) parameters are ot available whe Output Select (4) is set to isl. From this display you ca set the Isertio Effect coectio of the Audio Iput sigal i the Voice. This display is available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. INSERTION CONNECT (Isertio Coectio) Determies the effect routig for Isertio effects A ad B. The settig chages are show o the diagram i the display, givig you a clear picture of how the sigal is routed. Settigs: Is A F B, Is B F A Is A F B Sigals processed with Isertio Effect A will be set to Isertio Effect B ad sigals processed with Isertio Effect B are set to Reverb ad Chorus. Is B F A Sigals processed with Isertio Effect B will be set to Isertio Effect A ad sigals processed with Isertio Effect A are set to Reverb ad Chorus. Isertio A (Isertio A Category/Type)* 3 Isertio B (Isertio B Category/Type)* Determies the Effect type for Isertio A ad B. From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories, each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. Settigs: Details about the Effect categories ad types are described o page 70. You ca call up the list ad select the desired item by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto. For details, see page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

267 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Isertio Effect Type Settigs [SF3] Is A, [SF4] Is B From these displays, you ca set the Isertio Effect Types applied to the Audio Iput sigal i the Voice. These displays are available oly whe eterig the Utility from the Voice. 3 4 Remote Cotrol ad MIDI settigs [F5] Cotrol From the followig displays, you ca set parameters related to the Remote Cotrol fuctio ad MIDI settigs. DAW Settigs [SF] Remote Lets you specify the DAW applicatio software to be cotrolled by the MOTIF XS. The MOTIF XS ca cotrol Cubase 4, Logic Pro 7., SONAR 5. ad Digital Performer 5. Voice Performace Samplig Depedig o the selected parameter, the LIST ico is show at the tab meu correspodig to the [SF6] butto. I this coditio, you ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto, the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. Category Type From the Category colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Categories, each of which cotais similar Effect types. From the Type colum, you ca select oe of the Effect Types listed i the selected Category. Details about the Effect categories are described o page Preset This lets you call up pre-programmed settigs for each Effect Type, desiged to be used for specific applicatios ad situatios. 4 Effect Parameters The umber of parameters ad values available differs depedig o the curretly selected effect type. Refer to page 73 for details about the Effect parameters. Refer to the separate Data List booklet for iformatio o the parameters for each Effect type. DAW Type Determies the DAW applicatio software to be cotrolled by the MOTIF XS. Settigs: Cubase, Logic, Soar, Digital Performer Whe the [REMOTE ON/OFF] lamp is tured o, simply selectig a DAW type calls up the Remote settigs automatically. MIDI Settigs [SF] MIDI From this display, you ca set the MIDI related parameters Basic Receive Ch Determies the MIDI receive chael whe this sythesizer is set to sigle-timbre toe geerator (Voice/ Performace s). Settigs: 6, omi, off omi Whe this is selected, all chael messages are received. 9 # $ Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece I the multi-timbral toe geerator (Sog/Patter s), each Mixig Part receives MIDI data accordig to its assiged MIDI receive chael. This ca be set i the Voice display (page 35) of the Mixig Part Edit. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 67

268 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Keyboard Trasmit Ch Determies the MIDI chael over which the istrumet seds MIDI data (to a exteral sequecer, toe geerator, or other device). This parameter is available i the sigletimbre toe geerator (Voice/Performace s). Settigs: 6, off I the Sog/Patter, the MIDI data created by playig the keyboard/kobs/wheels is set to the toe geerator block or the exteral MIDI devices via the MIDI output chael of the curretly selected track. The Output Chaels of each track ca be set i the Output Chael display (page 84) of the Sog Play. 3 Device Number Determies the device umber used by this sythesizer i receivig or trasmittig data. This umber must match the Device Number of the exteral MIDI device whe trasmittig/receivig bulk data, parameter chages or other system exclusive messages. Settigs: 6, all, off all Whe this is selected, system exclusive messages for all MIDI device umbers are received. Whe system exclusive messages such as bulk dump are trasmitted from the MOTIF XS with this settig, the MOTIF XS is recogized as Device Number. off Whe this is selected, system exclusive messages such as bulk dump ad parameter chage caot be trasmitted or received. Whe you try execute trasmissio or receptio of system exclusive messages, a error message appears. 4 MIDI I/Out Determies which physical output/iput termial(s) will be used for trasmittig/receivig MIDI data. Settigs: MIDI, USB, mlan (whe the optioal mlan6e has bee istalled to the MOTIF XS6/7) The three termial types above caot be used at the same time. Oly oe of them ca be used to trasmit/receive MIDI data. 5 MIDI Syc Determies whether Sog/Patter/Arpeggio playback will be sychroized to the istrumet s iteral clock or a exteral MIDI clock. Settigs: Iteral, MIDI, auto, MTC iteral Sychroizatio to iteral clock. Use this settig whe this sythesizer is to be used aloe or as the master clock source for other equipmet. MIDI MIDI Sychroizatio to a MIDI clock received from a exteral MIDI istrumet via MIDI. auto Whe MIDI clock is trasmitted cotiuously from a exteral MIDI device or computer, the iteral clock of the MOTIF XS is ot effective ad the MOTIF XS is sychroized with the exteral clock. Whe MIDI clock is ot trasmitted from the exteral MIDI device or computer, the iteral clock of the MOTIF XS cotiues to ru i syc with the latest received tempo of the exteral MIDI device or computer (DAW software). Note that the tempo caot be chaged o the MOTIF XS whe this value is selected. This settig is useful whe you wish to alterate betwee exteral clock ad iteral clock. MTC (MIDI Time Code) Sychroizatio to a MTC sigal received via MIDI. MMC sigals are trasmitted via MIDI. Use this settig whe this sythesizer is to be used as a MIDI slave, such as whe sychroized to a MTC-capable MTR. The MTC Syc fuctio is available oly i the Sog. Whe this parameter is set to MIDI, make sure that the exteral MIDI istrumet coected to the MOTIF XS will trasmit the MIDI clock to the MOTIF XS. Whe MIDI Syc is set to MTC, Sogs ad Arpeggios caot play back i the Sog but Patters ad Arpeggios ca play back i the Patter. MTC (MIDI Time Code) allows simultaeous sychroizatio of multiple audio devices via stadard MIDI cables. It icludes data correspodig to hours, miutes, secods, ad frames. The MOTIF XS does ot trasmit MTC. MMC (MIDI Machie Cotrol) allows remote cotrol of multitrack recorders, MIDI sequecers, etc. A MMCcompatible multitrack recorder, for example, will automatically respod to start, stop, fast forward, ad fast reverse operatios performed o the cotrollig sequecer, thus keepig playback of the sequecer ad multitrack recorder aliged. 6 Clock Out Determies whether MIDI clock (F8H) messages will be trasmitted via MIDI. Settigs: o, off 7 Sequecer Cotrol Determies whether Sequecer Cotrol sigals start (FAH), cotiue (FBH), stop (FCH), ad sog positio poiter (FH) will be received ad/or trasmitted via the MIDI OUT/USB termial. Settigs: off, i, out, i/out off Not trasmitted/recogized. i Recogized but ot trasmitted. out Trasmitted but ot recogized. i/out Trasmitted/recogized. 8 MTC Start Offset (MIDI Time Code Start Offset) Determies the specific time code poit from which sequece playback starts, whe MTC is received. This feature ca be used to accurately alig playback of this sythesizer with a exteral MTC-compatible device. Settigs: Hour: Miute: Secod: Frame Hour: 00 3 Miute: Secod: Frame: Bak Select This switch eables or disables Bak Select messages, both i trasmissio ad receptio. Whe this is set to o, this sythesizer respods to icomig Bak Select messages, ad it also trasmits appropriate Bak Select messages (whe usig the pael). Whe this is set to off, Bak Select messages caot be trasmitted/received. Settigs: off, o ) Program Chage This switch eables or disables Program Chage messages, both i trasmissio ad receptio. Whe this is set to o, this sythesizer respods to icomig Program Chage messages, ad it also trasmits appropriate Program Chage messages (whe usig the 68 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

269 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) pael). Whe this is set to off, Program Chage messages caot be trasmitted/received. Settigs: off, o Resettig the User Memory to the Iitial Factory Settigs [JOB] (Factory Set)! Local Cotrol This determies whether or ot the toe geerator of the istrumet respods to your keyboard playig. Normally, this should be set to o sice you ll wat to hear the soud of the MOTIF XS as you play it. Eve if this is set to off, the data will be trasmitted via MIDI. Also, the iteral toe geerator block will respod to messages received via MIDI. Settigs: off, Receive Bulk Determies whether or ot Bulk Dump data ca be received. I the Utility Job, you ca restore this sythesizer s User memory (page 79) to the factory default settigs (Factory Set). Please ote that the settig of the Power O Auto Factory Set o this display will be stored automatically by executig the Factory Set. CAUTION Whe the factory settigs are restored, all the Voice, Performace, Sog, Patter, ad system settigs i the Utility you created will be erased. Make sure you are ot overwritig ay importat data. Be sure to save all importat data to a USB storage device or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78) before executig this procedure. Voice Performace Samplig Settigs: protect (ot received), o (received) # Cotroller Reset Determies the status of the cotrollers (Modulatio Wheel, Aftertouch, Foot Cotroller, Breath Cotroller, Kobs, etc.) whe switchig betwee voices. Whe this is set to hold, the cotrollers are kept at the curret settig. Whe this is set to reset, the cotrollers are reset to the default states (below). Settigs: hold, reset If you select reset, the cotrollers will be reset to the followig states/ positios: Power O Auto Factory Set Whe this parameter is set to o, turig the power o will restore the User memory to the factory default settigs ad load the demo sogs ad demo patters. Normally, this should be set to off. Settigs: o, off Sog Patter Mixig Referece Pitch Bed Modulatio WHeel Aftertouch Foot Cotroller Breath Cotroller Footswitch Expressio Foot Volume Sustai Ceter Miimum Miimum Maximum Maximum Off Maximum Maximum Off CAUTION Whe the Power O Auto Factory Set parameter is set to o, turig the power off erases all the User memory data such as Voice, Performace, Sog, Patter ad Utility settigs. Samplig For istructios o executig the Factory Set Job, see page. Master $ Bulk Dump Iterval Determies the iterval time of the Bulk Dump trasmissio whe the Bulk Dump fuctio is used, the Bulk Request is received, or system exclusive messages recorded to a sequece track are played back. The Bulk Dump fuctio lets you save the data i the Edit buffer (DRAM) or Flash ROM ad trasmit as Bulk data (system exclusive message) to a exteral MIDI istrumet or sequece software o a computer. This data ca the be set back to the istrumet, restorig all the settigs you archived. Settigs: ms Sequecer Settigs [SEQ SETUP] I the Sog, Patter or Performace, pressig the [SEQ SETUP] butto calls up the display for settig the overall sequecer parameters. After settig these, press the [STORE] butto to store the settigs of both the Sequecer Setup parameters ad the Utility parameters. CAUTION Utility File Whe the Bulk Dump fuctio is used or the Bulk Request is received, the maximum value of the iterval time is fixed to 30ms, meaig that the Bulk trasmissio is executed at a iterval time of 30ms, eve if this parameter is set to a value above 3ms. Whe system exclusive messages recorded to a track of a Sog or Patter are played back, value settigs above 3ms will be available, meaig that the Bulk trasmissio is executed with the iterval time as set here, regardless of the tempo settig of the Sog or Patter. All Sequecer Setup settigs will be lost if the power is tured off without storig. I the Voice ad Master with the Mode parameter (page 54) set to Voice, the [SEQ SETUP] butto caot be used. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 69

270 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Metroome Settigs [F] Click MIDI Filter Settigs [F] MIDI Filter Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig From this display you ca set the parameters related to the click soud (metroome) that is used durig recordig or playback i the Sog/Patter/Performace. Mode Sice the click soud is created with the iteral toe geerator, usig click playback affects the overall polyphoy of this sythesizer Determies whether ad whe the metroome click will soud. Settigs: off, rec, rec/play, always off The click will ot soud. rec The click will soud durig Sog/Patter/Performace recordig oly. rec/play The click will soud durig recordig ad playback. always The click will always soud i the Sog/Patter. Beat Determies o which beats the metroome click will soud. Settigs: a (6th otes), e (8th otes), q (quarter otes), (half otes), w (whole otes) 3 Volume Determies the click soud volume. Settigs: Type Determies the click soud type. Te types are available, icludig covetioal metroome ad stick souds. Settigs: 0 5 Recordig Cout Determies the umber of cout-i measures provided before recordig actually starts after pressig the [F] (Play) butto i the Record stadby. From this display you ca set which MIDI evets will be recogized/trasmitted via MIDI. The settigs made here apply oly to Sog/Patter playback data; they do ot affect the MIDI evets geerated by your keyboard playig or pael operatios ad Arpeggio playback i the Voice ad Performace s. The Sog/Patter playback data will pass through the MIDI Filter before beig set to the iteral toe geerator block as well as the MIDI OUT coector. MIDI messages trasmitted from the exteral MIDI istrumet will pass through the MIDI Filter before beig recorded to the Sog/Patter track. They will be set to the iteral toe geerator without passig through the MIDI Filter. MIDI evets to which the Filter is applied: Note, Program Chage, Cotrol Chage, Pitch Bed, Chael After Touch, Polyphoic After Touch, System Exclusive, Chael Mode Message Settigs: B (ot trasmitted/recogized), A (trasmitted/recogized) Usig the Quick Setup fuctio [F3] Quick (Quick Setup) From this display, you ca istatly call up appropriate sequecer-related pael settigs by selectig coveiet preset setups, allowig you to simultaeously set a variety of importat sequecer-related parameters. Sequecer Block Toe Geerator Block Keyboard/Cotrollers MIDI OUT MIDI Filter MIDI IN Settigs: off (Recordig starts as soo as the [F] butto is pressed), meas 8 meas 3 The Track INT Switch ad Track EXT Switch parameters are ot available whe callig up the Quick Setup widow from the Performace. 70 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

271 System Settigs (Utility, etc.) Setup Number Tempo Hold Determies the Setup umber. The parameter settigs of the selected Setup are idicated as ew settigs o the right (3). Settigs: 4 Usig iteral Sequecer Recordig iteral sequecer to computer 3 Recordig to computer 4 Recordig Arpeggio to computer This setup is useful whe you use the iteral sequecer fuctio (Sog or Patter) by itself. This setup is useful whe you trasmit the Sog or Patter playback data to a exteral computer ad record it to a applicatio software o the computer. This setup is useful whe you record your keyboard performace to a applicatio software o the computer. This setup is useful whe you trasmit the Arpeggio playback data to a exteral computer ad record it to a applicatio software o the computer. Determies whether or ot the tempo settig will switch to the tempo value stored with each Patter whe a ew Patter is selected durig playback. Whe set to o, the tempo will be retaied whe Patters are switched. Whe set to off, the tempo will switch to that stored with the ew Patter whe Patters are switched. Normally, set this to off. Settigs: o, off The tempo settig data i the Patter Chai is ot affected by this parameter. 3 Load Mixig Determies whether the Mixig settigs are loaded (o) or ot (off) whe the Sog/Patter umber is chaged. Normally, set this to o. Settigs: o, off Voice Performace Samplig Curret settigs Idicates the curret settigs of the related parameters. After selectig a Setup (), idicated as ew settigs o the right (3), press the [ENTER] butto to actually call up the selected Setup (), which are the idicated as the curret settigs (). 3 New settigs Idicates the parameter settigs of the selected Setup above (). Other Settigs for the Sog/Patter [F4] Other From this display you ca set parameters related to the Sog/Patter, such as Patter chage timig. The settigs here do ot affect the Performace. Whe the Load Mixig parameter is set to off, sog chages via Sog Chai playback do ot chage the Mixig setup. 4 Sog Evet Chase Normally, if a Sog or Patter is played back from midpoit ad/or fast-forward or rewid are used, certai data types (such as Program Chage, Pitch Bed, ad Cotrol Chage) may ot play back as expected. Settig this to a specific evet esures the playback itegrity of the evet, eve whe fast forwardig or rewidig. Settigs: off, PC (Program Chage), PC+PB+Ctrl (Program Chage + Pitch Bed + Cotrol Chage) Keep i mid that settigs other tha off may result i slower operatio for example, a pause before startig playback, or slower rewid/fast-forward speed. Whe this is set to all, a excessive amout of MIDI data may be geerated, possibly resultig i a MIDI error o the coected device. Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Referece 3 Utility 4 File Quatize Determies the quatize value for Sectio (Patter) switchig durig playback whe you chage the Sectio. Whe set to, Patters (Sectios) will always switch o the first beat of the ext measure durig playback after you chage the Sectio. Whe set to /6, Sectios ca be switched o ay 6th beat durig playback. Settigs: ( measure), / (Half ote), /4 (Quarter ote), /8 (8th ote), /6 (6th ote) MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 7

272 File Maagemet (File ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig The File provides tools for trasferrig data (such as Voice, Performace, Sog, Patter ad Waveform) betwee the MOTIF XS ad exteral storage devices such as USB storage device ad hard disk uit coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector. By moutig the hard disk drive of the computer coected to the MOTIF XS via the etwork, you ca also trasfer data betwee the MOTIF XS ad a olie computer. To eter the File, press the [FILE] butto. The file types available differ depedig o the selected before callig up the File. Whe the MOTIF XS is coected to a etwork, the File ca be used to access the drives of computers o the etwork. To do this, make sure the MOTIF XS is properly coected to the etwork (page 86) ad set the ecessary parameters i the Network display (page 60) of the Utility. Termiology i the File File Just as with a computer, various data types such as Voice, Performace, Sog ad Patter created o the MOTIF XS ca be treated as a file ad saved to a exteral USB storage device or the hard disk drive of a computer coected to the etwork. File Name Just as with a computer, you ca assig the ame to the file i the File. The file ame ca cotai up to 0 alphabetical characters o the display of the MOTIF XS. Files havig the same ame caot be saved i the same directory. Extesio The three letters followig the file ame (after the period) such as.mid ad.wav are referred to as a file extesio. The extesio idicates the type of file ad caot be chaged by the pael operatio of the MOTIF XS. The File of the MOTIF XS supports te differet extesio types, accordig to the particular data. For details, see page 73. File size Refers to the memory amout of the file. The file size is determied by the amout of data saved to the file. Geerally, the size of a audio file icludig the Waveforms is much larger tha the size of a MIDI file. File sizes are idicated i covetioal computer terms by B (Byte), KB (Kilo Byte), MB (Mega Byte) ad GB (Giga Byte). KB is equivalet to 04 Byte, MB is equivalet to 04KB, ad GB is equivalet to 04MB. Device Refers to a memory storage uit (such as a hard disk) to which the file is saved. The MOTIF XS ca hadle ad mout various types of USB storage devices coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector computer drives coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS. Directory (Dir) This is a orgaizatioal feature o a data storage device (such as hard disk), allowig you to group data files together accordig to type or applicatio. Directories ca be ested i hierarchical order for orgaizig data. The directory is equivalet to the folder used as a computer term. The File of the MOTIF XS allows you to assig a ame to a directory like a file. Please ote that the directory ame does ot cotai the extesio. Chagig the curret directory (folder) Usig the illustratio below as a example, this shows you how to chage the curret directory. First, ope the root directory to fid directories A ad B. Next, ope the directory A to fid directories C ad D. Fially, ope the directory C to fid oly the files saved i the directory C. This allows you to call up folders ested dow i the lower levels of the folder hierarchy. To select a differet directory higher up (for example, movig from directory C to directory B), first go to the ext highest level (directory A). Next, go up oe more level (to the root directory). Now that both A ad B are available, ope directory B. I this way you ca move up or dow through the folder hierarchy. Directory C Directory A Root Directory Directory D Directory B 7 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

273 File Maagemet (File ) Path To go dow from the curret directory i the File widow (page 75), move the cursor to the desired directory i the Directory/File list the press the [ENTER] butto. To go up from the curret directory, move the cursor to the top lie i the Directory/File list the press the [ENTER] butto. The locatio of the directories (folders) ad files curretly idicated at the Dir lie o the display is referred to as a path. This idicates the curret directory, what device it belogs to, ad i which folder(s) it is cotaied. Directory C illustrated above is described as path USB_HDD/A/C. Mout Refers to the operatio so that a exteral memory device becomes active for the istrumet. The USB storage device is automatically mouted as soo as coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector o the rear pael of the MOTIF XS. The hard disk drive of the computer coected to the MOTIF XS via the etwork ca be mouted i the Mout display (page 77). Format The operatio of iitializig a storage device (such as a hard disk) is referred to as format. The File of the MOTIF XS allows you to format the USB memory storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector. The format operatio erases all data from the target memory device ad is irreversible. Save/Load Save meas that the data created o the MOTIF XS is saved to the exteral memory device as a file, while Store meas that the data created o the MOTIF XS is stored to iteral memory. Load meas that the file o the exteral memory device is loaded to iteral memory. File types that ca be hadled by the MOTIF XS The MOTIF XS supports various file types that ca be saved ad loaded. Refer to the followig two lists. File types that ca be saved Type File extesio* * Automatically assiged to the saved file. File types that ca be loaded Descriptio All.X0A All data i this sythesizer s iteral User Memory (Flash ROM) is treated as a sigle file, ad ca be saved to the USB storage device. All Voice.X0V All the User Voice data i this sythesizer s iteral User Memory (Flash ROM) is treated as a sigle file, ad ca be saved to the USB storage device. Also the Waveforms obtaied via the Samplig fuctio ad assiged to ay of the Voices are saved together. All Arpeggio.X0G All the User Arpeggio data i this sythesizer s iteral User Memory (Flash ROM) is treated as a sigle file, ad ca be saved to the USB storage device. All Sog.X0S All the User Sog data i this sythesizer s iteral User Memory (Flash ROM) is treated as a sigle file, ad ca be saved to the USB storage device. The Sog data icludes Mixig settigs, Mixig Voices ad Sample Voices. All Patter.X0P All the User Patter data i this sythesizer s iteral User Memory (Flash ROM) is treated as a sigle file, ad ca be saved to the USB storage device. The Patter data icludes Mixig settigs, Mixig Voices ad Sample Voices. SMF.MID Sequece track ( 6) ad Tempo track data of Sogs or Patters created i the Sog/Patter ca be saved to the USB storage device as Stadard MIDI File (format 0) data. All Waveform.X0W Sample data created i the Samplig ca be saved to the USB storage device as a WAV file (Widows audio format). The Waveform data icludes all the Samples (waves). WAV.WAV A Sample created i the Samplig ca be saved to the USB storage device as a WAV file (Widows audio format). AIFF.AIF A Sample created i the Samplig ca be saved to the USB storage device as a AIFF file (Macitosh audio format). Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece Type File extesio* Descriptio All.X0A Files of the All type saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet. Whe the box at the left of without System is checkmarked, oly the Utility settigs will ot be loaded. all without system.x0a Files of the all type saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet, with the exceptio of the Utility ad Sequecer Setup settigs. All Voice.X0V Files of the All Voice type saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 73

274 File Maagemet (File ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Voice.X0A.X0V A specified Voice i a file that is saved to the USB storage device as All or All Voice type ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the istrumet. Please ote that the file icos F of X0A ad X0V are chaged to G (as virtual folders) whe this file type is selected (page 80). Performace.X0A A specified Performace i a file that is saved to the USB storage device as All type ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the istrumet. Please ote that the file ico F of X0A is chaged to G (as a virtual folder) whe this file type is selected (page 8). All Arpeggio.X0G Files of the All Arpeggio type saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet. All Sog.X0S Files of the All Sog type saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet. Sog Type.X0A.X0S.MID A specified Sog i a file that is saved to the USB storage device as All or All Sog type ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the istrumet. Please ote that the file icos F of X0A ad X0S are chaged to G (as virtual folders) whe this file type is selected (page 83). All Patter.X0P Files of the All Patter type saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet. Patter All Waveform Waveform.X0A.X0P.MID.X0W.X0A.X0W A specified Sog i a file that is saved to the USB storage device as All or All Patter type ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the istrumet. Please ote that the file icos F of X0A ad X0P are chaged to G (as virtual folders) whe this file type is selected (page 83). Files of the All or All Waveform types saved to the USB storage device ca be loaded ad restored to the istrumet. A specified Waveform i a file that is saved to the USB storage device as All or All Waveform type ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the istrumet. Please ote that the file icos F of X0A ad X0W are chaged to G (as virtual folders) whe this file type is selected (page 8). WAV.WAV WAV format files ca be loaded to the istrumet. For details, see page 84. AIFF.AIF AIFF format files ca be loaded to the istrumet. For details, see page 84. Sample Voice MOTIF XS Editor File extesio*.x0a.x0s.x0p.x0e Descriptio A specified Sample Voice i a file that is saved to the USB storage device as All or All Sog or All Patter type ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the istrumet. Please ote that the file icos F of X0A, X0S ad X0P are chaged to G (as virtual folders) whe this file type is selected (page 83). This file type is available oly whe eterig the File from the Sog /Patter. The file (.X0E) created via the MOTIF XS Editor software (available from the Yamaha site) o your computer ca be loaded to the istrumet. The file of this editor type icludes all User Voices ad Mixig data hadled by the MOTIF XS. Note that oly User Voice data ca be loaded to the MOTIF XS. Data Compatibility with the MOTIF ES6/MOTIF ES7/MOTIF ES8 Amog the data created o the MOTIF ES6/MOTIF ES7/ MOTIF ES8, Voices, Performaces, Waveforms, Sample Voices ca be loaded to the MOTIF XS6/MOTIF XS7/MOTIF XS8. All data of the MOTIF ES Files of the All type (extesio: W7A) saved to the USB storage device coected to the MOTIF ES ca be loaded to the MOTIF XS. To do this, set the Type to All i the [F] File widow of the MOTIF XS. Voices A specified Voice i a file (extesio: W7A, W7V) that is saved to the storage device as All or All Voice type o the MOTIF ES ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to Voice ad execute the Load procedure. Likewise, a file (extesio: W7V) that is saved to the USB storage device as All Voice type o the MOTIF ES ca be loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to All Voice ad execute the Load procedure. I additio, Voice Editor files (extesio: W7E) ca be loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to Voice Editor ad execute the Load procedure. The Voices loaded to the MOTIF XS 6/7/8 may ot produce the exact same soud as those o the origial MOTIF ES 6/7/8, sice the cotets of the preset Waveforms ad the Effect structure are differet betwee the two istrumet series. Performace A specified Performace i a file (extesio: W7A) that is saved to the storage device as All type o the MOTIF ES ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to Performace ad execute the Load procedure. Waveforms A specified Waveform i a file (extesio: W7A, W7W) that is saved to the storage device as All or All Waveform type o the MOTIF ES ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to Waveform ad execute the Load procedure. Likewise, a file (extesio: W7W) that is saved to the storage device as All Waveform type o the MOTIF ES ca be loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to All Waveform ad execute the Load procedure. Sample Voices A specified Sample Voice (extesio: W7A, W7S, W7P) i a file that is saved to the storage device as All or All Sog or All Patter type o the MOTIF ES ca be idividually selected ad loaded to the MOTIF XS. Set the Type i the [F] File display to Sample Voice ad execute the Load procedure. * Assiged to the file which ca be loaded. 74 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

275 File Maagemet (File ) File Type Settig example whe savig: All data User Voice Performace Sogs Patter Samplig data File Maagemet [F] File The File widow lets you use all file-related fuctios such as device selectio, selectig a path, save, load, reame ad delete. To upper level File Device Data to be saved Whe User Voices are used i the Sogs: Whe o User Voices are used i ay of the Sogs: Whe you wish to trasfer a Sog to a exteral MIDI sequecer or computer: Whe User Voices are used i the Patters: Whe User Voices are ot used i all the Patters: Whe you wish to trasfer a Patter to a exteral MIDI sequecer or computer: All waveforms Whe you wish to trasfer a Sample to a computer: File type All All Voice All Here, you ca select the desired device from the oes mouted (recogized) by the File. The device selected here is called Curret Device. Whe selectig a device, the root directory of the selected device appears i the Dir colum. The amout of used memory ad total memory o the selected device appears at the top right of the display. All All Sog SMF All All Patter SMF All Waveform WAV, AIFF The amout of used memory/total memory! 7 # 8 9 ) Dir (Directory) Idicates the curret directory with the path. The cotets (files ad folders) icluded i the curret directory are listed i the Directory/File list box below. The curret directory ca be chaged i the Directory/File list box below. 3 Directory/File list Idicates the directories ad files i the curret Directory. I this box, the directories ad files are listed i alphabetical order, with the exceptio of the top lie which is provided for movig to the ext highest directory. You ca distiguish the directory ad file by the idicator at left ed of each lie. D... Directory (Folder) F... File The directory ame is show o the Directory lie while the file ame with the extesio ad file size are show o the File lie. Movig betwee the directory levels To go dow from the curret directory, move the cursor to the desired directory i the Directory/File list the press the [ENTER] butto. To go up from the curret directory, move the cursor to the top lie i the Directory/File list the press the [ENTER] butto. 4 Type Determies the data type to be saved or loaded. The available type differs depedig o the selected before callig up the File. For details about the data types, see pages 73 ad 74. You ca call up the File Type List by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired oe from the list. For details, see page 8. 5 Memory locatio of the data type above Determies the memory locatio of the data type above such as Voice Bak/umber, Performace Bak/Number, Sog umber ad Patter umber. The available values differ depedig o the Type settig above. For details about the source memory to be saved, see page 78. For details about the target memory to be loaded, see page [SF] Save Pressig this butto executes the Save operatio. For detailed istructios o savig, see page [SF] Load Pressig this butto executes the Load operatio. For detailed istructios o loadig, see page 80. Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece You ca call up the list by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 75

276 File Maagemet (File ) 8 [SF3] Reame Pressig this butto calls up the widow for eterig the ew ame of the selected file. The File ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Basic Procedure i the File Press the [FILE] butto to eter the File. The File widow (page 75) appears. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Follow the istructios below to chage the ame of the file. Select a file to be reamed by movig the cursor i the Directory/File list. Press the [SF3] butto to call up the Iput Character widow. 3 Eter the ew ame of the selected file. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto to actually chage the ame of the selected file. 9 [SF4] Delete Pressig this butto to call up the Delete widow. Follow the istructios below to delete a file. Select a file to be deleted by movig the cursor i the Directory/File list. Press the [SF4] butto to call up the Delete widow. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto to delete the selected file. ) [SF5] New Dir (New Directory) Pressig this butto creates a ew directory i the curret directory. The directory ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Follow the istructios below to create a ew directory. Press the [SF5] butto to call up the Iput Character widow. Eter the ame of the ew Directory. 3 Press the [ENTER] butto to actually eter the ame of the ewly created directory.! [F] File Pressig this butto calls up the File widow from aother widow i the [F] Mout Pressig this butto calls up the Mout widow. For details, see page 77. # [F3] Format Pressig this butto calls up the Format widow. For details, see page 78. Mout the memory devices to which the file is saved or from which the file is loaded. The USB storage device is automatically mouted as soo as it is coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector o the rear pael. The hard disk drive of the computer coected to the MOTIF XS via the etwork ca be mouted i the Mout display (page 77). 3 Select the desired device. Select the desired device from the oes mouted i step. 4 Move the path to the desired directory. Select the desired directory i the selected device. To go dow from the curret directory, move the cursor to the desired directory i the Directory/File list the press the [ENTER] butto. To go up from the curret directory, move the cursor to the top lie i the Directory/File list the press the [ENTER] butto. The Dir lie idicates the curret directory ame with the path ad the lower box lists the directories ad files belogig to the curret directory. If you wish to create a ew directory ad save the file there, press the [SF5] New Dir butto. For detailed istructios o creatig a ew directory, see the left colum. 5 Select the desired data type from the Type colum (4). I the Directory/File list box, oly files related to the selected file type are listed. Depedig o the selected before callig up the File, the available data types differ. If you caot fid the data type which you wish to hadle, for example voice, press the [EXIT] butto to exit from the File widow, press the [VOICE] butto to eter the Voice, the press the [FILE] butto to call up the File widow agai. 6 Select the desired file by movig the cursor i the Directory/File list (3). This operatio is ot ecessary whe you execute Save or New Directory. Whe you wish to execute the Reame or Delete operatio, press the [SF3] Reame butto or the [SF4] Delete butto. For detailed istructios o reamig ad deletig, see page 76 ad left colum. 76 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

277 File Maagemet (File ) 7 Select a memory locatio of the data type specified i step 5 as source or destiatio. Whe you wish to execute the Save or Load operatio, press the [SF] Save butto or the [SF] Load butto. For detailed istructios o savig ad loadig, see pages 78 ad 80. Olie Device Moutig [F] Mout From this display, you ca mout the shared directories o the hard disk drive of a computer coected via etwork to the MOTIF XS. Host From the computers coected to the etwork, this parameter determies the host computer cotaiig the device is to be mouted. Here, the computer ame set i your computer is show. You ca call up the Device List by pressig the [SF6] LIST butto the select the desired item from the list. For details, see page 8. Here, the computer ame set i your computer is show. If the desired computer ame is ot show i the Host () parameter, you ca call up the Character List by pressig the [SF5] CHAR butto ad eter the computer ame maually. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Cofirm the computer ame o your computer. For details, refer to the ower s maual of your computer. Sharig Poit Here, the shared directories of the host computer set above are listed. You ca also mout or umout each of the shared directories. Mout Idicator Keep i mid that the ames of the shared folders authorized o the computer are show here. Moutig/Umoutig a directory You ca mout the shared directory by movig the cursor to the desired directory the pressig the [ENTER] butto. The mout idicator appears at the left side of the ame of the mouted directory. You ca umout the shared directory by pressig the [ENTER] butto agai. The mout idicator disappears. Mout Procedure Follow the istructios below to mout the memory drive of the computer coected to the etwork. Coect the MOTIF XS to the etwork. Network related parameters ca be set i the Network display (page 60) i the Utility. Press the [FILE] butto to eter the File, the press the [F] butto to call up the Mout widow. 3 Select a host computer at the Host colum (). If the desired computer ame is ot show i the Host () parameter, you ca call up the Character List by pressig the [SF5] CHAR butto ad eter the computer ame maually. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. If you select a computer which has ot bee accessed by the MOTIF XS, Press [ENTER] to access appears o the display. Whe pressig the [ENTER] butto, the display prompts you to eter the password as illustrated below. Here, eter the User Accout of your computer to the User Name box, eter the password of your computer to the Password box, the press the [ENTER] butto so that the access betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer is established. The shared directories of the selected computer are listed i the Sharig Poit box (). Oce access betwee the MOTIF XS ad the computer has bee established, the shared directories are automatically listed i the display simply by selectig a computer from the Host colum. If the power is tured off, the operatios for establishig the access (eterig the User Accout ad Password) are ecessary after turig the power o ext time. For details about how to cofirm the User Accout ad Password of your computer, refer to the ower s maual of your computer. Whe a Password is ot assiged to your computer, simply pressig the [ENTER] butto without iputtig ay characters establishes the access betwee the MOTIF XS ad your computer. 4 Mout the desired directories. I the Sharig Poit box (), you ca mout the shared directory by movig the cursor to the desired directory, the pressig the [ENTER] butto. The mout idicator appears at the left side of the ame of the mouted directory. You ca umout the shared directory by pressig the [ENTER] butto agai. The mout idicator disappears. The mouted directories ca be selected i the File widow (page 75). Voice Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility File Referece MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 77

278 File Maagemet (File ) Formattig a Device [SF3] Format Savig a file Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig From this display, you ca format memory storage devices such as a hard disk coected to the USB TO DEVICE coector. Device The coected ad mouted devices are listed here, lettig you select the device to be formatted. A device that requires formattig is idicated by ukow device (usb***). The three asterisks (***) i the idicatio deote the sequetial serial umbers of the coected devices which eed to be formatted. Whe several partitios are icluded i a sigle device, the partitio umber is idicated at the right of the serial umber. Volume Label Determies the Volume Label of the selected device. The Volume Label is the ame assiged to the device. The Volume Label ca cotai up to characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Format Procedure Coect the device to be formatted to the USB TO DEVICE termial. Select a device to be formatted from the Device list (). 3 Eter the Volume Label () as desired. The savig procedure differs depedig o the file type to be saved ad the selected before callig up the File widow. This sectio explais the procedure relevat to followig three cases. Savig all user data or all data of a specific type Savig the sample of a specific Voice Savig a Sog or a Patter Sectio as a Stadard MIDI File Savig all user data or all data of a specific type Select a device ad directory as destiatio by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Whe you wish to save all 64 sogs, press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog the press the [FILE] butto to call up the File widow. Whe you wish to save all 64 patters, press the [PATTERN] butto to eter the Patter the press the [FILE] butto to call up the File widow. Follow the istructios below after selectig a Voice, Performace, Sog or Patter to which the Sample to be saved is assiged i each of the s. Set the Type to the desired oe of all, all voice, all arpeggio, all waveform, editor, all sog, ad all patter. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto. (The display prompts you for cofirmatio.) Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Format. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Format operatio. CAUTION If you format the device, all the previously recorded data will be deleted. Make sure to check beforehad whether or ot the device cotais importat data. Whe checkig the cotets of the device i the [F] File widow, keep i mid that some files (which are ot listed o pages 73 ad 74) are ot show o the display of the MOTIF XS, eve if the File Type is set to all. 3 Press the [SF] Save butto to call up the widow for eterig the file ame. 4 Eter the file ame, press the [ENTER] butto the the [INC/YES] butto to save the data of the specified type to the exteral memory device. The file ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

279 File Maagemet (File ) Savig the sample of a specific Voice You ca save the sample of a specific Voice to a exteral memory device as a WAV file or a AIFF file for storage or editig o a computer. This method is available whe eterig the File from ay. For details about file types that ca be saved, see page Press the [SF] Save butto to call up the widow for selectig a Key Bak. Key Bak Voice Whe eterig the File from the Performace / Sog /Patter ad savig/loadig the sample assiged to the Normal Voice, oly the sample assiged to the Elemet is available. Select a device ad directory as destiatio by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Set the Type to WAV or AIFF. Keep i mid that some parameter settigs, such as Start Poit, are ot saved whe savig the Sample of a specific Voice as WAV or AIFF format. This meas that the WAV file or AIFF file saved i the File will be played back from the top (icludig the sectio before the Start Poit) o a exteral device, such as a computer. 3 Select the source data. Whe eterig the File from the Voice, select a Elemet (for a Normal Voice) ad Key to which the Sample to be saved is assiged. Whe eterig the File from the Performace/Sog/ Patter, select a Part ad Key to which the Voice icludig the Sample to be saved is assiged. For iformatio about this widow, refer to the explaatio about the Keybak parameter i the Samplig Mai display described o page 6. 5 Select a Key Bak to which the sample is assiged by movig the cursor. Press the [SF] Auditio butto to hear the sampled soud. 6 Press the [ENTER] butto to call up the widow for eterig the file ame. 7 Eter the file ame, press the [ENTER] butto the the [INC/YES] butto to save the data to the exteral memory device. The file ame ca cotai up to 0 characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Savig a Sog or a Patter Sectio as a Stadard MIDI File You ca save a Sog or a Patter Sectio as a Stadard MIDI File i the File. The Stadard MIDI File format is commo ad ca be used o other MIDI sequecers ad computer music software. This method is available whe eterig the File from the Sog /Patter. Performace Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Samplig Master Utility Referece Preset Waveforms caot be saved to a exteral storage device. If you select a Performace/Sog/Patter Part to which the preset Voice is assiged or you select a Normal Voice Elemet or Drum Voice Key to which the preset Waveform is assiged, a error message appears. File The available source data differs depedig o the selected before eterig the File. Whe eterig the File from the Voice, the available source data differs depedig o the type of the already selected Voice: Normal Voice or Drum Voice. Make sure to select a Voice/Performace/ Sog/Patter to which the desired Sample is assiged before eterig the File. Select a device ad directory as destiatio by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Set the Type to SMF. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 79

280 File Maagemet (File ) Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 3 Select the source data. The available source memory differs depedig o the selected before eterig the File. Whe you wat to save a Sog, eter the File from the Sog. Whe you wat to save a Patter, eter the File from the Patter. 4 Press the [ENTER] butto to call up the widow for eterig the file ame. 5 Eter the file ame, press the [ENTER] butto the the [INC/YES] butto to save the data to the exteral memory device. The file ame may cotai up to 0 characters. For detailed istructios o amig, refer to Basic Operatio o page 8. Loadig a file The loadig procedure differs depedig o the file type to be loaded ad the selected before callig up the File widow. This sectio explais the procedure relevat to followig eight cases. Loadig all user data or all data of a specific type (all voices, all sogs, all patters, etc.) Loadig a specific Voice from a all or all voice file Loadig a specific Waveform from a all or all waveform file Loadig a specific Performace from a all file Loadig a specific Sog or Patter from a all or all sog or all patter file Loadig a specific Sample Voice from a all or all sog or all patter file Loadig a WAV file or a AIFF file Loadig a SMF file (Stadard MIDI file) Loadig all user data or all data of a specific type Select a device ad directory icludig the source file by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Whe you wish to load all 64 Sogs, press the [SONG] butto to eter the Sog the press the [FILE] butto to call up the File widow. Whe you wish to load all 64 Patters, press the [PATTERN] butto to eter the Patter the press the [FILE] butto to call up the File widow. Set the Type to the desired oe of all, all without system, all voice, all arpeggio, all waveform, editor, all sog, ad all patter. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 3 Select the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 4 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 5 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). Loadig a specific Voice from a all or all voice file Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

281 File Maagemet (File ) Set the Type to voice. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. I this step, the Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto is ot show i the display. The Load meu appears whe selectig a Voice to be loaded i step 6. 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Voice Bak ad umber as destiatio. Whe eterig the File from the Performace/Sog/ Patter, set a Part to which the loaded Voice is to be assiged as well as a Voice Bak ad umber. CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). Loadig a specific Waveform from a all or all waveform file Voice Performace Whe loadig a Drum Voice, select the User Drum Voice Bak (UDR) as the destiatio memory locatio (5). Whe loadig a Normal Voice, select oe of the User Normal Voice Baks (USR 3) as the destiatio memory locatio (5). If the appropriate Voice Bak is ot set, pressig the [SF] Load butto calls up a error message. Samplig Sog 4 Move the cursor to the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 5 Press the [ENTER] butto so that the Voices of the specified Bak are listed i the Directory/ File list box. Whe the Normal Voice Bak is selected i step 3, you ca chage the Voice Bak as source by pressig oe of the Bak buttos (USR 3) o the frot pael. Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Set the Type to waveform. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. I this step, the Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto is ot show i the display. The Load meu appears whe selectig a Waveform to be loaded i step 6. Patter Mixig Samplig Referece Voice List 6 Move the cursor to the desired Voice. The Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto appears. 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Elemet (for a Normal Voice) to which the Waveform (loaded to a empty umber) is to be assiged. Whe eterig the File from the Performace/Sog/ Patter, set a Part to which the Voice icludig the loaded Waveform is to be assiged. Please ote that Waveforms caot be loaded to a Drum Voice. 4 Select the file to be loaded. Master Utility File 7 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 8 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 8

282 File Maagemet (File ) 5 Press the [ENTER] butto so that the Waveforms i the selected file are listed o the display. Set the Type to performace. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig Waveforms 6 Move the cursor to the desired Waveform. The Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto appears. 7 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 8 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). Loadig a specific Performace from a all file This method is available oly whe eterig the File from the Performace. I this step, the Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto is ot show i the display. The Load meu appears whe selectig a Performace to be loaded i step 6. 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Performace Bak ad umber. Whe the Performace umber is set to all, all the Performaces i the selected Bak will be loaded. 4 Select the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 5 Press the [ENTER] butto so that the Performaces i the selected Bak are listed o the display. You ca chage the Performace Bak as source by pressig the Bak buttos o the frot pael. Performaces 6 Move the cursor to the desired Performace. The Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto appears. 7 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 8 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. CAUTION Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 8 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

283 File Maagemet (File ) Loadig a specific Sog or Patter from a all or all sog or all patter file This method is available oly whe eterig the File from the Sog or Patter. 6 Move the cursor to the desired Sog or Patter. The Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto appears. 7 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 8 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. Voice Performace Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Set the Type to sog or patter. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. I this step, the Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto is ot show i the display. The Load meu appears whe selectig a Sog or Patter to be loaded i step 6. CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). Loadig a specific Sample Voice from a all or all sog or all patter file This method is available oly whe eterig the File from the Sog or Patter. Samplig Sog Patter Mixig Referece 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Sog umber or Patter umber. Samplig 4 Select the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. Master 5 Press the [ENTER] butto so that the Sogs or Patters i the selected file are listed o the display. Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Utility Set the Type to sample voice. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. File Sogs I this step, the Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto is ot show i the display. The Load meu appears whe selectig a Sample Voice to be loaded i step 7. 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Part to which the loaded Sample Voice is to be assiged. The Sample Voice is loaded to a empty umber assiged to the Sog or Patter selected before eterig the File. MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 83

284 File Maagemet (File ) 4 Select the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. Loadig a WAV file or a AIFF file Referece Voice Sog Patter Mixig Master Utility File Performace Samplig Samplig 5 Press the [ENTER] butto so that the Sogs or Patters i the selected file are listed o the display. Sogs 6 Press the [ENTER] butto so that the Sample Voices i the selected Sog or Patter are listed o the display. 7 Move the cursor to the desired Sample Voice. The Load meu correspodig to the [SF] butto appears. 8 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 9 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Set the Type to WAV or AIFF. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Elemet (for a Normal Voice) or Key (for a Drum Voice) to which the WAV or AIFF file (loaded to a empty Waveform umber) is to be assiged. Whe eterig the File from the Performace/Sog/ Patter, set a Part to which the Voice icludig the loaded WAV or AIFF file is to be assiged. 4 Select the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 5 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 6 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). 84 MOTIF XS Ower s Maual

285 File Maagemet (File ) Loadig a SMF file (Stadard MIDI file) This method is available oly whe eterig the File from the Sog or Patter. Samplig Sog Patter Performace Voice Select a device ad directory as source by followig Basic Procedure i the File o page 76. Set the Type to SMF. Oly available files accordig to the Type are listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. 3 Specify the destiatio memory locatio i the User memory. Select a Sog umber or Patter Number/Sectio to which the Stadard MIDI File is to be loaded. Mixig Referece Whe you wat to load the SMF file to a Sog, eter the File from the Sog. Whe you wat to load the SMF file to a Patter, eter the File from the Patter. Samplig 4 Select the file to be loaded. You ca select ay of the files listed i the Directory/File list box o the display. Master 5 Press the [SF] butto (a prompt for cofirmatio appears). Press the [DEC/NO] butto to cacel the Load operatio. 6 Press the [INC/YES] butto to execute the Load operatio. Utility File CAUTION The Load operatio overwrites ay data previously existig i the destiatio iteral memory. Importat data should always be saved to a USB storage device coected to the USB TO DEVICE termial or to a computer coected to the same etwork as the MOTIF XS (page 78). MOTIF XS Ower s Maual 85